Epa 608-610

Environmental Protection Agency Pt.
141
§ 140.5 Analytical procedures. 141.35 Reporting for unregulated contami-

nant monitoring results.
In determining the composition and
quality of effluent discharge from ma- Subpart E—Special Regulations, Including
rine sanitation devices, the procedures Monitoring Regulations and Prohibition
contained in 40 CFR part 136, ‘‘Guide- on Lead Use
lines Establishing Test Procedures for 141.40 Monitoring requirements for unregu-
the Analysis of Pollutants,’’ or subse- lated contaminants.
quent revisions or amendments there- 141.41 Special monitoring for sodium.
to, shall be employed. 141.42 Special monitoring for corrosivity
characteristics.
141.43 Prohibition on use of lead pipes, sol-
PART 141—NATIONAL PRIMARY der, and flux.
DRINKING WATER REGULATIONS
Subpart F—Maximum Contaminant Level
Subpart A—General Goals and Maximum Residual Dis-
infectant Level Goals
Sec.
141.1 Applicability. 141.50 Maximum contaminant level goals
141.2 Definitions. for organic contaminants.
141.3 Coverage. 141.51 Maximum contaminant level goals
141.4 Variances and exemptions. for inorganic contaminants.
141.52 Maximum contaminant level goals
141.5 Siting requirements.
for microbiological contaminants.
141.6 Effective dates.
for disinfection byproducts.
Subpart B—Maximum Contaminant Levels 141.54 Maximum residual disinfectant level
goals for disinfectants.
141.11 Maximum contaminant levels for in-
organic chemicals.
for radionuclides.
141.12 [Reserved]
141.13 Maximum contaminant levels for tur- Subpart G—National Primary Drinking
bidity. Water Regulations: Maximum Con-
taminant Levels and Maximum Resid-
Subpart C—Monitoring and Analytical
ual Disinfectant Levels
Requirements
141.21 Coliform sampling. 141.61 Maximum contaminant levels for or-
141.22 Turbidity sampling and analytical re- ganic contaminants.
quirements. 141.62 Maximum contaminant levels for in-
141.23 Inorganic chemical sampling and ana- organic contaminants.
lytical requirements. 141.63 Maximum contaminant levels (MCLs)
141.24 Organic chemicals, sampling and ana- for microbiological contaminants.
lytical requirements. 141.64 Maximum contaminant levels for dis-
141.25 Analytical methods for radioactivity. infection byproducts.
141.26 Monitoring frequency and compliance 141.65 Maximum residual disinfectant lev-
requirements for radionuclides in com- els.
munity water systems 141.66 Maximum contaminant levels for
141.27 Alternate analytical techniques. radionuclides.
141.28 Certified laboratories.
141.29 Monitoring of consecutive public
Subpart H—Filtration and Disinfection
water systems. 141.70 General requirements.
APPENDIX A TO SUBPART C OF PART 141—AL- 141.71 Criteria for avoiding filtration.
TERNATIVE TESTING METHODS APPROVED 141.72 Disinfection.
FOR ANALYSES UNDER THE SAFE DRINKING 141.73 Filtration.
WATER ACT 141.74 Analytical and monitoring require-
ments.
Subpart D—Reporting and Recordkeeping 141.75 Reporting and recordkeeping require-
ments.
141.31 Reporting requirements. 141.76 Recycle provisions.
141.32 [Reserved]
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with CFR
141.33 Record maintenance. Subpart I—Control of Lead and Copper

141.34 [Reserved] 141.80 General requirements.
367
VerDate Mar<15>2010 07:41 Sep 01, 2011 Jkt 223166 PO 00000 Frm 00377 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223166.XXX 223166
Pt. 141 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
141.81 Applicability of corrosion control 141.171 Criteria for avoiding filtration.
treatment steps to small, medium-size 141.172 Disinfection profiling and
and large water systems. benchmarking.
141.82 Description of corrosion control 141.173 Filtration.
treatment requirements. 141.174 Filtration sampling requirements.
141.83 Source water treatment require-
141.175 Reporting and recordkeeping re-
ments.
quirements.
141.84 Lead service line replacement re-
quirements.
141.85 Public education and supplemental Subpart Q—Public Notification of Drinking
monitoring requirements. Water Violations
141.86 Monitoring requirements for lead and
copper in tap water. 141.201 General public notification require-
141.87 Monitoring requirements for water ments.
quality parameters. 141.202 Tier 1 Public Notice—Form, manner,
141.88 Monitoring requirements for lead and and frequency of notice.
copper in source water. 141.203 Tier 2 Public Notice—Form, manner,
141.89 Analytical methods. and frequency of notice.
141.90 Reporting requirements. 141.204 Tier 3 Public Notice—Form, manner,
141.91 Recordkeeping requirements. and frequency of notice.
141.205 Content of the public notice.
Subpart J—Use of Non-Centralized 141.206 Notice to new billing units or new
Treatment Devices customers.
141.100 Criteria and procedures for public 141.207 Special notice of the availability of
water systems using point-of-entry de- unregulated contaminant monitoring re-
vices. sults.
141.101 Use of bottled water. 141.208 Special notice for exceedance of the
SMCL for fluoride.
Subpart K—Treatment Techniques 141.209 Special notice for nitrate
exceedances above MCL by non-commu-
141.110 General requirements. nity water systems (NCWS), where grant-
141.111 Treatment techniques for acryl- ed permission by the primacy agency
amide and epichlorohydrin. under § 141.11(d).
141.210 Notice by primacy agency on behalf
Subpart L—Disinfectant Residuals, Disinfec- of the public water system.
tion Byproducts, and Disinfection By- 141.211 Special notice for repeated failure to
product Precursors conduct monitoring of the source water
141.130 General requirements. for Cryptosporidium and for failure to de-
141.131 Analytical requirements. termine bin classification or mean
141.132 Monitoring requirements. Cryptosporidium level.
141.133 Compliance requirements. APPENDIX A TO SUBPART Q OF PART 141—
141.134 Reporting and recordkeeping re- NPDWR VIOLATIONS AND SITUATIONS RE-
quirements. QUIRING PUBLIC NOTICE
141.135 Treatment technique for control of APPENDIX B TO SUBPART Q OF PART 141—
disinfection byproduct (DBP) precursors. STANDARD HEALTH EFFECTS LANGUAGE
FOR PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
Subparts M–N [Reserved] APPENDIX C TO SUBPART Q OF PART 141—LIST
OF ACRONYMS USED IN PUBLIC NOTIFICA-
Subpart O—Consumer Confidence Reports TION REGULATION
141.151 Purpose and applicability of this
subpart. Subpart R [Reserved]
141.153 Content of the reports. Subpart S—Ground Water Rule
141.154 Required additional health informa-
tion. 141.400 General requirements and applica-
141.155 Report delivery and recordkeeping. bility.
APPENDIX A TO SUBPART O OF PART 141—REG- 141.401 Sanitary surveys for ground water
ULATED CONTAMINANTS
systems.
141.402 Ground water source microbial mon-
Subpart P—Enhanced Filtration and Dis- itoring and analytical methods.
infection—Systems Serving 10,000 or 141.403 Treatment technique requirements
More People for ground water systems.

141.404 Treatment technique violations for
141.170 General requirements. ground water systems.
368
Environmental Protection Agency Pt. 141
141.405 Reporting and recordkeeping for COMBINED FILTER EFFLUENT REQUIREMENTS
ground water systems.
141.550 Is my system required to meet sub-
part T combined filter effluent turbidity
Subpart T—Enhanced Filtration and Dis- limits?
infection—Systems Serving Fewer Than 141.551 What strengthened combined filter
10,000 People effluent turbidity limits must my system
meet?
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 141.552 My system consists of ‘‘alternative
141.500 General requirements. filtration’’ and is required to conduct a
141.501 Who is subject to the requirements demonstration—what is required of my
of subpart T? system and how does the State establish
141.502 When must my system comply with my turbidity limits?
these requirements? 141.553 My system practices lime soft-
ening—is there any special provision re-
141.503 What does subpart T require?
garding my combined filter effluent?
FINISHED WATER RESERVOIRS INDIVIDUAL FILTER TURBIDITY REQUIREMENTS
141.510 Is my system subject to the new fin- 141.560 Is my system subject to individual
ished water reservoir requirements? filter turbidity requirements?
141.511 What is required of new finished 141.561 What happens if my system’s tur-
water reservoirs? bidity monitoring equipment fails?
141.562 My system only has two or fewer fil-
ADDITIONAL WATERSHED CONTROL ters—is there any special provision re-
REQUIREMENTS FOR UNFILTERED SYSTEMS garding individual filter turbidity moni-
141.520 Is my system subject to the updated toring?
watershed control requirements? 141.563 What follow-up action is my system
141.521 What updated watershed control re- required to take based on continuous
quirements must my unfiltered system turbidity monitoring?
implement to continue to avoid filtra- 141.564 My system practices lime soft-
tion? ening—is there any special provision re-
141.522 How does the State determine garding my individual filter turbidity
whether my system’s watershed control monitoring?
requirements are adequate? REPORTING AND RECORDKEEPING
REQUIREMENTS
DISINFECTION PROFILE
141.570 What does subpart T require that my
141.530 What is a disinfection profile and
system report to the State?
who must develop one?
141.571 What records does subpart T require
141.531 What criteria must a State use to my system to keep?
determine that a profile is unnecessary?
141.532 How does my system develop a dis- Subpart U—Initial Distribution System
infection profile and when must it begin? Evaluations
141.533 What data must my system collect
to calculate a disinfection profile? 141.600 General requirements.
141.534 How does my system use this data to 141.601 Standard monitoring.
calculate an inactivation ratio? 141.602 System specific studies.
141.535 What if my system uses 141.603 40/30 certification.
chloramines, ozone, or chlorine dioxide 141.604 Very small system waivers.
for primary disinfection? 141.605 Subpart V compliance monitoring
141.536 My system has developed an inac- location recommendations.
tivation ratio; what must we do now?
Subpart V—Stage 2 Disinfection
DISINFECTION BENCHMARK Byproducts Requirements
141.540 Who has to develop a disinfection 141.620 General requirements.
benchmark? 141.621 Routine monitoring.
141.541 What are significant changes to dis- 141.622 Subpart V monitoring plan.
infection practice? 141.623 Reduced monitoring.
141.542 What must my system do if we are 141.624 Additional requirements for con-
considering a significant change to dis- secutive systems.
infection practices? 141.625 Conditions requiring increased moni-
141.543 How is the disinfection benchmark toring.
calculated? 141.626 Operational evaluation levels.
141.544 What if my system uses 141.627 Requirements for remaining on re-

chloramines, ozone, or chlorine dioxide duced TTHM and HAA5 monitoring based
for primary disinfection? on subpart L results.
369
§ 141.1 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
141.628 Requirements for remaining on in- REQUIREMENTS FOR SANITARY SURVEYS
creased TTHM and HAA5 monitoring PERFORMED BY EPA
based on subpart L results. 141.723 Requirements to respond to signifi-
141.629 Reporting and recordkeeping re- cant deficiencies identified in sanitary
quirements. surveys performed by EPA.
Subpart W—Enhanced Treatment for Subpart X—Aircraft Drinking Water Rule

Cryptosporidium
141.800 Applicability and compliance date.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 141.801 Definitions.
141.802 Coliform sampling plan.
141.700 General requirements. 141.803 Coliform sampling.
141.804 Aircraft water system operations
SOURCE WATER MONITORING REQUIREMENTS and maintenance plan.
141.701 Source water monitoring. 141.805 Notification to passengers and crew.
141.702 Sampling schedules. 141.806 Reporting requirements.
141.807 Recordkeeping requirements.
141.703 Sampling locations.
141.808 Audits and inspections.
141.704 Analytical methods. 141.809 Supplemental treatment.
141.705 Approved laboratories. 141.810 Violations.
141.706 Reporting source water monitoring
results. AUTHORITY: 42 U.S.C. 300f, 300g–1, 300g–2,
300g–3, 300g–4, 300g–5, 300g–6, 300j–4, 300j–9,
141.707 Grandfathering previously collected
and 300j–11.
data.
SOURCE: 40 FR 59570, Dec. 24, 1975, unless
DISINFECTION PROFILING AND BENCHMARKING otherwise noted.
REQUIREMENTS
EDITORIAL NOTE: Nomenclature changes to
141.708 Requirements when making a sig- part 141 appear at 69 FR 18803, Apr. 9, 2004.
nificant change in disinfection practice. NOTE: For community water systems serv-
141.709 Developing the disinfection profile ing 75,000 or more persons, monitoring must
and benchmark. begin 1 year following promulation and the
effective date of the MCL is 2 years following
TREATMENT TECHNIQUE REQUIREMENTS promulgation. For community water sys-
141.710 Bin classification for filtered systems serving 10,000 to 75,000 persons, moni-
toring must begin within 3 years from the
tems.
date of promulgation and the effective date
141.711 Filtered system additional of the MCL is 4 years from the date of pro-
Cryptosporidium treatment requirements. mulgation. Effective immediately, systems
141.712 Unfiltered system Cryptosporidium that plan to make significant modifications
treatment requirements. to their treatment processes for the purpose
141.713 Schedule for compliance with of complying with the TTHM MCL are re-
Cryptosporidium treatment requirements. quired to seek and obtain State approval of
141.714 Requirements for uncovered finished their treatment modification plans. This
water storage facilities. note affects §§ 141.2, 141.6, 141.12, 141.24 and
141.30. For additional information see 44 FR
REQUIREMENTS FOR MICROBIAL TOOLBOX 68641, Nov. 29, 1979.
COMPONENTS
141.715 Microbial toolbox options for meet- Subpart A—General
ing Cryptosporidium treatment require-
ments. § 141.1 Applicability.
141.716 Source toolbox components. This part establishes primary drink-
141.717 Pre-filtration treatment toolbox ing water regulations pursuant to sec-
components. tion 1412 of the Public Health Service
141.718 Treatment performance toolbox Act, as amended by the Safe Drinking
components. Water Act (Pub. L. 93–523); and related
141.719 Additional filtration toolbox compo- regulations applicable to public water
nents.
systems.
141.720 Inactivation toolbox components.
REPORTING AND RECORDKEEPING

§ 141.2 Definitions.
REQUIREMENTS As used in this part, the term:
Act means the Public Health Service
141.721 Reporting requirements.

141.722 Recordkeeping requirements.
Act, as amended by the Safe Drinking
Water Act, Public Law 93–523.
370
Environmental Protection Agency § 141.2
Action level, is the concentration of Compliance cycle means the nine-year

lead or copper in water specified in calendar year cycle during which pub-
§ 141.80(c) which determines, in some lic water systems must monitor. Each
cases, the treatment requirements con- compliance cycle consists of three
tained in subpart I of this part that a three-year compliance periods. The
water system is required to complete. first calendar year cycle begins Janu-
Bag filters are pressure-driven separa- ary 1, 1993 and ends December 31, 2001;
tion devices that remove particulate the second begins January 1, 2002 and
matter larger than 1 micrometer using ends December 31, 2010; the third begins
an engineered porous filtration media. January 1, 2011 and ends December 31,
They are typically constructed of a 2019.
non-rigid, fabric filtration media Compliance period means a three-year
housed in a pressure vessel in which calendar year period within a compli-
the direction of flow is from the inside ance cycle. Each compliance cycle has
of the bag to outside. three three-year compliance periods.
Bank filtration is a water treatment Within the first compliance cycle, the
process that uses a well to recover sur- first compliance period runs from Jan-
face water that has naturally infil- uary 1, 1993 to December 31, 1995; the
trated into ground water through a second from January 1, 1996 to Decem-
river bed or bank(s). Infiltration is ber 31, 1998; the third from January 1,
typically enhanced by the hydraulic 1999 to December 31, 2001.
gradient imposed by a nearby pumping Comprehensive performance evaluation
water supply or other well(s). (CPE) is a thorough review and anal-
Best available technology or BAT ysis of a treatment plant’s perform-
means the best technology, treatment ance-based capabilities and associated
techniques, or other means which the administrative, operation and mainte-
Administrator finds, after examination nance practices. It is conducted to
for efficacy under field conditions and
identify factors that may be adversely
not solely under laboratory conditions,
impacting a plant’s capability to
are available (taking cost into consid-
achieve compliance and emphasizes ap-
eration). For the purposes of setting
proaches that can be implemented
MCLs for synthetic organic chemicals,
without significant capital improve-
any BAT must be at least as effective
ments. For purpose of compliance with
as granular activated carbon.
subparts P and T of this part, the com-
Cartridge filters are pressure-driven
prehensive performance evaluation
separation devices that remove partic-
must consist of at least the following
ulate matter larger than 1 micrometer
using an engineered porous filtration components: Assessment of plant per-
media. They are typically constructed formance; evaluation of major unit
as rigid or semi-rigid, self-supporting processes; identification and
filter elements housed in pressure ves- prioritization of performance limiting
sels in which flow is from the outside factors; assessment of the applicability
of the cartridge to the inside. of comprehensive technical assistance;
Coagulation means a process using co- and preparation of a CPE report.
agulant chemicals and mixing by which Confluent growth means a continuous
colloidal and suspended materials are bacterial growth covering the entire
destabilized and agglomerated into filtration area of a membrane filter, or
flocs. a portion thereof, in which bacterial
Combined distribution system is the colonies are not discrete.
interconnected distribution system Consecutive system is a public water
consisting of the distribution systems system that receives some or all of its
of wholesale systems and of the con- finished water from one or more whole-
secutive systems that receive finished sale systems. Delivery may be through
water. a direct connection or through the dis-
Community water system means a pub- tribution system of one or more con-
lic water system which serves at least secutive systems.
15 service connections used by year- Contaminant means any physical,
round residents or regularly serves at chemical, biological, or radiological

least 25 year-round residents. substance or matter in water.
371
§ 141.2 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
Conventional filtration treatment membrance (septum), and (2) while the

means a series of processes including water is filtered by passing through the
coagulation, flocculation, sedimenta- cake on the septum, additional filter
tion, and filtration resulting in sub- media known as body feed is continu-
stantial particulate removal. ously added to the feed water to main-
Corrosion inhibitor means a substance tain the permeability of the filter
capable of reducing the corrosivity of cake.
water toward metal plumbing mate- Direct filtration means a series of
rials, especially lead and copper, by processes including coagulation and fil-
forming a protective film on the inte- tration but excluding sedimentation
rior surface of those materials. resulting in substantial particulate re-
CT or CTcalc is the product of ‘‘resid- moval.
ual disinfectant concentration’’ (C) in Disinfectant means any oxidant, in-
mg/1 determined before or at the first cluding but not limited to chlorine,
customer, and the corresponding ‘‘dis- chlorine dioxide, chloramines, and
infectant contact time’’ (T) in minutes, ozone added to water in any part of the
i.e., ‘‘C’’ x ‘‘T’’. If a public water sys- treatment or distribution process, that
tem applies disinfectants at more than is intended to kill or inactivate patho-
one point prior to the first customer, it genic microorganisms.
must determine the CT of each dis- Disinfectant contact time (‘‘T’’ in CT
infectant sequence before or at the calculations) means the time in min-
first customer to determine the total utes that it takes for water to move
percent inactivation or ‘‘total inac- from the point of disinfectant applica-
tivation ratio.’’ In determining the tion or the previous point of disinfect-
total inactivation ratio, the public ant residual measurement to a point
water system must determine the re- before or at the point where residual
sidual disinfectant concentration of disinfectant concentration (‘‘C’’) is
each disinfection sequence and cor- measured. Where only one ‘‘C’’ is meas-
responding contact time before any ured, ‘‘T’’ is the time in minutes that
subsequent disinfection application it takes for water to move from the
point(s). ‘‘CT99.9’’ is the CT value re- point of disinfectant application to a
quired for 99.9 percent (3–log) inactiva- point before or at where residual dis-
tion of Giardia lamblia cysts. CT99.9 for a infectant concentration (‘‘C’’) is meas-
variety of disinfectants and conditions ured. Where more than one ‘‘C’’ is
appear in tables 1.1–1.6, 2.1, and 3.1 of measured, ‘‘T’’ is (a) for the first meas-
§ 141.74(b)(3). urement of ‘‘C’’, the time in minutes
that it takes for water to move from
CTcalc the first or only point of disinfectant
application to a point before or at the
CT99.9 point where the first ‘‘C’’ is measured
and (b) for subsequent measurements of
is the inactivation ratio. The sum of ‘‘C’’, the time in minutes that it takes
the inactivation ratios, or total inac- for water to move from the previous
tivation ratio shown as ‘‘C’’ measurement point to the ‘‘C’’
measurement point for which the par-
(CTcalc)
∑ (CT ) ticular ‘‘T’’ is being calculated. Dis-
infectant contact time in pipelines
99.9
must be calculated based on ‘‘plug
is calculated by adding together the in- flow’’ by dividing the internal volume
activation ratio for each disinfection of the pipe by the maximum hourly
sequence. A total inactivation ratio flow rate through that pipe. Disinfect-
equal to or greater than 1.0 is assumed ant contact time within mixing basins
to provide a 3-log inactivation of and storage reservoirs must be deter-
Giardia lamblia cysts. mined by tracer studies or an equiva-
Diatomaceous earth filtration means a lent demonstration.
process resulting in substantial partic- Disinfection means a process which
EC15NO91.130</MATH>
ulate removal in which (1) a precoat inactivates pathogenic organisms in

cake of diatomaceous earth filter water by chemical oxidants or equiva-

media is deposited on a support lent agents.
372
EC15NO91.129</MATH>
Disinfection profile is a summary of Filtration means a process for remov-

Giardia lamblia inactivation through ing particulate matter from water by
the treatment plant. The procedure for passage through porous media.
developing a disinfection profile is con- Finished water is water that is intro-
tained in § 141.172 (Disinfection duced into the distribution system of a
profiling and benchmarking) in subpart public water system and is intended for
P and §§ 141.530–141.536 (Disinfection distribution and consumption without
profile) in subpart T of this part. further treatment, except as treatment
Domestic or other non-distribution sys- necessary to maintain water quality in
tem plumbing problem means a coliform the distribution system (e.g., booster
contamination problem in a public disinfection, addition of corrosion con-
water system with more than one serv- trol chemicals).
ice connection that is limited to the First draw sample means a one-liter
specific service connection from which sample of tap water, collected in ac-
the coliform-positive sample was cordance with § 141.86(b)(2), that has
taken. been standing in plumbing pipes at
Dose equivalent means the product of least 6 hours and is collected without
the absorbed dose from ionizing radi- flushing the tap.
ation and such factors as account for Flocculation means a process to en-
differences in biological effectiveness hance agglomeration or collection of
due to the type of radiation and its dis- smaller floc particles into larger, more
tribution in the body as specified by easily settleable particles through
the International Commission on Radi- gentle stirring by hydraulic or mechan-
ological Units and Measurements ical means.
(ICRU). Flowing stream is a course of running
water flowing in a definite channel.
Dual sample set is a set of two samples
GAC10 means granular activated car-
collected at the same time and same
bon filter beds with an empty-bed con-
location, with one sample analyzed for
tact time of 10 minutes based on aver-
TTHM and the other sample analyzed
age daily flow and a carbon reactiva-
for HAA5. Dual sample sets are col-
tion frequency of every 180 days, except
lected for the purposes of conducting that the reactivation frequency for
an IDSE under subpart U of this part GAC10 used as a best available tech-
and determining compliance with the nology for compliance with subpart V
TTHM and HAA5 MCLs under subpart MCLs under § 141.64(b)(2) shall be 120
V of this part. days.
Effective corrosion inhibitor residual, GAC20 means granular activated car-
for the purpose of subpart I of this part bon filter beds with an empty-bed con-
only, means a concentration sufficient tact time of 20 minutes based on aver-
to form a passivating film on the inte- age daily flow and a carbon reactiva-
rior walls of a pipe. tion frequency of every 240 days.
Enhanced coagulation means the addi- Ground water under the direct influence
tion of sufficient coagulant for im- of surface water (GWUDI) means any
proved removal of disinfection byprod- water beneath the surface of the
uct precursors by conventional filtra- ground with significant occurrence of
tion treatment. insects or other macroorganisms,
Enhanced softening means the im- algae, or large-diameter pathogens
proved removal of disinfection byprod- such as Giardia lamblia or
uct precursors by precipitative soft- Cryptosporidium, or significant and rel-
ening. atively rapid shifts in water character-
Filter profile is a graphical represen- istics such as turbidity, temperature,
tation of individual filter performance, conductivity, or pH which closely cor-
based on continuous turbidity meas- relate to climatological or surface
urements or total particle counts water conditions. Direct influence
versus time for an entire filter run, must be determined for individual
from startup to backwash inclusively, sources in accordance with criteria es-
that includes an assessment of filter tablished by the State. The State de-
performance while another filter is termination of direct influence may be

being backwashed. based on site-specific measurements of
373
§ 141.2 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
water quality and/or documentation of Man-made beta particle and photon

well construction characteristics and emitters means all radionuclides emit-
geology with field evaluation. ting beta particles and/or photons list-
Gross alpha particle activity means the ed in Maximum Permissible Body Bur-
total radioactivity due to alpha par- dens and Maximum Permissible Con-
ticle emission as inferred from meas- centration of Radionuclides in Air or
urements on a dry sample. Water for Occupational Exposure, NBS
Gross beta particle activity means the Handbook 69, except the daughter prod-
total radioactivity due to beta particle ucts of thorium–232, uranium–235 and
emission as inferred from measure- uranium–238.
ments on a dry sample. Maximum contaminant level means the
Haloacetic acids (five) (HAA5) mean maximum permissable level of a con-
the sum of the concentrations in milli- taminant in water which is delivered to
grams per liter of the haloacetic acid any user of a public water system.
compounds (monochloroacetic acid, Maximum contaminant level goal or
dichloroacetic acid, trichloroacetic
MCLG means the maximum level of a
acid, monobromoacetic acid, and dibro-
contaminant in drinking water at
moacetic acid), rounded to two signifi-
which no known or anticipated adverse
cant figures after addition.
effect on the health of persons would
Halogen means one of the chemical
occur, and which allows an adequate
elements chlorine, bromine or iodine.
margin of safety. Maximum contami-
Initial compliance period means the
nant level goals are nonenforceable
first full three-year compliance period
health goals.
which begins at least 18 months after
promulgation, except for contaminants Maximum residual disinfectant level
listed at § 141.61(a) (19)–(21), (c) (19)–(33), (MRDL) means a level of a disinfectant
and § 141.62(b) (11)–(15), initial compli- added for water treatment that may
ance period means the first full three- not be exceeded at the consumer’s tap
year compliance period after promulga- without an unacceptable possibility of
tion for systems with 150 or more serv- adverse health effects. For chlorine and
ice connections (January 1993–Decem- chloramines, a PWS is in compliance
ber 1995), and first full three-year com- with the MRDL when the running an-
pliance period after the effective date nual average of monthly averages of
of the regulation (January 1996–Decem- samples taken in the distribution sys-
ber 1998) for systems having fewer than tem, computed quarterly, is less than
150 service connections. or equal to the MRDL. For chlorine di-
Lake/reservoir refers to a natural or oxide, a PWS is in compliance with the
man made basin or hollow on the MRDL when daily samples are taken at
Earth’s surface in which water collects the entrance to the distribution system
or is stored that may or may not have and no two consecutive daily samples
a current or single direction of flow. exceed the MRDL. MRDLs are enforce-
Large water system, for the purpose of able in the same manner as maximum
subpart I of this part only, means a contaminant levels under Section 1412
water system that serves more than of the Safe Drinking Water Act. There
50,000 persons. is convincing evidence that addition of
Lead service line means a service line a disinfectant is necessary for control
made of lead which connects the water of waterborne microbial contaminants.
main to the building inlet and any lead Notwithstanding the MRDLs listed in
pigtail, gooseneck or other fitting § 141.65, operators may increase resid-
which is connected to such lead line. ual disinfectant levels of chlorine or
Legionella means a genus of bacteria, chloramines (but not chlorine dioxide)
some species of which have caused a in the distribution system to a level
type of pneumonia called Legionnaires and for a time necessary to protect
Disease. public health to address specific micro-
Locational running annual average biological contamination problems
(LRAA) is the average of sample ana- caused by circumstances such as dis-
lytical results for samples taken at a tribution line breaks, storm runoff
particular monitoring location during events, source water contamination, or

the previous four calendar quarters. cross-connections.
374
Maximum residual disinfectant level treatment that minimizes the lead and
goal (MRDLG) means the maximum copper concentrations at users’ taps
level of a disinfectant added for water while insuring that the treatment does
treatment at which no known or an- not cause the water system to violate
ticipated adverse effect on the health any national primary drinking water
of persons would occur, and which al- regulations.
lows an adequate margin of safety. Performance evaluation sample means
MRDLGs are nonenforceable health a reference sample provided to a lab-
goals and do not reflect the benefit of oratory for the purpose of dem-
the addition of the chemical for con- onstrating that the laboratory can suc-
trol of waterborne microbial contami- cessfully analyze the sample within
nants. limits of performance specified by the
Maximum Total Trihalomethane Poten- Agency. The true value of the con-
tial (MTP) means the maximum concentration of the reference material is
centration of total trihalomethanes unknown to the laboratory at the time
produced in a given water containing a of the analysis.
disinfectant residual after 7 days at a Person means an individual; corpora-
temperature of 25 °C or above. tion; company; association; partner-
Medium-size water system, for the pur- ship; municipality; or State, Federal,
pose of subpart I of this part only, or tribal agency.
means a water system that serves Picocurie (pCi) means the quantity of
greater than 3,300 and less than or radioactive material producing 2.22 nu-
equal to 50,000 persons. clear transformations per minute.
Membrane filtration is a pressure or Plant intake refers to the works or
vacuum driven separation process in structures at the head of a conduit
which particulate matter larger than 1 through which water is diverted from a
micrometer is rejected by an engi- source (e.g., river or lake) into the
neered barrier, primarily through a treatment plant.
size-exclusion mechanism, and which Point of disinfectant application is the
has a measurable removal efficiency of point where the disinfectant is applied
a target organism that can be verified and water downstream of that point is
through the application of a direct in- not subject to recontamination by sur-
tegrity test. This definition includes face water runoff.
the common membrane technologies of Point-of-entry treatment device (POE)
microfiltration, ultrafiltration, nano- is a treatment device applied to the
filtration, and reverse osmosis. drinking water entering a house or
Near the first service connection means building for the purpose of reducing
at one of the 20 percent of all service contaminants in the drinking water
connections in the entire system that distributed throughout the house or
are nearest the water supply treatment building.
facility, as measured by water trans- Point-of-use treatment device (POU) is
port time within the distribution sys- a treatment device applied to a single
tem. tap used for the purpose of reducing
Non-community water system means a contaminants in drinking water at
public water system that is not a com- that one tap.
munity water system. A non-commu- Presedimentation is a preliminary
nity water system is either a ‘‘tran- treatment process used to remove grav-
sient non-community water system el, sand and other particulate material
(TWS)’’ or a ‘‘non-transient non-com- from the source water through settling
munity water system (NTNCWS).’’ before the water enters the primary
Non-transient non-community water clarification and filtration processes in
system or NTNCWS means a public a treatment plant.
water system that is not a community Public water system means a system
water system and that regularly serves for the provision to the public of water
at least 25 of the same persons over 6 for human consumption through pipes
months per year. or, after August 5, 1998, other con-
Optimal corrosion control treatment, for structed conveyances, if such system
the purpose of subpart I of this part has at least fifteen service connections
only, means the corrosion control or regularly serves an average of at
375
§ 141.2 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
least twenty-five individuals daily at at the point of entry by the provider, a

least 60 days out of the year. Such term pass-through entity, or the user to
includes: any collection, treatment, achieve the equivalent level of protec-
storage, and distribution facilities tion provided by the applicable na-
under control of the operator of such tional primary drinking water regula-
system and used primarily in connections.
tion with such system; and any collec- Service line sample means a one-liter
tion or pretreatment storage facilities sample of water collected in accord-
not under such control which are used ance with § 141.86(b)(3), that has been
primarily in connection with such sys- standing for at least 6 hours in a serv-
tem. Such term does not include any ice line.
‘‘special irrigation district.’’ A public Single family structure, for the purpose
water system is either a ‘‘community of subpart I of this part only, means a
water system’’ or a ‘‘noncommunity building constructed as a single-family
water system.’’ residence that is currently used as ei-
Rem means the unit of dose equiva- ther a residence or a place of business.
lent from ionizing radiation to the Slow sand filtration means a process
total body or any internal organ or involving passage of raw water through
organ system. A ‘‘millirem (mrem)’’ is a bed of sand at low velocity (generally
1/1000 of a rem. less than 0.4 m/h) resulting in substan-
Repeat compliance period means any tial particulate removal by physical
subsequent compliance period after the and biological mechanisms.
initial compliance period. Small water system, for the purpose of
Residual disinfectant concentration subpart I of this part only, means a
(‘‘C’’ in CT calculations) means the water system that serves 3,300 persons
concentration of disinfectant measured or fewer.
in mg/l in a representative sample of Special irrigation district means an ir-
water. rigation district in existence prior to
Sanitary survey means an onsite re- May 18, 1994 that provides primarily
view of the water source, facilities, agricultural service through a piped
equipment, operation and maintenance water system with only incidental resi-
of a public water system for the pur- dential or similar use where the system
pose of evaluating the adequacy of such or the residential or similar users of
source, facilities, equipment, operation the system comply with the exclusion
and maintenance for producing and dis- provisions in section 1401(4)(B)(i)(II) or
tributing safe drinking water. (III).
Sedimentation means a process for re- Standard sample means the aliquot of
moval of solids before filtration by finished drinking water that is exam-
gravity or separation. ined for the presence of coliform bac-
Service connection, as used in the defi- teria.
nition of public water system, does not State means the agency of the State
include a connection to a system that or Tribal government which has juris-
delivers water by a constructed con- diction over public water systems. Dur-
veyance other than a pipe if: ing any period when a State or Tribal
(1) The water is used exclusively for government does not have primary en-
purposes other than residential uses forcement responsibility pursuant to
(consisting of drinking, bathing, and section 1413 of the Act, the term
cooking, or other similar uses); ‘‘State’’ means the Regional Adminis-
(2) The State determines that alter- trator, U.S. Environmental Protection
native water to achieve the equivalent Agency.
level of public health protection pro- Subpart H systems means public water
vided by the applicable national pri- systems using surface water or ground
mary drinking water regulation is pro- water under the direct influence of sur-
vided for residential or similar uses for face water as a source that are subject
drinking and cooking; or to the requirements of subpart H of
(3) The State determines that the this part.
water provided for residential or simi- Supplier of water means any person
lar uses for drinking, cooking, and who owns or operates a public water
bathing is centrally treated or treated system.
376
Surface water means all water which tion and is directly open to the atmos-
is open to the atmosphere and subject phere.
to surface runoff. Virus means a virus of fecal origin
SUVA means Specific Ultraviolet Ab- which is infectious to humans by wa-
sorption at 254 nanometers (nm), an in- terborne transmission.
dicator of the humic content of water. Waterborne disease outbreak means the
It is a calculated parameter obtained significant occurrence of acute infec-
by dividing a sample’s ultraviolet ab- tious illness, epidemiologically associ-
sorption at a wavelength of 254 nm ated with the ingestion of water from a
(UV 254) (in m=1) by its concentration of public water system which is deficient
dissolved organic carbon (DOC) (in mg/ in treatment, as determined by the ap-
L). propriate local or State agency.
Wholesale system is a public water
System with a single service connection
system that treats source water as nec-
means a system which supplies drink-
essary to produce finished water and
ing water to consumers via a single
then delivers some or all of that fin-
service line.
ished water to another public water
Too numerous to count means that the system. Delivery may be through a di-
total number of bacterial colonies ex- rect connection or through the dis-
ceeds 200 on a 47-mm diameter mem- tribution system of one or more con-
brane filter used for coliform detec- secutive systems.
tion.
Total Organic Carbon (TOC) means [40 FR 59570, Dec. 24, 1975]
total organic carbon in mg/L measured EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci-
using heat, oxygen, ultraviolet irradia- tations affecting § 141.2, see the List of CFR
tion, chemical oxidants, or combina- Sections Affected, which appears in the
Finding Aids section of the printed volume
tions of these oxidants that convert or- and at www.fdsys.gov.
ganic carbon to carbon dioxide, round-
ed to two significant figures. § 141.3 Coverage.
Total trihalomethanes (TTHM) means This part shall apply to each public
the sum of the concentration in milli- water system, unless the public water
grams per liter of the trihalomethane system meets all of the following con-
compounds (trichloromethane [chloro- ditions:
form], dibromochloromethane, (a) Consists only of distribution and
bromodichloromethane and storage facilities (and does not have
tribromomethane [bromoform]), round- any collection and treatment facili-
ed to two significant figures. ties);
Transient non-community water system (b) Obtains all of its water from, but
or TWS means a non-community water is not owned or operated by, a public
system that does not regularly serve at water system to which such regula-
least 25 of the same persons over six tions apply:
months per year. (c) Does not sell water to any person;
Trihalomethane (THM) means one of and
the family of organic compounds, (d) Is not a carrier which conveys
named as derivatives of methane, passengers in interstate commerce.
wherein three of the four hydrogen
atoms in methane are each substituted § 141.4 Variances and exemptions.
by a halogen atom in the molecular (a) Variances or exemptions from
structure. certain provisions of these regulations
Two-stage lime softening is a process in may be granted pursuant to sections
which chemical addition and hardness 1415 and 1416 of the Act and subpart K
precipitation occur in each of two dis- of part 142 of this chapter (for small
tinct unit clarification processes in se- system variances) by the entity with
ries prior to filtration. primary enforcement responsibility,
Uncovered finished water storage facil- except that variances or exemptions
ity is a tank, reservoir, or other facility from the MCL for total coliforms and
used to store water that will undergo variances from any of the treatment
no further treatment to reduce micro- technique requirements of subpart H of

bial pathogens except residual disinfec- this part may not be granted.
377
§ 141.5 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
(b) EPA has stayed the effective date 141.24(e) and (f); 141.25(e); 141.27(a);
of this section relating to the total 141.28(a) and (b); 141.31(a), (d) and (e);
coliform MCL of § 141.63(a) for systems 141.32(b)(3); and 141.32(d) shall take ef-
that demonstrate to the State that the fect immediately upon promulgation.
violation of the total coliform MCL is (d) The regulations set forth in
due to a persistent growth of total coli- § 141.41 shall take effect 18 months from
forms in the distribution system rather the date of promulgation. Suppliers
than fecal or pathogenic contamina- must complete the first round of sam-
tion, a treatment lapse or deficiency, pling and reporting within 12 months
or a problem in the operation or main- following the effective date.
tenance of the distribution system. (e) The regulations set forth in
[54 FR 27562, June 29, 1989, as amended at 56 § 141.42 shall take effect 18 months from
FR 1557, Jan. 15, 1991; 63 FR 43846, Aug. 14, the date of promulgation. All require-
1998] ments in § 141.42 must be completed
within 12 months following the effec-
§ 141.5 Siting requirements. tive date.
Before a person may enter into a fi- (f) The regulations set forth in
nancial commitment for or initiate § 141.11(c) and § 141.23(g) are effective
construction of a new public water sys- May 2, 1986. Section 141.23(g)(4) is effec-
tem or increase the capacity of an ex- tive October 2, 1987.
isting public water system, he shall no- (g) The regulations contained in
tify the State and, to the extent prac- § 141.6, paragraph (c) of the table in
ticable, avoid locating part or all of the 141.12, and 141.62(b)(1) are effective July
new or expanded facility at a site 1, 1991. The regulations contained in
which: §§ 141.11(b), 141.23, 141.24, 142.57(b),
(a) Is subject to a significant risk 143.4(b)(12) and (b)(13), are effective
from earthquakes, floods, fires or other July 30, 1992. The regulations contained
disasters which could cause a break- in the revisions to §§ 141.32(e) (16), (25)
down of the public water system or a through (27) and (46); 141.61(c)(16); and
portion thereof; or 141.62(b)(3) are effective January 1, 1993.
(b) Except for intake structures, is The effective date of regulations con-
within the floodplain of a 100–year tained in § 141.61(c) (2), (3), and (4) is
flood or is lower than any recorded postponed.
high tide where appropriate records (h) Regulations for the analytic
exist. The U.S. Environmental Protec- methods listed at § 141.23(k)(4) for
tion Agency will not seek to override measuring antimony, beryllium, cya-
land use decisions affecting public nide, nickel, and thallium are effective
water systems siting which are made August 17, 1992. Regulations for the
at the State or local government lev- analytic methods listed at § 141.24(f)(16)
els. for dichloromethane, 1,2,4-
trichlorobenzene, and 1,1,2-trichloro-
§ 141.6 Effective dates. ethane are effective August 17, 1992.
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs Regulations for the analytic methods
(b) through (k) of this section, and in listed at § 141.24(h)(12) for measuring
§ 141.80(a)(2), the regulations set forth dalapon, dinoseb, diquat, endothall,
in this part shall take effect on June endrin, glyphosate, oxamyl, picloram,
24, 1977. simazine, benzo(a)pyrene, di(2-
(b) The regulations for total ethylhexyl)adipate, di(2-
trihalomethanes set forth in § 141.12(c) ethylhexyl)phthalate,
shall take effect 2 years after the date hexachlorobenzene,
of promulgation of these regulations hexachlorocyclopentadiene, and 2,3,7,8-
for community water systems serving TCDD are effective August 17, 1992. The
75,000 or more individuals, and 4 years revision to § 141.12(a) promulgated on
after the date of promulgation for com- July 17, 1992 is effective on August 17,
munities serving 10,000 to 74,999 indi- 1992.
viduals. (i) [Reserved]
(c) The regulations set forth in (j) The arsenic maximum contami-
§§ 141.11(d); 141.21(a), (c) and (i); 141.22(a) nant levels (MCL) listed in § 141.62 is ef-
and (e); 141.23(a)(3) and (a)(4); 141.23(f); fective for the purpose of compliance
378
on January 23, 2006. Requirements re- trate levels exceed 10 mg/l and the po-
lating to arsenic set forth in tential health effects of exposure; and
§§ 141.23(i)(4), 141.23(k)(3) introductory (3) Local and State public health au-
text, 141.23(k)(3)(ii), 141.51(b), 141.62(b), thorities will be notified annually of
141.62(b)(16), 141.62(c), 141.62(d), and nitrate levels that exceed 10 mg/l; and
142.62(b) revisions in Appendix A of sub- (4) No adverse health effects shall re-
part O for the consumer confidence sult.
rule, and Appendices A and B of sub- [40 FR 59570, Dec. 24, 1975, as amended at 45
part Q for the public notification rule FR 57342, Aug. 27, 1980; 47 FR 10998, Mar. 12,
are effective for the purpose of compli- 1982; 51 FR 11410, Apr. 2, 1986; 56 FR 3578, Jan.
ance on January 23, 2006. However, the 30, 1991; 56 FR 26548, June 7, 1991; 56 FR 30274,
consumer confidence rule reporting re- July 1, 1991; 56 FR 32113, July 15, 1991; 60 FR
quirements relating to arsenic listed in 33932, June 29, 1995; 65 FR 26022, May 4, 2000;
66 FR 7061, Jan. 22, 2001]
§ 141.154(b) and (f) are effective for the
purpose of compliance on February 22, § 141.12 [Reserved]
2002.
(k) Regulations set forth in § 141.13 Maximum contaminant levels
§§ 141.23(i)(1), 141.23(i)(2), 141.24(f)(15), for turbidity.
141.24(f)(22), 141.24(h)(11), 141.24(h)(20), The maximum contaminant levels
142.16(e), 142.16(j), and 142.16(k) are ef- for turbidity are applicable to both
fective for the purpose of compliance community water systems and non-
on January 22, 2004. community water systems using sur-
[44 FR 68641, Nov. 29, 1979, as amended at 45 face water sources in whole or in part.
FR 57342, Aug. 27, 1980; 47 FR 10998, Mar. 12, The maximum contaminant levels for
1982; 51 FR 11410, Apr. 2, 1986; 56 FR 30274, turbidity in drinking water, measured
July 1, 1991; 57 FR 22178, May 27, 1992; 57 FR at a representative entry point(s) to
31838, July 17, 1992; 59 FR 34322, July 1, 1994; the distribution system, are:
61 FR 24368, May 14, 1996; 66 FR 7061, Jan. 22,
2001; 66 FR 28350, May 22, 2001] EDITORIAL NOTE: At 54 FR 27527, June 29,
1989, § 141.13 was amended by adding intro-
ductory text, effective December 31, 1990.
Subpart B—Maximum However, introductory text already exists.
Contaminant Levels The added text follows.
The requirements in this section
§ 141.11 Maximum contaminant levels apply to unfiltered systems until De-
for inorganic chemicals. cember 30, 1991, unless the State has
(a) The maximum contaminant level determined prior to that date, in writ-
for arsenic applies only to community ing pursuant to § 1412(b)(7)(C)(iii), that
water systems. The analyses and deter- filtration is required. The requirements
mination of compliance with the 0.05 in this section apply to filtered sys-
milligrams per liter maximum con- tems until June 29, 1993. The require-
taminant level for arsenic use the re- ments in this section apply to
quirements of § 141.23. unfiltered systems that the State has
(b) The maximum contaminant level determined, in writing pursuant to
for arsenic is 0.05 milligrams per liter § 1412(b)(7)(C)(iii), must install filtra-
for community water systems until tion, until June 29, 1993, or until filtra-
January 23, 2006. tion is installed, whichever is later.
(c) [Reserved] (a) One turbidity unit (TU), as deter-
(d) At the discretion of the State, ni- mined by a monthly average pursuant
trate levels not to exceed 20 mg/l may to § 141.22, except that five or fewer tur-
be allowed in a non-community water bidity units may be allowed if the sup-
system if the supplier of water dem- plier of water can demonstrate to the
onstrates to the satisfaction of the State that the higher turbidity does
State that: not do any of the following:
(1) Such water will not be available (1) Interfere with disinfection;
to children under 6 months of age; and (2) Prevent maintenance of an effec-
(2) The non-community water system tive disinfectant agent throughout the
is meeting the public notification re- distribution system; or
quirements under § 141.209, including (3) Interfere with microbiological de-

continuous posting of the fact that ni- terminations.
379
§ 141.21 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
(b) Five turbidity units based on an If a community water system serving

average for two consecutive days pur- 25 to 1,000 persons has no history of
suant to § 141.22. total coliform contamination in its
current configuration and a sanitary
[40 FR 59570, Dec. 24, 1975]
survey conducted in the past five years
shows that the system is supplied sole-
Subpart C—Monitoring and ly by a protected groundwater source
Analytical Requirements and is free of sanitary defects, the
State may reduce the monitoring fre-
§ 141.21 Coliform sampling. quency specified above, except that in
(a) Routine monitoring. (1) Public no case may the State reduce the mon-
water systems must collect total coli- itoring frequency to less than one sam-
form samples at sites which are rep- ple per quarter. The State must ap-
resentative of water throughout the prove the reduced monitoring fre-
distribution system according to a quency in writing.
written sample siting plan. These plans (3) The monitoring frequency for
are subject to State review and revi- total coliforms for non-community
sion. water systems is as follows:
(2) The monitoring frequency for (i) A non-community water system
total coliforms for community water using only ground water (except
systems is based on the population ground water under the direct influ-
served by the system, as follows: ence of surface water, as defined in
§ 141.2) and serving 1,000 persons or
TOTAL COLIFORM MONITORING FREQUENCY FOR fewer must monitor each calendar
COMMUNITY WATER SYSTEMS quarter that the system provides water
to the public, except that the State
Minimum
number may reduce this monitoring frequency,
Population served of sam- in writing, if a sanitary survey shows
ples per
month that the system is free of sanitary de-
fects. Beginning June 29, 1994, the
25 to 1,000 1 .......................................................... 1
State cannot reduce the monitoring
1,001 to 2,500 ....................................................... 2
2,501 to 3,300 ....................................................... 3 frequency for a non-community water
3,301 to 4,100 ....................................................... 4 system using only ground water (ex-
4,101 to 4,900 ....................................................... 5 cept ground water under the direct in-
4,901 to 5,800 ....................................................... 6
fluence of surface water, as defined in
5,801 to 6,700 ....................................................... 7
6,701 to 7,600 ....................................................... 8 § 141.2) and serving 1,000 persons or
7,601 to 8,500 ....................................................... 9 fewer to less than once/year.
8,501 to 12,900 ..................................................... 10 (ii) A non-community water system
12,901 to 17,200 ................................................... 15
using only ground water (except
17,201 to 21,500 ................................................... 20
21,501 to 25,000 ................................................... 25 ground water under the direct influ-
25,001 to 33,000 ................................................... 30 ence of surface water, as defined in
33,001 to 41,000 ................................................... 40 § 141.2) and serving more than 1,000 per-
41,001 to 50,000 ................................................... 50
sons during any month must monitor
50,001 to 59,000 ................................................... 60
59,001 to 70,000 ................................................... 70 at the same frequency as a like-sized
70,001 to 83,000 ................................................... 80 community water system, as specified
83,001 to 96,000 ................................................... 90 in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, ex-
96,001 to 130,000 ................................................. 100
cept the State may reduce this moni-
130,001 to 220,000 ............................................... 120
220,001 to 320,000 ............................................... 150 toring frequency, in writing, for any
320,001 to 450,000 ............................................... 180 month the system serves 1,000 persons
450,001 to 600,000 ............................................... 210 or fewer. The State cannot reduce the
600,001 to 780,000 ............................................... 240
monitoring frequency to less than
780,001 to 970,000 ............................................... 270
970,001 to 1,230,000 ............................................ 300 once/year. For systems using ground
1,230,001 to 1,520,000 ......................................... 330 water under the direct influence of sur-
1,520,001 to 1,850,000 ......................................... 360 face water, paragraph (a)(3)(iv) of this
1,850,001 to 2,270,000 ......................................... 390
section applies.
2,270,001 to 3,020,000 ......................................... 420
3,020,001 to 3,960,000 ......................................... 450 (iii) A non-community water system
using surface water, in total or in part,
3,960,001 or more ................................................. 480

1 Includes public water systems which have at least 15 must monitor at the same frequency as
service connections, but serve fewer than 25 persons. a like-sized community water system,
380
as specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this termine compliance with the MCL for
section, regardless of the number of total coliforms in § 141.63.
persons it serves. (b) Repeat monitoring. (1) If a routine
(iv) A non-community water system sample is total coliform-positive, the
using ground water under the direct in- public water system must collect a set
fluence of surface water, as defined in of repeat samples within 24 hours of
§ 141.2, must monitor at the same fre- being notified of the positive result. A
quency as a like-sized community system which collects more than one
water system, as specified in paragraph routine sample/month must collect no
(a)(2) of this section. The system must fewer than three repeat samples for
begin monitoring at this frequency be- each total coliform-positive sample
ginning six months after the State de- found. A system which collects one
termines that the ground water is routine sample/month or fewer must
under the direct influence of surface collect no fewer than four repeat sam-
water. ples for each total coliform-positive
(4) The public water system must col- sample found. The State may extend
lect samples at regular time intervals the 24-hour limit on a case-by-case
throughout the month, except that a basis if the system has a logistical
system which uses only ground water problem in collecting the repeat sam-
(except ground water under the direct ples within 24 hours that is beyond its
influence of surface water, as defined control. In the case of an extension,
in § 141.2), and serves 4,900 persons or the State must specify how much time
fewer, may collect all required samples the system has to collect the repeat
on a single day if they are taken from samples.
different sites. (2) The system must collect at least
(5) A public water system that uses one repeat sample from the sampling
surface water or ground water under tap where the original total coliform-
the direct influence of surface water, as positive sample was taken, and at least
defined in § 141.2, and does not practice one repeat sample at a tap within five
filtration in compliance with Subpart service connections upstream and at
H must collect at least one sample near least one repeat sample at a tap within
the first service connection each day five service connections downstream of
the turbidity level of the source water, the original sampling site. If a total
measured as specified in § 141.74(b)(2), coliform-positive sample is at the end
exceeds 1 NTU. This sample must be of the distribution system, or one away
analyzed for the presence of total coli- from the end of the distribution sys-
forms. When one or more turbidity tem, the State may waive the require-
measurements in any day exceed 1 ment to collect at least one repeat
NTU, the system must collect this coli- sample upstream or downstream of the
form sample within 24 hours of the first original sampling site.
exceedance, unless the State deter- (3) The system must collect all re-
mines that the system, for logistical peat samples on the same day, except
reasons outside the system’s control, that the State may allow a system
cannot have the sample analyzed with- with a single service connection to col-
in 30 hours of collection. Sample re- lect the required set of repeat samples
sults from this coliform monitoring over a four-day period or to collect a
must be included in determining com- larger volume repeat sample(s) in one
pliance with the MCL for total coli- or more sample containers of any size,
forms in § 141.63. as long as the total volume collected is
(6) Special purpose samples, such as at least 400 ml (300 ml for systems
those taken to determine whether dis- which collect more than one routine
infection practices are sufficient fol- sample/month).
lowing pipe placement, replacement, or (4) If one or more repeat samples in
repair, shall not be used to determine the set is total coliform-positive, the
compliance with the MCL for total public water system must collect an
coliforms in § 141.63. Repeat samples additional set of repeat samples in the
taken pursuant to paragraph (b) of this manner specified in paragraphs (b) (1)–
section are not considered special pur- (3) of this section. The additional sam-
pose samples, and must be used to de- ples must be collected within 24 hours
381
§ 141.21 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
of being notified of the positive result, and public. The written documentation
unless the State extends the limit as must describe the specific cause of the
provided in paragraph (b)(1) of this sec- total coliform-positive sample and
tion. The system must repeat this what action the system has taken and/
process until either total coliforms are or will take to correct this problem.
not detected in one complete set of re- The State cannot waive the require-
peat samples or the system determines ment to collect five routine samples
that the MCL for total coliforms in the next month the system provides
§ 141.63 has been exceeded and notifies water to the public solely on the
the State. grounds that all repeat samples are
(5) If a system collecting fewer than total coliform-negative. Under this
five routine samples/month has one or paragraph, a system must still take at
more total coliform-positive samples least one routine sample before the end
and the State does not invalidate the of the next month it serves water to
sample(s) under paragraph (c) of this the public and use it to determine com-
section, it must collect at least five pliance with the MCL for total coli-
routine samples during the next month forms in § 141.63, unless the State has
the system provides water to the pub- determined that the system has cor-
lic, except that the State may waive rected the contamination problem be-
this requirement if the conditions of fore the system took the set of repeat
paragraph (b)(5) (i) or (ii) of this sec- samples required in paragraphs (b) (1)–
tion are met. The State cannot waive (4) of this section, and all repeat sam-
the requirement for a system to collect ples were total coliform-negative.
repeat samples in paragraphs (b) (1)–(4) (6) After a system collects a routine
of this section. sample and before it learns the results
(i) The State may waive the require- of the analysis of that sample, if it col-
ment to collect five routine samples lects another routine sample(s) from
the next month the system provides within five adjacent service connec-
water to the public if the State, or an tions of the initial sample, and the ini-
agent approved by the State, performs tial sample, after analysis, is found to
a site visit before the end of the next contain total coliforms, then the sys-
month the system provides water to tem may count the subsequent sam-
the public. Although a sanitary survey ple(s) as a repeat sample instead of as
need not be performed, the site visit a routine sample.
must be sufficiently detailed to allow (7) Results of all routine and repeat
the State to determine whether addi- samples not invalidated by the State
tional monitoring and/or any correc- must be included in determining com-
tive action is needed. The State cannot pliance with the MCL for total coli-
approve an employee of the system to forms in § 141.63.
perform this site visit, even if the em- (c) Invalidation of total coliform sam-
ployee is an agent approved by the ples. A total coliform-positive sample
State to perform sanitary surveys. invalidated under this paragraph (c)
(ii) The State may waive the require- does not count towards meeting the
ment to collect five routine samples minimum monitoring requirements of
the next month the system provides this section.
water to the public if the State has de- (1) The State may invalidate a total
termined why the sample was total coliform-positive sample only if the
coliform-positive and establishes that conditions of paragraph (c)(1) (i), (ii),
the system has corrected the problem or (iii) of this section are met.
or will correct the problem before the (i) The laboratory establishes that
end of the next month the system improper sample analysis caused the
serves water to the public. In this case, total coliform-positive result.
the State must document this decision (ii) The State, on the basis of the re-
to waive the following month’s addi- sults of repeat samples collected as re-
tional monitoring requirement in writ- quired by paragraphs (b) (1) through (4)
ing, have it approved and signed by the of this section, determines that the
supervisor of the State official who total coliform-positive sample resulted
recommends such a decision, and make from a domestic or other non-distribu-

this document available to the EPA tion system plumbing problem. The
382
State cannot invalidate a sample on such interference, the system must col-
the basis of repeat sample results un- lect another sample from the same lo-
less all repeat sample(s) collected at cation as the original sample within 24
the same tap as the original total coli- hours of being notified of the inter-
form-positive sample are also total ference problem, and have it analyzed
coliform-positive, and all repeat sam- for the presence of total coliforms. The
ples collected within five service con- system must continue to re-sample
nections of the original tap are total within 24 hours and have the samples
coliform-negative (e.g., a State cannot analyzed until it obtains a valid result.
invalidate a total coliform-positive The State may waive the 24-hour time
sample on the basis of repeat samples if limit on a case-by-case basis.
all the repeat samples are total coli- (d) Sanitary surveys. (1)(i) Public
form-negative, or if the public water water systems which do not collect five
system has only one service connec- or more routine samples/month must
tion). undergo an initial sanitary survey by
(iii) The State has substantial June 29, 1994, for community public
grounds to believe that a total coli- water systems and June 29, 1999, for
form-positive result is due to a cir- non-community water systems. There-
cumstance or condition which does not after, systems must undergo another
reflect water quality in the distribu- sanitary survey every five years, ex-
tion system. In this case, the system cept that non-community water sys-
must still collect all repeat samples re- tems using only protected and dis-
quired under paragraphs (b) (1)–(4) of infected ground water, as defined by
this section, and use them to deter- the State, must undergo subsequent
mine compliance with the MCL for sanitary surveys at least every ten
total coliforms in § 141.63. To invalidate years after the initial sanitary survey.
a total coliform-positive sample under The State must review the results of
this paragraph, the decision with the each sanitary survey to determine
rationale for the decision must be doc- whether the existing monitoring fre-
umented in writing, and approved and quency is adequate and what additional
signed by the supervisor of the State measures, if any, the system needs to
official who recommended the decision. undertake to improve drinking water
The State must make this document quality.
available to EPA and the public. The (ii) In conducting a sanitary survey
written documentation must state the of a system using ground water in a
specific cause of the total coliform- State having an EPA-approved well-
positive sample, and what action the head protection program under section
system has taken, or will take, to cor- 1428 of the Safe Drinking Water Act,
rect this problem. The State may not information on sources of contamina-
invalidate a total coliform-positive tion within the delineated wellhead
sample solely on the grounds that all protection area that was collected in
repeat samples are total coliform-nega- the course of developing and imple-
tive. menting the program should be consid-
(2) A laboratory must invalidate a ered instead of collecting new informa-
total coliform sample (unless total tion, if the information was collected
coliforms are detected) if the sample since the last time the system was sub-
produces a turbid culture in the ab- ject to a sanitary survey.
sence of gas production using an ana- (2) Sanitary surveys must be per-
lytical method where gas formation is formed by the State or an agent ap-
examined (e.g., the Multiple-Tube Fer- proved by the State. The system is re-
mentation Technique), produces a sponsible for ensuring the survey takes
turbid culture in the absence of an acid place.
reaction in the Presence-Absence (P-A) (3) Sanitary surveys conducted by
Coliform Test, or exhibits confluent the State under the provisions of
growth or produces colonies too numer- § 142.16(o)(2) of this chapter may be
ous to count with an analytical method used to meet the sanitary survey re-
using a membrane filter (e.g., Mem- quirements of this section.
brane Filter Technique). If a labora- (e) Fecal coliforms/Escherichia coli (E.

tory invalidates a sample because of coli) testing. (1) If any routine or repeat
383
§ 141.21 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
sample is total coliform-positive, the is fecal coliform-positive or E. coli-posi-

system must analyze that total coli- tive. Accordingly, the system must no-
form-positive culture medium to deter- tify the State as specified in paragraph
mine if fecal coliforms are present, ex- (e)(1) of this section and the provisions
cept that the system may test for E. of § 141.63(b) apply.
coli in lieu of fecal coliforms. If fecal (f) Analytical methodology. (1) The
coliforms or E. coli are present, the sys- standard sample volume required for
tem must notify the State by the end total coliform analysis, regardless of
of the day when the system is notified analytical method used, is 100 ml.
of the test result, unless the system is
(2) Public water systems need only
notified of the result after the State of-
fice is closed, in which case the system determine the presence or absence of
must notify the State before the end of total coliforms; a determination of
the next business day. total coliform density is not required.
(2) The State has the discretion to (3) Public water systems must con-
allow a public water system, on a case- duct total coliform analyses in accord-
by-case basis, to forgo fecal coliform or ance with one of the analytical meth-
E. coli testing on a total coliform-posi- ods in the following table or one of the
tive sample if that system assumes alternative methods listed in appendix
that the total coliform-positive sample A to subpart C of this part.
Organism Methodology 12 Citation 1
Total Coliforms 2 .............. Total Coliform Fermentation Technique 3,4,5 ................................................... 9221A, B.
Total Coliform Membrane Filter Technique 6 ................................................... 9222A, B, C.
Presence-Absence (P-A) Coliform Test 5,7 ...................................................... 9221D.
ONPG-MUG Test 8 .......................................................................................... 9223.
Colisure Test. 9
E*Colite ® Test. 10
m-ColiBlue24 ® Test. 11
Readycult ® Coliforms 100 Presence/Absence Test. 13
Membrane Filter Technique using Chromocult ® Coliform Agar. 14
Colitag ® Test. 15
The procedures shall be done in accordance with the documents listed below. The incorporation by reference of the following
documents listed in footnotes 1, 6, 8, 9, 10 , 11, 13, 14 and 15 was approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accord-
ance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies of the documents may be obtained from the sources listed below. Informa-
tion regarding obtaining these documents can be obtained from the Safe Drinking Water Hotline at 800–426–4791. Documents
may be inspected at EPA’s Drinking Water Docket, EPA West, 1301 Constitution Avenue, NW., EPA West, Room B102, Wash-
ington DC 20460 (Telephone: 202–566–2426); or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information
on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202–741–6030, or go to: http://www.archives.gov/federallregister/
codeloflfederallregulations/ibrllocations.html.
1 Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 18th edition (1992), 19th edition (1995), or 20th edition
(1998). American Public Health Association, 1015 Fifteenth Street, NW., Washington, DC 20005. The cited methods published in
any of these three editions may be used. In addition, the following online versions may also be used: 9221 A, B, D–99, 9222 A,
B, C–97, and 9223 B–97. Standard Methods Online are available at http://www.standardmethods.org. The year in which each
method was approved by the Standard Methods Committee is designated by the last two digits in the method number. The
methods listed are the only Online versions that may be used.
2 The time from sample collection to initiation of analysis may not exceed 30 hours. Systems are encouraged but not required
to hold samples below 10 deg. C during transit.
3 Lactose broth, as commercially available, may be used in lieu of lauryl tryptose broth, if the system conducts at least 25 par-
allel tests between this medium and lauryl tryptose broth using the water normally tested, and this comparison demonstrates that
the false-positive rate and false-negative rate for total coliform, using lactose broth, is less than 10 percent.
4 If inverted tubes are used to detect gas production, the media should cover these tubes at least one-half to two-thirds after
the sample is added.
5 No requirement exists to run the completed phase on 10 percent of all total coliform-positive confirmed tubes.
6 MI agar also may be used. Preparation and use of MI agar is set forth in the article, ‘‘New medium for the simultaneous de-
tection of total coliform and Escherichia coli in water’’ by Brenner, K.P., et. al., 1993, Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 59:3534–3544.
Also available from the Office of Water Resource Center (RC–4100T), 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20460,
EPA/600/J–99/225. Verification of colonies is not required.
7 Six-times formulation strength may be used if the medium is filter-sterilized rather than autoclaved.
8 The ONPG-MUG Test is also known as the Autoanalysis Collect System.
9 A description of the Colisure Test, Feb 28, 1994, may be obtained from IDEXX Laboratories, Inc., One IDEXX Drive,
Westbrook, Maine 04092. The Colisure Test may be read after an incubation time of 24 hours.
10 A description of the E*Colite ® Test, ‘‘Presence/Absence for Coliforms and E. Coli in Water,’’ Dec 21, 1997, is available from
Charm Sciences, Inc., 36 Franklin Street, Malden, MA 02148–4120.
11 A description of the m-ColiBlue24 ® Test, Aug 17, 1999, is available from the Hach Company, 100 Dayton Avenue, Ames, IA
50010.
12 EPA strongly recommends that laboratories evaluate the false-positive and negative rates for the method(s) they use for
monitoring total coliforms. EPA also encourages laboratories to establish false-positive and false-negative rates within their own
laboratory and sample matrix (drinking water or source water) with the intent that if the method they choose has an unacceptable
false-positive or negative rate, another method can be used. The Agency suggests that laboratories perform these studies on a
minimum of 5% of all total coliform-positive samples, except for those methods where verification/confirmation is already re-
quired, e.g., the M-Endo and LES Endo Membrane Filter Tests, Standard Total Coliform Fermentation Technique, and Presence-
Absence Coliform Test. Methods for establishing false-positive and negative-rates may be based on lactose fermentation, the
rapid test for b-galactosidase and cytochrome oxidase, multi-test identification systems, or equivalent confirmation tests. False-
positive and false-negative information is often available in published studies and/or from the manufacturer(s).
384
13 The Readycult ® Coliforms 100 Presence/Absence Test is described in the document, ‘‘Readycult ® Coliforms 100 Presence/
Absence Test for Detection and Identification of Coliform Bacteria and Escherichla coli in Finished Waters’’, November 2000,
Version 1.0, available from EM Science (an affiliate of Merck KGgA, Darmstadt Germany), 480 S. Democrat Road, Gibbstown,
NJ 08027–1297. Telephone number is (800) 222–0342, e-mail address is: adellenbusch@emscience.com.
14 Membrane Filter Technique using Chromocult ® Coliform Agar is described in the document, ‘‘Chromocult ® Coliform Agar
Presence/Absence Membrane Filter Test Method for Detection and Identification of Coliform Bacteria and Escherichla coli in Fin-
ished Waters’’, November 2000, Version 1.0, available from EM Science (an affiliate of Merck KGgA, Darmstadt Germany), 480
S. Democrat Road, Gibbstown, NJ 08027–1297. Telephone number is (800) 222–0342, e-mail address is:
adellenbusch@emscience.com.
15 Colitag ® product for the determination of the presence/absence of total coliforms and E. coli is described in ‘‘Colitag ® Prod-
uct as a Test for Detection and Identification of Coliforms and E. coli Bacteria in Drinking Water and Source Water as Required
in National Primary Drinking Water Regulations,’’ August 2001, available from CPI International, Inc., 5580 Skylane Blvd., Santa
Rosa, CA, 95403, telephone (800) 878–7654, Fax (707) 545–7901, Internet address http://www.cpiinternational.com.
(4) [Reserved] (6) Public water systems must con-

(5) Public water systems must conduct analysis of Escherichia coli in ac-
duct fecal coliform analysis in accord- cordance with one of the following ana-
ance with the following procedure. lytical methods or one of the alter-
When the MTF Technique or Presence- native methods listed in appendix A to
Absence (PA) Coliform Test is used to subpart C of this part.
test for total coliforms, shake the lac- (i) EC medium supplemented with 50
tose-positive presumptive tube or P-A μg/mL of 4-methylumbelliferyl-beta-D-
vigorously and transfer the growth glucuronide (MUG) (final concentra-
with a sterile 3-mm loop or sterile ap- tion), as described in Method 9222G in
plicator stick into brilliant green lac- Standard Methods for the Examination
tose bile broth and EC medium to de- of Water and Wastewater, 19th edition
termine the presence of total and fecal (1995) and 20th edition (1998). Either
coliforms, respectively. For EPA-ap- edition may be used. Alternatively, the
proved analytical methods which use a 18th edition (1992) may be used if at
membrane filter, transfer the total least 10 mL of EC medium, as described
coliform-positive culture by one of the in paragraph (f)(5) of this section, is
following methods: remove the mem- supplemented with 50 μg/mL of MUG
brane containing the total coliform before autoclaving. The inner inverted
colonies from the substrate with a ster- fermentation tube may be omitted. If
ile forceps and carefully curl and insert the 18th edition is used, apply the pro-
the membrane into a tube of EC me- cedure in paragraph (f)(5) of this sec-
dium (the laboratory may first remove tion for transferring a total coliform-
a small portion of selected colonies for positive culture to EC medium supple-
verification), swab the entire mem- mented with MUG, incubate the tube
brane filter surface with a sterile cot-
at 44.5 ±0.2 °C for 24 ±2 hours, and then
ton swab and transfer the inoculum to
observe fluorescence with an ultra-
EC medium (do not leave the cotton
violet light (366 nm) in the dark. If flu-
swab in the EC medium), or inoculate
orescence is visible, E. coli are present.
individual total coliform-positive colo-
nies into EC Medium. Gently shake the (ii) Nutrient agar supplemented with
inoculated tubes of EC medium to in- 100 μg/mL of 4-methylumbelliferyl-
sure adequate mixing and incubate in a beta-D-glucuronide (MUG) (final con-
waterbath at 44.5 ±0.2 °C for 24 ±2 hours. centration), as described in Method
Gas production of any amount in the 9222G in Standard Methods for the Ex-
inner fermentation tube of the EC me- amination of Water and Wastewater,
dium indicates a positive fecal coliform 19th edition (1995) and 20th edition
test. The preparation of EC medium is (1998). Either edition may be used for
described in Method 9221E (paragraph determining if a total coliform-positive
1a) in Standard Methods for the Exam- sample, as determined by a membrane
ination of Water and Wastewater, 18th filter technique, contains E. coli. Al-
edition (1992), 19th edition (1995), and ternatively, the 18th edition (1992) may
20th edition (1998); the cited method in be used if the membrane filter con-
any one of these three editions may be taining a total coliform-positive col-
used. Public water systems need only ony(ies) is transferred to nutrient agar,
determine the presence or absence of as described in Method 9221B (para-
fecal coliforms; a determination of graph 3) of Standard Methods (18th edi-

fecal coliform density is not required. tion), supplemented with 100 μg/mL of
385
§ 141.21 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
MUG. If the 18th edition is used, incu- (x) Colitag ®, a description of which is
bate the agar plate at 35 °C for 4 hours cited in footnote 15 to the table at
and then observe the colony(ies) under paragraph (f)(3) of this section.
ultraviolet light (366 nm) in the dark (7) As an option to paragraph
for fluorescence. If fluorescence is visi- (f)(6)(iii) of this section, a system with
ble, E. coli are present. a total coliform-positive, MUG-nega-
(iii) Minimal Medium ONPG-MUG tive, MMO-MUG test may further ana-
(MMO-MUG) Test, as set forth in the lyze the culture for the presence of E.
article ‘‘National Field Evaluation of a coli by transferring a 0.1 ml, 28-hour
Defined Substrate Method for the Si- MMO-MUG culture to EC Medium +
multaneous Detection of Total Coli- MUG with a pipet. The formulation and
forms and Escherichia coli from Drink- incubation conditions of EC Medium +
ing Water: Comparison with Presence- MUG, and observation of the results
Absence Techniques’’ (Edberg et al.), are described in paragraph (f)(6)(i) of
Applied and Environmental Microbi- this section.
ology, Volume 55, pp. 1003–1008, April (8) The following materials are incor-
1989. (Note: The Autoanalysis Colilert porated by reference in this section
System is an MMO-MUG test). If the with the approval of the Director of the
MMO-MUG test is total coliform-posi- Federal Register in accordance with 5
tive after a 24-hour incubation, test the U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies
medium for fluorescence with a 366-nm of the analytical methods cited in
ultraviolet light (preferably with a 6- Standard Methods for the Examination
watt lamp) in the dark. If fluorescence of Water and Wastewater (18th, 19th,
is observed, the sample is E. coli-posi- and 20th editions) may be obtained
tive. If fluorescence is questionable from the American Public Health Asso-
(cannot be definitively read) after 24 ciation et al.; 1015 Fifteenth Street,
hours incubation, incubate the culture NW., Washington, DC 20005–2605. Copies
for an additional four hours (but not to of the MMO-MUG Test, as set forth in
exceed 28 hours total), and again test the article ‘‘National Field Evaluation
the medium for fluorescence. The of a Defined Substrate Method for the
MMO-MUG Test with hepes buffer in Simultaneous Enumeration of Total
lieu of phosphate buffer is the only ap- Coliforms and Escherichia coli from
proved formulation for the detection of Drinking Water: Comparison with the
E. coli. Standard Multiple Tube Fermentation
(iv) The Colisure Test. A description of Method’’ (Edberg et al.) may be ob-
the Colisure Test may be obtained from tained from the American Water Works
the Millipore Corporation, Technical Association Research Foundation, 6666
Services Department, 80 Ashby Road, West Quincy Avenue, Denver, CO 80235.
Bedford, MA 01730. Copies of the MMO-MUG Test as set
(v) The membrane filter method with forth in the article ‘‘National Field
MI agar, a description of which is cited Evaluation of a Defined Substrate
in footnote 6 to the table in paragraph Method for the Simultaneous Enu-
(f)(3) of this section. meration of Total Coliforms and Esch-
(vi) E*Colite ® Test, a description of erichia coli from Drinking Water: Com-
which is cited in footnote 10 to the parison with the Standard Multiple
table at paragraph (f)(3) of this section. Tube Fermentation Method’’ (Edberg et
(vii) m-ColiBlue24 ® Test, a descrip- al.) may be obtained from the Amer-
tion of which is cited in footnote 11 to ican Water Works Association Re-
the table in paragraph (f)(3) of this sec- search Foundation, 6666 West Quincy
tion. Avenue, Denver, CO 80235. A descrip-
(viii) Readycult ® Coliforms 100 Pres- tion of the Colisure Test may be ob-
ence/Absence Test, a description of tained from the Millipore Corp., Tech-
which is cited in footnote 13 to the nical Services Department, 80 Ashby
table at paragraph (f)(3) of this section. Road, Bedford, MA 01730. Copies may be
(ix) Membrane Filter Technique inspected at EPA’s Drinking Water
using Chromocult ® Coliform Agar, a Docket; 401 M St., SW.; Washington,
description of which is cited in foot- DC 20460, or at the National Archives
note 14 to the table at paragraph (f)(3) and Records Administration (NARA).

of this section. For information on the availability of
386
this material at NARA, call 202–741– tice disinfection and which maintain
6030, or go to: http://www.archives.gov/ an active residual disinfectant in the
federallregister/ distribution system, and in those cases
codeloflfederallregulations/ where the State has indicated in writ-
ibrllocations.html. ing that no unreasonable risk to health
(g) Response to violation. (1) A public existed under the circumstances of this
water system which has exceeded the option. Turbidity measurements shall
MCL for total coliforms in § 141.63 must be made as directed in § 141.74(a)(1).
report the violation to the State no (b) If the result of a turbidity anal-
later than the end of the next business ysis indicates that the maximum al-
day after it learns of the violation, and lowable limit has been exceeded, the
notify the public in accordance with sampling and measurement shall be
subpart Q. confirmed by resampling as soon as
(2) A public water system which has practicable and preferably within one
failed to comply with a coliform moni- hour. If the repeat sample confirms
toring requirement, including the sani- that the maximum allowable limit has
tary survey requirement, must report been exceeded, the supplier of water
the monitoring violation to the State shall report to the State within 48
within ten days after the system dis- hours. The repeat sample shall be the
covers the violation, and notify the sample used for the purpose of calcu-
public in accordance with subpart Q. lating the monthly average. If the
[54 FR 27562, June 29, 1989] monthly average of the daily samples
exceeds the maximum allowable limit,
EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci-
tations affecting § 141.21, see the List of CFR
or if the average of two samples taken
Sections Affected, which appears in the on consecutive days exceeds 5 TU, the
Finding Aids section of the printed volume supplier of water shall report to the
and at www.fdsys.gov. State and notify the public as directed
in § 141.31 and subpart Q.
§ 141.22 Turbidity sampling and ana- (c) Sampling for non-community
lytical requirements. water systems shall begin within two
The requirements in this section years after the effective date of this
apply to unfiltered systems until De- part.
cember 30, 1991, unless the State has (d) The requirements of this § 141.22
determined prior to that date, in writ- shall apply only to public water sys-
ing pursuant to section 1412(b)(7)(iii), tems which use water obtained in
that filtration is required. The require- whole or in part from surface sources.
ments in this section apply to filtered (e) The State has the authority to de-
systems until June 29, 1993. The re- termine compliance or initiate enforce-
quirements in this section apply to ment action based upon analytical re-
unfiltered systems that the State has sults or other information compiled by
determined, in writing pursuant to sec- their sanctioned representatives and
tion 1412(b)(7)(C)(iii), must install fil- agencies.
tration, until June 29, 1993, or until fil- [40 FR 59570, Dec. 24, 1975, as amended at 45
tration is installed, whichever is later. FR 57344, Aug. 27, 1980; 47 FR 8998, Mar. 3,
(a) Samples shall be taken by sup- 1982; 47 FR 10998, Mar. 12, 1982; 54 FR 27527,
pliers of water for both community and June 29, 1989; 59 FR 62466, Dec. 5, 1994; 65 FR
non-community water systems at a 26022, May 4, 2000]
representative entry point(s) to the
water distribution system at least once § 141.23 Inorganic chemical sampling
per day, for the purposes of making and analytical requirements.
turbidity measurements to determine Community water systems shall con-
compliance with § 141.13. If the State duct monitoring to determine compli-
determines that a reduced sampling ance with the maximum contaminant
frequency in a non-community will not levels specified in § 141.62 in accordance
pose a risk to public health, it can re- with this section. Non-transient, non-
duce the required sampling frequency. community water systems shall con-
The option of reducing the turbidity duct monitoring to determine compli-
frequency shall be permitted only in ance with the maximum contaminant

those public water systems that prac- levels specified in § 141.62 in accordance
387
§ 141.23 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
with this section. Transient, non-com- NOTE: For purposes of this paragraph, sur-
munity water systems shall conduct face water systems include systems with a
monitoring to determine compliance combination of surface and ground sources.
with the nitrate and nitrite maximum (3) If a system draws water from
contaminant levels in §§ 141.11 and more than one source and the sources
141.62 (as appropriate) in accordance are combined before distribution, the
with this section. system must sample at an entry point
(a) Monitoring shall be conducted as to the distribution system during peri-
follows: ods of normal operating conditions
(1) Groundwater systems shall take a (i.e., when water is representative of all
minimum of one sample at every entry sources being used).
point to the distribution system which (4) The State may reduce the total
is representative of each well after number of samples which must be ana-
treatment (hereafter called a sampling lyzed by allowing the use of
point) beginning in the initial compli- compositing. Composite samples from
ance period. The system shall take a maximum of five samples are al-
each sample at the same sampling lowed, provided that the detection
point unless conditions make another limit of the method used for analysis is
sampling point more representative of less than one-fifth of the MCL.
each source or treatment plant. Compositing of samples must be done
(2) Surface water systems shall take in the laboratory.
a minimum of one sample at every (i) If the concentration in the com-
entry point to the distribution system posite sample is greater than or equal
after any application of treatment or to one-fifth of the MCL of any inor-
in the distribution system at a point ganic chemical, then a follow-up sam-
which is representative of each source ple must be taken within 14 days at
after treatment (hereafter called a each sampling point included in the
sampling point) beginning in the ini- composite. These samples must be ana-
tial compliance period. The system lyzed for the contaminants which ex-
shall take each sample at the same ceeded one-fifth of the MCL in the
sampling point unless conditions make composite sample. Detection limits for
another sampling point more rep- each analytical method and MCLs for
resentative of each source or treatment each inorganic contaminant are the
plant. following:
DETECTION LIMITS FOR INORGANIC CONTAMINANTS
Detection limit
Contaminant MCL (mg/l) Methodology (mg/l)
Antimony ............................. 0.006 ........ Atomic Absorption; Furnace ............................................................... 0.003

Atomic Absorption; Platform .............................................................. 0.0008 5
ICP-Mass Spectrometry ..................................................................... 0.0004
Hydride-Atomic Absorption ................................................................ 0.001
Arsenic ................................ 0.010 6 ..... Atomic Absorption; Furnace ............................................................... 0.001
Atomic Absorption; Platform—Stabilized Temperature ..................... 0.0005 7
Atomic Absorption; Gaseous Hydride ................................................ 0.001
ICP-Mass Spectrometry ..................................................................... 0.0014 8
Asbestos ............................. 7 MFL 1 .... Transmission Electron Microscopy .................................................... 0.01 MFL
Barium ................................ 2 ............... Atomic Absorption; furnace technique ............................................... 0.002
Atomic Absorption; direct aspiration .................................................. 0.1
Inductively Coupled Plasma ............................................................... 0.002 (0.001)
Beryllium ............................. 0.004 ........ Atomic Absorption; Furnace ............................................................... 0.0002
Inductively Coupled Plasma 2 ............................................................ 0.0003
Cadmium ............................ 0.005 ........ Atomic Absorption; furnace technique ............................................... 0.0001
Inductively Coupled Plasma ............................................................... 0.001
Chromium ........................... 0.1 ............ Atomic Absorption; furnace technique ............................................... 0.001
Inductively Coupled Plasma ............................................................... 0.007 (0.001)
Cyanide ............................... 0.2 ............ Distillation, Spectrophotometric 3 ....................................................... 0.02
.................. Distillation, Automated, Spectrophotometric 3 .................................... 0.005
.................. Distillation, Amenable, Spectrophotometric 4 ..................................... 0.02
.................. Distillation, Selective Electrode3, 4 ..................................................... 0.05
.................. UV, Distillation, Spectrophotometric 9 ................................................ 0.0005

.................. Micro Distillation, Flow Injection, Spectrophotometric 3 ..................... 0.0006
.................. Ligand Exchange with Amperometry 4 ............................................... 0.0005
388
DETECTION LIMITS FOR INORGANIC CONTAMINANTS—Continued

Detection limit
Contaminant MCL (mg/l) Methodology (mg/l)
Mercury ............................... 0.002 ........ Manual Cold Vapor Technique .......................................................... 0.0002
Automated Cold Vapor Technique ..................................................... 0.0002
Nickel .................................. xl .............. Atomic Absorption; Furnace ............................................................... 0.001
Inductively Coupled Plasma 2 ............................................................ 0.005
Nitrate ................................. 10 (as N) Manual Cadmium Reduction .............................................................. 0.01
Automated Hydrazine Reduction ....................................................... 0.01
Automated Cadmium Reduction ........................................................ 0.05
Ion Selective Electrode ...................................................................... 1
Ion Chromatography .......................................................................... 0.01
Capillary Ion Electrophoresis ............................................................. 0.076
Nitrite .................................. 1 (as N) ... Spectrophotometric ............................................................................ 0.01
Automated Cadmium Reduction ........................................................ 0.05
Manual Cadmium Reduction .............................................................. 0.01
Ion Chromatography .......................................................................... 0.004
Capillary Ion Electrophoresis ............................................................. 0.103
Selenium ............................. 0.05 .......... Atomic Absorption; furnace ................................................................ 0.002
Atomic Absorption; gaseous hydride ................................................. 0.002
Thallium .............................. 0.002 ........ Atomic Absorption; Furnace ............................................................... 0.001
1 MFL = million fibers per liter >10 μm.
2 Using a 2X preconcentration step as noted in Method 200.7. Lower MDLs may be achieved when using a 4X
preconcentration.
3 Screening method for total cyanides.
4 Measures ‘‘free’’ cyanides when distillation, digestion, or ligand exchange is omitted.
5 Lower MDLs are reported using stabilized temperature graphite furnace atomic absorption.
6 The value for arsenic is effective January 23, 2006. Unit then, the MCL is 0.05 mg/L.
7 The MDL reported for EPA method 200.9 (Atomic Absorption; Platform—Stablized Temperature) was determined using a 2x
concentration step during sample digestion. The MDL determined for samples analyzed using direct analyses (i.e., no sample di-
gestion) will be higher. Using multiple depositions, EPA 200.9 is capable of obtaining MDL of 0.0001 mg/L.
8 Using selective ion monitoring, EPA Method 200.8 (ICP-MS) is capable of obtaining a MDL of 0.0001 mg/L.
9 Measures total cyanides when UV-digestor is used, and ‘‘free’’ cyanides when UV-digestor is bypassed.
(ii) If the population served by the this section; the frequency of moni-
system is >3,300 persons, then toring for nitrate shall be in accord-
compositing may only be permitted by ance with paragraph (d) of this section;
the State at sampling points within a and the frequency of monitoring for ni-
single system. In systems serving ≤3,300 trite shall be in accordance with para-
persons, the State may permit graph (e) of this section.
compositing among different systems (b) The frequency of monitoring con-
provided the 5-sample limit is main- ducted to determine compliance with
tained. the maximum contaminant level for
(iii) If duplicates of the original sam- asbestos specified in § 141.62(b) shall be
ple taken from each sampling point conducted as follows:
used in the composite sample are avail- (1) Each community and non-tran-
able, the system may use these instead sient, non-community water system is
of resampling. The duplicates must be required to monitor for asbestos during
analyzed and the results reported to the first three-year compliance period
the State within 14 days after com- of each nine-year compliance cycle be-
pleting analysis of the composite sam- ginning in the compliance period start-
ple, provided the holding time of the ing January 1, 1993.
sample is not exceeded. (2) If the system believes it is not
(5) The frequency of monitoring for vulnerable to either asbestos contami-
asbestos shall be in accordance with nation in its source water or due to
paragraph (b) of this section: the fre- corrosion of asbestos-cement pipe, or
quency of monitoring for antimony, ar- both, it may apply to the State for a
senic, barium, beryllium, cadmium, waiver of the monitoring requirement
chromium, cyanide, fluoride, mercury, in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. If
nickel, selenium and thallium shall be the State grants the waiver, the sys-
in accordance with paragraph (c) of tem is not required to monitor.
389
§ 141.23 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
(3) The State may grant a waiver compliance period beginning January
based on a consideration of the fol- 1, 1993.
lowing factors: (c) The frequency of monitoring con-
(i) Potential asbestos contamination ducted to determine compliance with
of the water source, and the maximum contaminant levels in
(ii) The use of asbestos-cement pipe § 141.62 for antimony, arsenic, barium,
for finished water distribution and the beryllium, cadmium, chromium, cya-
corrosive nature of the water. nide, fluoride, mercury, nickel, sele-
(4) A waiver remains in effect until nium and thallium shall be as follows:
the completion of the three-year com- (1) Groundwater systems shall take
pliance period. Systems not receiving a one sample at each sampling point dur-
waiver must monitor in accordance ing each compliance period. Surface
with the provisions of paragraph (b)(1) water systems (or combined surface/
of this section. ground) shall take one sample annually
at each sampling point.
(5) A system vulnerable to asbestos
(2) The system may apply to the
contamination due solely to corrosion
State for a waiver from the monitoring
of asbestos-cement pipe shall take one
frequencies specified in paragraph (c)(1)
sample at a tap served by asbestos-ce-
of this section. States may grant a
ment pipe and under conditions where
public water system a waiver for moni-
asbestos contamination is most likely
toring of cyanide, provided that the
to occur.
State determines that the system is
(6) A system vulnerable to asbestos not vulnerable due to lack of any in-
contamination due solely to source dustrial source of cyanide.
water shall monitor in accordance with (3) A condition of the waiver shall re-
the provision of paragraph (a) of this quire that a system shall take a min-
section. imum of one sample while the waiver is
(7) A system vulnerable to asbestos effective. The term during which the
contamination due both to its source waiver is effective shall not exceed one
water supply and corrosion of asbestos- compliance cycle (i.e., nine years).
cement pipe shall take one sample at a (4) The State may grant a waiver pro-
tap served by asbestos-cement pipe and vided surface water systems have mon-
under conditions where asbestos con- itored annually for at least three years
tamination is most likely to occur. and groundwater systems have con-
(8) A system which exceeds the max- ducted a minimum of three rounds of
imum contaminant levels as deter- monitoring. (At least one sample shall
mined in § 141.23(i) of this section shall have been taken since January 1, 1990).
monitor quarterly beginning in the Both surface and groundwater systems
next quarter after the violation oc- shall demonstrate that all previous an-
curred. alytical results were less than the max-
(9) The State may decrease the quar- imum contaminant level. Systems that
terly monitoring requirement to the use a new water source are not eligible
frequency specified in paragraph (b)(1) for a waiver until three rounds of mon-
of this section provided the State has itoring from the new source have been
determined that the system is reliably completed.
and consistently below the maximum (5) In determining the appropriate re-
contaminant level. In no case can a duced monitoring frequency, the State
State make this determination unless shall consider:
a groundwater system takes a min- (i) Reported concentrations from all
imum of two quarterly samples and a previous monitoring;
surface (or combined surface/ground) (ii) The degree of variation in re-
water system takes a minimum of four ported concentrations; and
quarterly samples. (iii) Other factors which may affect
(10) If monitoring data collected after contaminant concentrations such as
January 1, 1990 are generally con- changes in groundwater pumping rates,
sistent with the requirements of changes in the system’s configuration,
§ 141.23(b), then the State may allow changes in the system’s operating pro-
systems to use that data to satisfy the cedures, or changes in stream flows or
monitoring requirement for the initial characteristics.
390
(6) A decision by the State to grant a (2) For community and non-tran-
waiver shall be made in writing and sient, non-community water systems,
shall set forth the basis for the deter- the repeat monitoring frequency for
mination. The determination may be groundwater systems shall be quar-
initiated by the State or upon an appli- terly for at least one year following
cation by the public water system. The any one sample in which the con-
public water system shall specify the centration is ≥50 percent of the MCL.
basis for its request. The State shall The State may allow a groundwater
review and, where appropriate, revise system to reduce the sampling fre-
its determination of the appropriate quency to annually after four consecu-
monitoring frequency when the system tive quarterly samples are reliably and
submits new monitoring data or when consistently less than the MCL.
other data relevant to the system’s ap- (3) For community and non-tran-
propriate monitoring frequency be- sient, non-community water systems,
come available. the State may allow a surface water
(7) Systems which exceed the max- system to reduce the sampling fre-
imum contaminant levels as calculated quency to annually if all analytical re-
in § 141.23(i) of this section shall mon- sults from four consecutive quarters
itor quarterly beginning in the next are <50 percent of the MCL. A surface
quarter after the violation occurred. water system shall return to quarterly
(8) The State may decrease the quar- monitoring if any one sample is ≥50
terly monitoring requirement to the percent of the MCL.
frequencies specified in paragraphs (4) Each transient non-community
(c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section provided water system shall monitor annually
it has determined that the system is beginning January 1, 1993.
reliably and consistently below the (5) After the initial round of quar-
maximum contaminant level. In no terly sampling is completed, each com-
case can a State make this determina- munity and non-transient non-commu-
tion unless a groundwater system nity system which is monitoring annu-
takes a minimum of two quarterly ally shall take subsequent samples dur-
samples and a surface water system ing the quarter(s) which previously re-
takes a minimum of four quarterly sulted in the highest analytical result.
samples. (e) All public water systems (commu-
(9) All new systems or systems that nity; non-transient, non-community;
use a new source of water that begin and transient, non-community sys-
operation after January 22, 2004 must tems) shall monitor to determine com-
demonstrate compliance with the MCL pliance with the maximum contami-
within a period of time specified by the nant level for nitrite in § 141.62(b).
State. The system must also comply (1) All public water systems shall
with the initial sampling frequencies take one sample at each sampling
specified by the State to ensure a sys- point in the compliance period begin-
tem can demonstrate compliance with ning January 1, 1993 and ending Decem-
the MCL. Routine and increased moni- ber 31, 1995.
toring frequencies shall be conducted (2) After the initial sample, systems
in accordance with the requirements in where an analytical result for nitrite is
this section. <50 percent of the MCL shall monitor
(d) All public water systems (commu- at the frequency specified by the State.
nity; non-transient, non-community; (3) For community, non-transient,
and transient, non-community sys- non-community, and transient non-
tems) shall monitor to determine com- community water systems, the repeat
pliance with the maximum contami- monitoring frequency for any water
nant level for nitrate in § 141.62. system shall be quarterly for at least
(1) Community and non-transient, one year following any one sample in
non-community water systems served which the concentration is ≥50 percent
by groundwater systems shall monitor of the MCL. The State may allow a sys-
annually beginning January 1, 1993; tem to reduce the sampling frequency
systems served by surface water shall to annually after determining the sys-
monitor quarterly beginning January tem is reliably and consistently less

1, 1993. than the MCL.
391
§ 141.23 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
(4) Systems which are monitoring an- (1) For systems which are conducting
nually shall take each subsequent sam- monitoring at a frequency greater than
ple during the quarter(s) which pre- annual, compliance with the maximum
viously resulted in the highest analyt- contaminant levels for antimony, ar-
ical result. senic, asbestos, barium, beryllium, cad-
(f) Confirmation samples: mium, chromium, cyanide, fluoride,
(1) Where the results of sampling for mercury, nickel, selenium or thallium
antimony, arsenic, asbestos, barium, is determined by a running annual av-
beryllium, cadmium, chromium, cya- erage at any sampling point. If the av-
nide, fluoride, mercury, nickel, sele- erage at any sampling point is greater
nium or thallium indicate an exceed- than the MCL, then the system is out
ance of the maximum contaminant of compliance. If any one sample would
level, the State may require that one cause the annual average to be exceed-
additional sample be collected as soon ed, then the system is out of compli-
as possible after the initial sample was ance immediately. Any sample below
taken (but not to exceed two weeks) at the method detection limit shall be
the same sampling point. calculated at zero for the purpose of de-
(2) Where nitrate or nitrite sampling termining the annual average. If a sys-
results indicate an exceedance of the tem fails to collect the required num-
maximum contaminant level, the sys- ber of samples, compliance (average
tem shall take a confirmation sample concentration) will be based on the
within 24 hours of the system’s receipt total number of samples collected.
of notification of the analytical results (2) For systems which are monitoring
of the first sample. Systems unable to annually, or less frequently, the sys-
comply with the 24-hour sampling re- tem is out of compliance with the max-
quirement must immediately notify imum contaminant levels for anti-
persons served by the public water sys- mony, arsenic, asbestos, barium, beryl-
tem in accordance with § 141.202 and lium, cadmium, chromium, cyanide,
meet other Tier 1 public notification fluoride, mercury, nickel, selenium or
requirements under Subpart Q of this thallium if the level of a contaminant
part. Systems exercising this option is greater than the MCL. If confirma-
must take and analyze a confirmation tion samples are required by the State,
sample within two weeks of notifica- the determination of compliance will
tion of the analytical results of the be based on the annual average of the
first sample.
initial MCL exceedance and any State-
(3) If a State-required confirmation
required confirmation samples. If a
sample is taken for any contaminant,
system fails to collect the required
then the results of the initial and con-
number of samples, compliance (aver-
firmation sample shall be averaged.
age concentration) will be based on the
The resulting average shall be used to
total number of samples collected.
determine the system’s compliance in
accordance with paragraph (i) of this (3) Compliance with the maximum
section. States have the discretion to contaminant levels for nitrate and ni-
delete results of obvious sampling er- trate is determined based on one sam-
rors. ple if the levels of these contaminants
(g) The State may require more fre- are below the MCLs. If the levels of ni-
quent monitoring than specified in trate and/or nitrite exceed the MCLs in
paragraphs (b), (c), (d) and (e) of this the initial sample, a confirmation sam-
section or may require confirmation ple is required in accordance with para-
samples for positive and negative re- graph (f)(2) of this section, and compli-
sults at its discretion. ance shall be determined based on the
(h) Systems may apply to the State average of the initial and confirmation
to conduct more frequent monitoring samples.
than the minimum monitoring fre- (4) Arsenic sampling results will be
quencies specified in this section. reported to the nearest 0.001 mg/L.
(i) Compliance with §§ 141.11 or (j) Each public water system shall
141.62(b) (as appropriate) shall be deter- monitor at the time designated by the
mined based on the analytical result(s) State during each compliance period.
obtained at each sampling point. (k) Inorganic analysis:
392
(1) Analysis for the following con- with digestion or directly without di-
taminants shall be conducted in ac- gestion, and other analytical test pro-
cordance with the methods in the fol- cedures are contained in Technical
lowing table, or the alternative meth- Notes on Drinking Water Methods, EPA–
ods listed in appendix A to subpart C of 600/R–94–173, October 1994. This docu-
this part, or their equivalent as deter- ment is available from the National
mined by EPA. Criteria for analyzing Service Center for Environmental Pub-
arsenic, barium, beryllium, cadmium, lications (NSCEP), P.O. Box 42419, Cin-
calcium, chromium, copper, lead, nick- cinnati, OH 45242–0419 or http://
el, selenium, sodium, and thallium www.epa.gov/nscep/.
393
VerDate Mar<15>2010
SM 4 (18th, 19th
Contaminant Methodology 13 EPA ASTM 3 SM 4 (20th ed.) SM Online 22 Other
ed.)
07:41 Sep 01, 2011

1. Alkalinity .................. Titrimetric ....................... ....................... D1067–92, 02 B ............ 2320 B .......... 2320 B .......... 2320 B–97 ....
Electrometric titration ..... ....................... ........................................ ....................... ....................... I–1030–85 5. § 141.23
2. Antimony ................. Inductively Coupled 200.8 2
Plasma (ICP)—Mass
Spectrometry.
Jkt 223166
Hydride-Atomic Absorp- ....................... D3697–92, 02.
tion.
Atomic Absorption; Plat- 200.9 2
form.
PO 00000
Atomic Absorption; Fur- ....................... ........................................ 3113 B .......... ....................... 3113 B–99 ....
nace.
3. Arsenic 14 ................. ICP-Mass Spectrometry 200.8 2.
Atomic Absorption; Plat- 200.9 2.
form.
Frm 00404
Atomic Absorption; Fur- ....................... D2972–97, 03 C ............ 3113 B .......... ....................... 3113 B–99.
nace.
Hydride Atomic Absorp- ....................... D1972–97, 03 B ............ 3114 B .......... ....................... 3114 B–97.
tion.
Fmt 8010
4. Asbestos ................. Transmission Electron 100.1 9
Microscopy.
394
Transmission Electron 100.2 10
Microscopy.
5. Barium ..................... Inductively Coupled 200.7 2 .......... ........................................ 3120 B .......... 3120 B .......... 3120 B–99.
Sfmt 8010
Plasma.
ICP-Mass Spectrometry 200.8 2
Atomic Absorption; Di- ....................... ........................................ 3111D ........... ....................... 3111 D–99.
rect.
Atomic Absorption; Fur- ....................... ........................................ 3113 B .......... ....................... 3113 B–99.
nace.
6. Beryllium ................. Inductively Coupled 200.7 2 .......... ........................................ 3120 B .......... 3120 B .......... 3120 B–99.
Plasma.
Y:\SGML\223166.XXX
form.
Atomic Absorption; Fur- ....................... D3645–97, 03 B ............ 3113 B .......... ....................... 3113 B–99.
nace.
223166
7. Cadmium ................. Inductively Coupled 200.7 2
Plasma.
40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
form.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
nace.
8. Calcium ................... EDTA titrimetric ............. ....................... D511–93, 03 A .............. 3500–Ca D ... 3500–Ca B ... 3500–Ca B–
07:41 Sep 01, 2011

97.
Atomic Absorption; Di- ....................... D511–93, 03 B .............. 3111 B .......... ....................... 3111 B–99.
rect Aspiration.
Inductively Coupled 200.7 2 .......... ........................................ 3120 B .......... 3120 B .......... 3120 B–99.
Jkt 223166
Plasma.
Ion Chromatography ...... ....................... D6919–03.
9. Chromium ................ Inductively Coupled 200.7 2 .......... ........................................ 3120 B .......... 3120 B .......... 3120 B–99.
Plasma.
PO 00000
form.
nace.
10. Copper .................. Atomic Absorption; Fur- ....................... D1688–95, 02 C ............ 3113 B .......... ....................... 3113 B–99.
Frm 00405
nace.
Environmental Protection Agency
Atomic Absorption; Di- ....................... D1688–95, 02 A ............ 3111 B .......... ....................... 3111 B–99.
rect Aspiration.
Fmt 8010
Plasma.
395
ICP-Mass spectrometry 200.8 2
form.
11. Conductivity ........... Conductance .................. ....................... D1125–95 (Reapproved 2510 B .......... 2510 B .......... 2510 B–97.
Sfmt 8010
1999) A.
12. Cyanide ................. Manual Distillation fol- ....................... D2036–98 A ................... 4500–CN¥ C 4500–CN¥ C.
lowed by
Spectrophotometric, ....................... D2036–98 B ................... 4500–CN¥ G 4500–CN¥ G 4500–CN¥
Amenable. G–99.
Spectro-photometric ....................... D2036–98 A ................... 4500–CN¥ E 4500–CN¥ E 4500–CN¥ I–3300–85 5
Manual. E–99.
Spectro-photometric 335.4 6
Semi-automated.
Y:\SGML\223166.XXX
Selective Electrode ........ ....................... ........................................ 4500–CN¥ F 4500–CN¥ F 4500–CN¥
F–99.
UV, Distillation, ....................... ........................................ ....................... ....................... ....................... Kelada–01 17
223166
Spectrophotometric.
Micro Distillation, Flow ....................... ........................................ ....................... ....................... ....................... QuikChem
Injection, 10–204–
Spectrophotometric. 00–1–X 18
Ligand Exchange and ....................... D6888–04 ...................... ....................... ....................... ....................... OIA–1677,
§ 141.23
Amperometry 21. DW 20
VerDate Mar<15>2010
SM 4 (18th, 19th
ed.)
07:41 Sep 01, 2011

13. Fluoride ................. Ion Chromatography ...... 300.0 6, D4327–97, 03 ................ 4110 B .......... 4110 B .......... 4110 B–00.
300.1 19 § 141.23
Manual Distill.; Color. ....................... ........................................ 4500–F¥ B, 4500–F¥ B, 4500–F¥ B,
SPADNS. D. D. D–97.
Manual Electrode ........... ....................... D1179–93, 99 B ............ ¥
4500–F C ... ¥
4500–F C ... 4500–F¥ C–
Jkt 223166
97.
Automated Electrode ..... ....................... ........................................ ....................... ....................... ....................... 380–75WE 11
Automated Alizarin ........ ....................... ........................................ 4500–F¥ E ... 4500–F¥ E ... 4500–F¥ E– 129–71W 11
97.
PO 00000
Capillary Ion Electro- ....................... ........................................ ....................... ....................... ....................... D6508, Rev.
phoresis. 2 23
14. Lead ...................... Atomic Absorption; Fur- ....................... D3559–96, 03 D ............ 3113 B .......... ....................... 3113 B–99.
nace.
ICP–Mass spectrometry 200.8 2
Frm 00406
form.
Differential Pulse Anodic ....................... ........................................ ....................... ....................... ....................... Method
Stripping Voltametry. 1001 16
Fmt 8010
15. Magnesium ............ Atomic Absorption ......... ....................... D511–93, 03 B .............. 3111 B .......... ....................... 3111 B–99.
ICP ................................. 200.7 2 .......... ........................................ 3120 B .......... 3120 B .......... 3120 B–99.
396
Complexation Titrimetric ....................... D511–93, 03 A .............. 3500–Mg E ... 3500–Mg B ... 3500–Mg B–
Methods. 97.
Sfmt 8010
16. Mercury ................. Manual, Cold Vapor ....... 245.1 2 .......... D3223–97, 02 ................ 3112 B .......... ....................... 3112 B–99.
Automated, Cold Vapor 245.2 1
ICP–Mass Spectrometry 200.8 2
17. Nickel .................... Inductively Coupled 200.7 2 .......... ........................................ 3120 B .......... 3120 B .......... 3120 B–99.
Plasma.
form.
Atomic Absorption; Di- ....................... ........................................ 3111 B .......... ....................... 3111 B–99.
Y:\SGML\223166.XXX
rect.
nace.
18. Nitrate .................... Ion Chromatography ...... 300.0 6 D4327–97, 03 ................ 4110 B .......... 4110 B .......... 4110 B–00 .... B–1011 8
223166
300.1 19
Automated Cadmium 353.2 6 .......... D3867–90 A ................... 4500–NO3¥ F 4500–NO3¥ F 4500–NO3¥
Reduction. F–00.
Ion Selective Electrode .. ....................... ........................................ 4500–NO3¥ 4500–NO3¥ 4500–NO3¥ 601 7
D. D. D–00.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Manual Cadmium Re- ....................... D3867–90 B ................... 4500–NO3¥ 4500–NO3¥ 4500–NO3¥
duction. E. E. E–00.
07:41 Sep 01, 2011

phoresis. 2 23
19. Nitrite ..................... Ion Chromatography ...... 300.0 6 D4327–97, 03 ................ 4110 B .......... 4110 B .......... 4110 B–00 .... B–1011 8
300.1 19
Automated Cadmium 353.2 6 .......... D3867–90 A ................... 4500–NO3¥ F 4500–NO3¥ F 4500–NO3¥
Jkt 223166
Reduction. F–00.
Manual Cadmium Re- ....................... D3867–90 B ................... 4500–NO3¥ 4500–NO3¥ 4500–NO3¥
duction. E. E. E–00.
Spectrophotometric ........ ....................... ........................................ 4500–NO2¥ 4500–NO2¥ 4500–NO2¥
B. B. B–00.
PO 00000
phoresis. 2 23
20. Ortho-phosphate 12 Colorimetric, Automated, 365.1 6 .......... ........................................ 4500–P F ...... 4500–P F.
Ascorbic Acid.
Frm 00407
Colorimetric, ascorbic ....................... D515–88 A ..................... 4500–P E ...... 4500–P E.
acid, single reagent.

Colorimetric ....................... ........................................ ....................... ....................... ....................... I–1601–85 5
Phosphomolybdate;
Automated-seg- ....................... ........................................ ....................... ....................... ....................... I–2601–90 5
Fmt 8010
mented flow;.
397
Automated Discrete ....................... ........................................ ....................... ....................... ....................... I–2598–85 5
Ion Chromatography ...... 300.0 6 .......... D4327–97, 03 ................ 4110 B .......... 4110 B .......... 4110 B–00.
300.1 19 .........
Sfmt 8010
phoresis. 2 23
21. pH .......................... Electrometric .................. 150.1, 150.2 1 D1293–95, 99 ................ 4500–H∂ B ... 4500–H∂ B ... 4500–H∂ B–
00.
22. Selenium ............... Hydride-Atomic Absorp- ....................... D3859–98, 03 A ............ 3114 B .......... ....................... 3114 B–97.
tion.
form.
Y:\SGML\223166.XXX
Atomic Absorption; Fur- ....................... D3859–98, 03 B ............ 3113 B .......... ....................... 3113 B–99.
nace.
23. Silica ...................... Colorimetric, Molybdate ....................... ........................................ ....................... ....................... ....................... I–1700–85 5
Blue.
223166
Automated-seg- ....................... ........................................ ....................... ....................... ....................... I–2700–85 5
mented Flow.
Colorimetric .................... ....................... D859–94, 00.
Molybdosilicate .............. ....................... ........................................ 4500–Si D ..... 4500–SiO2 C 4500–SiO2
§ 141.23
C–97.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
SM 4 (18th, 19th
ed.)
07:41 Sep 01, 2011

Heteropoly blue ............. ....................... ........................................ 4500–Si E ..... 4500–SiO2 D 4500–SiO2
D–97. § 141.23
Automated for Molyb- ....................... ........................................ 4500–Si F ..... 4500–SiO2 E 4500–SiO2 E–
date-reactive Silica. 97.
Jkt 223166
Plasma.
24. Sodium .................. Inductively Coupled 200.7 2
Plasma.
Atomic Absorption; Di- ....................... ........................................ 3111 B .......... ....................... 3111 B–99.
PO 00000
rect Aspiration.
25. Temperature .......... Thermometric ................. ....................... ........................................ 2550 .............. 2550 .............. 2550–00.
26. Thallium ................. ICP–Mass Spectrometry 200.8 2
Atomic Absorption; Plat- 200.9 2.
Frm 00408
form.
The procedures shall be done in accordance with the documents listed below. The incorporation by reference of the following documents listed in footnotes 1–11, 16–20, and 22–23
was approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies of the documents may be obtained from the sources listed below.
Information regarding obtaining these documents can be obtained from the Safe Drinking Water Hotline at 800–426–4791. Documents may be inspected at EPA’s Drinking Water Docket,
EPA West, 1301 Constitution Avenue, NW., Room 3334, Washington, DC 20460 (Telephone: 202–566–2426); or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For infor-
Fmt 8010
mation on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202–741–6030, or go to: http://www.archives.gov/federallregister/codeloflfederallregulations/ibrllocations.html.
398
1 ‘‘Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes,’’ EPA/600/4–79/020, March 1983. Available at NTIS, PB84–128677.
2 ‘‘Methods for the Determination of Metals in Environmental Samples—Supplement I,’’ EPA/600/R–94/111, May 1994. Available at NTIS, PB95–125472.
3 Annual Book of ASTM Standards, 1994, 1996, 1999, or 2003, Vols. 11.01 and 11.02, ASTM International; any year containing the cited version of the method may be used. The pre-
vious versions of D1688–95A, D1688–95C (copper), D3559–95D (lead), D1293–95 (pH), D1125–91A (conductivity) and D859–94 (silica) are also approved. These previous versions
D1688–90A, C; D3559–90D, D1293–84, D1125–91A and D859–88, respectively are located in the Annual Book of ASTM Standards, 1994, Vol. 11.01. Copies may be obtained from
Sfmt 8010
ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428.
4 Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 18th edition (1992), 19th edition (1995), or 20th edition (1998). American Public Health Association, 1015 Fifteenth
Street, NW., Washington, DC 20005. The cited methods published in any of these three editions may be used, except that the versions of 3111 B, 3111 D, 3113 B and 3114 B in the
20th edition may not be used.
5 Method I–2601–90, Methods for Analysis by the U.S. Geological Survey National Water Quality Laboratory—Determination of Inorganic and Organic Constituents in Water and Fluvial
Sediment, Open File Report 93–125, 1993; For Methods I–1030–85; I–1601–85; I–1700–85; I–2598–85; I–2700–85; and I–3300–85 See Techniques of Water Resources Investigation of
the U.S. Geological Survey, Book 5, Chapter A–1, 3rd edition., 1989; Available from Information Services, U.S. Geological Survey, Federal Center, Box 25286, Denver, CO 80225–0425.
6 ‘‘Methods for the Determination of Inorganic Substances in Environmental Samples,’’ EPA/600/R–93/100, August 1993. Available at NTIS, PB94–120821.
7 The procedure shall be done in accordance with the Technical Bulletin 601 ’’ Standard Method of Test for Nitrate in Drinking Water,’’ July 1994, PN 221890–001, Analytical Tech-
nology, Inc. Copies may be obtained from ATI Orion, 529 Main Street, Boston, MA 02129.
8 Method B–1011, ‘‘Waters Test Method for Determination of Nitrite/Nitrate in Water Using Single Column Ion Chromatography,’’ August 1987. Copies may be obtained from Waters
Corporation, Technical Services Division, 34 Maple Street, Milford, MA 01757, Telephone: 508/482–2131, Fax: 508/482–3625.
Y:\SGML\223166.XXX
9 Method 100.1, ‘‘Analytical Method For Determination of Asbestos Fibers in Water,’’ EPA/600/4–83/043, EPA, September 1983. Available at NTIS, PB83–260471.
10 Method 100.2, ‘‘Determination of Asbestos Structure Over 10-μm In Length In Drinking Water,’’ EPA/600/R–94/134, June 1994. Available at NTIS, PB94–201902.
11 Industrial Method No. 129–71W, ‘‘Fluoride in Water and Wastewater,’’ December 1972, and Method No. 380–75WE, ‘‘Fluoride in Water and Wastewater,’’ February 1976, Technicon
Industrial Systems. Copies may be obtained from Bran & Luebbe, 1025 Busch Parkway, Buffalo Grove, IL 60089.
12 Unfiltered, no digestion or hydrolysis.
223166
13 Because MDLs reported in EPA Methods 200.7 and 200.9 were determined using a 2x preconcentration step during sample digestion, MDLs determined when samples are analyzed
by direct analysis (i.e., no sample digestion) will be higher. For direct analysis of cadmium by Method 200.7, sample preconcentration using pneumatic nebulization may be required to
achieve lower detection limits. Preconcentration may also be required for direct analysis of antimony, lead, and thallium by Method 200.9; antimony and lead by Method 3113 B; and lead
by Method D3559–90D, unless multiple in-furnace depositions are made.
14 If ultrasonic nebulization is used in the determination of arsenic by Method 200.8, the arsenic must be in the pentavalent state to provide uniform signal response. For direct analysis
of arsenic with Method 200.8 using ultrasonic nebulization, samples and standards must contain 1 mg/L of sodium hypochlorite.
15 [Reserved]
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16 The description for Method Number 1001 for lead is available from Palintest, LTD, 21 Kenton Lands Road, P.O. Box 18395, Erlanger, KY 41018. Or from the Hach Company, P.O.
Box 389, Loveland, CO 80539.
17 The description for the Kelada-01 Method, ‘‘Kelada Automated Test Methods for Total Cyanide, Acid Dissociable Cyanide, And Thiocyanate,’’ Revision 1.2, August 2001, EPA # 821–
07:41 Sep 01, 2011

B–01–009 for cyanide is available from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), PB 2001–108275, 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, VA 22161. The toll free telephone num-
ber is 800–553–6847. Note: A 450–W UV lamp may be used in this method instead of the 550–W lamp specified if it provides performance within the quality control (QC) acceptance
criteria of the method in a given instrument. Similarly, modified flow cell configurations and flow conditions may be used in the method, provided that the QC acceptance criteria are met.
18 The description for the QuikChem Method 10–204–00–1–X, ‘‘Digestion and distillation of total cyanide in drinking and wastewaters using MICRO DIST and determination of cyanide
by flow injection analysis,’’ Revision 2.1, November 30, 2000, for cyanide is available from Lachat Instruments, 6645 W. Mill Rd., Milwaukee, WI 53218. Telephone: 414–358–4200.
19 ‘‘Methods for the Determination of Organic and Inorganic Compounds in Drinking Water,’’ Vol. 1, EPA 815–R–00–014, August 2000. Available at NTIS, PB2000–106981.
Jkt 223166
20 Method OIA–1677, DW ‘‘Available Cyanide by Flow Injection, Ligand Exchange, and Amperometry,’’ January 2004. EPA–821–R–04–001, Available from ALPKEM, A Division of OI
Analytical, P.O. Box 9010, College Station, TX 77842–9010.
21 Sulfide levels below those detected using lead acetate paper may produce positive method interferences. Test samples using a more sensitive sulfide method to determine if a sul-
fide interference is present, and treat samples accordingly.
22 Standard Methods Online are available at http://www.standardmethods.org. The year in which each method was approved by the Standard Methods Committee is designated by the
last two digits in the method number. The methods listed are the only online versions that may be used.
PO 00000
23 Method D6508, Rev. 2, ‘‘Test Method for Determination of Dissolved Inorganic Anions in Aqueous Matrices Using Capillary Ion Electrophoresis and Chromate Electrolyte,’’ available
from Waters Corp, 34 Maple St, Milford, MA, 01757, Telephone: 508/482–2131, Fax: 508/482–3625.
Frm 00409
Fmt 8010
399
Sfmt 8010
Y:\SGML\223166.XXX
223166
§ 141.23
§ 141.23 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
(2) Sample collection for antimony, (ii) For each contaminant that has
arsenic, asbestos, barium, beryllium, been included in the PE sample and for
cadmium, chromium, cyanide, fluoride, each method for which the laboratory
mercury, nickel, nitrate, nitrite, sele- desires certification achieve quan-
nium, and thallium under this section titative results on the analyses that
shall be conducted using the sample are within the following acceptance
preservation, container, and maximum limits:
holding time procedures specified in
Contaminant Acceptance limit
the table below:
Antimony ............................... ±30 at ≥0.006 mg/1
Con- Arsenic .................................. ±30 at ≥0.003 mg/L
Contaminant Preservative 1 Time 3
tainer 2
Asbestos ............................... 2 standard deviations based
on study statistics.
Antimony ......... HNO3 .............. P or G ..... 6 months
Barium .................................. ±15% at ≥0.15 mg/1
Arsenic ............ Conc HNO3 to P or G ..... 6 months
Beryllium ............................... ±15% at ≥0.001 mg/1
pH <2.
Cadmium .............................. ±20% at ≥0.002 mg/1
Asbestos ......... 4 °C ................. P or G ..... 48 hours 4
Chromium ............................. ±15% at ≥0.01 mg/1
Barium ............. HNO3 .............. P or G ..... 6 months
Cyanide ................................ ±25% at ≥0.1 mg/1
Beryllium ......... HNO3 .............. P or G ..... 6 months
Fluoride ................................. ±10% at ≥1 to 10 mg/1
Cadmium ......... HNO3 .............. P or G ..... 6 months Mercury ................................. ±30% at ≥0.0005 mg/1
Chromium ........ HNO3 .............. P or G ..... 6 months Nickel .................................... ±15% at ≥0.01 mg/1
Cyanide ........... 4 °C, NaOH .... P or G ..... 14 days Nitrate ................................... ±10% at ≥0.4 mg/1
Fluoride ........... None ............... P or G ..... 1 month Nitrite .................................... ±15% at ≥0.4 mg/1
Mercury ........... HNO3 .............. P or G ..... 28 days Selenium ............................... ±20% at ≥0.01 mg/1
Nickel .............. HNO3 .............. P or G ..... 6 months Thallium ................................ ±30% at ≥0.002 mg/1
Nitrate .............. 4 °C ................. P or G ..... 48 hours 5
Nitrate-Nitrite 6 H2SO4 ............. P or G ..... 28 days
Nitrite ............... 4°C .................. P or G ..... 48 hours
(l) Analyses for the purpose of deter-
Selenium ......... HNO3 .............. P or G ..... 6 months mining compliance with § 141.11 shall be
Thallium ........... HNO3 .............. P or G ..... 6 months conducted using the requirements spec-
1 For cyanide determinations samples must be adjusted with ified in paragraphs (l) through (q) of
sodium hydroxide to pH 12 at the time off collection. When this section.
chilling is indicated the sample must be shipped and stored at
4 °C or less. Acidification of nitrate or metals samples may be (1) Analyses for all community water
with a concentrated acid or a dilute (50% by volume) solution systems utilizing surface water sources
of the applicable concentrated acid. Acidification of samples
for metals analysis is encouraged and allowed at the labora- shall be completed by June 24, 1978.
tory rather than at the time of sampling provided the shipping These analyses shall be repeated at
time and other instructions in Section 8.3 of EPA Methods
200.7 or 200.8 or 200.9 are followed. yearly intervals.
2 P=plastic, hard or soft; G=glass, hard or soft. (2) Analyses for all community water
3 In all cases samples should be analyzed as soon after col-
lection as possible. Follow additional (if any) information on
systems utilizing only ground water
preservation, containers or holding times that is specified in sources shall be completed by June 24,
method. 1979. These analyses shall be repeated
4 Instructions for containers, preservation procedures and
holding times as specified in Method 100.2 must be adhered at three-year intervals.
to for all compliance analyses including those conducted with (3) For non-community water sys-
Method 100.1.
5 If the sample is chlorinated, the holding time for an tems, whether supplied by surface or
unacidified sample kept at 4 °C is extended to 14 days. ground sources, analyses for nitrate
6 Nitrate-Nitrite refers to a measurement of total nitrate.
shall be completed by December 24,
(3) Analysis under this section shall 1980. These analyses shall be repeated
only be conducted by laboratories that at intervals determined by the State.
have been certified by EPA or the (4) The State has the authority to de-
State. Laboratories may conduct sam- termine compliance or initiate enforce-
ple analysis under provisional certifi- ment action based upon analytical re-
cation until January 1, 1996. To receive sults and other information compiled
certification to conduct analyses for by their sanctioned representatives and
antimony, arsenic, asbestos, barium, agencies.
beryllium, cadmium, chromium, cya- (m) If the result of an analysis made
nide, fluoride, mercury, nickel, nitrate, under paragraph (l) of this section indi-
nitrite and selenium and thallium, the cates that the level of any contami-
laboratory must: nant listed in § 141.11 exceeds the max-
(i) Analyze Performance Evaluation imum contaminant level, the supplier
(PE) samples provided by EPA, the of the water shall report to the State
State or by a third party (with the ap- within 7 days and initiate three addi-
proval of the State or EPA) at least tional analyses at the same sampling
once a year. point within one month.
400
(n) When the average of four analyses (1) The following documents are in-
made pursuant to paragraph (m) of this corporated by reference. This incorpo-
section, rounded to the same number of ration by reference was approved by
significant figures as the maximum the Director of the Federal Register in
contaminant level for the substance in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1
question, exceeds the maximum con- CFR part 51. Copies may be inspected
taminant level, the supplier of water at EPA’s Drinking Water Docket, 1301
shall notify the State pursuant to Constitution Avenue, NW., EPA West,
§ 141.31 and give notice to the public Room 3334, Washington, DC 20460 (Tele-
pursuant to subpart Q. Monitoring phone: 202–566–2426); or at the National
after public notification shall be at a Archives and Records Administration
frequency designated by the State and (NARA). For information on the avail-
shall continue until the maximum con- ability of this material at NARA, call
taminant level has not been exceeded 202–741–6030, or go to: http://
in two successive samples or until a www.archives.gov/federallregister/
monitoring schedule as a condition to a codeloflfederallregulations/
variance, exemption or enforcement ibrllocations.html. Method 508A and
action shall become effective. 515.1 are in Methods for the Determina-
(o) The provisions of paragraphs (m) tion of Organic Compounds in Drinking
and (n) of this section notwithstanding, Water, EPA/600/4–88–039, December 1988,
compliance with the maximum con- Revised, July 1991. Methods 547, 550 and
taminant level for nitrate shall be de- 550.1 are in Methods for the Determina-
termined on the basis of the mean of tion of Organic Compounds in Drinking
two analyses. When a level exceeding Water—Supplement I, EPA/600–4–90–020,
the maximum contaminant level for July 1990. Methods 548.1, 549.1, 552.1 and
nitrate is found, a second analysis shall 555 are in Methods for the Determination
be initiated within 24 hours, and if the of Organic Compounds in Drinking
mean of the two analyses exceeds the Water—Supplement II, EPA/600/R–92–129,
maximum contaminant level, the sup- August 1992. Methods 502.2, 504.1, 505,
plier of water shall report his findings 506, 507, 508, 508.1, 515.2, 524.2 525.2, 531.1,
to the State pursuant to § 141.31 and 551.1 and 552.2 are in Methods for the De-
shall notify the public pursuant to sub- termination of Organic Compounds in
part Q. Drinking Water––Supplement III, EPA/
(p) For the initial analyses required 600/R–95–131, August 1995. Method 1613
by paragraph (l) (1), (2) or (3) of this is titled ‘‘Tetra-through Octa-
section, data for surface waters ac- Chlorinated Dioxins and Furans by Iso-
quired within one year prior to the ef- tope-Dilution HRGC/HRMS,’’ EPA/821–
fective date and data for ground waters B–94–005, October 1994. These docu-
acquired within 3 years prior to the ef- ments are available from the National
fective date of this part may be sub- Technical Information Service, NTIS
stituted at the discretion of the State. PB91–231480, PB91–146027, PB92–207703,
(q) [Reserved] PB95–261616 and PB95–104774, U.S. De-
[56 FR 3579, Jan. 30, 1991] partment of Commerce, 5285 Port
Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161.
EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci-
tations affecting § 141.23, see the List of CFR
The toll free number is: 800–553–6847.
Sections Affected, which appears in the Method 6651 shall be followed in ac-
Finding Aids section of the printed volume cordance with Standard Methods for the
and at www.fdsys.gov. Examination of Water and Wastewater,
18th edition (1992), 19th edition (1995),
§ 141.24 Organic chemicals, sampling or 20th edition (1998), American Public
and analytical requirements. Health Association (APHA); any of
(a)–(d) [Reserved] these three editions may be used.
(e) Analyses for the contaminants in Method 6610 shall be followed in ac-
this section shall be conducted using cordance with Standard Methods for the
the methods listed in the following Examination of Water and Wastewater,
table, or the alternative methods listed (18th Edition Supplement) (1994), or
in appendix A to subpart C of this part, with the 19th edition (1995) or 20th edi-
or their equivalent as determined by tion (1998) of Standard Methods for the

EPA. Examination of Water and Wastewater;
401
§ 141.24 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
any of these publications may be used. Electron Capture Detection,’’ Revision

The APHA documents are available 1.0, April 2000, EPA/815/B–00/001 and
from APHA, 1015 Fifteenth Street NW., EPA Method 552.3, ‘‘Determination of
Washington, DC 20005. Other required Haloacetic Acids and Dalapon in
analytical test procedures germane to Drinking Water by Liquid-Liquid
the conduct of these analyses are con- Microextraction, Derivatization, and
tained in Technical Notes on Drinking Gas Chromatography with Electron
Water Methods, EPA/600/R–94–173, Octo- Capture Detection,’’ Revision 1.0, July
ber 1994, NTIS PB95–104766. EPA Meth- 2003, EPA 815–B–03–002, can be accessed
ods 515.3 and 549.2 are available from and downloaded directly online at
U.S. Environmental Protection Agen- http://www.epa.gov/safewater/methods/
cy, National Exposure Research Lab- sourcalt.html. Syngenta Method AG–625,
oratory (NERL)–Cincinnati, 26 West ‘‘Atrazine in Drinking Water by
Martin Luther King Drive, Cincinnati, Immunoassay,’’ February 2001, is avail-
OH 45268. ASTM Method D 5317–93, 98 able from Syngenta Crop Protection,
(Reapproved 2003) is available in the Inc., 410 Swing Road, P.O. Box 18300,
Annual Book of ASTM Standards, (1999), Greensboro, NC 27419. Telephone: 336–
Vol. 11.02, ASTM International, 100 632–6000. Method 531.2 ‘‘Measurement of
Barr Harbor Drive, West N-methylcarbamoyloximes and N-
Conshohocken, PA 19428, any edition methylcarbamates in Water by Direct
containing the cited version of the Aqueous Injection HPLC with
method may be used. EPA Method Postcolumn Derivatization,’’ Revision
515.4, ‘‘Determination of Chlorinated 1.0, September 2001, EPA 815–B–01–002,
Acids in Drinking Water by Liquid-Liq- can be accessed and downloaded di-
uid Microextraction, Derivatization rectly online at http://www.epa.gov/
and Fast Gas Chromatography with safewater/methods/sourcalt.html.
Standard
Contaminant EPA method ASTM Other
methods
1. Benzene .............................................. 502.2, 524.2.

2. Carbon tetrachloride ............................ 502.2, 524.2, 551.1.
3. Chlorobenzene .................................... 502.2, 524.2.
4. 1,2-Dichlorobenzene ........................... 502.2, 524.2.
5. 1,4-Dichlorobenzene ........................... 502.2, 524.2.
6. 1,2-Dichloroethane .............................. 502.2, 524.2.
7. cis-Dichloroethylene ............................ 502.2, 524.2.
8. trans-Dichloroethylene ........................ 502.2, 524.2.
9. Dichloromethane ................................. 502.2, 524.2.
10. 1,2-Dichloropropane .......................... 502.2, 524.2.
11. Ethylbenzene ..................................... 502.2, 524.2.
12. Styrene .............................................. 502.2, 524.2.
13. Tetrachloroethylene ........................... 502.2, 524.2, 551.1.
14. 1,1,1-Trichloroethane ........................ 502.2, 524.2, 551.1.
15. Trichloroethylene ............................... 502.2, 524.2, 551.1.
16. Toluene ............................................. 502.2, 524.2.
17. 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene ..................... 502.2, 524.2.
18. 1,1-Dichloroethylene ......................... 502.2, 524.2.
19. 1,1,2-Trichloroethane ........................ 502.2, 524.2, 551.1.
20. Vinyl chloride ..................................... 502.2, 524.2.
21. Xylenes (total) ................................... 502.2, 524.2.
22. 2,3,7,8-TCDD (dioxin) ....................... 1613.
23. 2,4–D 4 (as acids, salts, and esters) 515.2, 555, 515.1, 515.3, 515.4 .............. ........................ D5317–93,
98 (Re-
ap-
proved
2003).
24. 2,4,5–TP 4 (Silvex) ............................ 515.2, 555, 515.1, 515.3, 515.4 .............. ........................ D5317–93,
98 (Re-
ap-
proved
2003).
25. Alachlor 2 ........................................... 507, 525.2, 508.1, 505, 551.1.
26. Atrazine 2 ........................................... 507, 525.2, 508.1, 505, 551.1 ................. ........................ .................. Syngenta 5
AG–625
27. Benzo(a)pyrene ................................. 525.2, 550, 550.1.
28. Carbofuran ........................................ 531.1, 531.2 ............................................ 6610.

29. Chlordane .......................................... 508, 525.2, 508.1, 505.
30. Dalapon ............................................. 552.1 515.1, 552.2, 515.3, 515.4, 552.3.
402
Standard
Contaminant EPA method ASTM Other
methods
31. Di(2-ethylhexyl)adipate ...................... 506, 525.2.

32. Di(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate ................... 506, 525.2.
33. Dibromochloropropane (DBCP) ........ 504.1, 551.1.
34. Dinoseb 4 ........................................... 515.2, 555, 515.1, 515.3, 515.4.
35. Diquat ................................................ 549.2.
36. Endothall ........................................... 548.1.
37. Endrin ................................................ 508, 525.2, 508.1, 505, 551.1.
38. Ethylene dibromide (EDB) ................ 504.1, 551.1.
39. Glyphosate ........................................ 547 ........................................................... 6651.
40. Heptachlor ......................................... 508, 525.2, 508.1, 505, 551.1.
41. Heptachlor Epoxide ........................... 508, 525.2, 508.1, 505, 551.1.
42. Hexachlorobenzene .......................... 508, 525.2, 508.1, 505, 551.1.
43. Hexachlorocyclopentadiene .............. 508, 525.2, 508.1, 505, 551.1.
44. Lindane .............................................. 508, 525.2, 508.1, 505, 551.1.
45. Methoxychlor ..................................... 508, 525.2, 508.1, 505, 551.1.
46. Oxamyl .............................................. 531.1, 531.2 ............................................ 6610.
47. PCBs 3 (as decachlorobiphenyl) ....... 508A.
48. PCBs 3 (as Aroclors) ......................... 508.1, 508, 525.2, 505.
49. Pentachlorophenol ............................ 515.2, 525.2, 555, 515.1, 515.3, 515.4 ... ........................ D5317–93,
98 (Re-
ap-
proved
2003).
50. Picloram 4 .......................................... 515.2, 555, 515.1, 515.3, 515.4 .............. ........................ D5317–93,
98 (Re-
ap-
proved
2003).
51. Simazine 2 ......................................... 507, 525.2, 508.1, 505, 551.1.
52. Toxaphene ........................................ 508, 508.1, 525.2, 505.
53. Total Trihalomethanes ...................... 502.2, 524.2, 551.1.
1 [Reserved]
2 Substitution of the detector specified in Method 505, 507, 508 or 508.1 for the purpose of achieving lower detection limits is
allowed as follows. Either an electron capture or nitrogen phosphorous detector may be used provided all regulatory require-
ments and quality control criteria are met.
3 PCBs are qualitatively identified as Aroclors and measured for compliance purposes as decachlorobiphenyl. Users of Method
505 may have more difficulty in achieving the required detection limits than users of Methods 508.1, 525.2 or 508.
4 Accurate determination of the chlorinated esters requires hydrolysis of the sample as described in EPA Methods 515.1,
515.2, 515.3, 515.4 and 555 and ASTM Method D5317–93.
5 This method may not be used for the analysis of atrazine in any system where chlorine dioxide is used for drinking water
treatment. In samples from all other systems, any result for atrazine generated by Method AG–625 that is greater than one-half
the maximum contaminant level (MCL) (in other words, greater than 0.0015mg/L or 1.5 μg/L) must be confirmed using another
approved method for this contaminant and should use additional volume of the original sample collected for compliance moni-
toring. In instances where a result from Method AG–625 triggers such confirmatory testing, the confirmatory result is to be used
to determine compliance.
(2) [Reserved] (2) Surface water systems (or com-

(f) Beginning with the initial compli- bined surface/ground) shall take a min-
ance period, analysis of the contami- imum of one sample at points in the
nants listed in § 141.61(a) (1) through distribution system that are represent-
(21) for the purpose of determining ative of each source or at each entry
compliance with the maximum con- point to the distribution system after
taminant level shall be conducted as treatment (hereafter called a sampling
follows: point). Each sample must be taken at
(1) Groundwater systems shall take a the same sampling point unless condi-
minimum of one sample at every entry tions make another sampling point
point to the distribution system which more representative of each source,
is representative of each well after treatment plant, or within the dis-
treatment (hereafter called a sampling tribution system.
point). Each sample must be taken at (3) If the system draws water from
the same sampling point unless condi- more than one source and the sources
tions make another sampling point are combined before distribution, the
more representative of each source, system must sample at an entry point
to the distribution system during peri-
treatment plant, or within the dis-

tribution system. ods of normal operating conditions
403
§ 141.24 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
(i.e., when water representative of all (B) The proximity of the system to a
sources is being used). potential point or non-point source of
(4) Each community and non-tran- contamination. Point sources include
sient non-community water system spills and leaks of chemicals at or near
shall take four consecutive quarterly a water treatment facility or at manu-
samples for each contaminant listed in facturing, distribution, or storage fa-
§ 141.61(a) (2) through (21) during each cilities, or from hazardous and munic-
compliance period, beginning in the ipal waste landfills and other waste
initial compliance period. handling or treatment facilities.
(5) If the initial monitoring for con- (C) The environmental persistence
taminants listed in § 141.61(a) (1) and transport of the contaminants.
through (8) and the monitoring for the (D) The number of persons served by
contaminants listed in § 141.61(a) (9) the public water system and the prox-
through (21) as allowed in paragraph imity of a smaller system to a larger
(f)(18) has been completed by December system.
31, 1992, and the system did not detect (E) How well the water source is pro-
any contaminant listed in § 141.61(a) (1) tected against contamination, such as
through (21), then each ground and sur- whether it is a surface or groundwater
face water system shall take one sam- system. Groundwater systems must
ple annually beginning with the initial consider factors such as depth of the
compliance period. well, the type of soil, and wellhead pro-
tection. Surface water systems must
(6) After a minimum of three years of
consider watershed protection.
annual sampling, the State may allow
(9) As a condition of the waiver a
groundwater systems with no previous
groundwater system must take one
detection of any contaiminant listed in
sample at each sampling point during
§ 141.61(a) to take one sample during
the time the waiver is effective (i.e.,
each compliance period.
one sample during two compliance pe-
(7) Each community and non-tran- riods or six years) and update its vul-
sient non-community ground water nerability assessment considering the
system which does not detect a con- factors listed in paragraph (f)(8) of this
taminant listed in § 141.61(a) (1) section. Based on this vulnerability as-
through (21) may apply to the State for sessment the State must reconfirm
a waiver from the requirements of that the system is non-vulnerable. If
paragraphs (f)(5) and (f)(6) of this sec- the State does not make this recon-
tion after completing the initial moni- firmation within three years of the ini-
toring. (For purposes of this section, tial determination, then the waiver is
detection is defined as ≥0.0005 mg/l.) A invalidated and the system is required
waiver shall be effective for no more to sample annually as specified in
than six years (two compliance peri- paragraph (5) of this section.
ods). States may also issue waivers to (10) Each community and non-tran-
small systems for the initial round of sient non-community surface water
monitoring for 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene. system which does not detect a con-
(8) A State may grant a waiver after taminant listed in § 141.61(a) (1)
evaluating the following factor(s): through (21) may apply to the State for
(i) Knowledge of previous use (includ- a waiver from the requirements of (f)(5)
ing transport, storage, or disposal) of of this section after completing the ini-
the contaminant within the watershed tial monitoring. Composite samples
or zone of influence of the system. If a from a maximum of five sampling
determination by the State reveals no points are allowed, provided that the
previous use of the contaminant within detection limit of the method used for
the watershed or zone of influence, a analysis is less than one-fifth of the
waiver may be granted. MCL. Systems meeting this criterion
(ii) If previous use of the contami- must be determined by the State to be
nant is unknown or it has been used non-vulnerable based on a vulner-
previously, then the following factors ability assessment during each compli-
shall be used to determine whether a ance period. Each system receiving a
waiver is granted. waiver shall sample at the frequency

(A) Previous analytical results. specified by the State (if any).
404
(11) If a contaminant listed in fied in paragraph (f)(15) of this section

§ 141.61(a) (2) through (21) is detected at the system and the State determines
a level exceeding 0.0005 mg/l in any that the system is reliably and consist-
sample, then: ently below the maximum contaminant
(i) The system must monitor quar- level, the system may monitor at the
terly at each sampling point which re- frequency and times specified in para-
sulted in a detection. graph (f)(11)(iii) of this section.
(ii) The State may decrease the quar- (13) The State may require a con-
terly monitoring requirement speci firmation sample for positive or nega-
fied in paragraph (f)(11)(i) of this sec- tive results. If a confirmation sample is
tion provided it has determined that required by the State, the result must
the system is reliably and consistently be averaged with the first sampling re-
below the maximum contaminant
sult and the average is used for the
level. In no case shall the State make
compliance determination as specified
this determination unless a ground-
by paragraph (f)(15). States have discre-
water system takes a minimum of two
tion to delete results of obvious sam-
quarterly samples and a surface water
system takes a minimum of four quar- pling errors from this calculation.
terly samples. (14) The State may reduce the total
(iii) If the State determines that the number of samples a system must ana-
system is reliably and consistently lyze by allowing the use of
below the MCL, the State may allow compositing. Composite samples from
the system to monitor annually. Sys- a maximum of five sampling points are
tems which monitor annually must allowed, provided that the detection
monitor during the quarter(s) which limit of the method used for analysis is
previously yielded the highest analyt- less than one-fifth of the MCL.
ical result. Compositing of samples must be done
(iv) Systems which have three con- in the laboratory and analyzed within
secutive annual samples with no detec- 14 days of sample collection.
tion of a contaminant may apply to the (i) If the concentration in the com-
State for a waiver as specified in para- posite sample is greater than or equal
graph (f)(7) of this section. to 0.0005 mg/l for any contaminant list-
(v) Groundwater systems which have ed in § 141.61(a), then a follow-up sam-
detected one or more of the following ple must be taken within 14 days at
two-carbon organic compounds: tri- each sampling point included in the
chloroethylene, tetrachloroethylene, composite, and be analyzed for that
1,2-dichloroethane, 1,1,1-trichloro- contaminant.
ethane, cis-1,2-dichloroethylene, trans- (ii) If duplicates of the original sam-
1,2-dichloroethylene, or 1,1-
ple taken from each sampling point
dichloroethylene shall monitor quar-
used in the composite sample are avail-
terly for vinyl chloride. A vinyl chlo-
able, the system may use these instead
ride sample shall be taken at each sam-
of resampling. The duplicates must be
pling point at which one or more of the
analyzed and the results reported to
two-carbon organic compounds was de-
tected. If the results of the first anal- the State within 14 days after com-
ysis do not detect vinyl chloride, the pleting analysis of the composite sam-
State may reduce the quarterly moni- ple, provided the holding time of the
toring frequency of vinyl chloride mon- sample is not exceeded.
itoring to one sample during each com- (iii) If the population served by the
pliance period. Surface water systems system is > 3,300 persons, then
are required to monitor for vinyl chlo- compositing may only be permitted by
ride as specified by the State. the State at sampling points within a
(12) Systems which violate the re- single system. In systems serving ≤
quirements of § 141.61(a) (1) through 3,300 persons, the State may permit
(21), as determined by paragraph (f)(15) compositing among different systems
of this section, must monitor quar- provided the 5-sample limit is main-
terly. After a minimum of four contained.
secutive quarterly samples which show (iv) Compositing samples prior to GC

the system is in compliance as speci- analysis.
405
§ 141.24 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
(A) Add 5 ml or equal larger amounts (17) Analysis under this section shall
of each sample (up to 5 samples are al- only be conducted by laboratories that
lowed) to a 25 ml glass syringe. Special are certified by EPA or the State ac-
precautions must be made to maintain cording to the following conditions
zero headspace in the syringe. (laboratories may conduct sample
(B) The samples must be cooled at 4 analysis under provisional certification
°C during this step to minimize vola- until January 1, 1996):
tilization losses. (i) To receive certification to conduct
(C) Mix well and draw out a 5-ml ali- analyses for the contaminants in
quot for analysis. § 141.61(a) (2) through (21) the labora-
(D) Follow sample introduction, tory must:
purging, and desorption steps described (A) Analyze Performance Evaluation
in the method. (PE) samples provided by EPA, the
(E) If less than five samples are used State, or by a third party (with the ap-
for compositing, a proportionately proval of the State or EPA) at least
small syringe may be used. once a year by each method for which
(v) Compositing samples prior to GC/ the laboratory desires certification.
MS analysis. (B) Achieve the quantitative accept-
(A) Inject 5-ml or equal larger ance limits under paragraphs
amounts of each aqueous sample (up to (f)(17)(i)(C) and (D) of this section for
5 samples are allowed) into a 25-ml at least 80 percent of the regulated or-
purging device using the sample intro- ganic contaminants included in the PE
duction technique described in the sample.
method. (C) Achieve quantitative results on
the analyses performed under para-
(B) The total volume of the sample in
graph (f)(17)(i)(A) of this section that
the purging device must be 25 ml.
are within ±20% of the actual amount
(C) Purge and desorb as described in
of the substances in the Performance
the method.
Evaluation sample when the actual
(15) Compliance with § 141.61(a) (1) amount is greater than or equal to 0.010
through (21) shall be determined based mg/l.
on the analytical results obtained at (D) Achieve quantitative results on
each sampling point. If one sampling the analyses performed under para-
point is in violation of an MCL, the graph (f)(17)(i)(A) of this section that
system is in violation of the MCL. are within ±40 percent of the actual
(i) For systems monitoring more amount of the substances in the Per-
than once per year, compliance with formance Evaluation sample when the
the MCL is determined by a running actual amount is less than 0.010 mg/l.
annual average at each sampling point. (E) Achieve a method detection limit
(ii) Systems monitoring annually or of 0.0005 mg/l, according to the proce-
less frequently whose sample result ex- dures in appendix B of part 136.
ceeds the MCL must begin quarterly (ii) To receive certification to con-
sampling. The system will not be conduct analyses for vinyl chloride, the
sidered in violation of the MCL until it laboratory must:
has completed one year of quarterly (A) Analyze Performance Evaluation
sampling. (PE) samples provided by EPA, the
(iii) If any sample result will cause State, or by a third party (with the ap-
the running annual average to exceed proval of the State or EPA) at least
the MCL at any sampling point, the once a year by each method for which
system is out of compliance with the the laboratory desires certification.
MCL immediately. (B) Achieve quantitative results on
(iv) If a system fails to collect the re- the analyses performed under para-
quired number of samples, compliance graph (f)(17)(ii)(A) of this section that
will be based on the total number of are within ±40 percent of the actual
samples collected. amount of vinyl chloride in the Per-
(v) If a sample result is less than the formance Evaluation sample.
detection limit, zero will be used to (C) Achieve a method detection limit
calculate the annual average. of 0.0005 mg/l, according to the proce-

(16) [Reserved] dures in appendix B of part 136.
406
(D) Obtain certification for the con- point to the distribution system which
taminants listed in § 141.61(a)(2) is representative of each well after
through (21). treatment (hereafter called a sampling
(18) States may allow the use of mon- point). Each sample must be taken at
itoring data collected after January 1, the same sampling point unless condi-
1988, required under section 1445 of the tions make another sampling point
Act for purposes of initial monitoring more representative of each source or
compliance. If the data are generally treatment plant.
consistent with the other requirements (2) Surface water systems shall take
of this section, the State may use these a minimum of one sample at points in
data (i.e., a single sample rather than the distribution system that are rep-
four quarterly samples) to satisfy the resentative of each source or at each
initial monitoring requirement of para- entry point to the distribution system
graph (f)(4) of this section. Systems after treatment (hereafter called a
which use grandfathered samples and sampling point). Each sample must be
did not detect any contaminant listed taken at the same sampling point un-
§ 141.61(a)(2) through (21) shall begin less conditions make another sampling
monitoring annually in accordance point more representative of each
with paragraph (f)(5) of this section be- source or treatment plant.
ginning with the initial compliance pe- NOTE: For purposes of this paragraph, sur-
riod. face water systems include systems with a
(19) States may increase required combination of surface and ground sources.
monitoring where necessary to detect (3) If the system draws water from
variations within the system. more than one source and the sources
(20) Each certified laboratory must are combined before distribution, the
determine the method detection limit system must sample at an entry point
(MDL), as defined in appendix B to part to the distribution system during peri-
136, at which it is capable of detecting ods of normal operating conditions
VOCs. The acceptable MDL is 0.0005 (i.e., when water representative of all
mg/l. This concentration is the detec- sources is being used).
tion concentration for purposes of this
(4) Monitoring frequency: (i) Each
section.
community and non-transient non-
(21) Each public water system shall
community water system shall take
monitor at the time designated by the
four consecutive quarterly samples for
State within each compliance period.
each contaminant listed in § 141.61(c)
(22) All new systems or systems that
during each compliance period begin-
use a new source of water that begin
ning with the initial compliance pe-
operation after January 22, 2004 must
riod.
demonstrate compliance with the MCL
within a period of time specified by the (ii) Systems serving more than 3,300
State. The system must also comply persons which do not detect a contami-
with the initial sampling frequencies nant in the initial compliance period
specified by the State to ensure a sys- may reduce the sampling frequency to
tem can demonstrate compliance with a minimum of two quarterly samples in
the MCL. Routine and increased moni- one year during each repeat compli-
toring frequencies shall be conducted ance period.
in accordance with the requirements in (iii) Systems serving less than or
this section. equal to 3,300 persons which do not de-
(g) [Reserved] tect a contaminant in the initial com-
(h) Analysis of the contaminants list- pliance period may reduce the sam-
ed in § 141.61(c) for the purposes of de- pling frequency to a minimum of one
termining compliance with the max- sample during each repeat compliance
imum contaminant level shall be con- period.
ducted as follows, with the exception (5) Each community and non-tran-
that no monitoring is required for sient water system may apply to the
aldicarb, aldicarb sulfoxide or aldicarb State for a waiver from the require-
sulfone: ment of paragraph (h)(4) of this sec-
(1) Groundwater systems shall take a tion. A system must reapply for a
minimum of one sample at every entry waiver for each compliance period.
407
§ 141.24 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
(6) A State may grant a waiver after system takes a minimum of four quar-
evaluating the following factor(s): terly samples.
Knowledge of previous use (including (iii) After the State determines the
transport, storage, or disposal) of the system is reliably and consistently
contaminant within the watershed or below the maximum contaminant level
zone of influence of the system. If a de- the State may allow the system to
termination by the State reveals no monitor annually. Systems which mon-
previous use of the contaminant within itor annually must monitor during the
the watershed or zone of influence, a quarter that previously yielded the
waiver may be granted. If previous use highest analytical result.
of the contaminant is unknown or it (iv) Systems which have 3 consecu-
has been used previously, then the fol- tive annual samples with no detection
lowing factors shall be used to deter- of a contaminant may apply to the
mine whether a waiver is granted. State for a waiver as specified in para-
(i) Previous analytical results. graph (h)(6) of this section.
(ii) The proximity of the system to a (v) If the monitoring results in detec-
potential point or non-point source of tion of one or more of certain related
contamination. Point sources include contaminants (heptachlor and hepta-
spills and leaks of chemicals at or near chlor epoxide), then subsequent moni-
a water treatment facility or at manu- toring shall analyze for all related con-
facturing, distribution, or storage fa- taminants.
cilities, or from hazardous and munic- (8) Systems which violate the re-
ipal waste landfills and other waste quirements of § 141.61(c) as determined
handling or treatment facilities. Non- by paragraph (h)(11) of this section
point sources include the use of pes- must monitor quarterly. After a min-
ticides to control insect and weed pests imum of four quarterly samples show
on agricultural areas, forest lands, the system is in compliance and the
home and gardens, and other land ap- State determines the system is reliably
plication uses. and consistently below the MCL, as
(iii) The environmental persistence specified in paragraph (h)(11) of this
and transport of the pesticide or PCBs. section, the system shall monitor at
(iv) How well the water source is pro- the frequency specified in paragraph
tected against contamination due to (h)(7)(iii) of this section.
such factors as depth of the well and (9) The State may require a con-
the type of soil and the integrity of the firmation sample for positive or nega-
well casing. tive results. If a confirmation sample is
(v) Elevated nitrate levels at the required by the State, the result must
water supply source. be averaged with the first sampling re-
(vi) Use of PCBs in equipment used in sult and the average used for the com-
the production, storage, or distribution pliance determination as specified by
of water (i.e., PCBs used in pumps, paragraph (h)(11) of this section. States
transformers, etc.). have discretion to delete results of ob-
(7) If an organic contaminant listed vious sampling errors from this cal-
in § 141.61(c) is detected (as defined by culation.
paragraph (h)(18) of this section) in any (10) The State may reduce the total
sample, then: number of samples a system must ana-
(i) Each system must monitor quar- lyze by allowing the use of
terly at each sampling point which re- compositing. Composite samples from
sulted in a detection. a maximum of five sampling points are
(ii) The State may decrease the quar- allowed, provided that the detection
terly monitoring requirement specified limit of the method used for analysis is
in paragraph (h)(7)(i) of this section less than one-fifth of the MCL.
provided it has determined that the Compositing of samples must be done
system is reliably and consistently in the laboratory and analyzed within
below the maximum contaminant 14 days of sample collection.
level. In no case shall the State make (i) If the concentration in the com-
this determination unless a ground- posite sample detects one or more con-
water system takes a minimum of two taminants listed in § 141.61(c), then a

quarterly samples and a surface water follow-up sample must be taken within
408
14 days at each sampling point included Users of Method 505 may have more dif-
in the composite, and be analyzed for ficulty in achieving the required
that contaminant. Aroclor detection limits than users of
(ii) If duplicates of the original sam- Methods 508.1, 525.2 or 508.
ple taken from each sampling point (ii) If PCBs (as one of seven Aroclors)
used in the composite sample are avail- are detected (as designated in this
able, the system may use these instead paragraph) in any sample analyzed
of resampling. The duplicates must be using Method 505 or 508, the system
analyzed and the results reported to shall reanalyze the sample using Meth-
the State within 14 days after comple- od 508A to quantitate PCBs (as
tion of the composite analysis or before decachlorobiphenyl).
the holding time for the initial sample Detection limit (mg/
is exceeded whichever is sooner. Aroclor l)
(iii) If the population served by the
1016 ....................................................... 0.00008
system is >3,300 persons, then 1221 ....................................................... 0.02
compositing may only be permitted by 1232 ....................................................... 0.0005
the State at sampling points within a 1242 ....................................................... 0.0003
1248 ....................................................... 0.0001
single system. In systems serving ≤ 1254 ....................................................... 0.0001
3,300 persons, the State may permit 1260 ....................................................... 0.0002
compositing among different systems
provided the 5-sample limit is main- (iii) Compliance with the PCB MCL
tained. shall be determined based upon the
(11) Compliance with § 141.61(c) shall quantitative results of analyses using
be determined based on the analytical Method 508A.
results obtained at each sampling (14) If monitoring data collected after
point. If one sampling point is in viola- January 1, 1990, are generally con-
tion of an MCL, the system is in viola- sistent with the requirements of
tion of the MCL. § 141.24(h), then the State may allow
(i) For systems monitoring more systems to use that data to satisfy the
than once per year, compliance with monitoring requirement for the initial
the MCL is determined by a running compliance period beginning January
annual average at each sampling point. 1, 1993.
(ii) Systems monitoring annually or (15) The State may increase the re-
less frequently whose sample result ex- quired monitoring frequency, where
ceeds the regulatory detection level as necessary, to detect variations within
defined by paragraph (h)(18) of this sec- the system (e.g., fluctuations in con-
tion must begin quarterly sampling. centration due to seasonal use, changes
The system will not be considered in in water source).
violation of the MCL until it has com- (16) The State has the authority to
pleted one year of quarterly sampling. determine compliance or initiate en-
(iii) If any sample result will cause forcement action based upon analytical
the running annual average to exceed results and other information compiled
the MCL at any sampling point, the by their sanctioned representatives and
system is out of compliance with the agencies.
MCL immediately. (17) Each public water system shall
(iv) If a system fails to collect the re- monitor at the time designated by the
quired number of samples, compliance State within each compliance period.
will be based on the total number of (18) Detection as used in this para-
samples collected. graph shall be defined as greater than
(v) If a sample result is less than the or equal to the following concentra-
detection limit, zero will be used to tions for each contaminant.
calculate the annual average. Detection
Contaminant
(12) [Reserved] limit (mg/l)
(13) Analysis for PCBs shall be con- Alachlor ............................................................ .0002
ducted as follows using the methods in Aldicarb ............................................................ .0005
paragraph (e) of this section: Aldicarb sulfoxide ............................................ .0005
Aldicarb sulfone ............................................... .0008
(i) Each system which monitors for
Atrazine ............................................................ .0001

PCBs shall analyze each sample using Benzo[a]pyrene ................................................ .00002
either Method 508.1, 525.2, 508 or 505. Carbofuran ....................................................... .0009
409
§ 141.25 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
Detection Contaminant Acceptance limits (percent)

Contaminant limit (mg/l)
Endothall ................................ 2 standard deviations.
Chlordane ........................................................ .0002 Endrin .................................... ±30.
Dalapon ........................................................... .001 Glyphosate ............................. 2 standard deviations.
1,2–Dibromo–3–chloropropane (DBCP) .......... .00002 Heptachlor ............................. ±45.
Di (2-ethylhexyl) adipate .................................. .0006 Heptachlor epoxide ................ ±45.
Di (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate ............................... .0006 Hexachlorobenzene ............... 2 standard deviations.
Dinoseb ............................................................ .0002
Hexachloro- cyclopentadiene 2 standard deviations.
Diquat .............................................................. .0004
Lindane .................................. ±45.
2,4-D ................................................................ .0001
Endothall .......................................................... .009 Methoxychlor ......................... ±45.
Endrin .............................................................. .00001 Oxamyl ................................... 2 standard deviations.
Ethylene dibromide (EDB) ............................... .00001 PCBs (as 0–200.
Glyphosate ....................................................... .006 Decachlorobiphenyl)
Heptachlor ....................................................... .00004 Picloram ................................. 2 standard deviations.
Heptachlor epoxide .......................................... .00002 Simazine ................................ 2 standard deviations.
Hexachlorobenzene ......................................... .0001 Toxaphene ............................. ±45.
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene ............................. .0001 Aldicarb .................................. 2 standard deviations.
Lindane ............................................................ .00002 Aldicarb sulfoxide .................. 2 standard deviations.
Methoxychlor ................................................... .0001 Aldicarb sulfone ..................... 2 standard deviations.
Oxamyl ............................................................. .002 Pentachlorophenol ................. ±50.
Picloram ........................................................... .0001 2,3,7,8-TCDD (Dioxin) ........... 2 standard deviations.
Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) (as 2,4-D ...................................... ±50.
decachlorobiphenyl) ..................................... .0001 2,4,5-TP (Silvex) .................... ±50.
Pentachlorophenol ........................................... .00004
Simazine .......................................................... .00007
Toxaphene ....................................................... .001 (ii) [Reserved]
2,3,7,8-TCDD (Dioxin) ..................................... .000000005 (20) All new systems or systems that
2,4,5-TP (Silvex) .............................................. .0002 use a new source of water that begin
operation after January 22, 2004 must
(19) Anaylsis under this section shall demonstrate compliance with the MCL
only be conducted by laboratories that within a period of time specified by the
have received certification by EPA or State. The system must also comply
the State and have met the following with the initial sampling frequencies
conditions: specified by the State to ensure a sys-
(i) To receive certification to conduct tem can demonstrate compliance with
analyses for the contaminants in the MCL. Routine and increased moni-
§ 141.61(c) the laboratory must: toring frequencies shall be conducted
(A) Analyze Performance Evaluation in accordance with the requirements in
(PE) samples provided by EPA, the this section.
State, or by a third party (with the ap- (Approved by the Office of Management and
proval of the State or EPA) at least Budget under control number 2040–0090)
once a year by each method for which
[40 FR 59570, Dec. 24, 1975]
the laboratory desires certification.
(B) For each contaminant that has EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci-
been included in the PE sample achieve tations affecting § 141.24, see the List of CFR
quantitative results on the analyses Sections Affected, which appears in the
Finding Aids section of the printed volume
that are within the following accept-
and at www.fdsys.gov.
ance limits:
Contaminant Acceptance limits (percent) § 141.25 Analytical methods for radio-
activity.
DBCP ..................................... ±40
EDB ....................................... ±40. (a) Analysis for the following con-
Alachlor .................................. ±45. taminants shall be conducted to deter-
Atrazine .................................. ±45. mine compliance with § 141.66 (radioac-
Benzo[a]pyrene ...................... 2 standard deviations.
Carbofuran ............................. ±45.
tivity) in accordance with the methods
Chlordane .............................. ±45. in the following table, or the alter-
Dalapon ................................. 2 standard deviations. native methods listed in appendix A to
Di(2-ethylhexyl)adipate .......... 2 standard deviations.
Di(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate ....... 2 standard deviations.
subpart C this part, or their equivalent
Dinoseb .................................. 2 standard deviations. determined by EPA in accordance with
Diquat .................................... 2 standard deviations. § 141.27.
410
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Reference (Method of Page Number)
Contaminant Methodology
EPA 1 EPA 2 EPA 3 EPA 4 SM 5 ASTM 6 USGS 7 DOE 8 Other
07:41 Sep 01, 2011

Naturally Occurring:
Gross alpha 11 and beta .. Evaporation .......... 900.0 p. 1 ... 00–01 p. 1 ........ 302, 7110 B, ................ R–1120–76.
7110 B–00.
Gross alpha 11 ................. Coprecipitation ..... ................ .......... 00–02 ............... 7110 C, 7110
Jkt 223166
C–00.
Radium 226 ..................... Radon emanation 903.1 p. 16 Ra–04 p. 19 ...... 305, 7500–Ra D3454–97 R–1141–76 Ra-04 ..... NY 9,
C, 7500–
Ra C–01.
PO 00000
Radiochemical ..... 903.0 p. 13 Ra-03 ............... 304, 7500–Ra D2460–97 R–1140–76 ................ GA 14
B, 7500–Ra
B–01.
Radium 228 ..................... Radiochemical ..... 904.0 p. 24 Ra-05 p. 19 ...... 7500–Ra D, ................ R–1142–76 ................ NY 9,
7500–Ra NJ 10,
Frm 00421
D–01. GA 14
Uranium 12 ....................... Radiochemical ..... 908.0 .......... ............ ............... 7500–U B,

7500–U B–
00.
Fmt 8010
Fluorometric ......... 908.1 .......... ............ ............... 7500–U C D2907–97 R–1180–76, U–04.
(17th Ed.). R–1181–
411
76.
ICP–MS ............... 200.8 13 .......... ............ ............... 3125 ............. D5673–03.
Alpha Spectrom- ................ .......... 00–07 p. 33 ...... 7500–U C D3972– R–1182–76 U–02.
Sfmt 8010
etry. (18th, 19th, 97, 02.
or 20th
Ed.), 7500–
U C–00.
Laser ................ .......... ............ ............... ...................... D5174–
Phosphorimetry. 97, 02.
Man-Made:
Radioactive Cesium ........ Radiochemical ..... 901.0 p. 4 ... ............ ............... 7500–Cs B, D2459–72 R–1111–76.
7500–Cs
Y:\SGML\223166.XXX
B–00.
Gamma Ray 901.1 .......... ............ p. 92 ...... 7120, 7120– D3649– R–1110–76 4.5.2.3.
Spectrometry. 97. 91, 98a.
Radioactive Iodine ........... Radiochemical ..... 902.0 p. 6 ... ............ ............... 7500–I B,
223166
7500–I B–
00.
p. 9 ... ............ ............... 7500–I C,
7500–I C–
§ 141.25
00.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Reference (Method of Page Number)
Contaminant Methodology
EPA 1 EPA 2 EPA 3 EPA 4 SM 5 ASTM 6 USGS 7 DOE 8 Other
07:41 Sep 01, 2011

7500–I D, D3649– § 141.25
7500–I D– 91, 98a.
00.
Gamma Ray 901.1 .......... ............ p. 92 ...... 7120, 7120– D4785– .................... 4.5.2.3.
Jkt 223166
Radioactive Strontium 89, Radiochemical ..... 905.0 p. 29 Sr–04 p. 65 ...... 303, 7500–Sr ................ R–1160–76 Sr–01,
90. B, 7500–Sr Sr–02.
B–01.
PO 00000
Tritium ............................. Liquid Scintillation 906.0 p. 34 H–02 .. p. 87 ...... 306, 7500– D4107– R–1171–76.
3 H B, 91, 98
7500–3 H (Re-
B–00. ap-
proved
Frm 00422
2002).
Gamma Emitters ............. Gamma Ray 901.1 .......... ............ p. 92 ...... 7120, 7120– D3649– R–1110–76 Ga–01–R.
902.0 .......... ............ ............... 7500–Cs B, D4785–
Fmt 8010
7500–Cs 93, 00a.
B–00.
412
901.0 .......... ............ ............... 7500–I B,
7500–I B–
00.
Sfmt 8010
The procedures shall be done in accordance with the documents listed below. The incorporation by reference of documents 1 through 10 and 13 through 14 was approved by the Di-
rector of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies of the documents may be obtained from the sources listed below. Information regarding ob-
taining these documents can be obtained from the Safe Drinking Water Hotline at 800–426–4791. Documents may be inspected at EPA’s Drinking Water Docket, EPA West, 1301 Con-
stitution Avenue, NW., Room 3334 , Washington, DC 20460 (Telephone: 202–566–2426); or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the avail-
ability of this material at NARA, call 202–741–6030, or go to: http://www.archives.gov/federallregister/codeloflfederallregulations/ibrllocations.html.
1 ‘‘Prescribed Procedures for the Measurement of Radioactivity in Drinking Water,’’ EPA 600/4–80–032, August 1980. Available at the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Tech-
nical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, VA 22161 (Telephone 800–553–6847), PB 80–224744.
2 ‘‘Interim Radiochemical Methodology for Drinking Water,’’ EPA 600/4–75–008 (revised), March 1976. Available NTIS, ibid.
3 ‘‘Radiochemistry Procedures Manual,’’ EPA 520/5–84–006, December 1987. Available NTIS, ibid.
4 ‘‘Radiochemical Analytical Procedures for Analysis of Environmental Samples,’’ March 1979. Available at NTIS, ibid. EMSL LV 053917.
5 ‘‘Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater,’’ 13th, 17th, 18th, 19th or 20th edition, 1971, 1989, 1992, 1995, 1998. Available at American Public Health Associa-
Y:\SGML\223166.XXX
tion, 1015 Fifteenth Street, NW., Washington, DC 20005. Methods 302, 303, 304, 305 and 306 are only in the 13th edition. Methods 7110B, 7500–Ra B, 7500–Ra C, 7500–Ra D, 7500–
U B, 7500–Cs B, 7500–I B, 7500–I C, 7500–I D, 7500–Sr B, and 7500–3H B are in the 17th, 18th, 19th and 20th editions. Method 7110 C is in the 18th, 19th and 20th editions. Method
7500–U C Fluorometric Uranium is only in the 17th Edition, and 7500–U C Alpha spectrometry is only in the 18th, 19th and 20th editions. Method 7120 is only in the 19th and 20th edi-
tions. Method 3125 is only in the 20th edition. Methods 7110 B–00, 7110 C–00, 7500–Ra B–01, 7500–Ra C–01, 7500–Ra D–01, 7500–U B–00, 7500–U C–00, 7500–I B–00, 7500–I C–
00, 7500–I D–00, 7120–97, 7500–Sr B–01, and 7500–3H B–00 are available online at http://www.standardmethods.org. The year in which each method was approved by the Standard
223166
Methods Committee is designated by the last two digits in the method number. The methods listed are the only online versions that may be used.
6 Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Vol. 11.01 and 11.02, 2002; ASTM International; any year containing the cited version of the method may be used. Copies of these two volumes
and the 2003 version of D 5673–03 may be obtained from ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428–2959.
7 ‘‘Methods for Determination of Radioactive Substances in Water and Fluvial Sediments,’’ Chapter A5 in Book 5 of Techniques of Water-Resources Investigations of the United States
Geological Survey, 1977. Available at U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Information Services, Box 25286, Federal Center, Denver, CO 80225–0425.
8 ‘‘EML Procedures Manual,’’ 28th (1997) or 27th (1990) Editions, Volumes 1 and 2; either edition may be used. In the 27th Edition Method Ra-04 is listed as Ra-05 and Method Ga-
01–R is listed as Sect. 4.5.2.3. Available at the Environmental Measurements Laboratory, U.S. Department of Energy (DOE), 376 Hudson Street, New York, NY 10014–3621.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
9 ‘‘Determination of Ra–226 and Ra–228 (Ra–02),’’ January 1980, Revised June 1982. Available at Radiological Sciences Institute for Laboratories and Research, New York State De-
partment of Health, Empire State Plaza, Albany, NY 12201.
10 ‘‘Determination of Radium 228 in Drinking Water,’’ August 1980. Available at State of New Jersey, Department of Environmental Protection, Division of Environmental Quality, Bureau
07:41 Sep 01, 2011

of Radiation and Inorganic Analytical Services, 9 Ewing Street, Trenton, NJ 08625.
11 Natural uranium and thorium-230 are approved as gross alpha calibration standards for gross alpha with co-precipitation and evaporation methods; americium-241 is approved with
co-precipitation methods.
12 If uranium (U) is determined by mass, a 0.67 pCi/μg of uranium conversion factor must be used. This conversion factor is based on the 1:1 activity ratio of U–234 and U–238 that is
characteristic of naturally occurring uranium.
13 ‘‘Determination of Trace Elements in Waters and Wastes by Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectrometry,’’ Revision 5.4, which is published in ‘‘Methods for the Determination of
Jkt 223166
Metals in Environmental Samples—Supplement I,’’ ’ EPA 600–R–94–111, May 1994. Available at NTIS, PB 95–125472.
14 ‘‘The Determination of Radium-226 and Radium-228 in Drinking Water by Gamma-ray Spectrometry Using HPGE or Ge(Li) Detectors,’’ Revision 1.2, December 2004. Available from
the Environmental Resources Center, Georgia Institute of Technology, 620 Cherry Street, Atlanta, GA 30332–0335, USA, Telephone: 404–894–3776. This method may be used to ana-
lyze for radium-226 and radium-228 in samples collected after January 1, 2005 to satisfy the radium-226 and radium-228 monitoring requirements specified at 40 CFR 141.26.
PO 00000
Frm 00423
Fmt 8010
413
Sfmt 8010
Y:\SGML\223166.XXX
223166
§ 141.25
§ 141.26 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
(b) When the identification and meas- § 141.66, averages of data shall be used
urement of radionuclides other than and shall be rounded to the same num-
those listed in paragraph (a) of this ber of significant figures as the max-
section is required, the following ref- imum contaminant level for the sub-
erences are to be used, except in cases stance in question.
where alternative methods have been (e) The State has the authority to de-
approved in accordance with § 141.27. termine compliance or initiate enforce-
(1) Procedures for Radiochemical Anal- ment action based upon analytical re-
ysis of Nuclear Reactor Aqueous Solu- sults or other information compiled by
tions, H. L. Krieger and S. Gold, EPA- their sanctioned representatives and
R4–73–014. USEPA, Cincinnati, Ohio, agencies.
May 1973. [41 FR 28404, July 9, 1976, as amended at 45
(2) HASL Procedure Manual, Edited by FR 57345, Aug. 27, 1980; 62 FR 10173, Mar. 5,
John H. Harley. HASL 300, ERDA 1997; 65 FR 76745, Dec. 7, 2000; 67 FR 65250,
Health and Safety Laboratory, New Oct. 23, 2002; 69 FR 38855, June 29, 2004; 69 FR
York, NY., 1973. 52180, Aug. 25, 2004; 72 FR 11245, Mar. 12, 2007;
(c) For the purpose of monitoring ra- 74 FR 30958, June 29, 2009]
dioactivity concentrations in drinking
§ 141.26 Monitoring frequency and
water, the required sensitivity of the compliance requirements for radio-
radioanalysis is defined in terms of a nuclides in community water sys-
detection limit. The detection limit tems.
shall be that concentration which can (a) Monitoring and compliance require-
be counted with a precision of plus or ments for gross alpha particle activity, ra-
minus 100 percent at the 95 percent dium-226, radium-228, and uranium. (1)
confidence level (1.96s where s is the Community water systems (CWSs)
standard deviation of the net counting must conduct initial monitoring to de-
rate of the sample). termine compliance with § 141.66(b), (c),
(1) To determine compliance with and (e) by December 31, 2007. For the
§ 141.66(b), (c), and (e) the detection purposes of monitoring for gross alpha
limit shall not exceed the concentra- particle activity, radium-226, radium-
tions in Table B to this paragraph. 228, uranium, and beta particle and
photon radioactivity in drinking water,
TABLE B—DETECTION LIMITS FOR GROSS ALPHA
‘‘detection limit’’ is defined as in
PARTICLE ACTIVITY, RADIUM 226, RADIUM
§ 141.25(c).
228, AND URANIUM
(i) Applicability and sampling location
Contaminant Detection for existing community water systems or
limit sources. All existing CWSs using ground
Gross alpha particle activity .......................... 3 pCi/L. water, surface water or systems using
Radium 226 ................................................... 1 pCi/L. both ground and surface water (for the
Radium 228 ................................................... 1 pCi/L. purpose of this section hereafter re-
Uranium ......................................................... 1 μg/L
ferred to as systems) must sample at
every entry point to the distribution
(2) To determine compliance with
system that is representative of all
§ 141.66(d) the detection limits shall not
sources being used (hereafter called a
exceed the concentrations listed in
sampling point) under normal oper-
Table C to this paragraph.
ating conditions. The system must
TABLE C—DETECTION LIMITS FOR MAN-MADE take each sample at the same sampling
BETA PARTICLE AND PHOTON EMITTERS point unless conditions make another
sampling point more representative of
Radionuclide Detection limit each source or the State has designated
Tritium .................................... 1,000 pCi/1.
a distribution system location, in ac-
Strontium–89 ......................... 10 pCi/1. cordance with paragraph (a)(2)(ii)(C) of
Strontium–90 ......................... 2 pCi/1. this section.
Iodine–131 ............................. 1 pCi/1. (ii) Applicability and sampling location
Cesium–134 ........................... 10 pCi/1.
Gross beta ............................. 4 pCi/1. for new community water systems or
Other radionuclides ............... 1⁄10 of the applicable limit. sources. All new CWSs or CWSs that use
a new source of water must begin to
(d) To judge compliance with the conduct initial monitoring for the new
maximum contaminant levels listed in source within the first quarter after
414
initiating use of the source. CWSs must (iii) For gross alpha particle activity,
conduct more frequent monitoring uranium, radium-226, and radium-228
when ordered by the State in the event monitoring, the State may waive the
of possible contamination or when final two quarters of initial monitoring
changes in the distribution system or for a sampling point if the results of
treatment processes occur which may the samples from the previous two
increase the concentration of radioac- quarters are below the detection limit.
tivity in finished water. (iv) If the average of the initial moni-
(2) Initial monitoring: Systems must toring results for a sampling point is
conduct initial monitoring for gross above the MCL, the system must col-
alpha particle activity, radium-226, ra- lect and analyze quarterly samples at
dium-228, and uranium as follows: that sampling point until the system
(i) Systems without acceptable his- has results from four consecutive quar-
torical data, as defined below, must ters that are at or below the MCL, un-
collect four consecutive quarterly sam- less the system enters into another
ples at all sampling points before De- schedule as part of a formal compli-
cember 31, 2007. ance agreement with the State.
(ii) Grandfathering of data: States (3) Reduced monitoring: States may
may allow historical monitoring data allow community water systems to re-
collected at a sampling point to satisfy duce the future frequency of moni-
toring from once every three years to
the initial monitoring requirements for
once every six or nine years at each
that sampling point, for the following
sampling point, based on the following
situations.
criteria.
(A) To satisfy initial monitoring re- (i) If the average of the initial moni-
quirements, a community water sys- toring results for each contaminant
tem having only one entry point to the (i.e., gross alpha particle activity, ura-
distribution system may use the moni- nium, radium-226, or radium-228) is
toring data from the last compliance below the detection limit specified in
monitoring period that began between Table B, in § 141.25(c)(1), the system
June 2000 and December 8, 2003. must collect and analyze for that con-
(B) To satisfy initial monitoring re- taminant using at least one sample at
quirements, a community water sys- that sampling point every nine years.
tem with multiple entry points and (ii) For gross alpha particle activity
having appropriate historical moni- and uranium, if the average of the ini-
toring data for each entry point to the tial monitoring results for each con-
distribution system may use the moni- taminant is at or above the detection
toring data from the last compliance limit but at or below 1⁄2 the MCL, the
monitoring period that began between system must collect and analyze for
June 2000 and December 8, 2003. that contaminant using at least one
(C) To satisfy initial monitoring resample at that sampling point every
quirements, a community water sys- six years. For combined radium-226 and
tem with appropriate historical data radium-228, the analytical results must
for a representative point in the dis- be combined. If the average of the com-
tribution system may use the moni- bined initial monitoring results for ra-
toring data from the last compliance dium-226 and radium-228 is at or above
monitoring period that began between the detection limit but at or below 1⁄2
June 2000 and December 8, 2003, pro- the MCL, the system must collect and
vided that the State finds that the his- analyze for that contaminant using at
torical data satisfactorily demonstrate least one sample at that sampling
that each entry point to the distribu- point every six years.
tion system is expected to be in com- (iii) For gross alpha particle activity
pliance based upon the historical data and uranium, if the average of the ini-
and reasonable assumptions about the tial monitoring results for each con-
variability of contaminant levels be- taminant is above 1⁄2 the MCL but at or
tween entry points. The State must below the MCL, the system must col-
make a written finding indicating how lect and analyze at least one sample at
the data conforms to the these require- that sampling point every three years.
ments. For combined radium-226 and radium-
415
§ 141.26 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
228, the analytical results must be counting rate of the sample) for ra-
combined. If the average of the com- dium-226 and uranium. When a system
bined initial monitoring results for ra- uses a gross alpha particle activity
dium-226 and radium-228 is above 1⁄2 the measurement in lieu of a radium-226
MCL but at or below the MCL, the sys- and/or uranium measurement, the
tem must collect and analyze at least gross alpha particle activity analytical
one sample at that sampling point result will be used to determine the fu-
every three years. ture monitoring frequency for radium-
(iv) Systems must use the samples 226 and/or uranium. If the gross alpha
collected during the reduced moni- particle activity result is less than de-
toring period to determine the moni- tection, 1⁄2 the detection limit will be
toring frequency for subsequent moni- used to determine compliance and the
toring periods (e.g., if a system’s sam- future monitoring frequency.
pling point is on a nine year moni- (b) Monitoring and compliance require-
toring period, and the sample result is ments for beta particle and photon radio-
above 1⁄2 MCL, then the next moni- activity. To determine compliance with
toring period for that sampling point is the maximum contaminant levels in
three years). § 141.66(d) for beta particle and photon
(v) If a system has a monitoring re- radioactivity, a system must monitor
sult that exceeds the MCL while on re- at a frequency as follows:
duced monitoring, the system must (1) Community water systems (both
collect and analyze quarterly samples surface and ground water) designated
at that sampling point until the sys- by the State as vulnerable must sample
tem has results from four consecutive for beta particle and photon radioac-
quarters that are below the MCL, un- tivity. Systems must collect quarterly
less the system enters into another samples for beta emitters and annual
schedule as part of a formal compli- samples for tritium and strontium-90
ance agreement with the State. at each entry point to the distribution
(4) Compositing: To fulfill quarterly system (hereafter called a sampling
monitoring requirements for gross point), beginning within one quarter
alpha particle activity, radium-226, ra- after being notified by the State. Sys-
dium-228, or uranium, a system may tems already designated by the State
composite up to four consecutive quar- must continue to sample until the
terly samples from a single entry point State reviews and either reaffirms or
if analysis is done within a year of the removes the designation.
first sample. States will treat analyt- (i) If the gross beta particle activity
ical results from the composited as the minus the naturally occurring potas-
average analytical result to determine sium-40 beta particle activity at a sam-
compliance with the MCLs and the fu- pling point has a running annual aver-
ture monitoring frequency. If the ana- age (computed quarterly) less than or
lytical result from the composited equal to 50 pCi/L (screening level), the
sample is greater than 1⁄2 MCL, the State may reduce the frequency of
State may direct the system to take monitoring at that sampling point to
additional quarterly samples before al- once every 3 years. Systems must col-
lowing the system to sample under a lect all samples required in paragraph
reduced monitoring schedule. (b)(1) of this section during the reduced
(5) A gross alpha particle activity monitoring period.
measurement may be substituted for (ii) For systems in the vicinity of a
the required radium-226 measurement nuclear facility, the State may allow
provided that the measured gross alpha the CWS to utilize environmental sur-
particle activity does not exceed 5 pCi/ veillance data collected by the nuclear
l. A gross alpha particle activity meas- facility in lieu of monitoring at the
urement may be substituted for the re- system’s entry point(s), where the
quired uranium measurement provided State determines if such data is appli-
that the measured gross alpha particle cable to a particular water system. In
activity does not exceed 15 pCi/l. The the event that there is a release from a
gross alpha measurement shall have a nuclear facility, systems which are
confidence interval of 95% (1.65s, where using surveillance data must begin
s is the standard deviation of the net monitoring at the community water
416
system’s entry point(s) in accordance cable to a particular water system. In

with paragraph (b)(1) of this section. the event that there is a release from a
(2) Community water systems (both nuclear facility, systems which are
surface and ground water) designated using surveillance data must begin
by the State as utilizing waters con- monitoring at the community water
taminated by effluents from nuclear fa- system’s entry point(s) in accordance
cilities must sample for beta particle with paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
and photon radioactivity. Systems (3) Community water systems des-
must collect quarterly samples for beta ignated by the State to monitor for
emitters and iodine-131 and annual beta particle and photon radioactivity
samples for tritium and strontium-90 can not apply to the State for a waiver
at each entry point to the distribution from the monitoring frequencies speci-
system (hereafter called a sampling fied in paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this
point), beginning within one quarter section.
after being notified by the State. Sys- (4) Community water systems may
tems already designated by the State analyze for naturally occurring potas-
as systems using waters contaminated sium-40 beta particle activity from the
by effluents from nuclear facilities same or equivalent sample used for the
must continue to sample until the gross beta particle activity analysis.
State reviews and either reaffirms or Systems are allowed to subtract the
removes the designation. potassium-40 beta particle activity
(i) Quarterly monitoring for gross value from the total gross beta particle
beta particle activity shall be based on activity value to determine if the
the analysis of monthly samples or the screening level is exceeded. The potas-
analysis of a composite of three month- sium-40 beta particle activity must be
ly samples. The former is rec- calculated by multiplying elemental
ommended. potassium concentrations (in mg/L) by
(ii) For iodine-131, a composite of five
a factor of 0.82.
consecutive daily samples shall be ana-
(5) If the gross beta particle activity
lyzed once each quarter. As ordered by
minus the naturally occurring potas-
the State, more frequent monitoring
shall be conducted when iodine-131 is sium-40 beta particle activity exceeds
identified in the finished water. the appropriate screening level, an
(iii) Annual monitoring for stron- analysis of the sample must be per-
tium-90 and tritium shall be conducted formed to identify the major radio-
by means of the analysis of a com- active constituents present in the sam-
posite of four consecutive quarterly ple and the appropriate doses must be
samples or analysis of four quarterly calculated and summed to determine
samples. The latter procedure is rec- compliance with § 141.66(d)(1), using the
ommended. formula in § 141.66(d)(2). Doses must
(iv) If the gross beta particle activity also be calculated and combined for
minus the naturally occurring potas- measured levels of tritium and stron-
sium-40 beta particle activity at a sam- tium to determine compliance.
pling point has a running annual aver- (6) Systems must monitor monthly
age (computed quarterly) less than or at the sampling point(s) which exceed
equal to 15 pCi/L (screening level), the the maximum contaminant level in
State may reduce the frequency of § 141.66(d) beginning the month after
monitoring at that sampling point to the exceedance occurs. Systems must
every 3 years. Systems must collect continue monthly monitoring until the
the same type of samples required in system has established, by a rolling av-
paragraph (b)(2) of this section during erage of 3 monthly samples, that the
the reduced monitoring period. MCL is being met. Systems who estab-
(v) For systems in the vicinity of a lish that the MCL is being met must
nuclear facility, the State may allow return to quarterly monitoring until
the CWS to utilize environmental sur- they meet the requirements set forth
veillance data collected by the nuclear in paragraph (b)(1)(i) or (b)(2)(iv) of this
facility in lieu of monitoring at the section.
system’s entry point(s), where the (c) General monitoring and compliance
State determines if such data is appli- requirements for radionuclides. (1) The
417
§ 141.27 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
State may require more frequent moni- public as required by subpart Q of this
toring than specified in paragraphs (a) part.
and (b) of this section, or may require
[65 FR 76745, Dec. 7, 2000, as amended at 69
confirmation samples at its discretion. FR 38855, June 29, 2004]
The results of the initial and confirma-
tion samples will be averaged for use in § 141.27 Alternate analytical tech-
compliance determinations. niques.
(2) Each public water systems shall
(a) With the written permission of
monitor at the time designated by the
the State, concurred in by the Admin-
State during each compliance period.
istrator of the U.S. EPA, an alternate
(3) Compliance: Compliance with analytical technique may be employed.
§ 141.66 (b) through (e) will be deter- An alternate technique shall be accept-
mined based on the analytical result(s) ed only if it is substantially equivalent
obtained at each sampling point. If one to the prescribed test in both precision
sampling point is in violation of an and accuracy as it relates to the deter-
MCL, the system is in violation of the mination of compliance with any MCL.
MCL. The use of the alternate analytical
(i) For systems monitoring more technique shall not decrease the fre-
than once per year, compliance with quency of monitoring required by this
the MCL is determined by a running part.
annual average at each sampling point.
If the average of any sampling point is [45 FR 57345, Aug. 27, 1980]
greater than the MCL, then the system
is out of compliance with the MCL. § 141.28 Certified laboratories.
(ii) For systems monitoring more (a) For the purpose of determining
than once per year, if any sample re- compliance with § 141.21 through 141.27,
sult will cause the running average to 141.30, 141.40, 141.74, 141.89 and 141.402,
exceed the MCL at any sample point, samples may be considered only if they
the system is out of compliance with have been analyzed by a laboratory
the MCL immediately. certified by the State except that
(iii) Systems must include all sam- measurements of alkalinity, calcium,
ples taken and analyzed under the pro- conductivity, disinfectant residual,
visions of this section in determining orthophosphate, pH, silica, tempera-
compliance, even if that number is ture and turbidity may be performed
greater than the minimum required. by any person acceptable to the State.
(iv) If a system does not collect all (b) Nothing in this part shall be con-
required samples when compliance is strued to preclude the State or any
based on a running annual average of duly designated representative of the
quarterly samples, compliance will be State from taking samples or from
based on the running average of the using the results from such samples to
samples collected. determine compliance by a supplier of
(v) If a sample result is less than the water with the applicable requirements
detection limit, zero will be used to of this part.
calculate the annual average, unless a [45 FR 57345, Aug. 27, 1980; 47 FR 10999, Mar.
gross alpha particle activity is being 12, 1982, as amended at 59 FR 34323, July 1,
used in lieu of radium-226 and/or ura- 1994; 64 FR 67465, Dec. 1, 1999; 71 FR 65651,
nium. If the gross alpha particle activ- Nov. 8, 2006]
ity result is less than detection, 1⁄2 the
detection limit will be used to cal- § 141.29 Monitoring of consecutive
culate the annual average. public water systems.
(4) States have the discretion to de- When a public water system supplies
lete results of obvious sampling or ana- water to one or more other public
lytic errors. water systems, the State may modify
(5) If the MCL for radioactivity set the monitoring requirements imposed
forth in § 141.66 (b) through (e) is ex- by this part to the extent that the
ceeded, the operator of a community interconnection of the systems justi-
water system must give notice to the fies treating them as a single system
State pursuant to § 141.31 and to the for monitoring purposes. Any modified
418
Environmental Protection Agency Pt. 141, Subpt. C, App. A
monitoring shall be conducted pursu- of the U.S. Environmental Protection

ant to a schedule specified by the State Agency.
and concurred in by the Administrator
APPENDIX A TO SUBPART C OF PART 141—ALTERNATIVE TESTING METHODS

APPROVED FOR ANALYSES UNDER THE SAFE DRINKING WATER ACT
Only the editions stated in the following table are approved.
ALTERNATIVE TESTING METHODS FOR CONTAMINANTS LISTED AT 40 CFR 141.21(f)(3)

Organism Methodology SM 21st edition 1 Other
Total Coliforms ......................... Total Coliform Fermenta- 9221 A, B

tion Technique.
Total Coliform Membrane 9222 A, B, C
Filter Technique.
Presence-Absence (P–A) 9221 D
Coliform Test.
ONPG–MUG Test .............. 9223
Colitag TM ........................... Modified Colitag TM 13
ALTERNATIVE TESTING METHODS FOR CONTAMINANTS LISTED AT 40 CFR 141.21(f)(6)

SM 20th SM 21st SM on-
Organism Methodology Other
edition 6 edition 1 line 3
E. coli .............. ONPG–MUG Test ..................................................... 9223 B 9223 B 9223 B–97

Modified
Colitag TM 13
ALTERNATIVE TESTING METHODS FOR CONTAMINANTS LISTED AT 40 CFR 141.23(k)(1)

SM 21st
Contaminant Methodology EPA method SM online 3 ASTM 4 Other
edition 1
Alkalinity ........ Titrimetric ................................... ..................... 2320 B D 1067–06 B

Antimony ........ Hydride—Atomic Absorption ..... ..................... D 3697–07
Atomic Absorption; Furnace ...... ..................... 3113 B 3113 B–04
Axially viewed inductively cou- 200.5, Revi-
pled plasma-atomic emission sion 4.2. 2
spectrometry (AVICP–AES).
Arsenic ........... Atomic Absorption; Furnace ...... ..................... 3113 B 3113 B–04 D 2972–08 C
Hydride Atomic Absorption ....... ..................... 3114 B 3114 B–09 D 2972–08 B
Barium ........... Inductively Coupled Plasma ...... ..................... 3120 B
Atomic Absorption; Direct ......... ..................... 3111 D
Beryllium ........ Inductively Coupled Plasma ...... ..................... 3120 B
Atomic Absorption; Furnace ...... ..................... 3113 B 3113 B–04 D 3645–08 B
Cadmium ....... Atomic Absorption; Furnace ...... ..................... 3113 B 3113 B–04
Calcium .......... EDTA titrimetric ......................... ..................... 3500–Ca B D 511–09 A
Atomic Absorption; Direct Aspi- ..................... 3111 B D 511–09 B
ration.
Inductively Coupled Plasma ...... ..................... 3120 B
Ion Chromatography ................. ..................... D 6919–09

Chromium ...... Inductively Coupled Plasma ...... ..................... 3120 B
419
Pt. 141, Subpt. C, App. A 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
ALTERNATIVE TESTING METHODS FOR CONTAMINANTS LISTED AT 40 CFR 141.23(k)(1)—Continued

SM 21st
edition 1

Copper ........... Atomic Absorption; Furnace ...... ..................... 3113 B 3113 B–04 D 1688–07 C
Atomic Absorption; Direct Aspi- ..................... 3111 B D 1688–07 A
ration.
Conductivity ... Conductance ............................. 2510 B
Cyanide ......... Manual Distillation followed by .. D2036–06 A
Spectrophotometric, 4500–CN¥ D2036–06 B
Amenable. G
Spectrophotometric Manual ... 4500–CN¥ E D2036–06 A
Selective Electrode ................... 4500–CN¥ F
Gas Chromatography/Mass ME355.01 7
Spectrometry Headspace.
Fluoride .......... Ion Chromatography ................. ..................... 4110 B
Manual Distillation; Colorimetric ..................... 4500–F
SPADNS. B, D
Manual Electrode ...................... ..................... 4500–F–C D 1179–04 B
Automated Alizarin .................... ..................... 4500–F–E
Arsenite-Free Colorimetric ..................... Hach
SPADNS. SPADNS 2
Method
10225.22
Lead ............... Atomic Absorption; Furnace ...... ..................... 3113 B 3113 B–04 D 3559–08 D
Magnesium .... Atomic Absorption; Direct ......... ..................... 3111 B D 511–09 B
Complexation Titrimetric Meth- ..................... 3500–Mg B D 511–09 A
ods.
Mercury .......... Manual, Cold Vapor .................. 3112 B
Nickel ............. Inductively Coupled Plasma ...... ..................... 3120 B
Atomic Absorption; Direct ......... ..................... 3111 B
Nitrate ............ Ion Chromatography ................. ..................... 4110 B
Automated Cadmium Reduction ..................... 4500–NO3–F
Manual Cadmium Reduction ..... ..................... 4500–NO3–E
Ion Selective Electrode ............. ..................... 4500–NO3–D
Reduction/Colorimetric .............. ..................... Systea Easy
(1–Rea-
gent).8
Colorimetric; Direct .................... ..................... Hach
TNTplusTM
835/836
Method
10206.23
Nitrite ............. Ion Chromatography ................. 4110 B
Automated Cadmium Reduction 4500–NO3¥
F
Manual Cadmium Reduction ..... 4500–NO3¥
E
Spectrophotometric ................... 4500–NO2¥
B
Reduction/Colorimetric .............. Systea Easy
(1-Reagent) 8
Orthophospha- Ion Chromatography ................. 4110 B
te.
Colorimetric, ascorbic acid, sin- 4500–P E 4500–P E–
gle reagent. 99
420
ALTERNATIVE TESTING METHODS FOR CONTAMINANTS LISTED AT 40 CFR 141.23(k)(1)—Continued

SM 21st
edition 1
Colorimetric, Automated, Ascor- 4500–P F 4500–P F–99

bic Acid.
pH .................. Electrometric ............................. 4500–H+ B
Selenium ........ Hydride—Atomic Absorption ..... ..................... 3114 B 3114 B–09 D 3859–08 A
Atomic Absorption; Furnace ...... ..................... 3113 B 3113 B–04 D 3859–08 B
Silica .............. Colorimetric ............................... ..................... D859–05
Molybdosilicate .......................... ..................... 4500–SiO2 C
Heteropoly blue ......................... ..................... 4500–SiO2 D
Automated for Molybdate-reac- ..................... 4500–SiO2 E
tive Silica.
Sodium .......... Atomic Absorption; Direct Aspi- ..................... 3111 B
ration.
Temperature .. Thermometric ............................ 2550
ALTERNATIVE TESTING METHODS FOR CONTAMINANTS LISTED AT 40 CFR 141.24(e)(1)

SM 21st
Contaminant Methodology EPA method SM online 3
edition 1
Benzene .................. Purge & Trap/Gas Chromatography/ 524.3 9

Mass Spectrometry.
Carbon tetrachloride Purge & Trap/Gas Chromatography/ 524.3
Mass Spectrometry.
Chlorobenzene ........ Purge & Trap/Gas Chromatography/ 524.3
Mass Spectrometry.
1,2-Dichlorobenzene Purge & Trap/Gas Chromatography/ 524.3
Mass Spectrometry.
1,4-Dichlorobenzene Purge & Trap/Gas Chromatography/ 524.3
Mass Spectrometry.
1,2-Dichloroethane .. Purge & Trap/Gas Chromatography/ 524.3
Mass Spectrometry.
cis-Dichloroethylene Purge & Trap/Gas Chromatography/ 524.3
Mass Spectrometry.
Trans- Purge & Trap/Gas Chromatography/ 524.3
Dichloroethylene. Mass Spectrometry.
Dichloromethane ..... Purge & Trap/Gas Chromatography/ 524.3
Mass Spectrometry.
1,2-Dichloropropane Purge & Trap/Gas Chromatography/ 524.3
Mass Spectrometry.
Ethylbenzene .......... Purge & Trap/Gas Chromatography/ 524.3
Mass Spectrometry.
Styrene .................... Purge & Trap/Gas Chromatography/ 524.3
Mass Spectrometry.
Tetrachloroethylene Purge & Trap/Gas Chromatography/ 524.3
Mass Spectrometry.
1,1,1-Trichloro- Purge & Trap/Gas Chromatography/ 524.3
ethane. Mass Spectrometry.
Trichloroethylene ..... Purge & Trap/Gas Chromatography/ 524.3
Mass Spectrometry.
Toluene ................... Purge & Trap/Gas Chromatography/ 524.3
Mass Spectrometry.
1,2,4- Purge & Trap/Gas Chromatography/ 524.3
Trichlorobenzene. Mass Spectrometry.
1,1-Dichloroethylene Purge & Trap/Gas Chromatography/ 524.3
Mass Spectrometry.
1,1,2-Trichlorethane Purge & Trap/Gas Chromatography/ 524.3
Mass Spectrometry.
Vinyl chloride ........... Purge & Trap/Gas Chromatography/ 524.3
Mass Spectrometry.
421
ALTERNATIVE TESTING METHODS FOR CONTAMINANTS LISTED AT 40 CFR 141.24(e)(1)—Continued

SM 21st
Contaminant Methodology EPA method SM online 3
edition 1
Xylenes (total) ......... Purge & Trap/Gas Chromatography/ 524.3

Mass Spectrometry.
2,4-D ....................... Gas Chromatography/Electron Capture 6640 B 6640 B–01
Detection (GC/ECD).
2,4,5-TP (Silvex) ..... Gas Chromatography/Electron Capture 6640 B 6640 B–01
Detection (GC/ECD).
Carbofuran .............. High-performance liquid chroma- 6610 B 6610 B–04
tography (HPLC) with post-column
derivatization and fluorescence detec-
tion.
Dalapon ................... Ion Chromatography Electrospray Ion- 557 14
ization Tandem Mass Spectrometry

(IC–ESI–MS/MS).
Gas Chromatography/Electron Capture 6640 B 6640 B–01
Detection (GC/ECD).
Dibromochloro- Purge & Trap/Gas Chromatography/ 524.3
propane (DBCP). Mass Spectrometry.
Dinoseb ................... Gas Chromatography/Electron Capture 6640 B 6640 B–01
Detection (GC/ECD).
Ethyl dibromide Purge & Trap/Gas Chromatography/ 524.3
(EDB). Mass Spectrometry.
Glyphosate .............. High-Performance Liquid Chroma- 6651 B 6651 B–00
tography (HPLC) with Post-Column
Derivatization and Fluorescence De-
tection.
Oxamyl .................... High-performance liquid chroma- 6610 B 6610 B–04
tography (HPLC) with post-column
derivatization and fluorescence detec-
tion.
Pentachlorophenol .. Gas Chromatography/Electron Capture 6640 B 6640 B–01
Detection (GC/ECD).
Picloram .................. Gas Chromatography/Electron Capture 6640 B 6640 B–01
Detection (GC/ECD).
Total Purge & Trap/Gas Chromatography/ 524.3
Trihalomethanes. Mass Spectrometry.
ALTERNATIVE TESTING METHODS FOR CONTAMINANTS LISTED AT 40 CFR 141.25(a)

SM 21st
Contaminant Methodology ASTM 4
edition 1
Naturally Occurring:
Gross alpha and beta ............... Evaporation ............................................. 7110 B
Gross alpha .............................. Coprecipitation ........................................ 7110 C
Radium 226 .............................. Radon emanation ................................... 7500–Ra C D3454–05
Radiochemical ........................................ 7500–Ra B D2460–07
Radium 228 .............................. Radiochemical ........................................ 7500–Ra D
Uranium .................................... Radiochemical ........................................ 7500–U B
ICP–MS ................................................... D5673–05
Alpha spectrometry ................................. 7500–U C D3972–09
Laser Phosphorimetry ............................. D5174–07
Man-Made:
Radioactive Cesium .................. Radiochemical ........................................ 7500–Cs B
Gamma Ray Spectrometry ..................... 7120 D3649–06
Radioactive Iodine .................... Radiochemical ........................................ 7500–I B D3649–06
................................................................. 7500–I C
................................................................. 7500–I D
Gamma Ray Spectrometry ..................... 7120 D4785–08
Radioactive Strontium 89, 90 ... Radiochemical ........................................ 7500–Sr B
Tritium ....................................... Liquid Scintillation ................................... 7500¥3H B D4107–08
Gamma Emitters ....................... Gamma Ray Spectrometry ..................... 7120 D3649–06
................................................................. 7500–Cs B D4785–08
................................................................. 7500–I B
ALTERNATIVE TESTING METHODS FOR CONTAMINANTS LISTED AT 40 CFR 141.74(a)(1)

SM 21st

edition 1
Total Coliform ...... Total Coliform Fermentation Technique .......................... 9221 A, B, C
422
ALTERNATIVE TESTING METHODS FOR CONTAMINANTS LISTED AT 40 CFR 141.74(a)(1)—Continued

SM 21st
edition 1
Total Coliform Membrane Filter Technique .................... 9222 A, B, C

ONPG–MUG Test ........................................................... 9223
Fecal Coliforms .... Fecal Coliform Procedure ............................................... 9221 E
Fecal Coliform Filter Procedure ...................................... 9222 D
Heterotrophic bac- Pour Plate Method .......................................................... 9215 B
teria.
Turbidity ............... Nephelometric Method .................................................... 2130 B
Laser Nephelometry (on-line) .......................................... Mitchell M5271 10
LED Nephelometry (on-line) ............................................ Mitchell M5331 11
LED Nephelometry (on-line) ............................................ AMI Turbiwell 15
LED Nephelometry (portable) ......................................... Orion AQ4500 12
ALTERNATIVE TESTING METHODS FOR DISINFECTANT RESIDUALS LISTED AT 40 CFR 141.74(a)(2)

Residual Methodology SM 21st Edition 1 ASTM 4 Other
Free Chlorine ......................... Amperometric Titration ................ 4500–Cl D ........... D 1253–08.

DPD Ferrous Titrimetric .............. 4500–Cl F.
DPD Colorimetric ......................... 4500–Cl G.
Syringaldazine (FACTS) .............. 4500–Cl H.
On-line Chlorine Analyzer ........... .............................. .............................. EPA 334.0.16
Amperometric Sensor .................. .............................. .............................. ChloroSense.17
Total Chlorine ........................ Amperometric Titration ................ 4500–Cl D ........... D 1253–08.
Amperometric Titration (Low level 4500–Cl E.
measurement).
Iodometric Electrode ................... 4500–Cl I.
Chlorine Dioxide .................... Amperometric Titration ................ 4500–ClO2 C.
Amperometric Titration ................ 4500–ClO2 E.
Ozone .................................... Indigo Method .............................. 4500–O3 B.
ALTERNATIVE TESTING METHODS FOR CONTAMINANTS LISTED AT 40 CFR 141.131(b)(1)

SM 21st Edi-
Contaminant Methodology EPA Method ASTM 4 tion 1
TTHM ....................................... P&T/GC/MS ............................................ 9 524.3
HAA5 ........................................ LLE (diazomethane)/GC/ECD ................ ........................ .......................... 6251 B.

Ion Chromatography Electrospray Ion- 14 557

(IC–ESI–MS/MS).
Bromate ................................... Two-Dimensional Ion Chromatography 18 302.0
(IC).
Ion Chromatography Electrospray Ion- 14 557

(IC–ESI–MS/MS).
Chemically Suppressed Ion Chroma- ........................ D 6581–08 A.
tography.
Electrolytically Suppressed Ion Chroma- ........................ D 6581–08 B.
tography.
Chlorite ..................................... Chemically Suppressed Ion Chroma- ........................ D 6581–08 A.
tography.
Electrolytically Suppressed Ion Chroma- ........................ D 6581–08 B.
tography.
Chlorite—daily monitoring as Amperometric Titration ........................... ........................ .......................... 4500–ClO2 E.
prescribed in 40 CFR
141.132(b)(2)(i)(A)..
ALTERNATIVE TESTING METHODS FOR DISINFECTANT RESIDUALS LISTED AT 40 CFR 141.131(c)(1)

Free Chlorine ......................... Amperometric Titration ................ 4500–Cl D ........... D 1253–08


Syringaldazine (FACTS) .............. 4500–Cl H.
423
ALTERNATIVE TESTING METHODS FOR DISINFECTANT RESIDUALS LISTED AT 40 CFR 141.131(c)(1)—

Continued

Combined Chlorine ................ Amperometric Titration ................ 4500–Cl D ........... D 1253–08.
Total Chlorine ........................ Amperometric Titration ................ 4500–Cl D ........... D 1253–08.
Low level Amperometric Titration 4500–Cl E.
Iodometric Electrode ................... 4500–Cl I.
Chlorine Dioxide .................... Amperometric Method II .............. 4500–ClO2 E.
ALTERNATIVE TESTING METHODS FOR DISINFECTANT RESIDUALS LISTED AT 40 CFR 141.131(c)(2), IF

APPROVED BY THE STATE
Residual Methodology Method
Free Chlorine ................. Test Strips .................................................................................................... Method D99–003 5
ALTERNATIVE TESTING METHODS FOR PARAMETERS LISTED AT 40 CFR 141.131(d)

SM 21st
Parameter Methodology EPA
edition 1
Total Organic Carbon (TOC) ........ High Temperature Combustion .... 5310 B 415.3, Rev 1.2 19
Persulfate-Ultraviolet or Heated 5310 C 415.3, Rev 1.2
Persulfate Oxidation.
Wet Oxidation .............................. 5310 D 415.3, Rev 1.2
Specific Ultraviolet Absorbance Calculation using DOC and UV254 415.3, Rev 1.2
(SUVA). data.
Dissolved Organic Car- High Temperature Combustion .... 5310 B 415.3, Rev 1.2
bon (DOC).
Persulfate-Ultraviolet or Heated 5310 C 415.3, Rev 1.2
Persulfate Oxidation.
Wet Oxidation .............................. 5310 D 415.3, Rev 1.2
Ultraviolet absorption at Spectrophotometry ....................... 5910 B 415.3, Rev 1.2
254 nm (UV254).
ALTERNATIVE TESTING METHODS WITH MRL > 0.0010 MG/L FOR MONITORING LISTED AT 40 CFR
141.132(b)(3)(ii)(B)
Contaminant Methodology EPA method
Bromate ...................... Two-Dimensional Ion Chromatography (IC) ......................................................... 302.0 18

Ion Chromatography Electrospray Ionization Tandem Mass Spectrometry (IC– 557 14
ESI–MS/MS).
ALTERNATIVE TESTING METHODS FOR CONTAMINANTS LISTED AT 40 CFR 141.402(c)(2)

Organism Methodology SM 20th edition 6 SM 21st edition 1 SM online 3 Other
E. coli .................... Colilert ................... ............................... 9223 B .................. 9223 B–97.

Colisure ................. ............................... 9223 B .................. 9223 B–97.
Colilert-18 ............. 9223 B .................. 9223 B .................. 9223 B–97.
Readycult® ............ ............................... ............................... ............................... Readycult®.20
Colitag ................... ............................... ............................... ............................... Modified
ColitagTM.13
Chromocult® ......... ............................... ............................... ............................... Chromocult®.21
Enterococci ............ Multiple-Tube ............................... ............................... 9230 B–04.

Technique.
424
ALTERNATIVE TESTING METHODS FOR CONTAMINANTS LISTED AT 40 CFR 141.704(b)

Organism Methodology SM 20th edition 6
E. coli ..................... Membrane Filtration, Two Step ............................................................................ 9222 D/9222 G
ALTERNATIVE TESTING METHODS FOR CONTAMINANTS LISTED AT 40 CFR 143.4(b)

Contami- EPA SM 21st
Methodology ASTM 4 SM online 3
nant method edition 1
Aluminum Axially viewed inductively 200.5,

coupled plasma-atomic Revi-
emission spectrometry sion
(AVICP–AES). 4.2. 2
Atomic Absorption; Direct .... ............... 3111D
Atomic Absorption; Furnace ............... 3113 B 3113 B–04
Inductively Coupled Plasma ............... 3120 B
Chloride .. Silver Nitrate Titration .......... D 512–04 B 4500–Cl¥ B
Ion Chromatography ............ 4110 B
Potentiometric Titration ........ 4500–Cl¥ D
Color ...... Visual Comparison ............... 2120 B
Foaming Methylene Blue Active Sub- 5540 C
Agents. stances (MBAS).
Iron ......... Axially viewed inductively 200.5,
Atomic Absorption; Direct .... ............... 3111 B
Man- Axially viewed inductively 200.5,
ganese. coupled plasma-atomic Revi-
Odor ....... Threshold Odor Test ............ 2150 B
Silver ...... Axially viewed inductively 200.5,
Sulfate .... Ion Chromatography ............ ............... 4110 B
Gravimetric with ignition of ............... 4500–SO4¥2 C 4500–SO4¥2 C–97
residue.
Gravimetric with drying of ............... 4500–SO4¥2 D 4500–SO4¥2 D–97
residue.
Turbidimetric method ........... ............... D 516–07 4500–SO4¥2 E 4500–SO4¥2 E–97
Automated methylthymol ............... 4500–SO4¥2 F 4500–SO4¥2 F–97
blue method.
Total Dis- Total Dissolved Solids Dried 2540 C
solved at 180 deg C.
Solids.
Zinc ........ Axially viewed inductively 200.5,
(AVICP–AES). 4.2.
Atomic Absorption; Direct 3111 B
Aspiration.
Inductively Coupled Plasma 3120 B
425
http://www.nemi.gov or from Leck Mitchell,

[74 FR 38353, Aug. 3, 2009, as amended at 74 PhD, PE, 656 Independence Valley Dr., Grand
FR 57914, Nov. 10, 2009; 74 FR 63069, Dec. 2, Junction, CO 81507.
12 Orion Method AQ4500, Revision 1.0. ‘‘De-
2009; 75 FR 32299, June 8, 2010; 76 FR 37018,
June 24, 2011] termination of Turbidity by LED
Nephelometry,’’ May 8, 2009. Available at
1 Standard Methods for the Examination of http://www.nemi.gov or from Thermo Sci-
entific, 166 Cummings Center, Beverly, MA
Water and Wastewater, 21st edition (2005).
01915, http://www.thermo.com.
Available from American Public Health As- 13 Modified ColitagTM Method, ‘‘Modified
sociation, 800 I Street, NW., Washington, DC
20001–3710. ColitagTM Test Method for the Simultaneous
2 EPA Method 200.5, Revision 4.2. ‘‘Deter- Detection of E. coli and other Total Coli-
mination of Trace Elements in Drinking forms in Water (ATP D05–0035),’’ August 28,
Water by Axially Viewed Inductively Cou- 2009. Available at http://www.nemi.gov or from
pled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectrom- CPI, International, 580 Skylane Boulevard,
etry.’’ 2003. EPA/600/R–06/115. (Available at Santa Rosa, CA 95403.
14 EPA Method 557. ‘‘Determination of
http://www.epa.gov/nerlcwww/ordmeth.htm.)
3 Standard Methods Online are available at Haloacetic Acids, Bromate, and Dalapon in
http://www.standardmethods.org. The year in Drinking Water by Ion Chromatography
which each method was approved by the Electrospray Ionization Tandem Mass Spec-
Standard Methods Committee is designated trometry (IC–ESI–MS/MS),’’ September 2009.
by the last two digits in the method number. EPA 815–B–09–012. Available at http://
The methods listed are the only online water.epa.gov/scitech/drinkingwater/labcert/
versions that may be used. analyticalmethodslexpedited.cfm.
4 Available from ASTM International, 100 15 AMI Turbiwell, ‘‘Continuous Measure-
Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA ment of Turbidity Using a SWAN AMI
19428–2959 or http://astm.org. The methods list- Turbiwell Turbidimeter,’’ August 2009. Avail-
ed are the only alternative versions that able at http://www.nemi.gov or from Markus
may be used. Bernasconi, SWAN Analytische Instrumente
5 Method D99–003, Revision 3.0. ‘‘Free Chlo- AG, Studbachstrasse 13, CH–8340 Hinwil,
rine Species (HOCl¥ and OCl¥) by Test Switzerland.
16 EPA Method 334.0. ‘‘Determination of Re-
Strip,’’ November 21, 2003. Available from In-
dustrial Test Systems, Inc., 1875 Langston sidual Chlorine in Drinking Water Using an
St., Rock Hill, SC 29730. On-line Chlorine Analyzer,’’ August 2009.
6 Standard Methods for the Examination of EPA 815–B–09–013. Available at http://epa.gov/
Water and Wastewater, 20th edition (1998). safewater/methods/
Available from American Public Health As- analyticalmethodslogwdw.html.
sociation, 800 I Street, NW., Washington, DC 17 ChloroSense. ‘‘Measurement of Free and
20001–3710. Total Chlorine in Drinking Water by

7 Method ME355.01, Revision 1.0. ‘‘Deter- Palintest ChloroSense,’’ September 2009.
mination of Cyanide in Drinking Water by Available at http://www.nemi.gov or from
GC/MS Headspace,’’ May 26, 2009. Available Palintest Ltd, 21 Kenton Lands Road, PO
at http://www.nemi.gov or from James Eaton, Box 18395, Erlanger, KY 41018.
H & E Testing Laboratory, 221 State Street, 18 EPA Method 302.0. ‘‘Determination of
Augusta, ME 04333. (207) 287–2727. Bromate in Drinking Waters using Two-Di-

8 Systea Easy (1-Reagent). ‘‘Systea Easy (1- mensional Ion Chromatography with Sup-
Reagent) Nitrate Method,’’ February 4, 2009. pressed Conductivity Detection,’’ September
Available at http://www.nemi.gov or from 2009. EPA 815–B–09–014. Available at http://
Systea Scientific, LLC., 900 Jorie Blvd., epa.gov/safewater/methods/
Suite 35, Oak Brook, IL 60523. analyticalmethodslogwdw.html.
9 EPA Method 524.3, Version 1.0. ‘‘Measure- 19 EPA 415.3, Revision 1.2. ‘‘Determination
ment of Purgeable Organic Compounds in of Total Organic Carbon and Specific UV Ab-
Water by Capillary Column Gas Chroma- sorbance at 254 nm in Source Water and
tography/Mass Spectrometry,’’ June 2009. Drinking Water,’’ August 2009. EPA/600/R–09/
EPA 815–B–09–009. Available at http://epa.gov/ 122. Available at http://www.epa.gov/
safewater/methods/ nerlcwww/ordmeth.htm.
analyticalmethodslogwdw.html. 20 Readycult® Method, ‘‘Readycult® Coli-
10 Mitchell Method M5271, Revision 1.1. forms 100 Presence/Absence Test for Detec-
‘‘Determination of Turbidity by Laser tion and Identification of Coliform Bacteria
Nephelometry,’’ March 5, 2009. Available at and Escherichia coli in Finished Waters,’’
http://www.nemi.gov or from Leck Mitchell, January, 2007. Version 1.1. Available from
PhD, PE, 656 Independence Valley Dr., Grand EMD Chemicals (affiliate of Merck KGaA,
Junction, CO 81507. Darmstadt, Germany), 480 S. Democrat
11 Mitchell Method M5331, Revision 1.1. Road, Gibbstown, NJ 08027–1297.

‘‘Determination of Turbidity by LED 21 Chromocult® Method, ‘‘Chromocult®
Nephelometry,’’ March 5, 2009. Available at Coliform Agar Presence/Absence Membrane
426
Subpart D—Reporting and each type of notice distributed, pub-

Recordkeeping lished, posted, and made available to
the persons served by the system and
§ 141.31 Reporting requirements. to the media.
(a) Except where a shorter period is (e) The water supply system shall
specified in this part, the supplier of submit to the State within the time
water shall report to the State the re- stated in the request copies of any
sults of any test measurement or anal- records required to be maintained
ysis required by this part within (1) under § 141.33 hereof or copies of any
The first ten days following the month documents then in existence which the
in which the result is received, or (2) State or the Administrator is entitled
the first ten days following the end of to inspect pursuant to the authority of
the required monitoring period as stip- section 1445 of the Safe Drinking Water
ulated by the State, whichever of these Act or the equivalent provisions of
is shortest. State law.
(b) Except where a different reporting [40 FR 59570, Dec. 24, 1975, as amended at 45
period is specified in this part, the sup- FR 57345, Aug. 27, 1980; 65 FR 26022, May 4,
plier of water must report to the State 2000]
within 48 hours the failure to comply
with any national primary drinking § 141.32 [Reserved]
water regulation (including failure to
§ 141.33 Record maintenance.
comply with monitoring requirements)
set forth in this part. Any owner or operator of a public
(c) The supplier of water is not re- water system subject to the provisions
quired to report analytical results to of this part shall retain on its premises
the State in cases where a State lab- or at a convenient location near its
oratory performs the analysis and re- premises the following records:
ports the results to the State office (a) Records of microbiological anal-
which would normally receive such no- yses and turbidity analyses made pur-
tification from the supplier. suant to this part shall be kept for not
(d) The public water system, within less than 5 years. Records of chemical
10 days of completing the public notifi- analyses made pursuant to this part
cation requirements under Subpart Q shall be kept for not less than 10 years.
of this part for the initial public notice Actual laboratory reports may be kept,
and any repeat notices, must submit to or data may be transferred to tabular
the primacy agency a certification that summaries, provided that the following
it has fully complied with the public information is included:
notification regulations. The public (1) The date, place, and time of sam-
water system must include with this pling, and the name of the person who
certification a representative copy of collected the sample;
(2) Identification of the sample as to
Filter Test Method for Detection and Identi- whether it was a routine distribution
fication of Coliform Bacteria and Escherichia system sample, check sample, raw or
coli in Finished Waters,’’ November, 2000. process water sample or other special
Version 1.0. EMD Chemicals (affiliate of purpose sample;
Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany), 480 S. (3) Date of analysis;
Democrat Road, Gibbstown, NJ 08027–1297.
22 Hach Company Method, ‘‘Hach Company (4) Laboratory and person responsible
SPADNS 2 (Arsenic-free) Fluoride Method for performing analysis;
10225—Spectrophotometric Measurement of (5) The analytical technique/method
Fluoride in Water and Wastewater,’’ January used; and
2011. 5600 Lindbergh Drive, P.O. Box 389, (6) The results of the analysis.
Loveland, Colorado 80539. (Available at http:// (b) Records of action taken by the
www.hach.com.) system to correct violations of primary
23 Hach Company Method, ‘‘Hach Company
drinking water regulations shall be
TNTplusTM 835/836 Nitrate Method 10206—
Spectrophotometric Measurement of Nitrate
kept for a period not less than 3 years
in Water and Wastewater,’’ January 2011. after the last action taken with respect
to the particular violation involved.
5600 Lindbergh Drive, P.O. Box 389, Loveland,

Colorado 80539. (Available at http:// (c) Copies of any written reports,
www.hach.com.) summaries or communications relating
427
§ 141.34 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
to sanitary surveys of the system con- has jurisdiction over your PWS even if
ducted by the system itself, by a pri- that government does not have pri-
vate consultant, or by any local, State mary enforcement responsibility for
or Federal agency, shall be kept for a PWSs under the Safe Drinking Water
period not less than 10 years after com- Act. For purposes of this section, the
pletion of the sanitary survey involved. term ‘‘PWS Official’’ refers to the per-
(d) Records concerning a variance or son at your PWS who is able to func-
exemption granted to the system shall tion as the official spokesperson for the
be kept for a period ending not less system’s Unregulated Contaminant
than 5 years following the expiration of Monitoring Regulation (UCMR) activi-
such variance or exemption. ties; and the term ‘‘PWS Technical
(e) Copies of public notices issued Contact’’ refers to the person at your
pursuant to Subpart Q of this part and PWS who is responsible for the tech-
certifications made to the primacy nical aspects of your UCMR activities,
agency pursuant to § 141.31 must be such as details concerning sampling
kept for three years after issuance. and reporting.
(f) Copies of monitoring plans devel- (b) Reporting by all systems. You must
oped pursuant to this part shall be meet the reporting requirements of
kept for the same period of time as the this paragraph if you meet the applica-
records of analyses taken under the bility criteria in § 141.40(a)(2).
plan are required to be kept under (1) Where to submit UCMR reporting re-
paragraph (a) of this section, except as quirement information. Some of your re-
specified elsewhere in this part. porting requirements are to be fulfilled
[40 FR 59570, Dec. 24, 1975, as amended at 65 electronically, and others by mail. In-
FR 26022, May 4, 2000; 71 FR 478, Jan. 4, 2006] formation that must be submitted
using EPA’s electronic data reporting
§ 141.34 [Reserved] system must be submitted through:
http://www.epa.gov/safewater/ucmr/ucmr2/
§ 141.35 Reporting for unregulated reporting.html. Documentation that is
contaminant monitoring results. required to be mailed can be submitted
(a) General applicability. This section either: To UCMR Sampling Coordi-
applies to any owner or operator of a nator, USEPA, Technical Support Cen-
public water system (PWS) required to ter, 26 West Martin Luther King Drive
monitor for unregulated contaminants (MS 140), Cincinnati, OH 45268; or by e-
under § 141.40(a); such owner or oper- mail at
ator is referred to as ‘‘you.’’ This sec- UCMRlSamplinglCoordinator@epa.gov;
tion specifies the information that or by fax at (513) 569–7191. In addition,
must be reported to EPA prior to the you must notify the public of the avail-
commencement of monitoring and de- ability of unregulated contaminant
scribes the process for reporting moni- monitoring data as provided in Subpart
toring results to EPA. For the purposes Q (Public Notification) of this part (40
of this section, PWS ‘‘population CFR 141.207). Community Water Sys-
served’’ includes the sum of the retail tems that detect unregulated contami-
population served directly by the PWS nants under this monitoring must also
plus the population served by any con- address such detections as part of their
secutive system(s) receiving all or part Consumer Confidence Reports, as pro-
of its finished water from that PWS. vided in Subpart O of this part (40 CFR
For purposes of this section, the term 141.151).
‘‘finished’’ means water that is intro- (2) Contacting EPA if your system does
duced into the distribution system of a not meet applicability criteria or has a
PWS and is intended for distribution status change. If you have received a
and consumption without further letter from EPA concerning your re-
treatment, except the treatment nec- quired monitoring and your system
essary to maintain water quality in the does not meet the applicability criteria
distribution system (e.g., booster dis- for UCMR established in § 141.40(a)(2),
infection, addition of corrosion control or if a change occurs at your system
chemicals). For purposes of this sec- that may affect your requirements
tion, the term ‘‘State’’ refers to the under UCMR as defined in § 141.40(a)(3)
State or Tribal government entity that through (5), you must fax, mail, or e-
428
mail a letter to EPA, as specified in pose monitoring at representative

paragraph (b)(1) of this section. The entry point(s), rather than monitor at
letter must be from your PWS Official every EPTDS, as follows:
and must include an explanation as to (i) Qualifications. Large PWSs that
why the UCMR requirements are not have EPA- or State-approved alternate
applicable to your PWS, or have EPTDS sampling locations from a pre-
changed for your PWS, along with the vious UCMR cycle, or as provided for
appropriate contact information. EPA under §§ 141.23(a)(1), 141.24(f)(1), or
will make an applicability determina- 141.24(h)(1), may submit a copy of docu-
tion based on your letter and in con- mentation from their State or EPA
sultation with the State when nec- that approves their alternative sam-
essary. You are subject to UCMR re- pling plan for EPTDSs. PWSs that do
quirements unless and until you re- not have an approved alternative
ceive a letter from EPA agreeing that EPTDS sampling plan may submit a
you do not meet the applicability cri- proposal to sample at representative
teria. EPTDS(s) rather than at each indi-
(c) Reporting by large systems. If you vidual EPTDS if: They use ground
serve a population of more than 10,000 water as a source; all of their well
people, and meet the applicability cri- sources have either the same treat-
teria in § 141.40(a)(2)(i), you must meet ment or no treatment; and they have
the reporting requirements in para- multiple EPTDSs from the same
graphs (c)(1) through (8) of this section. source, such as an aquifer. You must
(1) Contact information. You must pro- submit a copy of the existing alternate
vide contact information by April 4, EPTDS sampling plan or your rep-
2007, and provide updates within 30 resentative well proposal, as appro-
days if this information changes. The priate, by May 4, 2007, as specified in
contact information must be submitted paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
using EPA’s electronic data reporting (ii) Demonstration. If you are submit-
system, as specified in paragraph (b)(1) ting a proposal to sample at represent-
of this section, and include the name, ative EPTDS(s) rather than at each in-
affiliation, mailing address, phone dividual EPTDS, you must dem-
number, fax number, and e-mail ad- onstrate that any EPTDS that you se-
dress for your PWS Technical Contact lect as representative of the ground
and your PWS Official. water you supply from multiple wells
(2) Sampling location and inventory in- is associated with a well that draws
formation. You must provide your sam- from the same aquifer as the wells it
pling location and inventory informa- will represent. You must submit the
tion by August 2, 2007 using EPA’s elec- following information for each pro-
tronic data reporting system. You posed representative sampling loca-
must submit the following information tion: PWSID Code, PWS Facility Iden-
for each sampling location, or for each tification Code, and Sampling Point
approved representative sampling loca- Identification Code (as defined in Table
tion (as specified in paragraph (c)(3) of 1, paragraph (e) of this section). You
this section regarding representative must also include documentation to
sampling locations): PWS identifica- support your proposal that the speci-
tion (PWSID) code; PWS facility iden- fied wells are representative of other
tification code; water source type, sam- wells. This documentation can include
pling point identification code; and system-maintained well logs or con-
sampling point type code; ( as defined struction drawings indicating that the
in Table 1, paragraph (e) of this sec- representative well(s) is/are at a rep-
tion). If this information changes, you resentative depth, and details of well
must report updates to EPA’s elec- casings and grouting; data dem-
tronic data reporting system within 30 onstrating relative homogeneity of
days of the change. water quality constituents (e.g., pH,
(3) Proposed ground water representa- dissolved oxygen, conductivity, iron,
tive sampling locations. Some systems manganese) in samples drawn from
that use ground water as a source and each well; and data showing that your
have multiple entry points to the dis- wells are located in a limited geo-
tribution system (EPTDSs) may pro- graphic area (e.g., all wells within a 0.5
429
§ 141.35 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
mile radius) and/or, if available, the their Assessment Monitoring (List 1) or

hydrogeologic data indicating the time Screening Survey (List 2) schedule up
of travel separating the representative to August 2, 2007 using EPA’s elec-
well from each of the individual wells tronic data reporting system, as speci-
it represents (e.g., all wells within a fied in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
five-year time of travel delineation). After these dates have passed, if your
Your proposal must be sent in writing PWS cannot sample according to your
to EPA, as specified in paragraph (b)(1) assigned sampling schedule (e.g., be-
of this section. You must also provide cause of budget constraints, or if a
a copy of this information to the State, sampling location will be closed during
unless otherwise directed by the State. the scheduled month of monitoring),
Information about the actual or poten- you must fax, mail, or e-mail a letter
tial occurrence or non-occurrence of to EPA, as specified in paragraph (b)(1)
contaminants in an individual well, or of this section, prior to the scheduled
a well’s vulnerability to contamina- sampling date. You must include an ex-
tion, must not be used as a basis for se- planation of why the samples cannot be
lecting a representative well. taken according to the assigned sched-
(iii) Approval. EPA or the State (as ule and the alternative schedule you
specified in the Partnership Agreement are requesting. You are subject to your
reached between the State and EPA) assigned UCMR sampling schedule or
will review your proposal, coordinate the schedule that you revised on or be-
any necessary changes with you, and fore August 2, 2007, unless and until
approve the final list of EPTDSs where you receive a letter from EPA speci-
you will be required to monitor. Your fying a new schedule.
plan will not be final until you receive (ii) Exceptions to the rescheduling noti-
written approval from EPA or the fication requirements. For ground water
State. sampling, if the second round of sam-
(4) Contacting EPA if your PWS has not pling will be completed five to seven
been notified of requirements. If you be- months after the first sampling event,
lieve you are subject to UCMR require- as specified in Table 2 of
ments, as defined in § 141.40(a)(1) and § 141.40(a)(4)(i)(B), no notification to
(2)(i), and you have not been notified EPA is required. If any ground water
by either EPA or your State by June 4, sampling location will be non-oper-
2007, you must send a letter to EPA, as ational for more than one month before
specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this sec- and one month after the month in
tion. The letter must be from your which the second sampling event is
PWS Official and must include an ex- scheduled (i.e., it is not possible for you
planation as to why the UCMR require- to sample within the five to seven
ments are applicable to your system month window), you must notify EPA,
along with the appropriate contact in- as specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this
formation. A copy of the letter must section, explaining why the schedule
also be submitted to the State, as di- cannot be met. You must comply with
rected by the State. EPA will make an any modified schedule provided by
applicability determination based on EPA.
your letter, and in consultation with (6) Reporting monitoring results. For
the State when necessary, and will no- each sample, you must report the in-
tify you regarding your applicability formation specified in Table 1 of para-
status and required sampling schedule. graph (e) of this section, using EPA’s
However, if your PWS meets the appli- electronic data reporting system, as
cability criteria specified in follows. If you are conducting Assess-
§ 141.40(a)(2)(i), you are subject to the ment Monitoring, you must include
UCMR monitoring and reporting re- data elements 1 through 5, and 7
quirements, regardless of whether you through 15 in paragraph (e) of this sec-
have been notified by the State or tion; and if you are conducting Screen-
EPA. ing Survey monitoring, you must in-
(5) Notifying EPA if your PWS cannot clude elements 1 through 15. You also
sample according to schedule. must report any changes made to data
(i) General rescheduling notification re- elements 1 through 6 to EPA, in writ-

quirements. Large systems may change ing, explaining the nature and purpose
430
of the proposed change, as specified in clude the possibility of

paragraph (b)(1) of this section. ‘‘grandfathering’’ previously collected
(i) Electronic reporting system. You are data.
responsible for ensuring that the lab- (d) Reporting by small systems. If you
oratory conducting the analysis of serve a population of 10,000 or fewer
your unregulated contaminant moni- people, and you are notified that you
toring samples (your laboratory) posts have been selected for UCMR moni-
the analytical results to EPA’s elec- toring, your reporting requirements
tronic reporting system. You are also will be specified within the materials
responsible for reviewing, approving, that EPA sends you, including a re-
and submitting those results to EPA. quest for contact information, and a
(ii) Reporting schedule. You must en- request for information associated with
sure that your laboratory posts the the sampling kit.
data to EPA’s electronic data reporting (1) Contact information. EPA will send
system within 120 days from the sam- you a notice requesting contact infor-
ple collection date (sample collection mation for key individuals at your sys-
must occur as specified in § 141.40(a)(4)). tem, including name, affiliation, mail-
You have 60 days from when the lab- ing address, phone number, fax num-
oratory posts the data in EPA’s elec- ber, and e-mail address. These individ-
tronic data reporting system to review, uals include your PWS Technical Con-
approve, and submit the data to the tact and your PWS Official. You are re-
State and EPA, at the Web address quired to provide this information
specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this sec- within 90 days of receiving the notice
tion. If you do not take action on the from EPA as specified in paragraph
data within 60 days of the laboratory’s (b)(1) of this section. If this informa-
posting to the electronic reporting sys- tion changes, you also must provide
tem, the data will be considered ap- updates within 30 days of the change,
proved by you, and available for EPA as specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this
and State review. section.
(7) Only one set of results accepted. If (2) Reporting sampling information.
you report more than one set of valid You must record data elements listed
results for the same sampling location in Table 1 of paragraph (e) of this sec-
and the same sampling event (for ex- tion on each sample form and sample
ample, because you have had more bottle provided to you by the UCMR
than one laboratory analyze replicate Sampling Coordinator, as follows: If
samples collected under § 141.40(a)(5), or you are conducting Assessment Moni-
because you have collected multiple toring, you must include elements 1
samples during a single monitoring through 5, and 7; if you are conducting
event at the same sampling location), Screening Survey, you must include
EPA will use the highest of the re- elements 1 through 7. You must send
ported values as the official result. this information as specified in the in-
(8) No reporting of previously collected structions of your sampling kit, which
data. You cannot report previously col- will include the due date and return ad-
lected data to meet the testing and re- dress. You must report any changes
porting requirements for the contami- made in data elements 1 through 6 by
nants listed in § 141.40(a)(3). All anal- mailing or e-mailing an explanation of
yses must be performed by laboratories the nature and purpose of the proposed
approved by EPA to perform UCMR change to EPA, as specified in para-
analyses using the analytical methods graph (b)(1) of this section.
specified in Table 1 of § 141.40(a)(3) and (e) Data elements. Table 1 defines the
using samples collected according to data elements that must be provided
§ 141.40(a)(4). Such requirements pre- with UCMR sample results.
431
§ 141.35 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
TABLE 1—UNREGULATED CONTAMINANT MONITORING REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

Data element Definition
1. Public Water System Identification (PWSID) The code used to identify each PWS. The code begins with the standard 2-
Code. character postal State abbreviation or Region code; the remaining 7 num-
bers are unique to each PWS in the State. The same identification code
must be used to represent the PWS identification for all current and future
UCMR monitoring.
2. Public Water System Facility Identification Code An identification code established by the State or, at the State’s discretion,
by the PWS, following the format of a 5-digit number unique within each
PWS for each applicable facility (i.e., for each source of water, treatment
plant, distribution system, or any other facility associated with water treat-
ment or delivery). The same identification code must be used to represent
the facility for all current and future UCMR monitoring.
3. Water Source Type ............................................. The type of source water that supplies a water system facility. Systems
must report one of the following codes for each sampling location:
SW = surface water (to be reported for water facilities that are served
all or in part by a surface water source at any time during the twelve-
month period).
GW = ground water (to be reported for water facilities that are served
entirely by a ground water source).
GU = ground water under the direct influence of surface water (to be
reported for water facilities that are served all or in part by ground
water under the direct influence of surface water at any time during the
twelve-month sampling period), and are not served at all by surface
water during this period.
4. Sampling Point Identification Code ..................... An identification code established by the State, or at the State’s discretion,
by the PWS, that uniquely identifies each sampling point. Each sampling
code must be unique within each applicable facility, for each applicable
sampling location (i.e., entry point to the distribution system or distribution
system sample at maximum residence time). The same identification code
must be used to represent the sampling location for all current and future
UCMR monitoring.
5. Sampling Point Type Code ................................. A code that identifies the location of the sampling point as either:
EP = entry point to the distribution system.
MR = distribution system sample at maximum residence time.
6. Disinfectant Residual Type ................................. The type of disinfectant in use at the time of UCMR sampling to maintain a
residual in the distribution system for each Screening Survey sampling
point. To be reported by systems required to conduct Screening Survey
monitoring. Systems must report using the following codes for each Screen-
ing Survey sampling location (i.e., EP, MR):
CL = chlorine
CA = chloramine
OT = all other types of disinfectant (e.g., chlorine dioxide)
ND = no disinfectant used.
7. Sample Collection Date ...................................... The date the sample is collected, reported as 4-digit year, 2-digit month,
and 2-digit day.
8. Sample Identification Code ................................. An alphanumeric value up to 30 characters assigned by the laboratory to
uniquely identify containers, or groups of containers, containing water sam-
ples collected at the same sampling location for the same sampling date.
9. Contaminant ........................................................ The unregulated contaminant for which the sample is being analyzed.
10. Analytical Method Code .................................... The identification code of the analytical method used.
11. Sample Analysis Type ...................................... The type of sample collected and/or prepared, as well as the fortification
level. Permitted values include:
FS = field sample; sample collected and submitted for analysis under
this rule.
LFSM = laboratory fortified sample matrix; a UCMR field sample with a
known amount of the contaminant of interest added.
LFSMD = laboratory fortified sample matrix duplicate; duplicate of the
laboratory fortified sample matrix.
CF = concentration fortified; reported with sample analysis types LFSM
and LFSMD, the concentration of a known contaminant added to a
field sample.
12. Analytical Results—Sign ................................... A value indicating whether the sample analysis result was:
(<) ‘‘less than’’ means the contaminant was not detected, or was de-
tected at a level below the Minimum Reporting Level.
(=) ‘‘equal to’’ means the contaminant was detected at the level re-
ported in ‘‘Analytical Result—Value.’’
13. Analytical Result—Value ................................... The actual numeric value of the analytical results for: field samples; labora-
tory fortified matrix samples; laboratory fortified sample matrix duplicates;
and concentration fortified.
14. Laboratory Identification Code .......................... The code, assigned by EPA, used to identify each laboratory. The code be-
gins with the standard two-character State postal abbreviation; the remain-
ing five numbers are unique to each laboratory in the State.
432
TABLE 1—UNREGULATED CONTAMINANT MONITORING REPORTING REQUIREMENTS—Continued

Data element Definition
15. Sample Event Code .......................................... A code assigned by the PWS for each sample event. This will associate
samples with the PWS monitoring plan to allow EPA to track compliance
and completeness. Systems must assign the following codes:
SE1 = represents samples collected to meet the UCMR monitoring re-
quirement for the first sampling period (all source types).
quirement for the second sampling period (all source types).
quirement for the third sampling period (surface water and ground
water under the direct influence of surface water (GWUDI) sources
only).
quirement for the fourth sampling period (surface water and GWUDI
sources only).
[72 FR 389, Jan. 4, 2007] (i) Large systems. If you own or oper-
ate a wholesale or retail PWS (other
Subpart E—Special Regulations, than a transient non-community sys-
Including Monitoring Regula- tem) that serves more than 10,000 peo-
tions and Prohibition on Lead ple, and do not purchase your entire
water supply as finished water from an-
Use other PWS, you must monitor accord-
§ 141.40 Monitoring requirements for ing to the specifications in this para-
unregulated contaminants. graph (a)(2)(i). If you believe that your
applicability status is different than
(a) General applicability. This section EPA has specified in the notification
specifies the monitoring and quality letter that you received, or if you are
control requirements that must be fol- subject to UCMR requirements and you
lowed if you own or operate a public have not been notified by either EPA
water system (PWS) that is subject to or your State, you must report to EPA,
the Unregulated Contaminant Moni- as specified in § 141.35(b)(2) or (c)(4).
toring Regulation (UCMR), as specified (A) Assessment Monitoring. You must
in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this sec- monitor for the unregulated contami-
tion. In addition, this section specifies nants on List 1 of Table 1, UCMR Con-
the UCMR requirements for State and taminant List, in paragraph (a)(3) of
Tribal participation. For the purposes this section. If you serve a population
of this section, PWS ‘‘population of more than 10,000 people, you are re-
served,’’ ‘‘State,’’ ‘‘ PWS Official,’’ quired to perform this monitoring re-
‘‘PWS Technical Contact,’’ and ‘‘fin- gardless of whether you have been noti-
ished water’’ apply as defined in fied by the State or EPA.
§ 141.35(a). The determination of wheth- (B) Screening Survey. You must mon-
er a PWS is required to monitor under itor for the unregulated contaminants
this rule is based on the type of system on List 2 (Screening Survey) of Table 1,
(e.g., community water system, non- as specified in paragraph (a)(3) of this
transient non-community water sys- section, if your system serves 10,001 to
tem, etc.); whether the system pur- 100,000 people and you are notified by
chases all of its water, as finished EPA or your State that you are part of
water, from another system; and its the State Monitoring Plan for Screen-
population served as of June 30, 2005. ing Survey testing. If your system
(1) Applicability to transient non-com- serves more than 100,000 people, you
munity systems. If you own or operate a are required to conduct this Screening
transient non-community water sys- Survey testing regardless of whether
tem, you do not have to monitor that you have been notified by the State or
system for unregulated contaminants. EPA.
(2) Applicability to community water (C) Pre-Screen Testing. You must mon-
systems and non-transient non-commu- itor for the unregulated contaminants

nity water systems. on List 3 of Table 1, in paragraph (a)(3)
433
§ 141.40 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
of this section, if notified by your nants on List 1 of Table 1, in paragraph

State or EPA that you are part of the (a)(3) of this section, if you are notified
Pre-Screen Testing. by your State or EPA that you are part
(ii) Small systems. Small PWSs, as de- of the State Monitoring Plan for As-
fined in this paragraph, will not be se- sessment Monitoring.
lected to monitor for any more than (B) Screening Survey. You must mon-
one of the three monitoring lists pro- itor for the unregulated contaminants
vided in Table 1, UCMR Contaminant
on List 2 of Table 1, in paragraph (a)(3)
List, in paragraph (a)(3) of this section.
of this section, if notified by your
EPA will provide sample containers,
provide pre-paid air bills for shipping State or EPA that you are part of the
the sampling materials, conduct the State Monitoring Plan for the Screen-
laboratory analysis, and report and re- ing Survey.
view monitoring results for all small (C) Pre-Screen Testing. You must mon-
systems selected to conduct moni- itor for the unregulated contaminants
toring under paragraphs (a)(2)(ii)(A) on List 3 of Table 1, in paragraph (a)(3)
through (C) of this section. If you own of this section, if you are notified by
or operate a PWS (other than a tran- your State or EPA that you are part of
sient system) that serves 10,000 or the State Monitoring plan for Pre-
fewer people and do not purchase your Screen Testing.
entire water supply from another PWS, (3) Analytes to be monitored. Lists 1, 2,
you must monitor as follows: and 3 of unregulated contaminants are
(A) Assessment Monitoring. You must provided in the following table:
monitor for the unregulated contami-
TABLE 1—UCMR CONTAMINANT LIST
[List 1: Assessment Monitoring Chemical Contaminants]
4—Minimum 6—Period during

2—CAS reg- 3—Analytical 5—Sampling loca-
1—Contaminant reporting which monitoring to
istry number methods a level b tion c be completed
Dimethoate .............................. 60–51–5 EPA 527 d ..... 0.7 μg/L ........ EPTDS ................... 1/1/2008–12/31/2010
Terbufos sulfone ..................... 56070–16–7 EPA 527 d ..... 0.4 μg/L ........ EPTDS ................... 1/1/2008–12/31/2010
2,2′,4,4′-tetrabromodiphenyl 5436–43–1 EPA 527 d ..... 0.3 μg/L ........ EPTDS ................... 1/1/2008–12/31/2010
ether (BDE–47).
2,2′,4,4′,5-pentabromodiphenyl 60348–60–9 EPA 527 d ..... 0.9 μg/L ........ EPTDS ................... 1/1/2008–12/31/2010
ether (BDE–99).
2,2′,4,4′,5,5′- 59080–40–9 EPA 527 d ..... 0.7 μg/L ........ EPTDS ................... 1/1/2008–12/31/2010
hexabromobiphenyl (HBB).
2,2′,4,4′,5,5′- 68631–49–2 EPA 527 d ..... 0.8 μg/L ........ EPTDS ................... 1/1/2008–12/31/2010
hexabromodiphenyl ether
(BDE–153).
2,2′,4,4′,6-pentabromodiphenyl 189084–64–8 EPA 527 d ..... 0.5 μg/L ........ EPTDS ................... 1/1/2008–12/31/2010
ether (BDE–100).
1,3-dinitrobenzene .................. 99–65–0 EPA 529 e
..... 0.8 μg/L ........ EPTDS ................... 1/1/2008–12/31/2010
2,4,6-trinitrotoluene (TNT) ....... 118–96–7 EPA 529 e ..... 0.8 μg/L ........ EPTDS ................... 1/1/2008–12/31/2010
Hexahydro-1,3,5-trinitro-1,3,5- 121–82–4 EPA 529 e ..... 1 μg/L ........... EPTDS ................... 1/1/2008–12/31/2010
triazine (RDX).

[List 2: Screening Survey Chemical Contaminants
2—CAS reg- 3—Analytical 4—Minimum 6—Period during

1—Contaminant 5—Sampling loca-
methods a reporting which monitoring to
istry number tion c
level b be completed
Acetanilide Pesticide Degradation Products
Acetochlor ESA ....................... 187022–11–3 EPA 535 f ...... 1 μg/L ........... EPTDS ................... 1/1/2008–12/31/2010
Acetochlor OA ......................... 184992–44–4 EPA 535 f ...... 2 μg/L ........... EPTDS ................... 1/1/2008–12/31/2010
Alachlor ESA ........................... 142363–53–9 EPA 535 f ...... 1 μg/L ........... EPTDS ................... 1/1/2008–12/31/2010
Alachlor OA ............................. 171262–17–2 EPA 535 f ...... 2 μg/L ........... EPTDS ................... 1/1/2008–12/31/2010
Metolachlor ESA ..................... 171118–09–5 EPA 535 f ...... 1 μg/L ........... EPTDS ................... 1/1/2008–12/31/2010
Metolachlor OA ....................... 152019–73–3 EPA 535 f ...... 2 μg/L ........... EPTDS ................... 1/1/2008–12/31/2010
Acetanilide Pesticide Parent Compounds
Acetochlor ............................... 34256–82–1 EPA 525.2 g .. 2 μg/L ........... EPTDS ................... 1/1/2008–12/31/2010
434
TABLE 1—UCMR CONTAMINANT LIST—Continued

[List 2: Screening Survey Chemical Contaminants
2—CAS reg- 3—Analytical 4—Minimum 6—Period during

1—Contaminant 5—Sampling loca-
methods a reporting which monitoring to
istry number tion c
level b be completed
Alachlor ................................... 15972–60–8 EPA 525.2 g .. 2 μg/L ........... EPTDS ................... 1/1/2008–12/31/2010
Metolachlor .............................. 51218–45–2 EPA 525.2 g .. 1 μg/L ........... EPTDS ................... 1/1/2008–12/31/2010
Nitrosamines
N-nitrosodiethylamine (NDEA) 55–18–5 EPA 521 h ..... 0.005 μg/L .... DSMRT and 1/1/2008–12/31/2010
EPTDS.
N-nitroso-dimethylamine 62–75–9 EPA 521 h ..... 0.002 μg/L .... DSMRT and 1/1/2008–12/31/2010
(NDMA). EPTDS.
N-nitroso-di-n-butylamine 924–16–3 EPA 521 h ..... 0.004 μg/L .... DSMRT and 1/1/2008–12/31/2010
(NDBA). EPTDS.
N-nitroso-di-n-propylamine 621–64–7 EPA 521 h ..... 0.007 μg/L .... DSMRT and 1/1/2008–12/31/2010
(NDPA). EPTDS.
N-nitroso-methylethylamine 10595–95–6 EPA 521 h ..... 0.003 μg/L .... DSMRT and 1/1/2008–12/31/2010
(NMEA). EPTDS.
N-nitrosopyrrolidine (NPYR) ... 930–55–2 EPA 521 h ..... 0.002 μg/L .... DSMRT and 1/1/2008–12/31/2010
EPTDS.

[List 3: Pre-Screen Testing to be Sampled After Notice of Analytical Methods Availability]
4—Minimum 6—Period during

2—CAS reg- 3—Analytical 5—Sampling loca-
1—Contaminant reporting which monitoring to
istry number methods a level b tion c be completed
Reserved i ............................... Reserved i Reserved i ..... Reserved i ..... Reserved i ............... Reserved i
Column headings are:
1—Contaminant: The name of the contaminant to be analyzed.
2—CAS (Chemical Abstract Service) Registry Number or Identification Number: A unique number identifying the chemical con-
taminants.
3—Analytical Methods: method numbers identifying the methods that must be used to test the contaminants.
4—Minimum Reporting Level: The value and unit of measure at or above which the concentration of the contaminant must be
measured using the approved analytical methods.
5—Sampling Location: The locations within a PWS at which samples must be collected.
6—Period During Which Monitoring To Be Completed: The dates during which the sampling and testing are to occur for the in-
dicated contaminant.
The analytical procedures shall be performed in accordance with the documents associated with each method (per the fol-
lowing footnotes). The incorporation by reference of the following documents listed in footnotes d—h was approved by the Direc-
tor of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Information on how to obtain these docu-
ments can be provided by the Safe Drinking Water Hotline at (800) 426–4791. Documents may be inspected at EPA’s Drinking
Water Docket, 1301 Constitution Avenue, NW., EPA West, Room B102, Washington, DC 20460, Telephone: (202) 566–2426; or
at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on availability of this material at NARA, call 202–
741–6030, or go to:http://www.archives.gov/federal-register/index.html.
a The version of the EPA methods which you must follow for this Regulation are listed in d—h as follows.
b The Minimum Reporting Level (MRL) was established by EPA by adding the mean of the Lowest Concentration Minimum Re-
porting Levels (LCMRL) determined according to the procedure detailed in ‘‘Statistical Protocol for the Determination of The Sin-
gle-Laboratory Lowest Concentration Minimum Reporting Level (LCMRL) and Validation of the Minimum Reporting Level (MRL)’’
by the primary and secondary laboratories conducting the development and validation of the analytical method to three times the
difference of the LCMRLs. If LCMRL data from three or more laboratories were available, the MRL was established by EPA by
adding three times the standard deviation of the LCMRLs to the mean of the LCMRLs. Note that EPA Method 525.2 was devel-
oped prior to UCMR 2, hence the LCMRLs were not determined for analytes determined by this method.
c Sampling must occur at entry points to the distribution system (EPTDSs) after treatment is applied that represent each non-
emergency water source in routine use over the 12-month period of monitoring. See 40 CFR 141.35(c)(3) for an explanation of
the requirements related to use of representative EPTDSs. Sampling for nitrosamines on List 2 must also occur at the disinfec-
tion byproduct distribution system maximum residence time (DSMRT) sampling locations as defined in 40 CFR 141.132(b)(1)(i)
and at EPTDS sampling locations. If a treatment plant/water source is not subject to the sampling required in 40 CFR
141.132(b)(1), then the samples for nitrosamines must be collected only at the EPTDS location(s).
d EPA Method 527 ‘‘Determination of Selected Pesticides and Flame Retardants in Drinking Water by Solid Phase Extraction
and Capillary Column Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry (GC/MS),’’ Revision 1.0, April 2005 is available at http://
www.epa.gov/safewater/methods/sourcalt.html.
e EPA Method 529 ‘‘Determination of Explosives and Related Compounds in Drinking Water by Solid Phase Extraction and
Capillary Column Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry (GC/MS),’’ Revision 1.0, September 2002 is available at http://
www.epa.gov/nerlcwww/ordmeth.htm.
f EPA Method 535 ‘‘ Measurement of Chloroacetanilide and Other Acetamide Herbicide Degradates in Drinking Water by Solid
Phase Extraction and Liquid Chromatography/Tandem Mass Spectrometry (LC/MS/MS),’’ Version 1.1, April 2005 is available at
http://www.epa.gov/nerlcwww/ordmeth.htm.
g EPA Method 525.2 ‘‘Determination of Organic Compounds in Drinking Water by Liquid-Solid Extraction and Capillary Column
Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry,’’ Revision 2.0, 1995 is available at http://www.NEMI.gov.
h EPA Method 521 ‘‘Determination of Nitrosamines in Drinking Water by Solid Phase Extraction and Capillary Column Gas
Chromatography with Large Volume Injection and Chemical Ionization Tandem Mass Spectrometry (MS/MS),’’ Version 1.0, Sep-
tember 2004 is available at http://www.epa.gov/nerlcwww/ordmeth.htm.
i To be determined at a later time.
435
§ 141.40 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
(4) Sampling requirements—(i) Large paragraph (a)(3) of this section. EPA or

systems. If you serve more than 10,000 your State will specify the month(s)
people and meet the UCMR applica- and year(s) in which your monitoring
bility criteria specified in paragraph must occur. As specified in § 141.35(c)(5),
(a)(2)(i) of this section, you must com- you must contact EPA if you believe
ply with the requirements specified in you cannot conduct monitoring accord-
paragraphs (a)(4)(i)(A) through (I) of ing to your schedule.
this section. Your samples must be col- (B) Frequency. You must collect the
lected according to the schedule that samples within the time frame and ac-
you are assigned by EPA or your State, cording to the frequency specified by
or the schedule that you revised using contaminant type and water source
EPA’s electronic data reporting system type for each sampling location, as
on or before August 2, 2007. Your sched- specified in Table 2, in this paragraph,
ule must follow both the timing and with the following exception. For the
frequency of monitoring specified in second round of ground water sam-
Tables 1 and 2 of this section. pling, if a sample location is non-oper-
(A) Monitoring period. You must col- ational for more than one month before
lect the samples in one continuous 12- and one month after the scheduled
month period for List 1 Assessment sampling month (i.e., it is not possible
Monitoring, and, if applicable, for List for you to sample within the five to
2 Screening Survey, or List 3 Pre- seven month window specified the
Screen Testing, during the time frame Table 2, in this paragraph), you must
indicated in column 6 of Table 1, in notify EPA as specified in § 141.35(c)(5).
TABLE 2—MONITORING FREQUENCY BY CONTAMINANT AND WATER SOURCE TYPES
Contaminant type Water source type Time frame Frequency
Chemical ...................................... Surface water or ground water under the di- 12 months ................. You must monitor for
rect influence of surface water (GWUDI) 4 consecutive quar-
(includes all sampling locations for which ters. Sample
some or all of the water comes from a events must occur
surface water or GWUDI source at any 3 months apart.
time during the 12 month monitoring pe-
riod).
Ground water ............................................... 12 months ................. You must monitor
twice in a consecu-
tive 12-month pe-
riod. Sample
events must occur
5–7 months apart.
(C) Location. You must collect sam- also sample for nitrosamines at the dis-
ples for each List 1 Assessment Moni- infection byproduct distribution sys-
toring contaminant, and, if applicable, tem maximum residence time
for each List 2 Screening Survey, or (DSMRT) sampling location(s) if they
List 3 Pre-Screen Testing contaminant, are subject to sampling requirements
as specified in Table 1, in paragraph in § 141.132(b)(1).
(a)(3) of this section. Samples must be (D) Sampling instructions. For each
collected at each sample point that is List 1 Assessment Monitoring contami-
specified in column 5 of Table 1, in nant, and, if applicable, for each List 2
paragraph (a)(3) of this section. If you Screening Survey, or List 3 Pre-Screen
are a ground water system with mul- Testing contaminant, you must follow
tiple EPTDSs, and you request and re- the sampling procedure for the method
ceive approval from EPA or the State specified in column 3 of Table 1, in
for sampling at representative paragraph (a)(3) of this section. In addi-
EPTDS(s), as specified in § 141.35(c)(3), tion, you must not composite (that is,
you must collect your samples from combine, mix, or blend) the samples;
the approved representative sampling you must collect and preserve each
location(s). Systems conducting sample separately. Samples collected

Screening Survey monitoring must
436
for the analysis of Acetanilide ‘‘par- must arrange for testing by a labora-
ent’’ pesticides and their degradation tory that has been approved by EPA
products (Methods 525.2 and 535) must according to requirements in para-
be collected at the same sampling graph (a)(5)(ii) of this section.
point, at the same time. (I) Review and reporting of results.
(E) Sample collection and shipping time. After you have received the laboratory
If you must ship the samples for anal- results, you must review, approve, and
ysis, you must collect the samples submit the system information, and
early enough in the day to allow ade- sample collection data and test results.
quate time to send the samples for You must report the results as pro-
overnight delivery to the laboratory. vided in § 141.35(c)(6).
You should not collect samples on Fri- (ii) Small systems. If you serve 10,000
day, Saturday, or Sunday because sam- or fewer people and are notified that
pling on these days may not allow sam- you are part of the State Monitoring
ples to be shipped and received at the Plan for Assessment Monitoring,
laboratory at the required tempera- Screening Survey or Pre-Screen moni-
ture, unless you have made special ar- toring, you must comply with the re-
rangements with your laboratory to requirements specified in paragraphs
ceive the samples. (a)(4)(i)(A) through (H) of this section.
(F) Analytical methods. For each con- If EPA or the State informs you that
taminant, you must use the respective they will be collecting your UCMR
analytical methods for List 1, and, if samples, you must assist them in iden-
applicable, for List 2, or List 3 that are tifying the appropriate sampling loca-
specified in column 3 of Table 1, in tions and in collecting the samples.
paragraph (a)(3) of this section; report (A) Monitoring period and frequency.
values at or above the minimum re- You must collect samples at the times
porting levels for List 1, and, if applica- specified for you by the State or EPA.
ble, for List 2 Screening Survey, or Your schedule must follow both the
List 3 Pre-Screen Testing, that are timing of monitoring specified in Table
specified in column 4 of Table 1, in 1, List 1, and, if applicable, List 2, or
paragraph (a)(3) of this section; and List 3, and the frequency of monitoring
conduct the quality control procedures in Table 2 of this section.
specified in paragraph (a)(5) of this sec- (B) Location. You must collect sam-
tion. ples at the locations specified for you
(G) Laboratory errors or sampling devi- by the State or EPA.
ations. If the laboratory data do not (C) Sample kits. You must store and
meet the required QC criteria, as speci- maintain the sample collection kits
fied in paragraph (a)(5) of this section, sent to you by the UCMR Sampling Co-
or you do not follow the required sam- ordinator in accordance with the kit’s
pling procedures, as specified in para- instructions. The sample kit will in-
graphs (a)(4) of this section, you must clude all necessary containers, packing
resample within 30 days of being in- materials and cold packs, instructions
formed or becoming aware of these for collecting the sample and sample
facts. This resampling is not for the treatment (such as dechlorination or
purpose of confirming previous results, preservation), report forms for each
but to correct the sampling or labora- sample, contact name and telephone
tory error. All systems must report the number for the laboratory, and a pre-
results obtained from the first sam- paid return shipping docket and return
pling for each sampling period, except address label. If any of the materials
for cases of sampling or laboratory er- listed in the kit’s instructions are not
rors. For the purposes of this rule, no included in the kit or arrive damaged,
samples are to be recollected for the you must notify the UCMR Sampling
purposes of confirming the results ob- Coordinator who sent you the sample
served in a previous sampling. collection kits.
(H) Analysis. For the List 1 contami- (D) Sampling instructions. You must
nants, and, if applicable, List 2 Screen- comply with the instructions sent to
ing Survey, or List 3 Pre-Screen Test- you by the State or EPA concerning
ing contaminants, identified in Table 1, the use of containers, collection (how

paragraph (a)(3) of this section, you to fill the sample bottle),
437
§ 141.40 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
dechlorination and/or preservation, and samples and completely filled in the

sealing and preparation of sample and sampling forms, you must send the
shipping containers for shipment. You samples and the sampling forms to the
must not composite (that is, combine, laboratory designated on the air bill.
mix, or blend) the samples. You also (5) Quality control requirements. If
must collect, preserve, and test each your system serves more than 10,000
sample separately. You must also com- people, you must ensure that the qual-
ply with the instructions sent to you ity control requirements listed below
by the UCMR Sampling Coordinator are met during your sampling proce-
concerning the handling of sample con- dures and by the laboratory conducting
tainers for specific contaminants. your analyses. You must also ensure
(E) Sampling deviations. If you do not that all method quality control proce-
collect a sample according to the in- dures and all UCMR quality control
structions provided to you for a listed procedures are followed.
contaminant, you must report the de- (i) Sample collection/preservation. You
viation within 7 days of the scheduled must follow the sample collection and
monitoring on the sample reporting preservation requirements for the spec-
form, as specified in § 141.35(d)(2). You ified method for each of the contami-
must resample following instructions nants in Table 1, in paragraph (a)(3) of
that you will be sent from the UCMR this section. These requirements speci-
Sampling Coordinator or State. A copy fy sample containers, collection,
of the form must be sent to the labora- dechlorination, preservation, storage,
tory with the recollected samples, and sample holding time, and extract stor-
to the UCMR Sampling Coordinator. age and/or holding time that you must
(F) Duplicate samples. EPA will select assure that the laboratory follow.
a subset of systems in the State Moni- (ii) Laboratory approval for Lists 1, List
toring Plan that must collect duplicate 2 and List 3. To be approved to conduct
samples for quality control. If your UCMR testing, the laboratory must be
system is selected, you will receive two certified under § 141.28 for one or more
sample kits for an individual sampling compliance analyses; demonstrate for
location that you must use. You must each analytical method it plans to use
use the same sampling protocols for for UCMR testing that it can meet the
both sets of samples, following the in- Initial Demonstration of Capability
structions in the duplicate sample kit. (IDC) requirements detailed in the ana-
(G) Sampling forms. You must com- lytical methods specified in column 3
pletely fill out each of the sampling of Table 1, in paragraph (a)(3) of this
forms and bottles sent to you by the section; and successfully participate in
UCMR Sampling Coordinator, includ- the UCMR Proficiency Testing (PT)
ing data elements listed in § 141.35(e) Program administered by EPA for each
for each sample. If you are conducting analytical method it plans to use for
Assessment Monitoring, you must in- UCMR testing. UCMR laboratory ap-
clude elements 1 through 5, and 7; and proval decisions will be granted on an
if you are conducting Screening Sur- individual method basis for the meth-
vey, you must include elements 1 ods listed in column 3 of Table 1 in
through 7. You must sign and date the paragraph (a)(3) of this section for List
sampling forms. 1, List 2, and List 3 contaminants. Lab-
(H) Sample collection and shipping. oratory approval is contingent upon
You must collect the samples early the capability of the laboratory to post
enough in the day to allow adequate monitoring data to the EPA electronic
time to send the samples for overnight data reporting system. To participate
delivery to the laboratory. You should in the UCMR Laboratory Approval Pro-
not collect samples on Friday, Satur- gram, the laboratory must complete
day, or Sunday because sampling on and submit the necessary registration
these days may not allow samples to be forms by April 4, 2007. Correspondence
shipped and received at the laboratory must be addressed to: UCMR 2 Labora-
at the required temperature unless you tory Approval Coordinator, USEPA,
have made special arrangements with Technical Support Center, 26 West
EPA for the laboratory to receive the Martin Luther King Drive (MS 140),
samples. Once you have collected the Cincinnati, OH 45268; or e-mailed to
438
EPA at demonstrate that they are capable of

UCMRlSamplinglCoordinator@epa.gov. meeting data quality objectives (DQOs)
(iii) Minimum Reporting Level. The at or below the MRL listed in Table 1,
MRL is the lowest analyte concentra- column 4, in paragraph (a)(3) of this
tion for which future recovery is pre- section.
dicted to fall, with high confidence (at (2) The MRL, or any concentration
least 99%), between 50% and 150% re- below the MRL, at which performance
covery. is being evaluated, must be contained
(A) Validation of laboratory perform- within the range of calibration. The
ance. Your laboratory must be capable calibration curve regression model and
of quantifying each contaminant listed the range of calibration levels that are
in Table 1, at or below the MRL speci- used in these performance validation
fied in column 4 of Table 1, in para- steps must be used in all routine sam-
graph (a)(3) of this section. You must ple analyses used to comply with this
ensure that the laboratory completes regulation. Only straight line or quad-
and has on file and available for your ratic regression models are allowed.
inspection, records of two distinct pro- The use of either weighted or
cedures. First, your laboratory must unweighted models is permitted. The
have conducted an IDC involving rep- use of cubic regression models is not
licate analyses at or below the MRL as permitted.
described in this paragraph. Second, for (3) Replicate analyses of at least
each day that UCMR analyses are con- seven (7) fortified samples in reagent
ducted by your laboratory, a validation water must be performed at or below
of its ability to quantify each contami- the MRL for each analyte, and must be
nant, at or below the MRL specified in processed through the entire method
column 4 of Table 1, in paragraph (a)(3) procedure (i.e., including extraction,
of this section, following the procedure where applicable, and with all preserv-
listed in paragraph (a)(5)(iii)(B) of this atives).
section, must be performed. The proce- (4) A prediction interval of results
dure for initial validation of laboratory (PIR), which is based on the estimated
performance at or below the MRL is as arithmetic mean of analytical results
follows: and the estimated sample standard de-
(1) All laboratories using EPA drink- viation of measurement results, must
ing water methods under UCMR must be determined by Equation 1:
1
Equation 1 PIR = Mean ± s × t ( df , 1− α / 2 ) × 1 +
n
Where:
t is the Student’s t value with df degrees of 1
freedom and confidence level (1–a), HR PIR = s × t ( df , 1− α / 2 ) × 1 +
s is the sample standard deviation of n rep- n
licate samples fortified at the MRL,
For a certain number of replicates and
n is the number of replicates.
for a certain confidence level in Stu-
(5) The values needed to calculate the dent’s t, this factor
PIR using Equation 1 are: Number of
replicates (n); Student’s t value with a 1
ER04JA07.002</MATH>
two-sided 99% confidence level for n C = t ( df , 1− α / 2 ) × 1 +

number of replicates; the average n
(mean) of at least seven replicates; and is constant, and can be tabulated ac-
the sample standard deviation. Factor cording to replicate number and con-
1 is referred to as the Half Range PIR fidence level for the Student’s t. Table
ER04JA07.001</MATH>
(HRPIR). 3 in this paragraph lists the constant

factor (C) for replicate sample numbers
439
ER04JA07.000</MATH>
§ 141.40 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
7 through 10 with a confidence level of (7) The PIR is calculated by Equation

99% for Student’s t. 3:
(6) The HRPIR is calculated by Equa-
tion 2: Equation 3 PIR = Mean ± HR PIR
Equation 2 HR PIR = s × C
TABLE 3—THE CONSTANT FACTOR (C) TO BE MULTIPLIED BY THE STANDARD DEVIATION TO
DETERMINE THE HALF RANGE INTERVAL OF THE PIR (STUDENT’S t 99% CONFIDENCE LEVEL) a
Constant factor (C) to be multiplied by
Replicates Degrees of freedom the standard
deviation
7 6 3.963
8 7 3.711
9 8 3.536
10 9 3.409
a The critical t-value for a two-sided 99% confidence interval is equivalent to the critical t-value for a one-sided 99.5% con-
fidence interval, due to the symmetry of the t-distribution. PIR = Prediction Interval of Results.
(8) The lower and upper result limits below an MRL), that a daily perform-
of the PIR must be converted to per- ance check is performed for each
cent recovery of the concentration analyte and method. A single labora-
being tested. To pass criteria at a cer- tory blank, fortified at or below the
tain level, the PIR lower recovery lim- MRL for each analyte, must be proc-
its cannot be lower than the lower re- essed through the entire method proce-
covery limits of the QC interval (50%), dure. The measured concentration for
and the PIR upper recovery limits can- each analyte must be converted to a
not be greater than the upper recovery percent recovery, and if the recovery is
limits of the QC interval (150%). When within 50%–150% (inclusive), the daily
either of the PIR recovery limits falls performance of the laboratory has been
outside of either bound of the QC inter- validated. The results for any analyte
val of recovery (higher than 150% or for which 50%–150% recovery cannot be
less than 50%), laboratory performance demonstrated during the daily check
is not validated at the concentration are not valid. Laboratories may elect
evaluated. If the PIR limits are con- to re-run the daily performance check
tained within both bounds of the QC in- sample if the performance for any
terval, laboratory performance is vali- analyte or analytes cannot be vali-
dated for that analyte. dated. If performance is validated for
(B) Quality control requirements for these analytes, the laboratory perform-
validation of laboratory performance ance is considered validated. Alter-
at or below the MRL. natively, the laboratory may re-cali-
(1) You must ensure that the calibra- brate and repeat the performance vali-
tion curve regression model and that dation process for all analytes.
the range of calibration levels that are (iv) Laboratory fortified sample matrix
used in these performance validation and laboratory fortified sample matrix du-
steps are used in future routine sample plicate. You must ensure that your lab-
analysis. Only straight line or quad- oratory prepares and analyzes the Lab-
ratic regression models are allowed. oratory Fortified Sample Matrix
The use of either weighted or (LFSM) sample for accuracy and Lab-
unweighted models is permitted. The oratory Fortified Sample Matrix Dupli-
use of cubic regression models is not cate (LFSMD) samples for precision to
permitted. determine method accuracy and preci-
(2) You must ensure, once your lab- sion for all contaminants in Table 1, in
ER04JA07.004</MATH>
oratory has performed an IDC as speci- paragraph (a)(3) of this section. LFSM/
fied in each analytical method (dem- LFSMD samples must be prepared

onstrating that DQOs are met at or using a sample collected and analyzed
440
ER04JA07.003</MATH>
in accordance with UCMR 2 require- to the State and EPA, via EPA’s elec-
ments and analyzed at a frequency of tronic data reporting system. If you do
5% (or 1 LFSM/LFSMD set per every 20 not electronically approve and submit
samples) or with each sample batch, the laboratory data to EPA within 60
whichever is more frequent. In addi- days of the laboratory’s posting to
tion, the LFSM/LFSMD fortification EPA’s electronic reporting system, the
concentrations must be alternated be- data will be considered approved and
tween a low-level fortification and final for State and EPA review.
mid-level fortification approximately (6) Violation of this rule—(i) Monitoring
50% of the time. (For example: A set of violations. Any failure to monitor in ac-
40 samples will require preparation and cordance with § 141.40(a)(3)–(5) is a mon-
analysis of 2 LFSM/LFSMD sets. The itoring violation.
first set must be fortified at either the (ii) Reporting violations. Any failure
low-level or mid-level, and the second to report in accordance with § 141.35 is
set must be fortified with the other a reporting violation.
standard, either the low-level or mid- (b) Petitions and waivers by States—(1)
level, whichever was not used for the Governors’ petition for additional con-
initial LFSM/LFSMD set.) The low- taminants. The Safe Drinking Water
level LFSM/LFSMD fortification con- Act allows Governors of seven (7) or
centration must be within ±50% of the more States to petition the EPA Ad-
MRL for each contaminant (e.g., for an
ministrator to add one or more con-
MRL of 1 μg/L the acceptable fortifica-
taminants to the UCMR Contaminant
tion levels must be between 0.5 μg/L
List in paragraph (a)(3) of this section.
and 1.5 μg/L). The mid-level LFSM/
The petition must clearly identify the
LFSMD fortification concentration
reason(s) for adding the contaminant(s)
must be within ±20% of the mid-level
to the monitoring list, including the
calibration standard for each contami-
potential risk to public health, particu-
nant, and should represent, where pos-
larly any information that might be
sible and where the laboratory has data
available regarding disproportional
from previously analyzed samples, an
risks to the health and safety of chil-
approximate average concentration ob-
served in previous analyses of that dren, the expected occurrence docu-
analyte. There are no acceptance cri- mented by any available data, any ana-
teria specified for LFSM/LFSMD anal- lytical methods known or proposed to
yses. All LFSM/LFSMD data are to be be used to test for the contaminant(s),
reported. and any other information that could
(v) Method defined quality control. You assist the Administrator in deter-
must ensure that your laboratory per- mining which contaminants present
forms Laboratory Fortified Blanks and the greatest public health concern and
Laboratory Performance Checks, as ap- should, therefore, be included on the
propriate to the method’s require- UCMR Contaminant List in paragraph
ments, for those methods listed in (a)(3) of this section.
Table 1, column 3, in paragraph (a)(3) of (2) State-wide waivers. A State can
this section. Each method specifies ac- waive monitoring requirements only
ceptance criteria for these QC checks. with EPA approval and under very lim-
(vi) Reporting. You must ensure that ited conditions. Conditions and proce-
your laboratory reports the analytical dures for obtaining a waiver are as fol-
results and other data, with the re- lows:
quired data listed in Table 1, in (i) Application. A State may apply to
§ 141.35(e). You must require your lab- EPA for a State-wide waiver from the
oratory to submit these data electroni- unregulated contaminant monitoring
cally to the State and EPA using requirements for PWSs serving more
EPA’s electronic data reporting sys- than 10,000 people. To apply for such a
tem, accessible at (http://www.epa.gov/ waiver, the State must submit an ap-
safewater/ucmr/ucmr2/reporting.html), plication to EPA that includes the fol-
within 120 days from the sample collec- lowing information: The list of con-
tion date. You then have 60 days from taminants on the UCMR Contaminant
when the laboratory posts the data to List for which a waiver is requested,
review, approve, and submit the data along with documentation for each
441
§ 141.41 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
contaminant in the request dem- received. The supplier of water shall

onstrating that the contaminants or not be required to report the results to
their parent compounds do not occur EPA where the State has adopted this
naturally in the State, and certifying regulation and results are reported to
that during the past 15 years they have the State. The supplier shall report the
not been used, applied, stored, disposed results to EPA where the State has not
of, released, or detected in the source adopted this regulation.
waters or distribution systems in the (c) The supplier of water shall notify
State. appropriate local and State public
(ii) Approval. EPA will review State health officials of the sodium levels by
applications and notify the State written notice by direct mail within
whether it accepts or rejects the re- three months. A copy of each notice re-
quest. The State must receive written quired to be provided by this paragraph
approval from EPA before issuing a shall be sent to EPA and/or the State
State-wide waiver. within 10 days of its issuance. The sup-
[72 FR 393, Jan. 4, 2007; 72 FR 3916, Jan. 26,
plier of water is not required to notify
2007] appropriate local and State public
health officials of the sodium levels
§ 141.41 Special monitoring for so- where the State provides such notices
dium. in lieu of the supplier.
(a) Suppliers of water for community (d) Analyses for sodium shall be con-
public water systems shall collect and ducted as directed in § 141.23(k)(1).
analyze one sample per plant at the [45 FR 57345, Aug. 27, 1980, as amended at 59
entry point of the distribution system FR 62470, Dec. 5, 1994]
for the determination of sodium con-
centration levels; samples must be col- § 141.42 Special monitoring for
lected and analyzed annually for sys- corrosivity characteristics.
tems utilizing surface water sources in (a)–(c) [Reserved]
whole or in part, and at least every (d) Community water supply systems
three years for systems utilizing solely shall identify whether the following
ground water sources. The minimum construction materials are present in
number of samples required to be taken their distribution system and report to
by the system shall be based on the the State:
number of treatment plants used by Lead from piping, solder, caulking, interior
the system, except that multiple wells lining of distribution mains, alloys and
drawing raw water from a single aqui- home plumbing.
fer may, with the State approval, be Copper from piping and alloys, service lines,
considered one treatment plant for de- and home plumbing.
termining the minimum number of Galvanized piping, service lines, and home
plumbing.
samples. The supplier of water may be Ferrous piping materials such as cast iron
required by the State to collect and and steel.
analyze water samples for sodium more Asbestos cement pipe.
frequently in locations where the so-
dium content is variable. In addition, States may require identi-
(b) The supplier of water shall report fication and reporting of other mate-
to EPA and/or the State the results of rials of construction present in dis-
the analyses for sodium within the tribution systems that may contribute
first 10 days of the month following the contaminants to the drinking water,
month in which the sample results such as:
were received or within the first 10 Vinyl lined asbestos cement pipe.
days following the end of the required Coal tar lined pipes and tanks.
monitoring period as stipulated by the [45 FR 57346, Aug. 27, 1980; 47 FR 10999, Mar.
State, whichever of these is first. If 12, 1982, as amended at 59 FR 62470, Dec. 5,
more than annual sampling is required 1994]
the supplier shall report the average
sodium concentration within 10 days of § 141.43 Prohibition on use of lead
the month following the month in pipes, solder, and flux.
which the analytical results of the last (a) In general—(1) Prohibition. Any
sample used for the annual average was pipe, solder, or flux, which is used after
442
June 19, 1986, in the installation or re- Subpart F—Maximum Contami-

pair of— nant Level Goals and Max-
(i) Any public water system, or imum Residual Disinfectant
(ii) Any plumbing in a residential or Level Goals
nonresidential facility providing water
for human consumption which is con- § 141.50 Maximum contaminant level
nected to a public water system shall goals for organic contaminants.
be lead free as defined by paragraph (d) (a) MCLGs are zero for the following
of this section. This paragraph (a)(1) contaminants:
shall not apply to leaded joints nec- (1) Benzene
essary for the repair of cast iron pipes. (2) Vinyl chloride
(2) [Reserved] (3) Carbon tetrachloride
(b) State enforcement—(1) Enforcement (4) 1,2-dichloroethane
of prohibition. The requirements of (5) Trichloroethylene
paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall be (6) Acrylamide
enforced in all States effective June 19, (7) Alachlor
1988. States shall enforce such require- (8) Chlordane
ments through State or local plumbing (9) Dibromochloropropane
codes, or such other means of enforce- (10) 1,2-Dichloropropane
ment as the State may determine to be (11) Epichlorohydrin
(12) Ethylene dibromide
appropriate.
(13) Heptachlor
(2) [Reserved] (14) Heptachlor epoxide
(c) Penalties. If the Administrator de- (15) Pentachlorophenol
termines that a State is not enforcing (16) Polychlorinated biphenyls
the requirements of paragraph (a) of (PCBs)
this section, as required pursuant to (17) Tetrachloroethylene
paragraph (b) of this section, the Ad- (18) Toxaphene
ministrator may withhold up to 5 per- (19) Benzo[a]pyrene
cent of Federal funds available to that (20) Dichloromethane (methylene
State for State program grants under chloride)
section 1443(a) of the Act. (21) Di(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate
(d) Definition of lead free. For pur- (22) Hexachlorobenzene
poses of this section, the term lead (23) 2,3,7,8-TCDD (Dioxin)
free: (b) MCLGs for the following contami-
(1) When used with respect to solders nants are as indicated:
and flux refers to solders and flux con- MCLG in
Contaminant
taining not more than 0.2 percent lead; mg/l
(2) When used with respect to pipes (1) 1,1-Dichloroethylene ........................................ 0.007
and pipe fittings refers to pipes and (2) 1,1,1-Trichloroethane ....................................... 0.20
pipe fittings containing not more than (3) para-Dichlorobenzene ...................................... 0.075
(4) Aldicarb ............................................................ 0.001
8.0 percent lead; and (5) Aldicarb sulfoxide ............................................. 0.001
(3) When used with respect to plumb- (6) Aldicarb sulfone ............................................... 0.001
(7) Atrazine ............................................................ 0.003
ing fittings and fixtures intended by (8) Carbofuran ....................................................... 0.04
the manufacturer to dispense water for (9) o-Dichlorobenzene ........................................... 0.6
human ingestion refers to fittings and (10) cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene ................................. 0.07
(11) trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene ............................. 0.1
fixtures that are in compliance with (12) 2,4-D .............................................................. 0.07
standards established in accordance (13) Ethylbenzene ................................................. 0.7
with 42 U.S.C. 300g–6(e). (14) Lindane .......................................................... 0.0002
(15) Methoxychlor .................................................. 0.04
[52 FR 20674, June 2, 1987, as amended at 65 (16) Monochlorobenzene ....................................... 0.1
FR 2003, Jan. 12, 2000] (17) Styrene ........................................................... 0.1
(18) Toluene .......................................................... 1
(19) 2,4,5-TP ......................................................... 0.05
(20) Xylenes (total) ................................................ 10
(21) Dalapon .......................................................... 0.2
(22) Di(2-ethylhexyl)adipate .................................. .4
(23) Dinoseb .......................................................... .007

(24) Diquat ............................................................. .02
(25) Endothall ........................................................ .1
443
§ 141.51 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
Contaminant MCLG in § 141.53 Maximum contaminant level

mg/l goals for disinfection byproducts.
(26) Endrin ............................................................. .002 MCLGs for the following disinfection
(27) Glyphosate ..................................................... .7
(28) Hexachlorocyclopentadiene ........................... .05
byproducts are as indicated:
(29) Oxamyl (Vydate) ............................................ .2
MCLG
(30) Picloram ......................................................... .5 Disinfection byproduct (mg/L)
(31) Simazine ........................................................ .004
(32) 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene .................................. .07 Bromodichloromethane ............................................ zero
(33) 1,1,2-Trichloroethane ..................................... .003 Bromoform ............................................................... zero
Bromate ................................................................... zero
Chlorite .................................................................... 0.8
[50 FR 46901, Nov. 13, 1985, as amended at 52 Chloroform ............................................................... 0.07
FR 20674, June 2, 1987; 52 FR 25716, July 8, Dibromochloromethane ........................................... 0.06
1987; 56 FR 3592, Jan. 30, 1991; 56 FR 30280, Dichloroacetic acid .................................................. zero
July 1, 1991; 57 FR 31846, July 17, 1992] Monochloroacetic acid ............................................. 0.07
Trichloroacetic acid .................................................. 0.02
§ 141.51 Maximum contaminant level
goals for inorganic contaminants. [63 FR 69465, Dec. 16, 1998, as amended at 65
(a) [Reserved] FR 34405, May 30, 2000; 71 FR 478, Jan. 4, 2006]
(b) MCLGs for the following contami-
§ 141.54 Maximum residual disinfect-
nants are as indicated: ant level goals for disinfectants.
Contaminant MCLG (mg/l) MRDLGs for disinfectants are as fol-
Antimony ...................................... 0.006
lows:
Arsenic ......................................... zero 1
Disinfectant residual MRDLG(mg/L)
Asbestos ...................................... 7 Million fibers/liter
(longer than 10 μm). Chlorine ................................................ 4 (as Cl 2).
Barium ......................................... 2 Chloramines ......................................... 4 (as Cl 2).
Beryllium ...................................... .004 Chlorine dioxide ................................... 0.8 (as ClO2)
Cadmium ..................................... 0.005
Chromium .................................... 0.1
Copper ......................................... 1.3 [63 FR 69465, Dec. 16, 1998]
Cyanide (as free Cyanide) .......... .2
Fluoride ........................................ 4.0
Lead ............................................. zero
§ 141.55 Maximum contaminant level
Mercury ........................................ 0.002 goals for radionuclides.
Nitrate .......................................... 10 (as Nitrogen). MCLGs for radionuclides are as indi-
Nitrite ........................................... 1 (as Nitrogen).
Total Nitrate+Nitrite ..................... 10 (as Nitrogen). cated in the following table:
Selenium ...................................... 0.05
Thallium ....................................... .0005 Contaminant MCLG
1 Thisvalue for arsenic is effective January 23, 2006. Until 1. Combined radium-226 and radium-228 .............. Zero.
then, there is no MCLG. 2. Gross alpha particle activity (excluding radon Zero.
and uranium).
[50 FR 47155, Nov. 14, 1985, as amended at 52 3. Beta particle and photon radioactivity ................ Zero.
4. Uranium ............................................................... Zero.
FR 20674, June 2, 1987; 56 FR 3593, Jan. 30,
1991; 56 FR 26548, June 7, 1991; 56 FR 30280,
July 1, 1991; 57 FR 31846, July 17, 1992; 60 FR [65 FR 76748, Dec. 7, 2000]
33932, June 29, 1995; 66 FR 7063, Jan. 22, 2001]
§ 141.52 Maximum contaminant level Subpart G—National Primary

goals for microbiological contami- Drinking Water Regulations:
nants. Maximum Contaminant Levels
MCLGs for the following contami- and Maximum Residual Dis-
nants are as indicated: infectant Levels
Contaminant MCLG § 141.60 Effective dates.
(1) Giardia lamblia ........................................ zero (a) The effective dates for § 141.61 are
(2) Viruses .................................................... zero as follows:
(3) Legionella ................................................ zero
(4) Total coliforms (including fecal coliforms zero. (1) The effective date for paragraphs
and Escherichia coli). (a)(1) through (a)(8) of § 141.61 is Janu-
(5) Cryptosporidium ...................................... zero. ary 9, 1989.
(2) The effective date for paragraphs
[54 FR 27527, 27566, June 29, 1989; 55 FR 25064, (a)(9) through (a)(18) and (c)(1) through
June 19, 1990; 63 FR 69515, Dec. 16, 1998] (c)(18) of § 141.61 is July 30, 1992.
444
(3) The effective date for paragraphs (4) The effective date for § 141.62(b)(16)
(a)(19) through (a)(21), (c)(19) through is January 23, 2006.
(c)(25), and (c)(27) through (c)(33) of
[56 FR 3593, Jan. 30, 1991, as amended at 57
§ 141.61 is January 17, 1994. The effective
FR 31846, July 17, 1992; 59 FR 34324, July 1,
date of § 141.61(c)(26) is August 17, 1992.
1994; 66FR 7063, Jan. 22, 2001]
(b) The effective dates for § 141.62 are
as follows: § 141.61 Maximum contaminant levels
(1) The effective date of paragraph for organic contaminants.
(b)(1) of § 141.62 is October 2, 1987.
(a) The following maximum contami-
(2) The effective date for paragraphs
(b)(2) and (b)(4) through (b)(10) of nant levels for organic contaminants
§ 141.62 is July 30, 1992. apply to community and non-transient,
(3) The effective date for paragraphs non-community water systems.
(b)(11) through (b)(15) of § 141.62 is Janu-
ary 17, 1994.
CAS No. Contaminant MCL (mg/l)
(1) 75–01–4 ............................................................ Vinyl chloride ............................................................. 0.002

(2) 71–43–2 ............................................................ Benzene .................................................................... 0.005
(3) 56–23–5 ............................................................ Carbon tetrachloride .................................................. 0.005
(4) 107–06–2 .......................................................... 1,2-Dichloroethane .................................................... 0.005
(5) 79–01–6 ............................................................ Trichloroethylene ....................................................... 0.005
(6) 106–46–7 .......................................................... para-Dichlorobenzene ............................................... 0.075
(7) 75–35–4 ............................................................ 1,1-Dichloroethylene .................................................. 0.007
(8) 71–55–6 ............................................................ 1,1,1-Trichloroethane ................................................ 0.2
(9) 156–59–2 .......................................................... cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene ............................................ 0.07
(10) 78–87–5 .......................................................... 1,2-Dichloropropane .................................................. 0.005
(11) 100–41–4 ........................................................ Ethylbenzene ............................................................. 0.7
(12) 108–90–7 ........................................................ Monochlorobenzene .................................................. 0.1
(13) 95–50–1 .......................................................... o-Dichlorobenzene .................................................... 0.6
(14) 100–42–5 ........................................................ Styrene ...................................................................... 0.1
(15) 127–18–4 ........................................................ Tetrachloroethylene ................................................... 0.005
(16) 108–88–3 ........................................................ Toluene ...................................................................... 1
(17) 156–60–5 ........................................................ trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene ........................................ 0.1
(18) 1330–20–7 ...................................................... Xylenes (total) ........................................................... 10
(19) 75–09–2 .......................................................... Dichloromethane ....................................................... 0.005
(20) 120–82–1 ........................................................ 1,2,4-Trichloro- benzene ........................................... .07
(21) 79–00–5 .......................................................... 1,1,2-Trichloro- ethane .............................................. .005
(b) The Administrator, pursuant to ment technique, or other means avail-

section 1412 of the Act, hereby identi- able for achieving compliance with the
fies as indicated in the Table below maximum contaminant level for or-
granular activated carbon (GAC), ganic contaminants identified in para-
packed tower aeration (PTA), or oxida- graphs (a) and (c) of this section:
tion (OX) as the best technology treat-
BAT FOR ORGANIC CONTAMINANTS LISTED IN § 141.61 (a) AND (c)
CAS No. Contaminant GAC PTA OX
15972–60–8 .................................... Alachlor .............................................................................. X .............. ..............

116–06–3 ........................................ Aldicarb .............................................................................. X .............. ..............
1646–88–4 ...................................... Aldicarb sulfone ................................................................. X .............. ..............
1646–87–3 ...................................... Aldicarb sulfoxide .............................................................. X .............. ..............
1912–24–9 ...................................... Atrazine ............................................................................. X .............. ..............
71–43–2 .......................................... Benzene ............................................................................ X X ..............
50–32–8 .......................................... Benzo[a]pyrene ................................................................. X .............. ..............
1563–66–2 ...................................... Carbofuran ......................................................................... X .............. ..............
56–23–5 .......................................... Carbon tetrachloride .......................................................... X X ..............
57–74–9 .......................................... Chlordane .......................................................................... X .............. ..............
75–99–0 .......................................... Dalapon ............................................................................. X .............. ..............
94–75–7 .......................................... 2,4-D .................................................................................. X .............. ..............
103–23–1 ........................................ Di (2-ethylhexyl) adipate ................................................... X X ..............
117–81–7 ........................................ Di (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate ................................................ X .............. ..............
96–12–8 .......................................... Dibromochloropropane (DBCP) ........................................ X X ..............

95–50–1 .......................................... o-Dichlorobenzene ............................................................ X X ..............
106–46–7 ........................................ para-Dichlorobenzene ....................................................... X X ..............
445
§ 141.61 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
BAT FOR ORGANIC CONTAMINANTS LISTED IN § 141.61 (a) AND (c)—Continued

CAS No. Contaminant GAC PTA OX
107–06–2 ........................................ 1,2-Dichloroethane ............................................................ X X ..............

75–35–4 .......................................... 1,1-Dichloroethylene .......................................................... X X ..............
156–59–2 ........................................ cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene .................................................... X X ..............
156–60–5 ........................................ trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene ................................................ X X ..............
75–09–2 .......................................... Dichloromethane ............................................................... .............. X ..............
78–87–5 .......................................... 1,2-Dichloropropane .......................................................... X X ..............
88–85–7 .......................................... Dinoseb ............................................................................. X .............. ..............
85–00–7 .......................................... Diquat ................................................................................ X .............. ..............
145–73–3 ........................................ Endothall ............................................................................ X .............. ..............
72–20–8 .......................................... Endrin ................................................................................ X .............. ..............
100–41–4 ........................................ Ethylbenzene ..................................................................... X X ..............
106–93–4 ........................................ Ethylene Dibromide (EDB) ................................................ X X ..............
1071–83–6 ...................................... Gylphosate ........................................................................ .............. .............. X
76–44–8 .......................................... Heptachlor ......................................................................... X .............. ..............
1024–57–3 ...................................... Heptachlor epoxide ........................................................... X .............. ..............
118–74–1 ........................................ Hexachlorobenzene ........................................................... X .............. ..............
77–47–3 .......................................... Hexachlorocyclopentadiene .............................................. X X ..............
58–89–9 .......................................... Lindane .............................................................................. X .............. ..............
72–43–5 .......................................... Methoxychlor ..................................................................... X .............. ..............
108–90–7 ........................................ Monochlorobenzene .......................................................... X X ..............
23135–22–0 .................................... Oxamyl (Vydate) ................................................................ X .............. ..............
87–86–5 .......................................... Pentachlorophenol ............................................................. X .............. ..............
1918–02–1 ...................................... Picloram ............................................................................. X .............. ..............
1336–36–3 ...................................... Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) ....................................... X .............. ..............
122–34–9 ........................................ Simazine ............................................................................ X .............. ..............
100–42–5 ........................................ Styrene .............................................................................. X X ..............
1746–01–6 ...................................... 2,3,7,8-TCDD (Dioxin) ....................................................... X .............. ..............
127–18–4 ........................................ Tetrachloroethylene ........................................................... X X ..............
108–88–3 ........................................ Toluene .............................................................................. X X ..............
8001–35–2 ...................................... Toxaphene ......................................................................... X .............. ..............
93–72–1 .......................................... 2,4,5-TP (Silvex) ................................................................ X .............. ..............
120–82–1 ........................................ 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene ...................................................... X X ..............
71–55–6 .......................................... 1,1,1-Trichloroethane ........................................................ X X ..............
79–00–5 .......................................... 1,1,2-Trichloroethane ........................................................ X X ..............
79–01–6 .......................................... Trichloroethylene ............................................................... X X ..............
75–01–4 .......................................... Vinyl chloride ..................................................................... .............. X ..............
1330–20–7 ...................................... Xylene ................................................................................ X X ..............
(c) The following maximum contami- systems and non-transient, non-com-

nant levels for synthetic organic con- munity water systems:
taminants apply to community water
(1) 15972–60–8 ...................................................... Alachlor ...................................................................... 0.002

(2) 116–06–3 ........................................................... Aldicarb ...................................................................... 0.003
(3) 1646–87–3 ......................................................... Aldicarb sulfoxide ...................................................... 0.004
(4) 1646–87–4 ......................................................... Aldicarb sulfone ......................................................... 0.002
(5) 1912–24–9 ........................................................ Atrazine ..................................................................... 0.003
(6) 1563–66–2 ........................................................ Carbofuran ................................................................. 0.04
(7) 57–74–9 ............................................................ Chlordane .................................................................. 0.002
(8) 96–12–8 ............................................................ Dibromochloropropane .............................................. 0.0002
(9) 94–75–7 ............................................................ 2,4-D .......................................................................... 0.07
(10) 106–93–4 .......................................................... Ethylene dibromide .................................................... 0.00005
(11) 76–44–8 ............................................................ Heptachlor ................................................................. 0.0004
(12) 1024–57–3 ........................................................ Heptachlor epoxide ................................................... 0.0002
(13) 58–89–9 ............................................................ Lindane ...................................................................... 0.0002
(14) 72–43–5 ............................................................ Methoxychlor ............................................................. 0.04
(15) 1336–36–3 ........................................................ Polychlorinated biphenyls .......................................... 0.0005
(16) 87–86–5 ............................................................ Pentachlorophenol ..................................................... 0.001
(17) 8001–35–2 ........................................................ Toxaphene ................................................................. 0.003
(18) 93–72–1 ............................................................ 2,4,5-TP ..................................................................... 0.05
(19) 50–32–8 ............................................................ Benzo[a]pyrene ......................................................... 0.0002
(20) 75–99–0 ............................................................ Dalapon ..................................................................... 0.2
(21) 103–23–1 .......................................................... Di(2-ethylhexyl) adipate ............................................. 0.4
(22) 117–81–7 .......................................................... Di(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate .......................................... 0.006
(23) 88–85–7 ............................................................ Dinoseb ..................................................................... 0.007

(24) 85–00–7 ............................................................ Diquat ........................................................................ 0.02
(25) 145–73–3 .......................................................... Endothall .................................................................... 0.1
446
(26) 72–20–8 ............................................................ Endrin ........................................................................ 0.002

(27) 1071–53–6 ........................................................ Glyphosate ................................................................ 0.7
(28) 118–74–1 .......................................................... Hexacholorbenzene ................................................... 0.001
(29) 77–47–4 ............................................................ Hexachlorocyclopentadiene ...................................... 0.05
(30) 23135–22–0 ...................................................... Oxamyl (Vydate) ........................................................ 0.2
(31) 1918–02–1 ........................................................ Picloram ..................................................................... 0.5
(32) 122–34–9 .......................................................... Simazine .................................................................... 0.004
(33) 1746–01–6 ........................................................ 2,3,7,8-TCDD (Dioxin) ............................................... 3×10¥8
[56 FR 3593, Jan. 30, 1991, as amended at 56 FR 30280, July 1, 1991; 57 FR 31846, July 17, 1992;
59 FR 34324, July 1, 1994]
§ 141.62 Maximum contaminant levels BAT FOR INORGANIC COMPOUNDS LISTED IN

for inorganic contaminants. SECTION 141.62(b)
(a) [Reserved] Chemical Name BAT(s)
(b) The maximum contaminant levels
Antimony ........................................................ 2,7
for inorganic contaminants specified in Arsenic 4 ......................................................... 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, 9,
paragraphs (b) (2)–(6), (b)(10), and (b) 12 5
(11)–(16) of this section apply to com- Asbestos ........................................................ 2,3,8
munity water systems and non-tran- Barium ........................................................... 5,6,7,9
Beryllium ........................................................ 1,2,5,6,7
sient, non-community water systems.
Cadmium ....................................................... 2,5,6,7
The maximum contaminant level spec- Chromium ...................................................... 2,5,6 2,7
ified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section Cyanide .......................................................... 5,7,13
only applies to community water sys- Mercury .......................................................... 2 1,4,6 1,7 1
tems. The maximum contaminant lev- Nickel ............................................................. 5,6,7
Nitrate ............................................................ 5,7,9
els specified in (b)(7), (b)(8), and (b)(9) Nitrite ............................................................. 5,7
of this section apply to community Selenium ........................................................ 3
1,2 ,6,7,9
water systems; non-transient, non- Thallium ......................................................... 1,5
community water systems; and tran- 1 BAT only if influent Hg concentrations ≤10μg/1.
sient non-community water systems. 2 BAT
3 BAT
for Chromium III only.
for Selenium IV only.
4 BATs for Arsenic V. Pre-oxidation may be required to con-
Contaminant MCL (mg/l) vert Arsenic III to Arsenic V.
5 To obtain high removals, iron to arsenic ratio must be at
(1) Fluoride ............................ 4.0 least 20:1.
(2) Asbestos .......................... 7 Million Fibers/liter (longer
than 10 μm). Key to BATS in Table
(3) Barium .............................. 2
(4) Cadmium .......................... 0.005 1 = Activated Alumina
(5) Chromium ......................... 0.1 2 = Coagulation/Filtration (not BAT for sys-
(6) Mercury ............................ 0.002 tems < 500 service connections)
(7) Nitrate ............................... 10 (as Nitrogen)
3 = Direct and Diatomite Filtration
(8) Nitrite ................................ 1 (as Nitrogen)
4 = Granular Activated Carbon
(9) Total Nitrate and Nitrite .... 10 (as Nitrogen)
(10) Selenium ........................ 0.05
5 = Ion Exchange
(11) Antimony ........................ 0.006 6 = Lime Softening (not BAT for systems
(12) Beryllium ........................ 0.004 <500 service connections)
(13) Cyanide (as free Cya- 0.2 7 = Reverse Osmosis
nide). 8 = Corrosion Control
(14) [Reserved]. 9 = Electrodialysis
(15) Thallium .......................... 0.002 10 = Chlorine
(16) Arsenic ........................... 0.010 11 = Ultraviolet
12 = Oxidation/Filtration
(c) The Administrator, pursuant to 13 = Alkaline Chlorination (pH ≥8.5)
section 1412 of the Act, hereby identi- (d) The Administrator, pursuant to
fies the following as the best tech- section 1412 of the Act, hereby identi-
nology, treatment technique, or other fies in the following table the afford-
means available for achieving compli- able technology, treatment technique,
ance with the maximum contaminant or other means available to systems
levels for inorganic contaminants iden- serving 10,000 persons or fewer for
tified in paragraph (b) of this section, achieving compliance with the max-
except fluoride: imum contaminant level for arsenic:
447
§ 141.63 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
SMALL SYSTEM COMPLIANCE TECHNOLOGIES ple, or any total coliform-positive re-

(SSCTS) 1 FOR ARSENIC 2 peat sample following a fecal coliform-
positive or E. coli-positive routine sam-
Small system compliance Affordable for listed small
technology system categories 3 ple constitutes a violation of the MCL
for total coliforms. For purposes of the
Activated Alumina (central- All size categories. public notification requirements in
ized).
Activated Alumina (Point-of- All size categories. subpart Q, this is a violation that may
Use) 4. pose an acute risk to health.
Coagulation/Filtration 5 ........... 501–3,300, 3,301–10,000. (c) A public water system must deter-
Coagulation-assisted Micro- 501–3,300, 3,301–10,000.
filtration.
mine compliance with the MCL for
Electrodialysis reversal 6 ........ 501–3,300, 3,301–10,000. total coliforms in paragraphs (a) and
Enhanced coagulation/filtra- All size categories (b) of this section for each month in
tion. which it is required to monitor for
Enhanced lime softening All size categories.
(pH> 10.5). total coliforms.
Ion Exchange ......................... All size categories. (d) The Administrator, pursuant to
Lime Softening 5 .................... 501–3,300, 3,301–10,000. section 1412 of the Act, hereby identi-
Oxidation/Filtration 7 ............... All size categories.
Reverse Osmosis (central- 501–3,300, 3,301–10,000. fies the following as the best tech-
ized) 6. nology, treatment techniques, or other
Reverse Osmosis (Point-of- All size categories. means available for achieving compli-
Use) 4.
ance with the maximum contaminant
1 Section 1412(b)(4)(E)(ii) of SDWA specifies that SSCTs
level for total coliforms in paragraphs
must be affordable and technically feasible for small systems.
2 SSCTs for Arsenic V. Pre-oxidation may be required to (a) and (b) of this section:
convert Arsenic III to Arsenic V.
3 The Act (ibid.) specifies three categories of small systems:
(1) Protection of wells from contami-
(i) those serving 25 or more, but fewer than 501, (ii) those nation by coliforms by appropriate
serving more than 500, but fewer than 3,301, and (iii) those placement and construction;
serving more than 3,300, but fewer than 10,001.
4 When POU or POE devices are used for compliance, pro- (2) Maintenance of a disinfectant re-
grams to ensure proper long-term operation, maintenance, sidual throughout the distribution sys-
and monitoring must be provided by the water system to en-
sure adequate performance. tem;
5 Unlikely to be installed solely for arsenic removal. May re-
(3) Proper maintenance of the dis-
quire pH adjustment to optimal range if high removals are
needed. tribution system including appropriate
6 Technologies reject a large volume of water—may not be
pipe replacement and repair proce-
appropriate for areas where water quantity may be an issue.
7 To obtain high removals, iron to arsenic ratio must be at dures, main flushing programs, proper
least 20:1. operation and maintenance of storage
tanks and reservoirs, and continual
[56 FR 3594, Jan. 30, 1991, as amended at 56 maintenance of positive water pressure
FR 30280, July 1, 1991; 57 FR 31847, July 17,
in all parts of the distribution system;
1992; 59 FR 34325, July 1, 1994; 60 FR 33932,
June 29, 1995; 66 FR 7063, Jan. 22, 2001; 68 FR (4) Filtration and/or disinfection of
14506, Mar. 25, 2003; 69 FR 38855, June 29, 2004] surface water, as described in subpart
H, or disinfection of ground water
§ 141.63 Maximum contaminant levels using strong oxidants such as chlorine,
(MCLs) for microbiological contami- chlorine dioxide, or ozone; and
nants. (5) For systems using ground water,
(a) The MCL is based on the presence compliance with the requirements of
or absence of total coliforms in a sam- an EPA-approved State Wellhead Pro-
ple, rather than coliform density. tection Program developed and imple-
(1) For a system which collects at mented under section 1428 of the
least 40 samples per month, if no more SDWA.
than 5.0 percent of the samples col- [54 FR 27566, June 29, 1989; 55 FR 25064, June
lected during a month are total coli- 19, 1990, as amended at 65 FR 26022, May 4,
form-positive, the system is in compli- 2000]
ance with the MCL for total coliforms.
(2) For a system which collects fewer § 141.64 Maximum contaminant levels
than 40 samples/month, if no more than for disinfection byproducts.
one sample collected during a month is (a) Bromate and chlorite. The max-
total coliform-positive, the system is imum contaminant levels (MCLs) for
in compliance with the MCL for total bromate and chlorite are as follows:
coliforms.
Disinfection byproduct MCL (mg/L)

(b) Any fecal coliform-positive repeat
sample or E. coli-positive repeat sam- Bromate ............................................................. 0.010
448
Disinfection byproduct MCL (mg/L) Disinfection byproduct Best available technology
Chlorite .............................................................. 1.0 Total trihalomethanes (TTHM) Enhanced coagulation or en-

and Haloacetic acids (five) hanced softening or
(HAA5). GAC10, with chlorine as
(1) Compliance dates for CWSs and the primary and residual
NTNCWSs. Subpart H systems serving disinfectant
10,000 or more persons must comply
with this paragraph (a) beginning Jan- (2) Subpart V—LRAA compliance. (i)
uary 1, 2002. Subpart H systems serving Compliance dates. The subpart V MCLs
fewer than 10,000 persons and systems for TTHM and HAA5 must be complied
using only ground water not under the with as a locational running annual av-
direct influence of surface water must erage at each monitoring location be-
comply with this paragraph (a) begin- ginning the date specified for subpart V
ning January 1, 2004. compliance in § 141.620(c).
(2) The Administrator, pursuant to Disinfection byproduct MCL (mg/L)
section 1412 of the Act, hereby identi-
fies the following as the best tech- Total trihalomethanes (TTHM) .......................... 0.080
Haloacetic acids (five) (HAA5) .......................... 0.060
nology, treatment techniques, or other
means available for achieving compli- (ii) The Administrator, pursuant to
ance with the maximum contaminant section 1412 of the Act, hereby identi-
levels for bromate and chlorite identifies the following as the best tech-
fied in this paragraph (a): nology, treatment techniques, or other
Disinfection means available for achieving compli-
Best available technology
byproduct ance with the maximum contaminant
levels for TTHM and HAA5 identified in
Bromate .... Control of ozone treatment process to reduce
production of bromate this paragraph (b)(2) for all systems
Chlorite ...... Control of treatment processes to reduce dis- that disinfect their source water:
infectant demand and control of disinfection
treatment processes to reduce disinfectant Disinfection byprod- Best available technology
levels uct
Total Enhanced coagulation or enhanced

(b) TTHM and HAA5. (1) Subpart L— trihalomethanes softening, plus GAC10; or nanofiltra-
RAA compliance. (i) Compliance dates. (TTHM) and tion with a molecular weight cutoff
Haloacetic acids ≤1000 Daltons; or GAC20
Subpart H systems serving 10,000 or (five) (HAA5).
more persons must comply with this
paragraph (b)(1) beginning January 1, (iii) The Administrator, pursuant to
2002. Subpart H systems serving fewer section 1412 of the Act, hereby identi-
than 10,000 persons and systems using fies the following as the best tech-
only ground water not under the direct nology, treatment techniques, or other
influence of surface water must comply means available for achieving compli-
with this paragraph (b)(1) beginning ance with the maximum contaminant
January 1, 2004. All systems must com- levels for TTHM and HAA5 identified in
ply with these MCLs until the date this paragraph (b)(2) for consecutive
specified for subpart V compliance in systems and applies only to the dis-
§ 141.620(c). infected water that consecutive sys-
tems buy or otherwise receive:
Disinfection byproduct MCL (mg/L)
Disinfection byprod- Best available technology
Total trihalomethanes (TTHM) .......................... 0.080 uct
Haloacetic acids (five) (HAA5) .......................... 0.060
Total Systems serving ≥10,000: Improved
trihalomethanes distribution system and storage tank
(ii) The Administrator, pursuant to (TTHM) and management to reduce residence
section 1412 of the Act, hereby identi- Haloacetic acids time, plus the use of chloramines for
fies the following as the best tech- (five) (HAA5). disinfectant residual maintenance
Systems serving <10,000: Improved
nology, treatment techniques, or other distribution system and storage tank
means available for achieving compli- management to reduce residence
ance with the maximum contaminant time
levels for TTHM and HAA5 identified in

this paragraph (b)(1): [71 FR 478, Jan. 4, 2006]
449
§ 141.65 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
§ 141.65 Maximum residual disinfect- ysis for radium-226 and the analysis for
ant levels. radium-228.
(a) Maximum residual disinfectant (c) MCL for gross alpha particle activ-
levels (MRDLs) are as follows: ity (excluding radon and uranium). The
maximum contaminant level for gross
Disinfectant residual MRDL (mg/L) alpha particle activity (including ra-
Chlorine ................................................ 4.0 (as Cl2). dium-226 but excluding radon and ura-
Chloramines ......................................... 4.0 (as Cl2). nium) is 15 pCi/L.
Chlorine dioxide ................................... 0.8 (as ClO2). (d) MCL for beta particle and photon
radioactivity. (1) The average annual
(b) Compliance dates—(1) CWSs and concentration of beta particle and pho-
NTNCWSs. Subpart H systems serving ton radioactivity from man-made
10,000 or more persons must comply radionuclides in drinking water must
with this section beginning January 1, not produce an annual dose equivalent
2002. Subpart H systems serving fewer
to the total body or any internal organ
than 10,000 persons and systems using
greater than 4 millirem/year (mrem/
only ground water not under the direct
year).
influence of surface water must comply
with this subpart beginning January 1, (2) Except for the radionuclides listed
2004. in table A, the concentration of man-
(2) Transient NCWSs. Subpart H sys- made radionuclides causing 4 mrem
tems serving 10,000 or more persons and total body or organ dose equivalents
using chlorine dioxide as a disinfectant must be calculated on the basis of 2
or oxidant must comply with the chlo- liter per day drinking water intake
rine dioxide MRDL beginning January using the 168 hour data list in ‘‘Max-
1, 2002. Subpart H systems serving imum Permissible Body Burdens and
fewer than 10,000 persons and using Maximum Permissible Concentrations
chlorine dioxide as a disinfectant or of Radionuclides in Air and in Water
oxidant and systems using only ground for Occupational Exposure,’’ NBS (Na-
water not under the direct influence of tional Bureau of Standards) Handbook
surface water and using chlorine diox- 69 as amended August 1963, U.S. De-
ide as a disinfectant or oxidant must partment of Commerce. This incorpo-
comply with the chlorine dioxide ration by reference was approved by
MRDL beginning January 1, 2004. the Director of the Federal Register in
(c) The Administrator, pursuant to accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1
Section 1412 of the Act, hereby identi- CFR part 51. Copies of this document
fies the following as the best tech- are available from the National Tech-
nology, treatment techniques, or other nical Information Service, NTIS ADA
means available for achieving compli- 280 282, U.S. Department of Commerce,
ance with the maximum residual dis- 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Vir-
infectant levels identified in paragraph
ginia 22161. The toll-free number is 800–
(a) of this section: control of treatment
553–6847. Copies may be inspected at
processes to reduce disinfectant de-
mand and control of disinfection treat- EPA’s Drinking Water Docket, 401 M
ment processes to reduce disinfectant Street, SW., Washington, DC 20460; or
levels. at the National Archives and Records
Administration (NARA). For informa-
[63 FR 69465, Dec. 16, 1998, as amended at 66 tion on the availability of this mate-
FR 3776, Jan. 16, 2001] rial at NARA, call 202–741–6030, or go
§ 141.66 Maximum contaminant levels to: http://www.archives.gov/
for radionuclides. federallregister/
codeloflfederallregulations/
(a) [Reserved] ibrllocations.html. If two or more
(b) MCL for combined radium-226 and radionuclides are present, the sum of
-228. The maximum contaminant level
their annual dose equivalent to the
for combined radium-226 and radium-
total body or to any organ shall not ex-
228 is 5 pCi/L. The combined radium-226
and radium-228 value is determined by ceed 4 mrem/year.

the addition of the results of the anal-
450
TABLE A—AVERAGE ANNUAL CONCENTRATIONS and compliance shall be determined in

ASSUMED TO PRODUCE: A TOTAL BODY OR accordance with the requirements of
ORGAN DOSE OF 4 MREM/YR §§ 141.25 and 141.26. Compliance with re-
1. Radionuclide ..... Critical organ ........ pCi per liter
porting requirements for the radio-
2. Tritium .............. Total body ............ 20,000 nuclides under appendix A to subpart O
3. Strontium-90 ..... Bone Marrow ........ 8 and appendices A and B to subpart Q is
required on December 8, 2003.
(e) MCL for uranium. The maximum (2) [Reserved]
contaminant level for uranium is 30 μg/ (g) Best available technologies (BATs)
L. for radionuclides. The Administrator,
(f) Compliance dates. (1) Compliance pursuant to section 1412 of the Act,
dates for combined radium-226 and -228, hereby identifies as indicated in the
gross alpha particle activity, gross following table the best technology
beta particle and photon radioactivity, available for achieving compliance
and uranium: Community water sys- with the maximum contaminant levels
tems must comply with the MCLs list- for combined radium-226 and -228, ura-
ed in paragraphs (b), (c), (d), and (e) of nium, gross alpha particle activity, and
this section beginning December 8, 2003 beta particle and photon radioactivity.
TABLE B—BAT FOR COMBINED RADIUM-226 AND RADIUM-228, URANIUM, GROSS ALPHA PARTICLE
ACTIVITY, AND BETA PARTICLE AND PHOTON RADIOACTIVITY
Contaminant BAT
1. Combined radium-226 and radium-228 .................................. Ion exchange, reverse osmosis, lime softening.
2. Uranium ................................................................................... Ion exchange, reverse osmosis, lime softening, coagulation/fil-
tration.
3. Gross alpha particle activity (excluding Radon and Uranium) Reverse osmosis.
4. Beta particle and photon radioactivity ..................................... Ion exchange, reverse osmosis.
(h) Small systems compliance technologies list for radionuclides.
TABLE C—LIST OF SMALL SYSTEMS COMPLIANCE TECHNOLOGIES FOR RADIONUCLIDES AND

LIMITATIONS TO USE
Limitations Raw water quality range and
Unit technologies (see foot- Operator skill level required 1 considerations. 1
notes)
1. Ion exchange (IE) ............................. (a) Intermediate ................................... All ground waters.
2. Point of use (POU 2) IE .................... (b) Basic .............................................. All ground waters.
3. Reverse osmosis (RO) ..................... (c) Advanced ....................................... Surface waters usually require pre-
filtration.
4. POU 2 RO ......................................... (b) Basic .............................................. Surface waters usually require pre-
filtration.
5. Lime softening .................................. (d) Advanced ....................................... All waters.
6. Green sand filtration ......................... (e) Basic.
7. Co-precipitation with Barium sulfate (f) Intermediate to Advanced .............. Ground waters with suitable water
quality.
8. Electrodialysis/electrodialysis rever- .................... Basic to Intermediate ..................... All ground waters.
sal.
9. Pre-formed hydrous Manganese (g) Intermediate ................................... All ground waters.
oxide filtration.
10. Activated alumina ........................... (a), (h) Advanced ....................................... All ground waters; competing
anion concentrations may affect
regeneration frequency.
11. Enhanced coagulation/filtration ...... (i) Advanced ....................................... Can treat a wide range of water
qualities.
1 National Research Council (NRC). Safe Water from Every Tap: Improving Water Service to Small Communities. National
Academy Press. Washington, D.C. 1997.
2 A POU, or ‘‘point-of-use’’ technology is a treatment device installed at a single tap used for the purpose of reducing contami-
nants in drinking water at that one tap. POU devices are typically installed at the kitchen tap. See the April 21, 2000 NODA for
more details.
Limitations Footnotes: Technologies for Radionuclides:
a The regeneration solution contains high concentrations of the contaminant ions. Disposal options should be carefully consid-
ered before choosing this technology.
b When POU devices are used for compliance, programs for long-term operation, maintenance, and monitoring must be pro-
vided by water utility to ensure proper performance.

c Reject water disposal options should be carefully considered before choosing this technology. See other RO limitations de-
scribed in the SWTR Compliance Technologies Table.
451
§ 141.70 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
d The combination of variable source water quality and the complexity of the water chemistry involved may make this tech-
nology too complex for small surface water systems.
e Removal efficiencies can vary depending on water quality.
f This technology may be very limited in application to small systems. Since the process requires static mixing, detention ba-
sins, and filtration, it is most applicable to systems with sufficiently high sulfate levels that already have a suitable filtration treat-
ment train in place.
g This technology is most applicable to small systems that already have filtration in place.
h Handling of chemicals required during regeneration and pH adjustment may be too difficult for small systems without an ade-
quately trained operator.
i Assumes modification to a coagulation/filtration process already in place.
TABLE D—COMPLIANCE TECHNOLOGIES BY SYSTEM SIZE CATEGORY FOR RADIONUCLIDE NPDWR’S

Compliance technologies 1 for system size categories
(population served)
Contaminant 3,300–10,000
25–500 501–3,300
1. Combined radium-226 and radium-228 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 ..... 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 ..... 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7. 8, 9.

2. Gross alpha particle activity ................... 3, 4 ................................... 3, 4 ................................... 3, 4.
3. Beta particle activity and photon activity 1, 2, 3, 4 .......................... 1, 2, 3, 4 .......................... 1, 2, 3, 4.
4. Uranium .................................................. 1, 2, 4, 10, 11 .................. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 11 .......... 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 11.
NOTE: 1 Numbers correspond to those technologies found listed in the table C of 141.66(h).
[65 FR 76748, Dec. 7, 2000]
Subpart H—Filtration and point downstream before or at the first

Disinfection customer; and
(2) At least 99.99 percent (4-log) re-
moval and/or inactivation of viruses
SOURCE: 54 FR 27527, June 29, 1989, unless
otherwise noted. between a point where the raw water is
not subject to recontamination by sur-
§ 141.70 General requirements. face water runoff and a point down-
stream before or at the first customer.
(a) The requirements of this subpart
H constitute national primary drinking (b) A public water system using a
water regulations. These regulations surface water source or a ground water
establish criteria under which filtra- source under the direct influence of
tion is required as a treatment tech- surface water is considered to be in
nique for public water systems supplied compliance with the requirements of
by a surface water source and public paragraph (a) of this section if:
water systems supplied by a ground (1) It meets the requirements for
water source under the direct influence avoiding filtration in § 141.71 and the
of surface water. In addition, these reg- disinfection requirements in § 141.72(a);
ulations establish treatment technique or
requirements in lieu of maximum con- (2) It meets the filtration require-
taminant levels for the following con- ments in § 141.73 and the disinfection
taminants: Giardia lamblia, viruses, requirements in § 141.72(b).
heterotrophic plate count bacteria, (c) Each public water system using a
Legionella, and turbidity. Each public surface water source or a ground water
water system with a surface water source under the direct influence of
source or a ground water source under surface water must be operated by
the direct influence of surface water qualified personnel who meet the re-
must provide treatment of that source quirements specified by the State.
water that complies with these treat- (d) Additional requirements for systems
ment technique requirements. The serving at least 10,000 people. In addition
treatment technique requirements con- to complying with requirements in this
sist of installing and properly oper- subpart, systems serving at least 10,000
ating water treatment processes which people must also comply with the re-
reliably achieve: quirements in subpart P of this part.
(1) At least 99.9 percent (3-log) re- (e) Additional requirements for systems
moval and/or inactivation of Giardia serving fewer than 10,000 people. In addi-
lamblia cysts between a point where the tion to complying with requirements in
raw water is not subject to recontami- this subpart, systems serving fewer
nation by surface water runoff and a than 10,000 people must also comply
452
with the requirements in subpart T of fecal and total coliforms, the fecal coli-
this part. form criterion, but not the total coli-
[54 FR 27527, June 29, 1989, as amended at 63
form criterion, in this paragraph must
FR 69516, Dec. 16, 1998; 67 FR 1836, Jan. 14, be met.
2002] (2) The turbidity level cannot exceed
5 NTU (measured as specified in § 141.74
§ 141.71 Criteria for avoiding filtra- (a)(1) and (b)(2)) in representative sam-
tion. ples of the source water immediately
A public water system that uses a prior to the first or only point of dis-
surface water source must meet all of infectant application unless: (i) the
the conditions of paragraphs (a) and (b) State determines that any such event
of this section, and is subject to para- was caused by circumstances that were
graph (c) of this section, beginning De- unusual and unpredictable; and (ii) as a
cember 30, 1991, unless the State has result of any such event, there have
determined, in writing pursuant to not been more than two events in the
§ 1412(b)(7)(C)(iii), that filtration is re- past 12 months the system served
quired. A public water system that water to the public, or more than five
uses a ground water source under the events in the past 120 months the sys-
direct influence of surface water must tem served water to the public, in
meet all of the conditions of para- which the turbidity level exceeded 5
graphs (a) and (b) of this section and is NTU. An ‘‘event’’ is a series of consecu-
subject to paragraph (c) of this section, tive days during which at least one tur-
beginning 18 months after the State de- bidity measurement each day exceeds 5
termines that it is under the direct in- NTU.
fluence of surface water, or December (b) Site-specific conditions. (1)(i) The
30, 1991, whichever is later, unless the public water system must meet the re-
State has determined, in writing pursu- quirements of § 141.72(a)(1) at least 11 of
ant to § 1412(b)(7)(C)(iii), that filtration the 12 previous months that the system
is required. If the State determines in served water to the public, on an ongo-
writing pursuant to § 1412(b)(7)(C)(iii) ing basis, unless the system fails to
before December 30, 1991, that filtra- meet the requirements during 2 of the
tion is required, the system must have 12 previous months that the system
installed filtration and meet the cri- served water to the public, and the
teria for filtered systems specified in State determines that at least one of
§§ 141.72(b) and 141.73 by June 29, 1993. these failures was caused by cir-
Within 18 months of the failure of a cumstances that were unusual and un-
system using surface water or a ground predictable.
water source under the direct influence (ii) The public water system must
of surface water to meet any one of the meet the requirements of § 141.72(a)(2)
requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) at all times the system serves water to
of this section or after June 29, 1993, the public.
whichever is later, the system must (iii) The public water system must
have installed filtration and meet the meet the requirements of § 141.72(a)(3)
criteria for filtered systems specified at all times the system serves water to
in §§ 141.72(b) and 141.73. the public unless the State determines
(a) Source water quality conditions. (1) that any such failure was caused by
The fecal coliform concentration must circumstances that were unusual and
be equal to or less than 20/100 ml, or the unpredictable.
total coliform concentration must be (iv) The public water system must
equal to or less than 100/100 ml (meas- meet the requirements of § 141.72(a)(4)
ured as specified in § 141.74 (a) (1) and on an ongoing basis unless the State
(2) and (b)(1)), in representative sam- determines that failure to meet these
ples of the source water immediately requirements was not caused by a defi-
prior to the first or only point of dis- ciency in treatment of the source
infectant application in at least 90 per- water.
cent of the measurements made for the (2) The public water system must
6 previous months that the system maintain a watershed control program
served water to the public on an ongo- which minimizes the potential for con-
ing basis. If a system measures both tamination by Giardia lamblia cysts and
453
§ 141.71 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
viruses in the source water. The State experience and knowledge about the
must determine whether the watershed operation and maintenance of a public
control program is adequate to meet water system, and who have a sound
this goal. The adequacy of a program understanding of public health prin-
to limit potential contamination by ciples and waterborne diseases. A re-
Giardia lamblia cysts and viruses must port of the on-site inspection summa-
be based on: the comprehensiveness of rizing all findings must be prepared
the watershed review; the effectiveness every year. The on-site inspection
of the system’s program to monitor must indicate to the State’s satisfac-
and control detrimental activities oc- tion that the watershed control pro-
curring in the watershed; and the ex- gram and disinfection treatment proc-
tent to which the water system has ess are adequately designed and main-
maximized land ownership and/or contained. The on-site inspection must in-
trolled land use within the watershed. clude:
At a minimum, the watershed control (i) A review of the effectiveness of
program must: the watershed control program;
(i) Characterize the watershed hy- (ii) A review of the physical condi-
drology and land ownership; tion of the source intake and how well
(ii) Identify watershed characteris- it is protected;
tics and activities which may have an (iii) A review of the system’s equip-
adverse effect on source water quality; ment maintenance program to ensure
and there is low probability for failure of
(iii) Monitor the occurrence of activi- the disinfection process;
ties which may have an adverse effect (iv) An inspection of the disinfection
on source water quality. equipment for physical deterioration;
The public water system must dem- (v) A review of operating procedures;
onstrate through ownership and/or (vi) A review of data records to en-
written agreements with landowners sure that all required tests are being
within the watershed that it can con- conducted and recorded and disinfec-
trol all human activities which may tion is effectively practiced; and
have an adverse impact on the micro- (vii) Identification of any improve-
biological quality of the source water. ments which are needed in the equip-
The public water system must submit ment, system maintenance and oper-
an annual report to the State that ation, or data collection.
identifies any special concerns about (4) The public water system must not
the watershed and how they are being have been identified as a source of a
handled; describes activities in the wa- waterborne disease outbreak, or if it
tershed that affect water quality; and has been so identified, the system must
projects what adverse activities are ex- have been modified sufficiently to pre-
pected to occur in the future and de- vent another such occurrence, as deter-
scribes how the public water system mined by the State.
expects to address them. For systems (5) The public water system must
using a ground water source under the comply with the maximum contami-
direct influence of surface water, an nant level (MCL) for total coliforms in
approved wellhead protection program § 141.63 at least 11 months of the 12 pre-
developed under section 1428 of the Safe vious months that the system served
Drinking Water Act may be used, if the water to the public, on an ongoing
State deems it appropriate, to meet basis, unless the State determines that
these requirements. failure to meet this requirement was
(3) The public water system must be not caused by a deficiency in treat-
subject to an annual on-site inspection ment of the source water.
to assess the watershed control pro- (6) The public water system must
gram and disinfection treatment proc- comply with the requirements for
ess. Either the State or a party ap- trihalomethanes in §§ 141.12 and 141.30
proved by the State must conduct the until December 31, 2001. After Decem-
on-site inspection. The inspection must ber 31, 2001, the system must comply
be conducted by competent individuals with the requirements for total
such as sanitary and civil engineers, trihalomethanes, haloacetic acids

sanitarians, or technicians who have (five), bromate, chlorite, chlorine,
454
chloramines, and chlorine dioxide in graph (b) of this section beginnng June
subpart L of this part. 29, 1993, or beginning when filtration is
(c) Treatment technique violations. (1) installed, whichever is later. A system
A system that (i) fails to meet any one that uses a ground water source under
of the criteria in paragraphs (a) and (b) the direct influence of surface water
of this section and/or which the State and provides filtration treatment must
has determined that filtration is re- provide disinfection treatment as spec-
quired, in writing pursuant to ified in paragraph (b) of this section by
§ 1412(b)(7)(C)(iii), and (ii) fails to in- June 29, 1993, or beginning when filtra-
stall filtration by the date specified in tion is installed, whichever is later.
the introductory paragraph of this sec- Failure to meet any requirement of
tion is in violation of a treatment tech- this section after the applicable date
nique requirement. specified in this introductory para-
(2) A system that has not installed graph is a treatment technique viola-
filtration is in violation of a treatment tion.
technique requirement if: (a) Disinfection requirements for public
(i) The turbidity level (measured as water systems that do not provide filtra-
specified in § 141.74(a)(1) and (b)(2)) in a tion. Each public water system that
representative sample of the source does not provide filtration treatment
water immediately prior to the first or must provide disinfection treatment as
only point of disinfection application follows:
exceeds 5 NTU; or (1) The disinfection treatment must
(ii) The system is identified as a be sufficient to ensure at least 99.9 per-
source of a waterborne disease out- cent (3-log) inactivation of Giardia
break. lamblia cysts and 99.99 percent (4-log)
[54 FR 27527, June 29, 1989, as amended at 63 inactivation of viruses, every day the
FR 69516, Dec. 16, 1998; 66 FR 3776, Jan. 16, system serves water to the public, ex-
2001; 69 FR 38855, June 29, 2004] cept any one day each month. Each day
a system serves water to the public,
§ 141.72 Disinfection. the public water system must calculate
A public water system that uses a the CT value(s) from the system’s
surface water source and does not pro- treatment parameters, using the proce-
vide filtration treatment must provide dure specified in § 141.74(b)(3), and de-
the disinfection treatment specified in termine whether this value(s) is suffi-
paragraph (a) of this section beginning cient to achieve the specified inactiva-
December 30, 1991, unless the State de- tion rates for Giardia lamblia cysts and
termines that filtration is required in viruses. If a system uses a disinfectant
writing pursuant to § 1412 (b)(7)(C)(iii). other than chlorine, the system may
A public water system that uses a demonstrate to the State, through the
ground water source under the direct use of a State-approved protocol for on-
influence of surface water and does not site disinfection challenge studies or
provide filtration treatment must pro- other information satisfactory to the
vide disinfection treatment specified in State, that CT99.9 values other than
paragraph (a) of this section beginning those specified in tables 2.1 and 3.1 in
December 30, 1991, or 18 months after § 141.74(b)(3) or other operational pa-
the State determines that the ground rameters are adequate to demonstrate
water source is under the influence of that the system is achieving minimum
surface water, whichever is later, un- inactivation rates required by para-
less the State has determined that fil- graph (a)(1) of this section.
tration is required in writing pursuant (2) The disinfection system must
to § 1412(b)(7)(C)(iii). If the State has have either (i) redundant components,
determined that filtration is required, including an auxiliary power supply
the system must comply with any in- with automatic start-up and alarm to
terim disinfection requirements the ensure that disinfectant application is
State deems necessary before filtration maintained continuously while water
is installed. A system that uses a sur- is being delivered to the distribution
face water source that provides filtra- system, or (ii) automatic shut-off of de-
tion treatment must provide the dis- livery of water to the distribution sys-
infection treatment specified in para- tem whenever there is less than 0.2 mg/
455
§ 141.72 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
l of residual disinfectant concentration tem is providing adequate disinfection

in the water. If the State determines in the distribution system, the require-
that automatic shut-off would cause ments of paragraph (a)(4)(i) of this sec-
unreasonable risk to health or inter- tion do not apply to that system.
fere with fire protection, the system (b) Disinfection requirements for public
must comply with paragraph (a)(2)(i) of water systems which provide filtration.
this section. Each public water system that provides
(3) The residual disinfectant con- filtration treatment must provide dis-
centration in the water entering the infection treatment as follows.
distribution system, measured as speci- (1) The disinfection treatment must
fied in § 141.74 (a)(2) and (b)(5), cannot be sufficient to ensure that the total
be less than 0.2 mg/l for more than 4 treatment processes of that system
hours. achieve at least 99.9 percent (3-log) in-
(4)(i) The residual disinfectant con- activation and/or removal of Giardia
centration in the distribution system, lamblia cysts and at least 99.99 percent
measured as total chlorine, combined (4-log) inactivation and/or removal of
chlorine, or chlorine dioxide, as speci- viruses, as determined by the State.
fied in § 141.74 (a)(2) and (b)(6), cannot (2) The residual disinfectant con-
be undetectable in more than 5 percent centration in the water entering the
of the samples each month, for any two distribution system, measured as speci-
consecutive months that the system fied in § 141.74 (a)(2) and (c)(2), cannot
serves water to the public. Water in the
be less than 0.2 mg/l for more than 4
distribution system with a
hours.
heterotrophic bacteria concentration
(3)(i) The residual disinfectant con-
less than or equal to 500/ml, measured
centration in the distribution system,
as heterotrophic plate count (HPC) as
measured as total chlorine, combined
specified in § 141.74(a)(1), is deemed to
chlorine, or chlorine dioxide, as speci-
have a detectable disinfectant residual
fied in § 141.74 (a)(2) and (c)(3), cannot
for purposes of determining compliance
be undetectable in more than 5 percent
with this requirement. Thus, the value
of the samples each month, for any two
‘‘V’’ in the following formula cannot
consecutive months that the system
exceed 5 percent in one month, for any
serves water to the public. Water in the
two consecutive months.
distribution system with a
c+d+e heterotrophic bacteria concentration
V= ×100 less than or equal to 500/ml, measured
a+b as heterotrophic plate count (HPC) as
where: specified in § 141.74(a)(1), is deemed to
a=number of instances where the residual have a detectable disinfectant residual
disinfectant concentration is measured; for purposes of determining compliance
b=number of instances where the residual with this requirement. Thus, the value
disinfectant concentration is not measured ‘‘V’’ in the following formula cannot
but heterotrophic bacteria plate count
exceed 5 percent in one month, for any
(HPC) is measured;
c=number of instances where the residual two consecutive months.
disinfectant concentration is measured but
not detected and no HPC is measured; c+d+e
d=number of instances where the residual V= ×100
disinfectant concentration is measured but a+b
not detected and where the HPC is >500/ml; where:
and a=number of instances where the residual
e=number of instances where the residual disinfectant concentration is measured;
disinfectant concentration is not measured b=number of instances where the residual
and HPC is >500/ml. disinfectant concentration is not measured
(ii) If the State determines, based on but heterotrophic bacteria plate count
(HPC) is measured;
site-specific considerations, that a sys-
c=number of instances where the residual
tem has no means for having a sample disinfectant concentration is measured but
transported and analyzed for HPC by a not detected and no HPC is measured;
EC15NO91.132</MATH>
certified laboratory under the requisite

d=number of instances where no residual dis-

time and temperature conditions speci- infectant concentration is detected and
fied by § 141.74(a)(1) and that the sys- where the HPC is >500/ml; and
456
EC15NO91.131</MATH>
e=number of instances where the residual taken each month, measured as speci-
disinfectant concentration is not measured fied in § 141.74 (a)(1) and (c)(1).
and HPC is >500/ml. (2) The turbidity level of representa-
(ii) If the State determines, based on tive samples of a system’s filtered
site-specific considerations, that a sys- water must at no time exceed 5 NTU,
tem has no means for having a sample measured as specified in § 141.74 (a)(1)
transported and analyzed for HPC by a and (c)(1).
certified laboratory under the requisite (3) Beginning January 1, 2002, sys-
time and temperature conditions speci- tems serving at least 10,000 people must
fied in § 141.74(a)(1) and that the system meet the turbidity requirements in
is providing adequate disinfection in § 141.173(a).
the distribution system, the require- (4) Beginning January 1, 2005, sys-
ments of paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this sec- tems serving fewer than 10,000 people
tion do not apply. must meet the turbidity requirements
in §§ 141.550 through 141.553.
[54 FR 27527, June 29, 1989, as amended at 69 (b) Slow sand filtration. (1) For sys-
FR 38855, June 29, 2004] tems using slow sand filtration, the
turbidity level of representative sam-
§ 141.73 Filtration.
ples of a system’s filtered water must
A public water system that uses a be less than or equal to 1 NTU in at
surface water source or a ground water least 95 percent of the measurements
source under the direct influence of taken each month, measured as speci-
surface water, and does not meet all of fied in § 141.74 (a)(1) and (c)(1), except
the criteria in § 141.71 (a) and (b) for that if the State determines there is no
avoiding filtration, must provide treat- significant interference with disinfec-
ment consisting of both disinfection, as tion at a higher turbidity level, the
specified in § 141.72(b), and filtration State may substitute this higher tur-
treatment which complies with the re- bidity limit for that system.
quirements of paragraph (a), (b), (c), (2) The turbidity level of representa-
(d), or (e) of this section by June 29, tive samples of a system’s filtered
1993, or within 18 months of the failure water must at no time exceed 5 NTU,
to meet any one of the criteria for measured as specified in § 141.74 (a)(1)
avoiding filtration in § 141.71 (a) and and (c)(1).
(b), whichever is later. Failure to meet (c) Diatomaceous earth filtration. (1)
any requirement of this section after For systems using diatomaceous earth
the date specified in this introductory filtration, the turbidity level of rep-
paragraph is a treatment technique resentative samples of a system’s fil-
violation. tered water must be less than or equal
(a) Conventional filtration treatment or to 1 NTU in at least 95 percent of the
direct filtration. (1) For systems using measurements taken each month,
conventional filtration or direct filtra- measured as specified in § 141.74 (a)(1)
tion, the turbidity level of representa- and (c)(1).
tive samples of a system’s filtered (2) The turbidity level of representa-
water must be less than or equal to 0.5 tive samples of a system’s filtered
NTU in at least 95 percent of the meas- water must at no time exceed 5 NTU,
urements taken each month, measured measured as specified in § 141.74 (a)(1)
as specified in § 141.74 (a)(1) and (c)(1), and (c)(1).
except that if the State determines (d) Other filtration technologies. A pub-
that the system is capable of achieving lic water system may use a filtration
at least 99.9 percent removal and/or in- technology not listed in paragraphs (a)
activation of Giardia lamblia cysts at through (c) of this section if it dem-
some turbidity level higher than 0.5 onstrates to the State, using pilot
NTU in at least 95 percent of the meas- plant studies or other means, that the
urements taken each month, the State alternative filtration technology, in
may substitute this higher turbidity combination with disinfection treat-
limit for that system. However, in no ment that meets the requirements of
case may the State approve a turbidity § 141.72(b), consistently achieves 99.9
limit that allows more than 1 NTU in percent removal and/or inactivation of
more than 5 percent of the samples Giardia lamblia cysts and 99.99 percent
457
§ 141.74 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
removal and/or inactivation of viruses. mental Microbiology, Volume 54, pp.

For a system that makes this dem- 1595–1601, June 1988 (as amended under
onstration, the requirements of para- Erratum, Applied and Environmental
graph (b) of this section apply. Begin- Microbiology, Volume 54, p. 3197, De-
ning January 1, 2002, systems serving cember, 1988), may be obtained from
at least 10,000 people must meet the re- the American Water Works Association
quirements for other filtration tech- Research Foundation, 6666 West Quincy
nologies in § 141.173(b). Beginning Janu- Avenue, Denver, Colorado, 80235; and
ary 14, 2005, systems serving fewer than copies of the Indigo Method as set forth
10,000 people must meet the require- in the article ‘‘Determination of Ozone
ments for other filtration technologies in Water by the Indigo Method’’ (Bader
in § 141.550 through 141.553. and Hoigne), may be obtained from
[54 FR 27527, June 29, 1989, as amended at 63 Ozone Science & Engineering,
FR 69516, Dec. 16, 1998; 66 FR 3776, Jan. 16, Pergamon Press Ltd., Fairview Park,
2001; 67 FR 1836, Jan. 14, 2002; 69 FR 38855, Elmsford, New York 10523. Copies may
June 29, 2004] be inspected at the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Room EB15, 401 M
§ 141.74 Analytical and monitoring re- St., SW., Washington, DC 20460 or at
quirements. the National Archives and Records Ad-
(a) Analytical requirements. Only the ministration (NARA). For information
analytical method(s) specified in this on the availability of this material at
paragraph, or otherwise approved by NARA, call 202–741–6030, or go to: http://
EPA, may be used to demonstrate com- www.archives.gov/federallregister/
pliance with §§ 141.71, 141.72 and 141.73. codeloflfederallregulations/
Measurements for pH, turbidity, tem- ibrllocations.html.
perature and residual disinfectant con- (1) Public water systems must con-
centrations must be conducted by a duct analysis of pH and temperature in
person approved by the State. Measure- accordance with one of the methods
ment for total coliforms, fecal coli- listed at § 141.23(k)(1). Public water sys-
forms and HPC must be conducted by a tems must conduct analysis of total
laboratory certified by the State or coliforms, fecal coliforms,
EPA to do such analysis. Until labora- heterotrophic bacteria, and turbidity
tory certification criteria are devel- in accordance with one of the following
oped for the analysis of fecal coliforms analytical methods or one of the alter-
and HPC, any laboratory certified for native methods listed in appendix A to
total coliforms analysis by the State or subpart C of this part and by using ana-
EPA is deemed certified for fecal coli- lytical test procedures contained in
forms and HPC analysis. The following Technical Notes on Drinking Water Meth-
procedures shall be conducted in ac- ods, EPA–600/R–94–173, October 1994.
cordance with the publications listed This document is available from the
in the following section. This incorpo- National Service Center for Environ-
ration by reference was approved by mental Publications (NSCEP), P.O. Box
the Director of the Federal Register in 42419, Cincinnati, OH 45242–0419 or
accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 http://www.epa.gov/nscep/.
CFR part 51. Copies of the methods
Organism Methodology Citation 1
published in Standard Methods for the
Examination of Water and Wastewater Total Coliform 2 ..... Total Coliform Fer- 9221 A, B, C
may be obtained from the American mentation Tech-
Public Health Association et al., 1015 nique 3,4,5.
Total Coliform 9222 A, B, C
Fifteenth Street, NW., Washington, DC Membrane Filter
20005; copies of the Minimal Medium Technique 6.
ONPG-MUG Method as set forth in the ONPG-MUG Test 7 9223
Fecal Coliforms 2 ... Fecal Coliform 9221 E
article ‘‘National Field Evaluation of a Procedure 8.
Defined Substrate Method for the Si- Fecal Coliform Fil- 9222 D
multaneous Enumeration of Total Coli- ter Procedure.
forms and Esherichia coli from Drinking Heterotrophic bac- Pour Plate Method 9215 B
teria 2.
Water: Comparison with the Standard
SimPlate 11.
Multiple Tube Fermentation Method’’ Turbidity 13 ............. Nephelometric 2130 B
(Edberg et al.), Applied and Environ- Method.
458
9 ‘‘Methods for the Determination of Inorganic Substances in
Organism Methodology Citation 1
Environmental Samples’’, EPA/600/R–93/100, August 1993.
Available at NTIS, PB94–121811.
Nephelometric 180.1 9 10 GLI Method 2, ‘‘Turbidity,’’ November 2, 1992, Great
Method. Lakes Instruments, Inc., 8855 North 55th Street, Milwaukee,
Great Lakes In- Method 2 10 WI 53223.
11 A description of the SimPlate method, ‘‘IDEXX SimPlate
struments.
Hach FilterTrak .... 10133 12 TM HPC Test Method for Heterotrophs in Water,’’ November
2000, can be obtained from IDEXX Laboratories, Inc., 1
The procedures shall be done in accordance with the docu- IDEXX Drive, Westbrook, ME 04092, telephone (800) 321–
ments listed below. The incorporation by reference of the fol- 0207.
12 A description of the Hach FilterTrak Method 10133, ‘‘De-
lowing documents listed in footnotes 1, 6, 7 and 9–12 was ap-
proved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance termination of Turbidity by Laser Nephelometry,’’ January
with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies of the docu- 2000, Revision 2.0, can be obtained from; Hach Co., P.O.
ments may be obtained from the sources listed below. Infor- Box 389, Loveland, CO 80539–0389, telephone: 800–227–
mation regarding obtaining these documents can be obtained 4224.
13 Styrene divinyl benzene beads (e.g., AMCO-AEPA–1 or
from the Safe Drinking Water Hotline at 800–426–4791. Doc-
uments may be inspected at EPA’s Drinking Water Docket, equivalent) and stabilized formazin (e.g., Hach StablCal TM or
1301 Constitution Avenue, NW., EPA West, Room B102, equivalent) are acceptable substitutes for formazin.
Washington DC 20460 (Telephone: 202–566–2426); or at the
National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For in- (2) Public water systems must meas-
formation on the availability of this material at NARA, call ure residual disinfectant concentra-
202–741–6030, or go to: http://www.archives.gov/
federallregister/codeloflfederallregulations/ tions with one of the analytical meth-
ibrllocations.html.
1 Except where noted, all methods refer to Standard Meth-
ods in the following table or one of the
ods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 18th edi- alternative methods listed in appendix
tion (1992), 19th edition (1995), or 20th edition (1998), Amer- A to subpart C of this part. If approved
ican Public Health Association, 1015 Fifteenth Street, NW.,
Washington, DC 20005. The cited methods published in any by the State, residual disinfectant con-
of these three editions may be used. In addition, the following centrations for free chlorine and com-
online versions may also be used: 2130 B–01, 9215 B–00,
9221 A, B, C, E–99, 9222 A, B, C, D–97, and 9223 B–97. bined chlorine also may be measured
Standard Methods Online are available at http:// by using DPD colorimetric test kits. In
www.standardmethods.org. The year in which each method
was approved by the Standard Methods Committee is des- addition States may approve the use of
ignated by the last two digits in the method number. The the ITS free chlorine test strip for the
methods listed are the only Online versions that may be used.
2 The time from sample collection to initiation of analysis determination of free chlorine. Use of
may not exceed 8 hours. Systems must hold samples below the test strips is described in Method
10 deg. C during transit. D99–003, ‘‘Free Chlorine Species (HOCl¥
3 Lactose broth, as commercially available, may be used in
lieu of lauryl tryptose broth, if the system conducts at least 25 and OCl¥) by Test Strip,’’ Revision 3.0,
parallel tests between this medium and lauryl tryptose broth November 21, 2003, available from In-
using the water normally tested, and this comparison dem-
onstrates that the false-positive rate and false-negative rate dustrial Test Systems, Inc., 1875
for total coliform, using lactose broth, is less than 10 percent. Langston St., Rock Hill, SC 29730. Free
4 Media should cover inverted tubes at least one-half to two-
thirds after the sample is added. and total chlorine residuals may be
5 No requirement exists to run the completed phase on 10 measured continuously by adapting a
percent of all total coliform-positive confirmed tubes.
6 MI agar also may be used. Preparation and use of MI specified chlorine residual method for
agar is set forth in the article, ‘‘New medium for the simulta- use with a continuous monitoring in-
neous detection of total coliform and Escherichia coli in water’’ strument provided the chemistry, accu-
by Brenner, K.P., et. al., 1993, Appl. Environ. Microbiol.
59:3534–3544. Also available from the Office of Water Re- racy, and precision remain the same.
source Center (RC–4100T), 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW., Instruments used for continuous moni-
Washington DC 20460, EPA/600/J–99/225. Verification of
colonies is not required. toring must be calibrated with a grab
7 The ONPG-MUG Test is also known as the Autoanalysis
sample measurement at least every
Colilert System.
8 A–1 broth may be held up to 7 days in a tightly closed five days, or with a protocol approved
screw cap tube at 4 °C. by the State.
459
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Residual Methodology SM 1 SM Online 2 Other
Free Chlorine .......................... Amperometric Titration .......................................................... 4500–Cl D ............................. 4500–Cl D–00 ....................... D1253–03 3
07:41 Sep 01, 2011

DPD Ferrous Titrimetric ........................................................ 4500–Cl F .............................. 4500–Cl F–00.
DPD Colorimetric ................................................................... 4500–Cl G ............................. 4500–Cl G–00.
§ 141.74
Syringaldazine (FACTS) ........................................................ 4500–Cl H ............................. 4500–Cl H–00.
Total Chlorine ......................... Amperometric Titration .......................................................... 4500–Cl D ............................. 4500–Cl D–00 ....................... D1253–03 3
Amperometric Titration (low level measurement) ................. 4500–Cl E .............................. 4500–Cl E–00.
Jkt 223166
DPD Ferrous Titrimetric ........................................................ 4500–Cl F .............................. 4500–Cl F–00.
DPD Colorimetric ................................................................... 4500–Cl G ............................. 4500–Cl G–00.
Iodometric Electrode ............................................................. 4500–Cl I ............................... 4500–Cl I–00.
Chlorine Dioxide ..................... Amperometric Titration .......................................................... 4500–ClO2 C ......................... 4500–ClO2 C–00.
PO 00000
DPD Method .......................................................................... 4500–ClO2 D.
Amperometric Titration .......................................................... 4500–ClO2 E ......................... 4500–ClO2 E–00.
Spectrophotometric ............................................................... ................................................ ................................................ 327.0, Revision 1.1 4
Ozone ..................................... Indigo Method ........................................................................ 4500–O3 B ............................. 4500–O3 B–97.
1 All the listed methods are contained in the 18th, 19th, and 20th editions of Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 1992, 1995, and 1998; the cited methods
Frm 00470
published in any of these three editions may be used.
2 Standard Methods Online are available at http://www.standardmethods.org. The year in which each method was approved by the Standard Methods Committee is designated by the last
two digits in the method number. The methods listed are the only Online versions that may be used.
3 Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Vol. 11.01, 2004 ; ASTM International; any year containing the cited version of the method may be used. Copies of this method may be obtained from
ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700 West Conshohocken, PA 19428–2959.
Fmt 8010
4 EPA Method 327.0, Revision 1.1, ‘‘Determination of Chlorine Dioxide and Chlorite Ion in Drinking Water Using Lissamine Green B and Horseradish Peroxidase with Detection by Visible
Spectrophotometry,’’ USEPA, May 2005, EPA 815–R–05–008. Available online at http://www.epa.gov/safewater/methods/sourcalt.html.
460
Sfmt 8002
Y:\SGML\223166.XXX
223166
(b) Monitoring requirements for systems (2) Turbidity measurements as re-

that do not provide filtration. A public quired by § 141.71(a)(2) must be per-
water system that uses a surface water formed on representative grab samples
source and does not provide filtration of source water immediately prior to
treatment must begin monitoring, as the first or only point of disinfectant
specified in this paragraph (b), begin- application every four hours (or more
ning December 31, 1990, unless the frequently) that the system serves
State has determined that filtration is water to the public. A public water sys-
required in writing pursuant to tem may substitute continuous tur-
§ 1412(b)(7)(C)(iii), in which case the bidity monitoring for grab sample
State may specify alternative moni- monitoring if it validates the contin-
toring requirements, as appropriate,
uous measurement for accuracy on a
until filtration is in place. A public
regular basis using a protocol approved
water system that uses a ground water
source under the direct influence of by the State.
surface water and does not provide fil- (3) The total inactivation ratio for
tration treatment must begin moni- each day that the system is in oper-
toring as specified in this paragraph (b) ation must be determined based on the
beginning December 31, 1990, or 6 CT99.9 values in tables 1.1–1.6, 2.1, and
months after the State determines that 3.1 of this section, as appropriate. The
the ground water source is under the parameters necessary to determine the
direct influence of surface water, total inactivation ratio must be mon-
whichever is later, unless the State has itored as follows:
determined that filtration is required (i) The temperature of the disinfected
in writing pursuant to water must be measured at least once
§ 1412(b)(7)(C)(iii), in which case the per day at each residual disinfectant
State may specify alternative moni- concentration sampling point.
toring requirements, as appropriate, (ii) If the system uses chlorine, the
until filtration is in place. pH of the disinfected water must be
(1) Fecal coliform or total coliform measured at least once per day at each
density measurements as required by chlorine residual disinfectant con-
§ 141.71(a)(1) must be performed on rep- centration sampling point.
resentative source water samples im-
(iii) The disinfectant contact time(s)
mediately prior to the first or only
point of disinfectant application. The (‘‘T’’) must be determined for each day
system must sample for fecal or total during peak hourly flow.
coliforms at the following minimum (iv) The residual disinfectant con-
frequency each week the system serves centration(s) (‘‘C’’) of the water before
water to the public: or at the first customer must be meas-
ured each day during peak hourly flow.
Samples/ (v) If a system uses a disinfectant
System size (persons served) week 1
other than chlorine, the system may
≤500 ....................................................................... 1 demonstrate to the State, through the
501 to 3,300 .......................................................... 2
3,301 to 10,000 ..................................................... 3 use of a State-approved protocol for on-
10,001 to 25,000 ................................................... 4 site disinfection challenge studies or
>25,000 .................................................................. 5 other information satisfactory to the
1 Must be taken on separate days. State, that CT99.9 values other than
those specified in tables 2.1 and 3.1 in
Also, one fecal or total coliform den- this section other operational param-
sity measurement must be made every eters are adequate to demonstrate that
day the system serves water to the the system is achieving the minimum
public and the turbidity of the source
inactivation rates required by
water exceeds 1 NTU (these samples
§ 141.72(a)(1).
count towards the weekly coliform
sampling requirement) unless the State
determines that the system, for
logistical reasons outside the system’s
control, cannot have the sample ana-

lyzed within 30 hours of collection.
461
§ 141.74 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
TABLE 1.1—CT VALUES (CT99.9) FOR 99.9 PER- TABLE 1.3—CT VALUES (CT 99.9) FOR 99.9
CENT INACTIVATION OF GIARDIA LAMBLIA PERCENT INACTIVATION OF GIARDIA LAMBLIA
CYSTS BY FREE CHLORINE AT 0.5 °C OR CYSTS BY FREE CHLORINE AT 10.0 °C 1—
LOWER 1 Continued
Resid- pH Free pH
ual resid-
(mg/l) ≤6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 ≤9.0 ual ≤6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 ≤9.0
(mg/l)
≤0.4 ... 137 163 195 237 277 329 390
0.6 ..... 141 168 200 239 286 342 407 1.2 .. 80 95 114 137 166 200 240
0.8 ..... 145 172 205 246 295 354 422 1.4 .. 82 98 116 140 170 206 247
1.0 ..... 148 176 210 253 304 365 437 1.6 .. 83 99 119 144 174 211 253
1.2 ..... 152 180 215 259 313 376 451 1.8 .. 86 101 122 147 179 215 259
1.4 ..... 155 184 221 266 321 387 464 2.0 .. 87 104 124 150 182 221 265
1.6 ..... 157 189 226 273 329 397 477 2.2 .. 89 105 127 153 186 225 271
1.8 ..... 162 193 231 279 338 407 489 2.4 .. 90 107 129 157 190 230 276
2.0 ..... 165 197 236 286 346 417 500 2.6 .. 92 110 131 160 194 234 281
2.2 ..... 169 201 242 297 353 426 511 2.8 .. 93 111 134 163 197 239 287
2.4 ..... 172 205 247 298 361 435 522 3.0 .. 95 113 137 166 201 243 292
2.6 ..... 175 209 252 304 368 444 533 1 These CT values achieve greater than a 99.99 percent in-
2.8 ..... 178 213 257 310 375 452 543
activation of viruses. CT values between the indicated pH val-
3.0 ..... 181 217 261 316 382 460 552 ues may be determined by linear interpolation. CT values be-
1 These CT values achieve greater than a 99.99 percent in- tween the indicated temperatures of different tables may be
determined by linear interpolation. If no interpolation is used,
activation of viruses. CT values between the indicated pH val- use the CT99.9 value at the lower temperature, and at the
ues may be determined by linear interpolation. CT values be- higher pH.
tween the indicated temperatures of different tables may be
use the CT99.9 value at the lower temperature and at the high- TABLE 1.4—CT VALUES (CT 99.9) FOR 99.9
er pH.
PERCENT INACTIVATION OF GIARDIA LAMBLIA
TABLE 1.2—CT VALUES (CT 99.9) FOR 99.9 CYSTS BY FREE CHLORINE AT 15.0 °C 1
PERCENT INACTIVATION OF GIARDIA LAMBLIA Free pH
CYSTS BY FREE CHLORINE AT 5.0 °C 1 resid-
ual ≤6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 ≤9.0
(mg/l)
Free pH
resid-
ual ≤0.4 ... 49 59 70 83 99 118 140
≤6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 ≤9.0 0.6 .. 50 60 72 86 102 122 146
(mg/l)
0.8 .. 52 61 73 88 105 126 151
≤0.4 ... 97 117 139 166 198 236 279 1.0 .. 53 63 75 90 108 130 156
0.6 .. 100 120 143 171 204 244 291 1.2 .. 54 64 76 92 111 134 160
0.8 .. 103 122 146 175 210 252 301 1.4 .. 55 65 78 94 114 137 165
1.0 .. 105 125 149 179 216 260 312 1.6 .. 56 66 79 96 116 141 169
1.2 .. 107 127 152 183 221 267 320 1.8 .. 57 68 81 98 119 144 173
1.4 .. 109 130 155 187 227 274 329 2.0 .. 58 69 83 100 122 147 177
1.6 .. 111 132 158 192 232 281 337 2.2 .. 59 70 85 102 124 150 181
1.8 .. 114 135 162 196 238 287 345 2.4 .. 60 72 86 105 127 153 184
2.0 .. 116 138 165 200 243 294 353 2.6 .. 61 73 88 107 129 156 188
2.2 .. 118 140 169 204 248 300 361 2.8 .. 62 74 89 109 132 159 191
2.4 .. 120 143 172 209 253 306 368 3.0 .. 63 76 91 111 134 162 195
2.6 .. 122 146 175 213 258 312 375 1 These CT values achieve greater than a 99.99 percent in-
2.8 .. 124 148 178 217 263 318 382
3.0 .. 126 151 182 221 268 324 389 ues may be determined by linear interpolation. CT values be-
1 These CT values achieve greater than a 99.99 percent in- tween the indicated temperatures of different tables may be
activation of viruses. CT values between the indicated pH val- use the CT99.9 value at the lower temperature, and at the
ues may be determined by linear interpolation. CT values be- higher pH.
use the CT99.9 value at the lower temperature, and at the TABLE 1.5—CT VALUES (CT99.9) FOR 99.9 PER-
higher pH.
CENT INACTIVATION OF GIARDIA LAMBLIA
TABLE 1.3—CT VALUES (CT 99.9) FOR 99.9 CYSTS BY FREE CHLORINE AT 20 °C 1
PERCENT INACTIVATION OF GIARDIA LAMBLIA Free pH
CYSTS BY FREE CHLORINE AT 10.0 °C 1 resid-
ual ≤ 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 ≤ 9.0
(mg/l)
Free pH
resid-
ual ≤ 0.4 .. 36 44 52 62 74 89 105
≤6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 ≤9.0 0.6 ..... 38 45 54 64 77 92 109
(mg/l)
0.8 ..... 39 46 55 66 79 95 113
≤0.4 ... 73 88 104 125 149 177 209 1.0 ..... 39 47 56 67 81 98 117
0.6 .. 75 90 107 128 153 183 218 1.2 ..... 40 48 57 69 83 100 120
0.8 .. 78 92 110 131 158 189 226 1.4 ..... 41 49 58 70 85 103 123
1.0 .. 79 94 112 134 162 195 234 1.6 ..... 42 50 59 72 87 105 126
462
TABLE 1.5—CT VALUES (CT99.9) FOR 99.9 PER- TABLE 1.6—CT VALUES (CT99.9) FOR 99.9 PER-
CENT INACTIVATION OF GIARDIA LAMBLIA CENT INACTIVATION OF GIARDIA LAMBLIA
CYSTS BY FREE CHLORINE AT 20 °C 1—Con- CYSTS BY FREE CHLORINE AT 25 °C 1 AND
tinued HIGHER
Free pH Free pH
resid- resid-
ual ual
≤ 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 ≤ 9.0 ≤ 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 ≤ 9.0
(mg/l) (mg/l)
1.8 ..... 43 51 61 74 89 108 129 ≤ 0.4 .. 24 29 35 42 50 59 70

2.0 ..... 44 52 62 75 91 110 132 0.6 ..... 25 30 36 43 51 61 73
2.2 ..... 44 53 63 77 93 113 135 0.8 ..... 26 31 37 44 53 63 75
1.0 ..... 26 31 37 45 54 65 78
2.4 ..... 45 54 65 78 95 115 138
1.2 ..... 27 32 38 46 55 67 80
2.6 ..... 46 55 66 80 97 117 141 1.4 ..... 27 33 39 47 57 69 82
2.8 ..... 47 56 67 81 99 119 143 1.6 ..... 28 33 40 48 58 70 84
3.0 ..... 47 57 68 83 101 122 146 1.8 ..... 29 34 41 49 60 72 86
1 These CT values achieve greater than a 99.99 percent in- 2.0 ..... 29 35 41 50 61 74 88
activation of viruses. CT values between the indicated pH val- 2.2 ..... 30 35 42 51 62 75 90
ues may be determined by linear interpolation. CT values be- 2.4 ..... 30 36 43 52 63 77 92
tween the indicated temperatures of different tables may be 2.6 ..... 31 37 44 53 65 78 94
determined by linear interpolation. If no interpolation is used, 2.8 ..... 31 37 45 54 66 80 96
use the CT99.9 value at the lower temperature, and at the 3.0 ..... 32 38 46 55 67 81 97
higher pH.
1 These CT values achieve greater than a 99.99 percent in-
ues may be determined by linear interpolation. CT values be-
use the CT99.9 value at the lower temperature, and at the
higher pH.
TABLE 2.1—CT VALUES (CT99.9) FOR 99.9 PERCENT INACTIVATION OF GIARDIA LAMBLIA CYSTS BY
CHLORINE DIOXIDE AND OZONE 1
Temperature
< 1 °C 5 °C 10 °C 15 °C 20 °C ≥ 25 °C
Chlorine dioxide ........................................................................ 63 26 23 19 15 11

Ozone ........................................................................................ 2.9 1.9 1.4 0.95 0.72 0.48
1 These CT values achieve greater than 99.99 percent inactivation of viruses. CT values between the indicated temperatures
may be determined by linear interpolation. If no interpolation is used, use the CT99.9 value at the lower temperature for deter-
mining CT99.9 values between indicated temperatures.
TABLE 3.1—CT VALUES (CT 99.9) FOR 99.9 may determine the total inactivation
PERCENT INACTIVATION OF GIARDIA LAMBLIA ratio based on either of the following
CYSTS BY CHLORAMINES 1 two methods:
Temperature
(A) One inactivation ratio (CTcalc/
CT99.9) is determined before or at the
< 1 °C 5 °C 10 °C 15 °C 20 °C 25 °C
first customer during peak hourly flow
3,800 2,200 1,850 1,500 1,100 750 and if the CTcalc/CT99.9 ≥ 1.0, the 99.9
1 These values are for pH values of 6 to 9. These CT val- percent Giardia lamblia inactivation re-
ues may be assumed to achieve greater than 99.99 percent quirement has been achieved; or
inactivation of viruses only if chlorine is added and mixed in
the water prior to the addition of ammonia. If this condition is (B) Successive CTcalc/CT99.9 values,
not met, the system must demonstrate, based on on-site stud- representing sequential inactivation
ies or other information, as approved by the State, that the
system is achieving at least 99.99 percent inactivation of vi- ratios, are determined between the
ruses. CT values between the indicated temperatures may be
determined by linear interpolation. If no interpolation is used, point of disinfectant application and a
use the CT99.9 value at the lower temperature for determining point before or at the first customer
CT99.9 values between indicated temperatures.
during peak hourly flow. Under this al-
(4) The total inactivation ratio must ternative, the following method must
be calculated as follows: be used to calculate the total inactiva-
(i) If the system uses only one point tion ratio:
of disinfectant application, the system
463
§ 141.74 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
CTcalc
(1) Determine for each sequence.
CT99.9
CTcalc ⎛ (CTcalc) ⎞
(2) Add the values together⎜ ∑
CT99.9 ⎝ CT99.9 ⎟⎠
⎛ CTcalc ⎞
(3) If ∑ ⎜ CT
⎝
⎟ ≥ 1.0, the 99.9 percent Giardia
99.9 ⎠
lamblia inactivation requirement has continuous monitoring on an ongoing

been achieved. basis at the frequencies prescribed
(ii) If the system uses more than one below:
point of disinfectant application before
or at the first customer, the system Samples/
System size by population day 1
must determine the CT value of each
disinfection sequence immediately <500 ....................................................................... 1
prior to the next point of disinfectant 501 to 1,000 .......................................................... 2
1,001 to 2,500 ....................................................... 3
application during peak hourly flow.
2,501 to 3,300 ....................................................... 4
The CTcalc/CT99.9 value of each se-
1 The day’s samples cannot be taken at the same time. The
quence and
sampling intervals are subject to State review and approval.
CTcalc
∑ CT If at any time the residual disinfectant
concentration falls below 0.2 mg/l in a
99.9
system using grab sampling in lieu of
must be calculated using the method in continuous monitoring, the system
paragraph (b)(4)(i)(B) of this section to must take a grab sample every 4 hours
determine if the system is in compli- until the residual concentration is
ance with § 141.72(a). equal to or greater than 0.2 mg/l.
(iii) Although not required, the total (6)(i) The residual disinfectant con-
percent inactivation for a system with centration must be measured at least
one or more points of residual dis- at the same points in the distribution
infectant concentration monitoring system and at the same time as total
may be calculated by solving the fol- coliforms are sampled, as specified in
lowing equation: § 141.21, except that the State may
allow a public water system which uses
100
Percent inactivation = 100 − both a surface water source or a ground
10 z water source under direct influence of
surface water, and a ground water
⎛ CTcalc ⎞ source, to take disinfectant residual
where z = 3 × ∑ ⎜ ⎟ samples at points other than the total
⎝ CT99.9 ⎠ coliform sampling points if the State
(5) The residual disinfectant con- determines that such points are more
centration of the water entering the representative of treated (disinfected)
distribution system must be monitored water quality within the distribution
continuously, and the lowest value system. Heterotrophic bacteria, meas-
must be recorded each day, except that ured as heterotrophic plate count
EC15NO91.135</MATH>
if there is a failure in the continuous (HPC) as specified in paragraph (a)(3) of

monitoring equipment, grab sampling this section, may be measured in lieu
every 4 hours may be conducted in lieu of residual disinfectant concentration.
of continuous monitoring, but for no (ii) If the State determines, based on
more than 5 working days following site-specific considerations, that a sys-
EC15NO91.134</MATH>
the failure of the equipment, and system has no means for having a sample
tems serving 3,300 or fewer persons may transported and analyzed for HPC by a
take grab samples in lieu of providing certified laboratory under the requisite
464
EC15NO91.133</MATH>
time and temperature conditions speci- basis at the frequencies each day pre-
fied by paragraph (a)(1) of this section scribed below:
and that the system is providing ade-
Samples/
quate disinfection in the distribution System size by population day 1
system, the requirements of paragraph
(b)(6)(i) of this section do not apply to ±500 ....................................................................... 1
501 to 1,000 .......................................................... 2
that system.
1,001 to 2,500 ....................................................... 3
(c) Monitoring requirements for systems 2,501 to 3,300 ....................................................... 4
using filtration treatment. A public water 1 The day’s samples cannot be taken at the same time. The
system that uses a surface water sampling intervals are subject to State review and approval.
source or a ground water source under
the influence of surface water and pro- If at any time the residual disinfectant
vides filtration treatment must mon- concentration falls below 0.2 mg/l in a
itor in accordance with this paragraph system using grab sampling in lieu of
(c) beginning June 29, 1993, or when fil- continuous monitoring, the system
tration is installed, whichever is later. must take a grab sample every 4 hours
(1) Turbidity measurements as re- until the residual disinfectant con-
quired by § 141.73 must be performed on centration is equal to or greater than
representative samples of the system’s 0.2 mg/l.
filtered water every four hours (or (3)(i) The residual disinfectant con-
more frequently) that the system centration must be measured at least
serves water to the public. A public at the same points in the distribution
water system may substitute contin- system and at the same time as total
uous turbidity monitoring for grab coliforms are sampled, as specified in
sample monitoring if it validates the § 141.21, except that the State may
continuous measurement for accuracy allow a public water system which uses
on a regular basis using a protocol ap- both a surface water source or a ground
proved by the State. For any systems water source under direct influence of
using slow sand filtration or filtration surface water, and a ground water
treatment other than conventional source to take disinfectant residual
treatment, direct filtration, or diato- samples at points other than the total
maceous earth filtration, the State coliform sampling points if the State
may reduce the sampling frequency to determines that such points are more
once per day if it determines that less representative of treated (disinfected)
frequent monitoring is sufficient to in- water quality within the distribution
dicate effective filtration performance. system. Heterotrophic bacteria, meas-
For systems serving 500 or fewer per- ured as heterotrophic plate count
sons, the State may reduce the tur- (HPC) as specified in paragraph (a)(1) of
bidity sampling frequency to once per this section, may be measured in lieu
day, regardless of the type of filtration of residual disinfectant concentration.
treatment used, if the State deter- (ii) If the State determines, based on
mines that less frequent monitoring is site-specific considerations, that a sys-
sufficient to indicate effective filtra- tem has no means for having a sample
tion performance. transported and analyzed for HPC by a
(2) The residual disinfectant con- certified laboratory under the requisite
centration of the water entering the time and temperature conditions speci-
distribution system must be monitored fied by paragraph (a)(1) of this section
continuously, and the lowest value and that the system is providing ade-
must be recorded each day, except that quate disinfection in the distribution
if there is a failure in the continuous system, the requirements of paragraph
monitoring equipment, grab sampling (c)(3)(i) of this section do not apply to
every 4 hours may be conducted in lieu that system.
of continuous monitoring, but for no
[54 FR 27527, June 29, 1989, as amended at 59
more than 5 working days following FR 62470, Dec. 5, 1994; 60 FR 34086, June 29,
the failure of the equipment, and sys- 1995; 64 FR 67465, Dec. 1, 1999; 67 FR 65252,
tems serving 3,300 or fewer persons may
Oct. 23, 2002; 67 FR 65901, Oct. 29, 2002; 69 FR

take grab samples in lieu of providing 38856, June 29, 2004; 72 FR 11247, Mar. 12, 2007;
continuous monitoring on an ongoing 74 FR 30958, June 29, 2009]
465
§ 141.75 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
§ 141.75 Reporting and recordkeeping whichever are analyzed, during the pre-
requirements. vious six months the system served
(a) A public water system that uses a water to the public.
surface water source and does not pro- (vi) The percentage of samples that
vide filtration treatment must report had equal to or less than 20/100 ml fecal
monthly to the State the information coliforms or equal to or less than 100/
specified in this paragraph (a) begin- 100 ml total coliforms, whichever are
ning December 31, 1990, unless the analyzed, during the previous six
State has determined that filtration is months the system served water to the
required in writing pursuant to section public.
1412(b)(7)(C)(iii), in which case the (vii) The maximum turbidity level
State may specify alternative report- measured during the month, the date(s)
ing requirements, as appropriate, until of occurrence for any measurement(s)
filtration is in place. A public water which exceeded 5 NTU, and the date(s)
system that uses a ground water source the occurrence(s) was reported to the
under the direct influence of surface State.
water and does not provide filtration (viii) For the first 12 months of rec-
treatment must report monthly to the ordkeeping, the dates and cumulative
State the information specified in this number of events during which the tur-
paragraph (a) beginning December 31, bidity exceeded 5 NTU, and after one
1990, or 6 months after the State deter- year of recordkeeping for turbidity
mines that the ground water source is measurements, the dates and cumu-
under the direct influence of surface lative number of events during which
water, whichever is later, unless the the turbidity exceeded 5 NTU in the
State has determined that filtration is previous 12 months the system served
required in writing pursuant to water to the public.
§ 1412(b)(7)(C)(iii), in which case the (ix) For the first 120 months of rec-
State may specify alternative report- ordkeeping, the dates and cumulative
ing requirements, as appropriate, until number of events during which the tur-
filtration is in place. bidity exceeded 5 NTU, and after 10
(1) Source water quality information
years of recordkeeping for turbidity
must be reported to the State within 10
measurements, the dates and cumu-
days after the end of each month the
lative number of events during which
system serves water to the public. In-
the turbidity exceeded 5 NTU in the
formation that must be reported in-
previous 120 months the system served
cludes:
water to the public.
(i) The cumulative number of months
for which results are reported. (2) Disinfection information specified
(ii) The number of fecal and/or total in § 141.74(b) must be reported to the
coliform samples, whichever are ana- State within 10 days after the end of
lyzed during the month (if a system each month the system serves water to
monitors for both, only fecal coliforms the public. Information that must be
must be reported), the dates of sample reported includes:
collection, and the dates when the tur- (i) For each day, the lowest measure-
bidity level exceeded 1 NTU. ment of residual disinfectant con-
(iii) The number of samples during centration in mg/l in water entering
the month that had equal to or less the distribution system.
than 20/100 ml fecal coliforms and/or (ii) The date and duration of each pe-
equal to or less than 100/100 ml total riod when the residual disinfectant
coliforms, whichever are analyzed. concentration in water entering the
(iv) The cumulative number of fecal distribution system fell below 0.2 mg/l
or total coliform samples, whichever and when the State was notified of the
are analyzed, during the previous six occurrence.
months the system served water to the (iii) The daily residual disinfectant
public. concentration(s) (in mg/l) and dis-
(v) The cumulative number of sam- infectant contact time(s) (in minutes)
ples that had equal to or less than 20/ used for calculating the CT value(s).
100 ml fecal coliforms or equal to or (iv) If chlorine is used, the daily

less than 100/100 ml total coliforms, measurement(s) of pH of disinfected
466
water following each point of chlorine tem has no means for having a sample
disinfection. transported and analyzed for HPC by a
(v) The daily measurement(s) of certified laboratory under the requisite
water temperature in °C following each time and temperature conditions speci-
point of disinfection. fied by § 141.74(a)(1) and that the sys-
(vi) The daily CTcalc and CTcalc/ tem is providing adequate disinfection
CT99.9 values for each disinfectant in the distribution system, the require-
measurement or sequence and the sum ments of paragraph (a)(2)(viii) (A)–(F)
of all CTcalc/CT99.9 values ((CTcalc/ of this section do not apply to that sys-
CT99.9)) before or at the first customer. tem.
(vii) The daily determination of (ix) A system need not report the
whether disinfection achieves adequate data listed in paragraphs (a)(2) (i), and
Giardia cyst and virus inactivation, i.e., (iii)–(vi) of this section if all data listed
whether (CTcalc/CT99.9) is at least 1.0 in paragraphs (a)(2) (i)–(viii) of this sec-
or, where disinfectants other than tion remain on file at the system, and
chlorine are used, other indicator con- the State determines that:
ditions that the State determines are (A) The system has submitted to the
appropriate, are met. State all the information required by
(viii) The following information on paragraphs (a)(2) (i)–(viii) of this sec-
the samples taken in the distribution tion for at least 12 months; and
system in conjunction with total coli- (B) The State has determined that
form monitoring pursuant to § 141.72: the system is not required to provide
(A) Number of instances where the filtration treatment.
residual disinfectant concentration is (3) No later than ten days after the
measured; end of each Federal fiscal year (Sep-
(B) Number of instances where the tember 30), each system must provide
residual disinfectant concentration is to the State a report which summa-
not measured but heterotrophic bac- rizes its compliance with all watershed
teria plate count (HPC) is measured; control program requirements specified
(C) Number of instances where the re- in § 141.71(b)(2).
sidual disinfectant concentration is (4) No later than ten days after the
measured but not detected and no HPC end of each Federal fiscal year (Sep-
is measured; tember 30), each system must provide
(D) Number of instances where the to the State a report on the on-site in-
residual disinfectant concentration is spection conducted during that year
detected and where HPC is >500/ml; pursuant to § 141.71(b)(3), unless the on-
(E) Number of instances where the site inspection was conducted by the
residual disinfectant concentration is State. If the inspection was conducted
not measured and HPC is >500/ml; by the State, the State must provide a
(F) For the current and previous copy of its report to the public water
month the system served water to the system.
public, the value of ‘‘V’’ in the fol- (5)(i) Each system, upon discovering
lowing formula: that a waterborne disease outbreak po-
tentially attributable to that water
c+d+e system has occurred, must report that
V= ×100
a+b occurrence to the State as soon as pos-
where:
sible, but no later than by the end of
the next business day.
a=the value in paragraph (a)(2)(viii)(A) of
(ii) If at any time the turbidity ex-
this section,
b=the value in paragraph (a)(2)(viii)(B) of ceeds 5 NTU, the system must consult
this section, with the primacy agency as soon as
c=the value in paragraph (a)(2)(viii)(C) of practical, but no later than 24 hours
this section, after the exceedance is known, in ac-
d=the value in paragraph (a)(2)(viii)(D) of cordance with the public notification
this section, and requirements under § 141.203(b)(3).
e=the value in paragraph (a)(2)(viii)(E) of (iii) If at any time the residual falls
this section.
below 0.2 mg/l in the water entering the
(G) If the State determines, based on distribution system, the system must
site-specific considerations, that a sys- notify the State as soon as possible,
467
EC15NO91.136</MATH>
§ 141.75 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
but no later than by the end of the next not measured but heterotrophic bac-
business day. The system also must no- teria plate count (HPC) is measured;
tify the State by the end of the next (C) Number of instances where the re-
business day whether or not the resid- sidual disinfectant concentration is
ual was restored to at least 0.2 mg/l measured but not detected and no HPC
within 4 hours. is measured;
(b) A public water system that uses a (D) Number of instances where no re-
surface water source or a ground water sidual disinfectant concentration is de-
source under the direct influence of tected and where HPC is >500/ml;
surface water and provides filtration (E) Number of instances where the
treatment must report monthly to the residual disinfectant concentration is
State the information specified in this not measured and HPC is >500/ml;
paragraph (b) beginning June 29, 1993, (F) For the current and previous
or when filtration is installed, which- month the system serves water to the
ever is later. public, the value of ‘‘V’’ in the fol-
(1) Turbidity measurements as re- lowing formula:
quired by § 141.74(c)(1) must be reported
within 10 days after the end of each c+d+e
V= ×100
month the system serves water to the a+b
public. Information that must be re- where:
ported includes: a=the value in paragraph (b)(2)(iii)(A) of this
(i) The total number of filtered water section,
turbidity measurements taken during b=the value in paragraph (b)(2)(iii)(B) of this
the month. section,
(ii) The number and percentage of fil- c=the value in paragraph (b)(2)(iii)(C) of this
tered water turbidity measurements section,
d=the value in paragraph (b)(2)(iii)(D) of this
taken during the month which are less section, and
than or equal to the turbidity limits e=the value in paragraph (b)(2)(iii)(E) of this
specified in § 141.73 for the filtration section.
technology being used.
(G) If the State determines, based on
(iii) The date and value of any tur-
site-specific considerations, that a sys-
bidity measurements taken during the
tem has no means for having a sample
month which exceed 5 NTU.
transported and analyzed for HPC by a
(2) Disinfection information specified certified laboratory within the req-
in § 141.74(c) must be reported to the uisite time and temperature conditions
State within 10 days after the end of specified by § 141.74(a)(1) and that the
each month the system serves water to system is providing adequate disinfec-
the public. Information that must be tion in the distribution system, the re-
reported includes: quirements of paragraph (b)(2)(iii) (A)–
(i) For each day, the lowest measure- (F) of this section do not apply.
ment of residual disinfectant con- (iv) A system need not report the
centration in mg/l in water entering data listed in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this
the distribution system. section if all data listed in paragraphs
(ii) The date and duration of each pe- (b)(2) (i)–(iii) of this section remain on
riod when the residual disinfectant file at the system and the State deter-
concentration in water entering the mines that the system has submitted
distribution system fell below 0.2 mg/l all the information required by para-
and when the State was notified of the graphs (b)(2) (i)–(iii) of this section for
occurrence. at least 12 months.
(iii) The following information on the (3)(i) Each system, upon discovering
samples taken in the distribution sys- that a waterborne disease outbreak po-
tem in conjunction with total coliform tentially attributable to that water
monitoring pursuant to § 141.72: system has occurred, must report that
(A) Number of instances where the occurrence to the State as soon as pos-
residual disinfectant concentration is sible, but no later than by the end of
measured; the next business day.
(B) Number of instances where the (ii) If at any time the turbidity ex-
residual disinfectant concentration is ceeds 5 NTU, the system must consult
468
EC15NO91.137</MATH>
with the primacy agency as soon as through the processes of a system’s ex-
practical, but no later than 24 hours isting conventional or direct filtration
after the exceedance is known, in ac- system as defined in § 141.2 or at an al-
cordance with the public notification ternate location approved by the State
requirements under § 141.203(b)(3). by June 8, 2004. If capital improve-
(iii) If at any time the residual falls ments are required to modify the recy-
below 0.2 mg/l in the water entering the cle location to meet this requirement,
distribution system, the system must all capital improvements must be com-
notify the State as soon as possible, pleted no later than June 8, 2006.
but no later than by the end of the next (d) Recordkeeping. The system must
business day. The system also must no- collect and retain on file recycle flow
tify the State by the end of the next information specified in paragraphs
business day whether or not the resid- (d)(1) through (6) of this section for re-
ual was restored to at least 0.2 mg/l view and evaluation by the State be-
within 4 hours. ginning June 8, 2004.
[54 FR 27527, June 29, 1989, as amended at 65 (1) Copy of the recycle notification
FR 26022, May 4, 2000; 69 FR 38856, June 29, and information submitted to the
2004] State under paragraph (b) of this sec-
tion.
§ 141.76 Recycle provisions. (2) List of all recycle flows and the
(a) Applicability. All subpart H sys- frequency with which they are re-
tems that employ conventional filtra- turned.
tion or direct filtration treatment and (3) Average and maximum backwash
that recycle spent filter backwash flow rate through the filters and the
water, thickener supernatant, or liq- average and maximum duration of the
uids from dewatering processes must filter backwash process in minutes.
meet the requirements in paragraphs (4) Typical filter run length and a
(b) through (d) of this section. written summary of how filter run
(b) Reporting. A system must notify length is determined.
the State in writing by Decemeber 8, (5) The type of treatment provided
2003, if the system recycles spent filter for the recycle flow.
backwash water, thickener super- (6) Data on the physical dimensions
natant, or liquids from dewatering of the equalization and/or treatment
processes. This notification must in- units, typical and maximum hydraulic
clude, at a minimum, the information loading rates, type of treatment chemi-
specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of cals used and average dose and fre-
this section. quency of use, and frequency at which
(1) A plant schematic showing the or- solids are removed, if applicable.
igin of all flows which are recycled (in- [66 FR 31103, June 8, 2001]
cluding, but not limited to, spent filter
backwash water, thickener super-
natant, and liquids from dewatering Subpart I—Control of Lead and
processes), the hydraulic conveyance Copper
used to transport them, and the loca-
tion where they are re-introduced back SOURCE: 56 FR 26548, June 7, 1991, unless
into the treatment plant. otherwise noted.
(2) Typical recycle flow in gallons per
minute (gpm), the highest observed § 141.80 General requirements.
plant flow experienced in the previous (a) Applicability and effective dates. (1)
year (gpm), design flow for the treat- The requirements of this subpart I con-
ment plant (gpm), and State-approved stitute the national primary drinking
operating capacity for the plant where water regulations for lead and copper.
the State has made such determina- Unless otherwise indicated, each of the
tions. provisions of this subpart applies to
(c) Treatment technique requirement. community water systems and non-
Any system that recycles spent filter transient, non-community water sys-
backwash water, thickener super- tems (hereinafter referred to as ‘‘water
natant, or liquids from dewatering systems’’ or ‘‘systems’’).

processes must return these flows (2) [Reserved]
469
§ 141.80 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
(b) Scope. These regulations establish with the highest concentration is con-
a treatment technique that includes re- sidered the 90th percentile value.
quirements for corrosion control treat- (d) Corrosion control treatment require-
ment, source water treatment, lead ments. (1) All water systems shall in-
service line replacement, and public stall and operate optimal corrosion
education. These requirements are control treatment as defined in § 141.2.
triggered, in some cases, by lead and (2) Any water system that complies
copper action levels measured in sam- with the applicable corrosion control
ples collected at consumers’ taps. treatment requirements specified by
(c) Lead and copper action levels. (1) the State under §§ 141.81 and 141.82 shall
The lead action level is exceeded if the be deemed in compliance with the
concentration of lead in more than 10 treatment requirement contained in
percent of tap water samples collected paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
during any monitoring period con- (e) Source water treatment require-
ducted in accordance with § 141.86 is ments. Any system exceeding the lead
greater than 0.015 mg/L (i.e., if the or copper action level shall implement
‘‘90th percentile’’ lead level is greater all applicable source water treatment
than 0.015 mg/L). requirements specified by the State
(2) The copper action level is exceed- under § 141.83.
ed if the concentration of copper in
(f) Lead service line replacement re-
more than 10 percent of tap water sam-
quirements. Any system exceeding the
ples collected during any monitoring
lead action level after implementation
period conducted in accordance with
of applicable corrosion control and
§ 141.86 is greater than 1.3 mg/L (i.e., if
source water treatment requirements
the ‘‘90th percentile’’ copper level is
shall complete the lead service line re-
greater than 1.3 mg/L).
placement requirements contained in
(3) The 90th percentile lead and cop-
§ 141.84.
per levels shall be computed as follows:
(i) The results of all lead or copper (g) Public education requirements. Pur-
samples taken during a monitoring pe- suant to § 141.85, all water systems
riod shall be placed in ascending order must provide a consumer notice of lead
from the sample with the lowest con- tap water monitoring results to per-
centration to the sample with the high- sons served at the sites (taps) that are
est concentration. Each sampling re- tested. Any system exceeding the lead
sult shall be assigned a number, as- action level shall implement the public
cending by single integers beginning education requirements.
with the number 1 for the sample with (h) Monitoring and analytical require-
the lowest contaminant level. The ments. Tap water monitoring for lead
number assigned to the sample with and copper, monitoring for water qual-
the highest contaminant level shall be ity parameters, source water moni-
equal to the total number of samples toring for lead and copper, and anal-
taken. yses of the monitoring results under
(ii) The number of samples taken this subpart shall be completed in com-
during the monitoring period shall be pliance with §§ 141.86, 141.87, 141.88, and
multiplied by 0.9. 141.89.
(iii) The contaminant concentration (i) Reporting requirements. Systems
in the numbered sample yielded by the shall report to the State any informa-
calculation in paragraph (c)(3)(ii) is the tion required by the treatment provi-
90th percentile contaminant level. sions of this subpart and § 141.90.
(iv) For water systems serving fewer (j) Recordkeeping requirements. Sys-
than 100 people that collect 5 samples tems shall maintain records in accord-
per monitoring period, the 90th per- ance with § 141.91.
centile is computed by taking the aver- (k) Violation of national primary drink-
age of the highest and second highest ing water regulations. Failure to comply
concentrations. with the applicable requirements of
(v) For a public water system that §§ 141.80–141.91, including requirements
has been allowed by the State to col- established by the State pursuant to
lect fewer than five samples in accord- these provisions, shall constitute a vio-
ance with § 141.86(c), the sample result lation of the national primary drinking
470
water regulations for lead and/or cop- this section. If the State makes this
per. determination, it shall provide the sys-
[56 FR 26548, June 7, 1991; 57 FR 28788, June
tem with written notice explaining the
29, 1992, as amended at 72 FR 57814, Oct. 10, basis for its decision and shall specify
2007] the water quality control parameters
representing optimal corrosion control
§ 141.81 Applicability of corrosion con- in accordance with § 141.82(f). Water
trol treatment steps to small, me- systems deemed to have optimized cor-
dium-size and large water systems. rosion control under this paragraph
(a) Systems shall complete the appli- shall operate in compliance with the
cable corrosion control treatment re- State-designated optimal water quality
quirements described in § 141.82 by the control parameters in accordance with
deadlines established in this section. § 141.82(g) and continue to conduct lead
(1) A large system (serving >50,000 and copper tap and water quality pa-
persons) shall complete the corrosion rameter sampling in accordance with
control treatment steps specified in § 141.86(d)(3) and § 141.87(d), respectively.
paragraph (d) of this section, unless it A system shall provide the State with
is deemed to have optimized corrosion the following information in order to
control under paragraph (b)(2) or (b)(3) support a determination under this
of this section. paragraph:
(2) A small system (serving ≤3300 per- (i) The results of all test samples col-
sons) and a medium-size system (serv- lected for each of the water quality pa-
ing >3,300 and ≤50,000 persons) shall rameters in § 141.82(c)(3).
complete the corrosion control treat- (ii) A report explaining the test
ment steps specified in paragraph (e) of methods used by the water system to
this section, unless it is deemed to evaluate the corrosion control treat-
have optimized corrosion control under ments listed in § 141.82(c)(1), the results
paragraph (b)(1), (b)(2), or (b)(3) of this of all tests conducted, and the basis for
section. the system’s selection of optimal cor-
(b) A system is deemed to have opti- rosion control treatment;
mized corrosion control and is not re- (iii) A report explaining how corro-
quired to complete the applicable cor- sion control has been installed and how
rosion control treatment steps identi- it is being maintained to insure mini-
fied in this section if the system satis- mal lead and copper concentrations at
fies one of the criteria specified in consumers’ taps; and
paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(3) of this (iv) The results of tap water samples
section. Any such system deemed to collected in accordance with § 141.86 at
have optimized corrosion control under least once every six months for one
this paragraph, and which has treat- year after corrosion control has been
ment in place, shall continue to oper- installed.
ate and maintain optimal corrosion (3) Any water system is deemed to
control treatment and meet any re- have optimized corrosion control if it
quirements that the State determines submits results of tap water moni-
appropriate to ensure optimal corro- toring conducted in accordance with
sion control treatment is maintained. § 141.86 and source water monitoring
(1) A small or medium-size water sys- conducted in accordance with § 141.88
tem is deemed to have optimized corro- that demonstrates for two consecutive
sion control if the system meets the 6-month monitoring periods that the
lead and copper action levels during difference between the 90th percentile
each of two consecutive six-month tap water lead level computed under
monitoring periods conducted in ac- § 141.80(c)(3), and the highest source
cordance with § 141.86. water lead concentration is less than
(2) Any water system may be deemed the Practical Quantitation Level for
by the State to have optimized corro- lead specified in § 141.89(a)(1)(ii).
sion control treatment if the system (i) Those systems whose highest
demonstrates to the satisfaction of the source water lead level is below the
State that it has conducted activities Method Detection Limit may also be
equivalent to the corrosion control deemed to have optimized corrosion

steps applicable to such system under control under this paragraph if the 90th
471
§ 141.81 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
percentile tap water lead level is less corrosion control steps due to its ex-
than or equal to the Practical Quan- ceedance of the lead or copper action
titation Level for lead for two consecu- level may cease completing the treat-
tive 6-month monitoring periods. ment steps whenever the system meets
(ii) Any water system deemed to have both action levels during each of two
optimized corrosion control in accord- consecutive monitoring periods con-
ance with this paragraph shall conducted pursuant to § 141.86 and submits
tinue monitoring for lead and copper at the results to the State. If any such
the tap no less frequently than once water system thereafter exceeds the
every three calendar years using the lead or copper action level during any
reduced number of sites specified in monitoring period, the system (or the
§ 141.86(c) and collecting the samples at State, as the case may be) shall recom-
times and locations specified in mence completion of the applicable
§ 141.86(d)(4)(iv). Any such system that treatment steps, beginning with the
has not conducted a round of moni- first treatment step which was not pre-
toring pursuant to § 141.86(d) since Sep- viously completed in its entirety. The
tember 30, 1997, shall complete a round State may require a system to repeat
of monitoring pursuant to this para- treatment steps previously completed
graph no later than September 30, 2000. by the system where the State deter-
(iii) Any water system deemed to mines that this is necessary to imple-
have optimized corrosion control pur- ment properly the treatment require-
suant to this paragraph shall notify ments of this section. The State shall
the State in writing pursuant to notify the system in writing of such a
§ 141.90(a)(3) of any upcoming long-term determination and explain the basis for
change in treatment or addition of a its decision. The requirement for any
new source as described in that section. small- or medium-size system to imple-
The State must review and approve the ment corrosion control treatment steps
addition of a new source or long-term in accordance with paragraph (e) of
change in water treatment before it is this section (including systems deemed
implemented by the water system. The to have optimized corrosion control
State may require any such system to under paragraph (b)(1) of this section)
conduct additional monitoring or to is triggered whenever any small- or
take other action the State deems ap- medium-size system exceeds the lead
propriate to ensure that such systems or copper action level.
maintain minimal levels of corrosion (d) Treatment steps and deadlines for
in the distribution system. large systems. Except as provided in
(iv) As of July 12, 2001, a system is paragraph (b) (2) and (3) of this section,
not deemed to have optimized corro- large systems shall complete the fol-
sion control under this paragraph, and lowing corrosion control treatment
shall implement corrosion control steps (described in the referenced por-
treatment pursuant to paragraph tions of §§ 141.82, 141.86, and 141.87) by
(b)(3)(v) of this section unless it meets the indicated dates.
the copper action level. (1) Step 1: The system shall conduct
(v) Any system triggered into corro- initial monitoring (§ 141.86(d)(1) and
sion control because it is no longer § 141.87(b)) during two consecutive six-
deemed to have optimized corrosion month monitoring periods by January
control under this paragraph shall im- 1, 1993.
plement corrosion control treatment in (2) Step 2: The system shall complete
accordance with the deadlines in para- corrosion control studies (§ 141.82(c)) by
graph (e) of this section. Any such July 1, 1994.
large system shall adhere to the sched- (3) Step 3: The State shall designate
ule specified in that paragraph for me- optimal corrosion control treatment
dium-size systems, with the time peri- (§ 141.82(d)) by January 1, 1995.
ods for completing each step being (4) Step 4: The system shall install op-
triggered by the date the system is no timal corrosion control treatment
longer deemed to have optimized corro- (§ 141.82(e)) by January 1, 1997.
sion control under this paragraph. (5) Step 5: The system shall complete
(c) Any small or medium-size water follow-up sampling (§ 141.86(d)(2) and

system that is required to complete the § 141.87(c)) by January 1, 1998.
472
(6) Step 6: The State shall review in- (§ 141.82(d)) within 6 months after com-
stallation of treatment and designate pletion of step 3.
optimal water quality control param- (5) Step 5: The system shall install op-
eters (§ 141.82(f)) by July 1, 1998. timal corrosion control treatment
(7) Step 7: The system shall operate in (§ 141.82(e)) within 24 months after the
compliance with the State-specified op- State designates such treatment.
timal water quality control parameters (6) Step 6: The system shall complete
(§ 141.82(g)) and continue to conduct tap follow-up sampling (§ 141.86(d)(2) and
sampling (§ 141.86(d)(3) and § 141.87(d)). § 141.87(c)) within 36 months after the
(e) Treatment Steps and deadlines for State designates optimal corrosion
small and medium-size systems. Except as control treatment.
provided in paragraph (b) of this sec- (7) Step 7: The State shall review the
tion, small and medium-size systems system’s installation of treatment and
shall complete the following corrosion designate optimal water quality con-
control treatment steps (described in trol parameters (§ 141.82(f)) within 6
the referenced portions of §§ 141.82, months after completion of step 6.
141.86 and 141.87) by the indicated time (8) Step 8: The system shall operate in
periods. compliance with the State-designated
(1) Step 1: The system shall conduct optimal water quality control param-
initial tap sampling (§ 141.86(d)(1) and eters (§ 141.82(g)) and continue to con-
§ 141.87(b)) until the system either ex- duct tap sampling (§ 141.86(d)(3) and
ceeds the lead or copper action level or § 141.87(d)).
becomes eligible for reduced moni- [56 FR 26548, June 7, 1991, as amended at 59
toring under § 141.86(d)(4). A system ex- FR 33862, June 30, 1994; 65 FR 2004, Jan. 12,
ceeding the lead or copper action level 2000; 72 FR 57814, Oct. 10, 2007]
shall recommend optimal corrosion
control treatment (§ 141.82(a)) within § 141.82 Description of corrosion con-
six months after the end of the moni- trol treatment requirements.
toring period during which it exceeds Each system shall complete the cor-
one of the action levels. rosion control treatment requirements
(2) Step 2: Within 12 months after the described below which are applicable to
end of the monitoring period during such system under § 141.81.
which a system exceeds the lead or cop- (a) System recommendation regarding
per action level, the State may require corrosion control treatment. Based upon
the system to perform corrosion con- the results of lead and copper tap mon-
trol studies (§ 141.82(b)). If the State itoring and water quality parameter
does not require the system to perform monitoring, small and medium-size
such studies, the State shall specify op- water systems exceeding the lead or
timal corrosion control treatment copper action level shall recommend
(§ 141.82(d)) within the following time- installation of one or more of the cor-
frames: rosion control treatments listed in
(i) For medium-size systems, within paragraph (c)(1) of this section which
18 months after the end of the moni- the system believes constitutes opti-
toring period during which such system mal corrosion control for that system.
exceeds the lead or copper action level. The State may require the system to
(ii) For small systems, within 24 conduct additional water quality pa-
months after the end of the monitoring rameter monitoring in accordance with
period during which such system ex- § 141.87(b) to assist the State in review-
ceeds the lead or copper action level. ing the system’s recommendation.
(3) Step 3: If the State requires a sys- (b) State decision to require studies of
tem to perform corrosion control stud- corrosion control treatment (applicable to
ies under step 2, the system shall com- small and medium-size systems). The
plete the studies (§ 141.82(c)) within 18 State may require any small or me-
months after the State requires that dium-size system that exceeds the lead
such studies be conducted. or copper action level to perform corro-
(4) Step 4: If the system has per- sion control studies under paragraph
formed corrosion control studies under (c) of this section to identify optimal
step 2, the State shall designate opti- corrosion control treatment for the
mal corrosion control treatment system.
473
§ 141.82 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
(c) Performance of corrosion control particular corrosion control treatment

studies. (1) Any public water system and has found that the treatment is in-
performing corrosion control studies effective or adversely affects other
shall evaluate the effectiveness of each water quality treatment processes.
of the following treatments, and, if ap- (5) The water system shall evaluate
propriate, combinations of the fol- the effect of the chemicals used for cor-
lowing treatments to identify the opti- rosion control treatment on other
mal corrosion control treatment for water quality treatment processes.
that system: (6) On the basis of an analysis of the
(i) Alkalinity and pH adjustment; data generated during each evaluation,
(ii) Calcium hardness adjustment; the water system shall recommend to
and the State in writing the treatment op-
(iii) The addition of a phosphate or tion that the corrosion control studies
silicate based corrosion inhibitor at a indicate constitutes optimal corrosion
concentration sufficient to maintain control treatment for that system. The
an effective residual concentration in water system shall provide a rationale
all test tap samples. for its recommendation along with all
(2) The water system shall evaluate supporting documentation specified in
each of the corrosion control treat- paragraphs (c) (1) through (5) of this
ments using either pipe rig/loop tests, section.
metal coupon tests, partial-system (d) State designation of optimal corro-
tests, or analyses based on documented sion control treatment. (1) Based upon
analogous treatments with other sys- consideration of available information
tems of similar size, water chemistry including, where applicable, studies
and distribution system configuration. performed under paragraph (c) of this
(3) The water system shall measure section and a system’s recommended
the following water quality parameters treatment alternative, the State shall
in any tests conducted under this para- either approve the corrosion control
graph before and after evaluating the treatment option recommended by the
corrosion control treatments listed system, or designate alternative corro-
above: sion control treatment(s) from among
(i) Lead; those listed in paragraph (c)(1) of this
(ii) Copper; section. When designating optimal
(iii) pH; treatment the State shall consider the
(iv) Alkalinity; effects that additional corrosion con-
(v) Calcium; trol treatment will have on water qual-
(vi) Conductivity; ity parameters and on other water
(vii) Orthophosphate (when an inhib- quality treatment processes.
itor containing a phosphate compound (2) The State shall notify the system
is used); of its decision on optimal corrosion
(viii) Silicate (when an inhibitor con- control treatment in writing and ex-
taining a silicate compound is used); plain the basis for this determination.
(ix) Water temperature. If the State requests additional infor-
(4) The water system shall identify mation to aid its review, the water sys-
all chemical or physical constraints tem shall provide the information.
that limit or prohibit the use of a par- (e) Installation of optimal corrosion
ticular corrosion control treatment control. Each system shall properly in-
and document such constraints with at stall and operate throughout its dis-
least one of the following: tribution system the optimal corrosion
(i) Data and documentation showing control treatment designated by the
that a particular corrosion control State under paragraph (d) of this sec-
treatment has adversely affected other tion.
water treatment processes when used (f) State review of treatment and speci-
by another water system with com- fication of optimal water quality control
parable water quality characteristics; parameters. The State shall evaluate
and/or the results of all lead and copper tap
(ii) Data and documentation dem- samples and water quality parameter
onstrating that the water system has samples submitted by the water system
previously attempted to evaluate a and determine whether the system has
474
properly installed and operated the op- ignated by the State under paragraph
timal corrosion control treatment des- (f) of this section, in accordance with
ignated by the State in paragraph (d) this paragraph for all samples collected
of this section. Upon reviewing the re- under § 141.87(d) through (f). Compli-
sults of tap water and water quality ance with the requirements of this
parameter monitoring by the system, paragraph shall be determined every
both before and after the system in- six months, as specified under
stalls optimal corrosion control treat- § 141.87(d). A water system is out of
ment, the State shall designate: compliance with the requirements of
(1) A minimum value or a range of this paragraph for a six-month period if
values for pH measured at each entry it has excursions for any State-speci-
point to the distribution system; fied parameter on more than nine days
(2) A minimum pH value, measured in during the period. An excursion occurs
all tap samples. Such value shall be whenever the daily value for one or
equal to or greater than 7.0, unless the more of the water quality parameters
State determines that meeting a pH measured at a sampling location is
level of 7.0 is not technologically fea- below the minimum value or outside
sible or is not necessary for the system the range designated by the State.
to optimize corrosion control; Daily values are calculated as follows.
(3) If a corrosion inhibitor is used, a States have discretion to delete results
minimum concentration or a range of of obvious sampling errors from this
concentrations for the inhibitor, meas- calculation.
ured at each entry point to the dis- (1) On days when more than one
tribution system and in all tap sam- measurement for the water quality pa-
ples, that the State determines is nec- rameter is collected at the sampling lo-
essary to form a passivating film on cation, the daily value shall be the av-
the interior walls of the pipes of the erage of all results collected during the
distribution system; day regardless of whether they are col-
(4) If alkalinity is adjusted as part of lected through continuous monitoring,
optimal corrosion control treatment, a grab sampling, or a combination of
minimum concentration or a range of both. If EPA has approved an alter-
concentrations for alkalinity, meas- native formula under § 142.16 of this
ured at each entry point to the dis- chapter in the State’s application for a
tribution system and in all tap sam- program revision submitted pursuant
ples; to § 142.12 of this chapter, the State’s
(5) If calcium carbonate stabilization formula shall be used to aggregate
is used as part of corrosion control, a multiple measurements taken at a
minimum concentration or a range of sampling point for the water quality
concentrations for calcium, measured parameter in lieu of the formula in this
in all tap samples. paragraph.
The values for the applicable water (2) On days when only one measure-
quality control parameters listed ment for the water quality parameter
above shall be those that the State de- is collected at the sampling location,
termines to reflect optimal corrosion the daily value shall be the result of
control treatment for the system. The that measurement.
State may designate values for addi- (3) On days when no measurement is
tional water quality control param- collected for the water quality param-
eters determined by the State to re- eter at the sampling location, the daily
flect optimal corrosion control for the value shall be the daily value cal-
system. The State shall notify the sys- culated on the most recent day on
tem in writing of these determinations which the water quality parameter was
and explain the basis for its decisions. measured at the sample site.
(g) Continued operation and moni- (h) Modification of State treatment de-
toring. All systems optimizing corro- cisions. Upon its own initiative or in re-
sion control shall continue to operate sponse to a request by a water system
and maintain optimal corrosion con- or other interested party, a State may
trol treatment, including maintaining modify its determination of the opti-
water quality parameters at or above mal corrosion control treatment under

minimum values or within ranges des- paragraph (d) of this section or optimal
475
§ 141.83 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
water quality control parameters during which the lead or copper action
under paragraph (f) of this section. A level was exceeded.
request for modification by a system or (2) Step 2: The State shall make a de-
other interested party shall be in writ- termination regarding source water
ing, explain why the modification is treatment (§ 141.83(b)(2)) within 6
appropriate, and provide supporting months after submission of monitoring
documentation. The State may modify results under step 1.
its determination where it concludes (3) Step 3: If the State requires instal-
that such change is necessary to ensure lation of source water treatment, the
that the system continues to optimize system shall install the treatment
corrosion control treatment. A revised (§ 141.83(b)(3)) within 24 months after
determination shall be made in writ- completion of step 2.
ing, set forth the new treatment re- (4) Step 4: The system shall complete
quirements, explain the basis for the follow-up tap water monitoring
State’s decision, and provide an imple- (§ 141.86(d)(2) and source water moni-
mentation schedule for completing the toring (§ 141.88(c)) within 36 months
treatment modifications. after completion of step 2.
(i) Treatment decisions by EPA in lieu (5) Step 5: The State shall review the
of the State. Pursuant to the procedures system’s installation and operation of
in § 142.19, the EPA Regional Adminis- source water treatment and specify
trator may review treatment deter- maximum permissible source water
minations made by a State under para- levels (§ 141.83(b)(4)) within 6 months
graphs (d), (f), or (h) of this section and after completion of step 4.
issue federal treatment determinations (6) Step 6: The system shall operate in
consistent with the requirements of compliance with the State-specified
those paragraphs where the Regional maximum permissible lead and copper
Administrator finds that: source water levels (§ 141.83(b)(4)) and
(1) A State has failed to issue a treat- continue source water monitoring
ment determination by the applicable (§ 141.88(d)).
deadlines contained in § 141.81, (b) Description of source water treat-
(2) A State has abused its discretion ment requirements—(1) System treatment
in a substantial number of cases or in recommendation. Any system which ex-
cases affecting a substantial popu- ceeds the lead or copper action level
lation, or shall recommend in writing to the
(3) The technical aspects of a State’s State the installation and operation of
determination would be indefensible in one of the source water treatments
an expected Federal enforcement ac- listed in paragraph (b)(2) of this sec-
tion taken against a system. tion. A system may recommend that
no treatment be installed based upon a
[56 FR 26548, June 7, 1991, as amended at 65 demonstration that source water treat-
FR 2004, Jan. 12, 2000] ment is not necessary to minimize lead
and copper levels at users’ taps.
§ 141.83 Source water treatment re- (2) State determination regarding source
quirements.
water treatment. The State shall com-
Systems shall complete the applica- plete an evaluation of the results of all
ble source water monitoring and treat- source water samples submitted by the
ment requirements (described in the water system to determine whether
referenced portions of paragraph (b) of source water treatment is necessary to
this section, and in §§ 141.86, and 141.88) minimize lead or copper levels in water
by the following deadlines. delivered to users’ taps. If the State de-
(a) Deadlines for completing source termines that treatment is needed, the
water treatment steps—(1) Step 1: A sys- State shall either require installation
tem exceeding the lead or copper ac- and operation of the source water
tion level shall complete lead and cop- treatment recommended by the system
per source water monitoring (if any) or require the installation and
(§ 141.88(b)) and make a treatment rec- operation of another source water
ommendation to the State treatment from among the following:
(§ 141.83(b)(1)) no later than 180 days Ion exchange, reverse osmosis, lime
after the end of the monitoring period softening or coagulation/filtration. If
476
the State requests additional informa- State may modify its determination
tion to aid in its review, the water sys- where it concludes that such change is
tem shall provide the information by necessary to ensure that the system
the date specified by the State in its continues to minimize lead and copper
request. The State shall notify the sys- concentrations in source water. A re-
tem in writing of its determination and vised determination shall be made in
set forth the basis for its decision. writing, set forth the new treatment
(3) Installation of source water treat- requirements, explain the basis for the
ment. Each system shall properly in- State’s decision, and provide an imple-
stall and operate the source water mentation schedule for completing the
treatment designated by the State treatment modifications.
under paragraph (b)(2) of this section. (7) Treatment decisions by EPA in lieu
(4) State review of source water treat- of the State. Pursuant to the procedures
ment and specification of maximum per- in § 142.19, the EPA Regional Adminis-
missible source water levels. The State trator may review treatment deter-
shall review the source water samples minations made by a State under para-
taken by the water system both before graphs (b) (2), (4), or (6) of this section
and after the system installs source and issue Federal treatment deter-
water treatment, and determine wheth- minations consistent with the require-
er the system has properly installed ments of those paragraphs where the
and operated the source water treat- Administrator finds that:
ment designated by the State. Based (i) A State has failed to issue a treat-
upon its review, the State shall des- ment determination by the applicable
ignate the maximum permissible lead deadlines contained in § 141.83(a),
and copper concentrations for finished (ii) A state has abused its discretion
water entering the distribution system. in a substantial number of cases or in
Such levels shall reflect the contami- cases affecting a substantial popu-
nant removal capability of the treat- lation, or
ment properly operated and main- (iii) The technical aspects of a
tained. The State shall notify the sys- State’s determination would be inde-
tem in writing and explain the basis for fensible in an expected Federal enforce-
its decision. ment action taken against a system.
(5) Continued operation and mainte- [56 FR 26548, June 7, 1991, as amended at 72
nance. Each water system shall main- FR 57815, Oct. 10, 2007]
tain lead and copper levels below the
maximum permissible concentrations § 141.84 Lead service line replacement
designated by the State at each sam- requirements.
pling point monitored in accordance (a) Systems that fail to meet the lead
with § 141.88. The system is out of com- action level in tap samples taken pur-
pliance with this paragraph if the level suant to § 141.86(d)(2), after installing
of lead or copper at any sampling point corrosion control and/or source water
is greater than the maximum permis- treatment (whichever sampling occurs
sible concentration designated by the later), shall replace lead service lines
State. in accordance with the requirements of
(6) Modification of State treatment deci- this section. If a system is in violation
sions. Upon its own initiative or in re- of § 141.81 or § 141.83 for failure to install
sponse to a request by a water system source water or corrosion control
or other interested party, a State may treatment, the State may require the
modify its determination of the source system to commence lead service line
water treatment under paragraph (b)(2) replacement under this section after
of this section, or maximum permis- the date by which the system was re-
sible lead and copper concentrations quired to conduct monitoring under
for finished water entering the dis- § 141.86(d)(2) has passed.
tribution system under paragraph (b)(4) (b)(1) A water system shall replace
of this section. A request for modifica- annually at least 7 percent of the ini-
tion by a system or other interested tial number of lead service lines in its
party shall be in writing, explain why distribution system. The initial num-
the modification is appropriate, and ber of lead service lines is the number
provide supporting documentation. The of lead lines in place at the time the
477
§ 141.84 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
replacement program begins. The sys- (d) A water system shall replace that
tem shall identify the initial number of portion of the lead service line that it
lead service lines in its distribution owns. In cases where the system does
system, including an identification of not own the entire lead service line,
the portion(s) owned by the system, the system shall notify the owner of
based on a materials evaluation, in- the line, or the owner’s authorized
cluding the evaluation required under agent, that the system will replace the
§ 141.86(a) and relevant legal authorities portion of the service line that it owns
(e.g., contracts, local ordinances) re- and shall offer to replace the owner’s
garding the portion owned by the sys- portion of the line. A system is not re-
tem. The first year of lead service line quired to bear the cost of replacing the
replacement shall begin on the first privately-owned portion of the line, nor
day following the end of the moni- is it required to replace the privately-
toring period in which the action level owned portion where the owner chooses
was exceeded under paragraph (a) of not to pay the cost of replacing the pri-
this section. If monitoring is required vately-owned portion of the line, or
annually or less frequently, the end of where replacing the privately-owned
the monitoring period is September 30 portion would be precluded by State,
of the calendar year in which the sam- local or common law. A water system
pling occurs. If the State has estab- that does not replace the entire length
lished an alternate monitoring period, of the service line also shall complete
then the end of the monitoring period the following tasks.
(1) At least 45 days prior to com-
will be the last day of that period.
mencing with the partial replacement
(2) Any water system resuming a lead
of a lead service line, the water system
service line replacement program after
shall provide notice to the resident(s)
the cessation of its lead service line re- of all buildings served by the line ex-
placement program as allowed by para- plaining that they may experience a
graph (f) of this section shall update its temporary increase of lead levels in
inventory of lead service lines to in- their drinking water, along with guid-
clude those sites that were previously ance on measures consumers can take
determined not to require replacement to minimize their exposure to lead. The
through the sampling provision under State may allow the water system to
paragraph (c) of this section. The sys- provide notice under the previous sen-
tem will then divide the updated num- tence less than 45 days prior to com-
ber of remaining lead service lines by mencing partial lead service line re-
the number of remaining years in the placement where such replacement is
program to determine the number of in conjunction with emergency repairs.
lines that must be replaced per year (7 In addition, the water system shall in-
percent lead service line replacement is form the resident(s) served by the line
based on a 15-year replacement pro- that the system will, at the system’s
gram, so, for example, systems resum- expense, collect a sample from each
ing lead service line replacement after partially-replaced lead service line
previously conducting two years of re- that is representative of the water in
placement would divide the updated in- the service line for analysis of lead
ventory by 13). For those systems that content, as prescribed under
have completed a 15-year lead service § 141.86(b)(3), within 72 hours after the
line replacement program, the State completion of the partial replacement
will determine a schedule for replacing of the service line. The system shall
or retesting lines that were previously collect the sample and report the re-
tested out under the replacement pro- sults of the analysis to the owner and
gram when the system re-exceeds the the resident(s) served by the line with-
action level. in three business days of receiving the
(c) A system is not required to re- results. Mailed notices post-marked
place an individual lead service line if within three business days of receiving
the lead concentration in all service the results shall be considered ‘‘on
line samples from that line, taken pur- time.’’
suant to § 141.86(b)(3), is less than or (2) The water system shall provide
equal to 0.015 mg/L. the information required by paragraph
478
(d)(1) of this section to the residents of quests it in accordance with paragraph

individual dwellings by mail or by (c) of this section.
other methods approved by the State. (a) Content of written public education
In instances where multi-family dwell- materials—(1) Community water systems
ings are served by the line, the water and non-transient non-community water
system shall have the option to post systems. Water systems must include
the information at a conspicuous loca- the following elements in printed ma-
tion. terials (e.g., brochures and pamphlets)
(e) The State shall require a system in the same order as listed below. In
to replace lead service lines on a short- addition, language in paragraphs
er schedule than that required by this (a)(1)(i) through (ii) and (a)(1)(vi) of
section, taking into account the num- this section must be included in the
ber of lead service lines in the system, materials, exactly as written, except
where such a shorter replacement for the text in brackets in these para-
schedule is feasible. The State shall graphs for which the water system
make this determination in writing must include system-specific informa-
and notify the system of its finding tion. Any additional information pre-
within 6 months after the system is sented by a water system must be con-
triggered into lead service line replace- sistent with the information below and
ment based on monitoring referenced be in plain language that can be under-
in paragraph (a) of this section. stood by the general public. Water sys-
(f) Any system may cease replacing tems must submit all written public
lead service lines whenever first draw education materials to the State prior
samples collected pursuant to to delivery. The State may require the
§ 141.86(b)(2) meet the lead action level system to obtain approval of the con-
during each of two consecutive moni- tent of written public materials prior
toring periods and the system submits to delivery.
the results to the State. If first draw (i) IMPORTANT INFORMATION
tap samples collected in any such sys- ABOUT LEAD IN YOUR DRINKING
tem thereafter exceeds the lead action WATER. [INSERT NAME OF WATER
level, the system shall recommence re- SYSTEM] found elevated levels of lead
placing lead service lines pursuant to in drinking water in some homes/build-
paragraph (b)(2) of this section. ings. Lead can cause serious health
(g) To demonstrate compliance with problems, especially for pregnant
paragraphs (a) through (d) of this sec- women and young children. Please read
tion, a system shall report to the State this information closely to see what
the information specified in § 141.90(e). you can do to reduce lead in your
[56 FR 26548, June 7, 1991; 57 FR 28788, June drinking water.
29, 1992, as amended at 65 FR 2005, Jan. 12, (ii) Health effects of lead. Lead can
2000; 72 FR 57815, Oct. 10, 2007] cause serious health problems if too
much enters your body from drinking
§ 141.85 Public education and supple- water or other sources. It can cause
mental monitoring requirements. damage to the brain and kidneys, and
All water systems must deliver a can interfere with the production of
consumer notice of lead tap water mon- red blood cells that carry oxygen to all
itoring results to persons served by the parts of your body. The greatest risk of
water system at sites that are tested, lead exposure is to infants, young chil-
as specified in paragraph (d) of this sec- dren, and pregnant women. Scientists
tion. A water system that exceeds the have linked the effects of lead on the
lead action level based on tap water brain with lowered IQ in children.
samples collected in accordance with Adults with kidney problems and high
§ 141.86 shall deliver the public edu- blood pressure can be affected by low
cation materials contained in para- levels of lead more than healthy
graph (a) of this section in accordance adults. Lead is stored in the bones, and
with the requirements in paragraph (b) it can be released later in life. During
of this section. Water systems that ex- pregnancy, the child receives lead from
ceed the lead action level must sample the mother’s bones, which may affect
the tap water of any customer who re- brain development.
479
§ 141.85 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
(iii) Sources of lead. (A) Explain what persons served may contact the water
lead is. system to obtain a translated copy of
(B) Explain possible sources of lead the public education materials or to re-
in drinking water and how lead enters quest assistance in the appropriate lan-
drinking water. Include information on guage.
home/building plumbing materials and (2) A community water system that
service lines that may contain lead. exceeds the lead action level on the
(C) Discuss other important sources basis of tap water samples collected in
of lead exposure in addition to drinking accordance with § 141.86, and that is not
water (e.g., paint). already conducting public education
(iv) Discuss the steps the consumer tasks under this section, must conduct
can take to reduce their exposure to the public education tasks under this
lead in drinking water. section within 60 days after the end of
(A) Encourage running the water to the monitoring period in which the ex-
flush out the lead. ceedance occurred:
(B) Explain concerns with using hot (i) Deliver printed materials meeting
water from the tap and specifically the content requirements of paragraph
caution against the use of hot water (a) of this section to all bill paying cus-
for preparing baby formula. tomers.
(C) Explain that boiling water does (ii)(A) Contact customers who are
not reduce lead levels.
most at risk by delivering education
(D) Discuss other options consumers
materials that meet the content re-
can take to reduce exposure to lead in
quirements of paragraph (a) of this sec-
drinking water, such as alternative
tion to local public health agencies
sources or treatment of water.
even if they are not located within the
(E) Suggest that parents have their
water system’s service area, along with
child’s blood tested for lead.
an informational notice that encour-
(v) Explain why there are elevated
ages distribution to all the organiza-
levels of lead in the system’s drinking
tion’s potentially affected customers
water (if known) and what the water
or community water system’s users.
system is doing to reduce the lead lev-
els in homes/buildings in this area. The water system must contact the
(vi) For more information, call us at local public health agencies directly by
[INSERT YOUR NUMBER] [(IF APPLI- phone or in person. The local public
CABLE), or visit our Web site at [IN- health agencies may provide a specific
SERT YOUR WEB SITE HERE]]. For list of additional community based or-
more information on reducing lead ex- ganizations serving target populations,
posure around your home/building and which may include organizations out-
the health effects of lead, visit EPA’s side the service area of the water sys-
Web site at http://www.epa.gov/lead or tem. If such lists are provided, systems
contact your health care provider. must deliver education materials that
(2) Community water systems. In addi- meet the content requirements of para-
tion to including the elements speci- graph (a) of this section to all organi-
fied in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, zations on the provided lists.
community water systems must: (B) Contact customers who are most
(i) Tell consumers how to get their at risk by delivering materials that
water tested. meet the content requirements of para-
(ii) Discuss lead in plumbing compo- graph (a) of this section to the fol-
nents and the difference between low lowing organizations listed in 1
lead and lead free. through 6 that are located within the
(b) Delivery of public education mate- water system’s service area, along with
rials. (1) For public water systems serv- an informational notice that encour-
ing a large proportion of non-English ages distribution to all the organiza-
speaking consumers, as determined by tion’s potentially affected customers
the State, the public education mate- or community water system’s users:
rials must contain information in the (1) Public and private schools or
appropriate language(s) regarding the school boards.
importance of the notice or contain a (2) Women, Infants and Children

telephone number or address where (WIC) and Head Start programs.
480
(3) Public and private hospitals and termined in consultation with the
medical clinics. State.
(4) Pediatricians. (A) Public Service Announcements.
(5) Family planning clinics. (B) Paid advertisements.
(6) Local welfare agencies. (C) Public Area Information Dis-
(C) Make a good faith effort to locate plays.
the following organizations within the (D) E-mails to customers.
service area and deliver materials that
(E) Public Meetings.
meet the content requirements of para-
graph (a) of this section to them, along (F) Household Deliveries.
with an informational notice that en- (G) Targeted Individual Customer
courages distribution to all potentially Contact.
affected customers or users. The good (H) Direct material distribution to
faith effort to contact at-risk cus- all multi-family homes and institu-
tomers may include requesting a spe- tions.
cific contact list of these organizations (I) Other methods approved by the
from the local public health agencies, State.
even if the agencies are not located (vii) For systems that are required to
within the water system’s service area: conduct monitoring annually or less
(1) Licensed childcare centers frequently, the end of the monitoring
(2) Public and private preschools. period is September 30 of the calendar
(3) Obstetricians-Gynecologists and year in which the sampling occurs, or,
Midwives. if the State has established an alter-
(iii) No less often than quarterly, nate monitoring period, the last day of
provide information on or in each
that period.
water bill as long as the system ex-
ceeds the action level for lead. The (3) As long as a community water
message on the water bill must include system exceeds the action level, it
the following statement exactly as must repeat the activities pursuant to
written except for the text in brackets paragraph (b)(2) of this section as de-
for which the water system must in- scribed in paragraphs (b)(3)(i) through
clude system-specific information: [IN- (iv) of this section.
SERT NAME OF WATER SYSTEM] (i) A community water system shall
found high levels of lead in drinking repeat the tasks contained in para-
water in some homes. Lead can cause graphs (b)(2)(i), (ii) and (vi) of this sec-
serious health problems. For more in- tion every 12 months.
formation please call [INSERT NAME (ii) A community water system shall
OF WATER SYSTEM] [or visit (IN- repeat tasks contained in paragraph
SERT YOUR WEB SITE HERE)]. The (b)(2)(iii) of this section with each bill-
message or delivery mechanism can be ing cycle.
modified in consultation with the (iii) A community water system serv-
State; specifically, the State may ing a population greater than 100,000
allow a separate mailing of public edu- shall post and retain material on a
cation materials to customers if the publicly accessible Web site pursuant
water system cannot place the infor-
to paragraph (b)(2)(iv) of this section.
mation on water bills.
(iv) Post material meeting the con- (iv) The community water system
tent requirements of paragraph (a) of shall repeat the task in paragraph
this section on the water system’s Web (b)(2)(v) of this section twice every 12
site if the system serves a population months on a schedule agreed upon with
greater than 100,000. the State. The State can allow activi-
(v) Submit a press release to news- ties in paragraph (b)(2) of this section
paper, television and radio stations. to extend beyond the 60-day require-
(vi) In addition to paragraphs (b)(2)(i) ment if needed for implementation pur-
through (v) of this section, systems poses on a case-by-case basis; however,
must implement at least three activi- this extension must be approved in
ties from one or more categories listed writing by the State in advance of the
below. The educational content and se- 60-day deadline.

lection of these activities must be de-
481
§ 141.85 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
(4) Within 60 days after the end of the graphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section
monitoring period in which the exceed- and to perform the tasks listed in para-
ance occurred (unless it already is re- graphs (b)(4) and (b)(5) of this section
peating public education tasks pursu- in lieu of the tasks in paragraphs (b)(2)
ant to paragraph (b)(5) of this section), and (b)(3) of this section if:
a non-transient non-community water (i) The system is a facility, such as a
system shall deliver the public edu- prison or a hospital, where the popu-
cation materials specified by para- lation served is not capable of or is pre-
graph (a) of this section as follows: vented from making improvements to
(i) Post informational posters on lead plumbing or installing point of use
in drinking water in a public place or treatment devices; and
common area in each of the buildings (ii) The system provides water as
served by the system; and part of the cost of services provided
(ii) Distribute informational pam- and does not separately charge for
phlets and/or brochures on lead in water consumption.
drinking water to each person served (8) A community water system serv-
by the non-transient non-community ing 3,300 or fewer people may limit cer-
water system. The State may allow the tain aspects of their public education
system to utilize electronic trans- programs as follows:
mission in lieu of or combined with (i) With respect to the requirements
printed materials as long as it achieves of paragraph (b)(2)(vi) of this section, a
at least the same coverage. system serving 3,300 or fewer must im-
(iii) For systems that are required to plement at least one of the activities
conduct monitoring annually or less listed in that paragraph.
frequently, the end of the monitoring (ii) With respect to the requirements
period is September 30 of the calendar of paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section, a
year in which the sampling occurs, or, system serving 3,300 or fewer people
if the State has established an alter- may limit the distribution of the pub-
nate monitoring period, the last day of lic education materials required under
that period. that paragraph to facilities and organi-
(5) A non-transient non-community zations served by the system that are
water system shall repeat the tasks most likely to be visited regularly by
contained in paragraph (b)(4) of this pregnant women and children.
section at least once during each cal- (iii) With respect to the requirements
endar year in which the system exceeds of paragraph (b)(2)(v) of this section,
the lead action level. The State can the State may waive this requirement
allow activities in (b)(4) of this section for systems serving 3,300 or fewer per-
to extend beyond the 60-day require- sons as long as system distributes no-
ment if needed for implementation pur- tices to every household served by the
poses on a case-by-case basis; however, system.
this extension must be approved in (c) Supplemental monitoring and notifi-
writing by the State in advance of the cation of results. A water system that
60-day deadline. fails to meet the lead action level on
(6) A water system may discontinue the basis of tap samples collected in
delivery of public education materials accordance with § 141.86 shall offer to
if the system has met the lead action sample the tap water of any customer
level during the most recent six-month who requests it. The system is not re-
monitoring period conducted pursuant quired to pay for collecting or ana-
to § 141.86. Such a system shall recom- lyzing the sample, nor is the system re-
mence public education in accordance quired to collect and analyze the sam-
with this section if it subsequently ex- ple itself.
ceeds the lead action level during any (d) Notification of results—(1) Reporting
monitoring period. requirement. All water systems must
(7) A community water system may provide a notice of the individual tap
apply to the State, in writing (unless results from lead tap water monitoring
the State has waived the requirement carried out under the requirements of
for prior State approval), to use only § 141.86 to the persons served by the
the text specified in paragraph (a)(1) of water system at the specific sampling
this section in lieu of the text in para- site from which the sample was taken
482
(e.g., the occupants of the residence monitoring for corrosivity characteris-

where the tap was tested). tics] when conducting a materials eval-
(2) Timing of notification. A water sys- uation. When an evaluation of the in-
tem must provide the consumer notice formation collected pursuant to
as soon as practical, but no later than § 141.42(d) is insufficient to locate the
30 days after the system learns of the requisite number of lead and copper
tap monitoring results. sampling sites that meet the targeting
(3) Content. The consumer notice criteria in paragraph (a) of this sec-
must include the results of lead tap tion, the water system shall review the
water monitoring for the tap that was sources of information listed below in
tested, an explanation of the health ef- order to identify a sufficient number of
fects of lead, list steps consumers can sampling sites. In addition, the system
take to reduce exposure to lead in shall seek to collect such information
drinking water and contact informa- where possible in the course of its nor-
tion for the water utility. The notice mal operations (e.g., checking service
must also provide the maximum con- line materials when reading water me-
taminant level goal and the action ters or performing maintenance activi-
level for lead and the definitions for ties):
these two terms from § 141.153(c). (i) All plumbing codes, permits, and
(4) Delivery. The consumer notice records in the files of the building de-
must be provided to persons served at partment(s) which indicate the plumb-
the tap that was tested, either by mail ing materials that are installed within
or by another method approved by the publicly and privately owned struc-
State. For example, upon approval by tures connected to the distribution sys-
the State, a non-transient non-commu- tem;
nity water system could post the re- (ii) All inspections and records of the
sults on a bulletin board in the facility distribution system that indicate the
to allow users to review the informa- material composition of the service
tion. The system must provide the no- connections that connect a structure
tice to customers at sample taps test- to the distribution system; and
ed, including consumers who do not re- (iii) All existing water quality infor-
ceive water bills. mation, which includes the results of
[72 FR 57815, Oct. 10, 2007] all prior analyses of the system or indi-
vidual structures connected to the sys-
§ 141.86 Monitoring requirements for tem, indicating locations that may be
lead and copper in tap water. particularly susceptible to high lead or
(a) Sample site location. (1) By the ap- copper concentrations.
plicable date for commencement of (3) The sampling sites selected for a
monitoring under paragraph (d)(1) of community water system’s sampling
this section, each water system shall pool (‘‘tier l sampling sites’’) shall con-
complete a materials evaluation of its sist of single family structures that:
distribution system in order to identify (i) Contain copper pipes with lead sol-
a pool of targeted sampling sites that der installed after 1982 or contain lead
meets the requirements of this section, pipes; and/or
and which is sufficiently large to en- (ii) Are served by a lead service line.
sure that the water system can collect When multiple-family residences com-
the number of lead and copper tap sam- prise at least 20 percent of the struc-
ples required in paragraph (c) of this tures served by a water system, the
section. All sites from which first draw system may include these types of
samples are collected shall be selected structures in its sampling pool.
from this pool of targeted sampling (4) Any community water system
sites. Sampling sites may not include with insufficient tier 1 sampling sites
faucets that have point-of-use or point- shall complete its sampling pool with
of-entry treatment devices designed to ‘‘tier 2 sampling sites’’, consisting of
remove inorganic contaminants. buildings, including multiple-family
(2) A water system shall use the in- residences that:
formation on lead, copper, and galva- (i) Contain copper pipes with lead sol-
nized steel that it is required to collect der installed after 1982 or contain lead
under § 141.42(d) of this part [special pipes; and/or
483
§ 141.86 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
(ii) Are served by a lead service line. with the exception of lead service line
(5) Any community water system samples collected under § 141.84(c) and
with insufficient tier 1 and tier 2 sam- samples collected under paragraph
pling sites shall complete its sampling (b)(5) of this section, shall be first-draw
pool with ‘‘tier 3 sampling sites’’, con- samples.
sisting of single family structures that (2) Each first-draw tap sample for
contain copper pipes with lead solder lead and copper shall be one liter in
installed before 1983. A community volume and have stood motionless in
water system with insufficient tier 1, the plumbing system of each sampling
tier 2, and tier 3 sampling sites shall site for at least six hours. First-draw
complete its sampling pool with rep- samples from residential housing shall
resentative sites throughout the dis- be collected from the cold water kitch-
tribution system. For the purpose of
en tap or bathroom sink tap. First-
this paragraph, a representative site is
draw samples from a nonresidential
a site in which the plumbing materials
building shall be one liter in volume
used at that site would be commonly
and shall be collected at an interior tap
found at other sites served by the
water system. from which water is typically drawn
(6) The sampling sites selected for a for consumption. Non-first-draw sam-
non-transient noncommunity water ples collected in lieu of first-draw sam-
system (‘‘tier l sampling sites’’) shall ples pursuant to paragraph (b)(5) of
consist of buildings that: this section shall be one liter in vol-
(i) Contain copper pipes with lead sol- ume and shall be collected at an inte-
der installed after 1982 or contain lead rior tap from which water is typically
pipes; and/or drawn for consumption. First-draw
(ii) Are served by a lead service line. samples may be collected by the sys-
(7) A non-transient non-community tem or the system may allow residents
water system with insufficient tier 1 to collect first-draw samples after in-
sites that meet the targeting criteria structing the residents of the sampling
in paragraph (a)(6) of this section shall procedures specified in this paragraph.
complete its sampling pool with sam- To avoid problems of residents han-
pling sites that contain copper pipes dling nitric acid, acidification of first-
with lead solder installed before 1983. If draw samples may be done up to 14
additional sites are needed to complete days after the sample is collected.
the sampling pool, the non-transient After acidification to resolubilize the
non-community water system shall use metals, the sample must stand in the
representative sites throughout the original container for the time speci-
distribution system. For the purpose of fied in the approved EPA method be-
this paragraph, a representative site is fore the sample can be analyzed. If a
a site in which the plumbing materials system allows residents to perform
used at that site would be commonly sampling, the system may not chal-
found at other sites served by the lenge, based on alleged errors in sam-
water system. ple collection, the accuracy of sam-
(8) Any water system whose distribu-
pling results.
tion system contains lead service lines
(3) Each service line sample shall be
shall draw 50 percent of the samples it
collects during each monitoring period one liter in volume and have stood mo-
from sites that contain lead pipes, or tionless in the lead service line for at
copper pipes with lead solder, and 50 least six hours. Lead service line sam-
percent of the samples from sites ples shall be collected in one of the fol-
served by a lead service line. A water lowing three ways:
system that cannot identify a suffi- (i) At the tap after flushing the vol-
cient number of sampling sites served ume of water between the tap and the
by a lead service line shall collect first- lead service line. The volume of water
draw samples from all of the sites iden- shall be calculated based on the inte-
tified as being served by such lines. rior diameter and length of the pipe be-
(b) Sample collection methods. (1) All tween the tap and the lead service line;
tap samples for lead and copper col- (ii) Tapping directly into the lead
lected in accordance with this subpart, service line; or
484
(iii) If the sampling site is a building human consumption meeting the sam-
constructed as a single-family resi- ple site criteria of paragraph (a) of this
dence, allowing the water to run until section to reach the required number of
there is a significant change in tem- sample sites listed in paragraph (c) of
perature which would be indicative of this section, must collect at least one
water that has been standing in the sample from each tap and then must
lead service line. collect additional samples from those
(4) A water system shall collect each taps on different days during the moni-
first draw tap sample from the same toring period to meet the required
sampling site from which it collected a number of sites. Alternatively the
previous sample. If, for any reason, the State may allow these public water
water system cannot gain entry to a systems to collect a number of samples
sampling site in order to collect a fol- less than the number of sites specified
low-up tap sample, the system may col- in paragraph (c) of this section, pro-
lect the follow-up tap sample from an- vided that 100 percent of all taps that
other sampling site in its sampling can be used for human consumption are
pool as long as the new site meets the sampled. The State must approve this
same targeting criteria, and is within reduction of the minimum number of
reasonable proximity of the original samples in writing based on a request
site. from the system or onsite verification
(5) A non-transient non-community by the State. States may specify sam-
water system, or a community water pling locations when a system is con-
system that meets the criteria of ducting reduced monitoring. The table
§ 141.85(b)(7), that does not have enough is as follows:
taps that can supply first-draw sam-
Number
ples, as defined in § 141.2, may apply to of sites Number
of sites
the State in writing to substitute non- System size (number of people served) (stand- (reduced
ard
first-draw samples. Such systems must moni- moni-
toring)
collect as many first-draw samples toring)
from appropriate taps as possible and
>100,000 ................................................ 100 50
identify sampling times and locations 10,001 to 100,000 ................................. 60 30
that would likely result in the longest 3,301 to 10,000 ..................................... 40 20
standing time for the remaining sites. 501 to 3,300 .......................................... 20 10
The State has the discretion to waive 101 to 500 ............................................. 10 5
≤100 ....................................................... 5 5
the requirement for prior State ap-
proval of non-first-draw sample sites
(d) Timing of monitoring—(1) Initial tap
selected by the system, either through
sampling.
State regulation or written notifica-
The first six-month monitoring pe-
tion to the system.
riod for small, medium-size and large
(c) Number of samples. Water systems
systems shall begin on the following
shall collect at least one sample during
dates:
each monitoring period specified in
paragraph (d) of this section from the First six-month moni-
System size (No. people served)
number of sites listed in the first col- toring period begins on
umn (‘‘standard monitoring’’) of the >50,000 ......................................... January 1, 1992.
table in this paragraph. A system con- 3,301 to 50,000 ............................. July 1, 1992.
ducting reduced monitoring under ≤3,300 ........................................... July 1, 1993.
paragraph (d)(4) of this section shall
collect at least one sample from the (i) All large systems shall monitor
number of sites specified in the second during two consecutive six-month peri-
column (‘‘reduced monitoring’’) of the ods.
table in this paragraph during each (ii) All small and medium-size sys-
monitoring period specified in para- tems shall monitor during each six-
graph (d)(4) of this section. Such re- month monitoring period until:
duced monitoring sites shall be rep- (A) The system exceeds the lead or
resentative of the sites required for copper action level and is therefore re-
standard monitoring. A public water quired to implement the corrosion con-
system that has fewer than five drink- trol treatment requirements under
ing water taps, that can be used for § 141.81, in which case the system shall
485
§ 141.86 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
continue monitoring in accordance the second consecutive six-month mon-

with paragraph (d)(2) of this section, or itoring period.
(B) The system meets the lead and (ii) Any water system that meets the
copper action levels during two con- lead action level and maintains the
secutive six-month monitoring periods, range of values for the water quality
in which case the system may reduce control parameters reflecting optimal
monitoring in accordance with para- corrosion control treatment specified
graph (d)(4) of this section. by the State under § 141.82(f) during
(2) Monitoring after installation of cor- each of two consecutive six-month
rosion control and source water treat- monitoring periods may reduce the fre-
ment. (i) Any large system which in- quency of monitoring to once per year
stalls optimal corrosion control treat- and reduce the number of lead and cop-
ment pursuant to § 141.81(d)(4) shall per samples in accordance with para-
monitor during two consecutive six- graph (c) of this section if it receives
month monitoring periods by the date written approval from the State. This
specified in § 141.81(d)(5). sampling shall begin during the cal-
(ii) Any small or medium-size system endar year immediately following the
which installs optimal corrosion con- end of the second consecutive six-
trol treatment pursuant to § 141.81(e)(5) month monitoring period. The State
shall monitor during two consecutive shall review monitoring, treatment,
six-month monitoring periods by the and other relevant information sub-
date specified in § 141.81(e)(6). mitted by the water system in accord-
(iii) Any system which installs ance with § 141.90, and shall notify the
source water treatment pursuant to system in writing when it determines
§ 141.83(a)(3) shall monitor during two the system is eligible to commence re-
consecutive six-month monitoring pe- duced monitoring pursuant to this
riods by the date specified in paragraph. The State shall review, and
§ 141.83(a)(4). where appropriate, revise its deter-
(3) Monitoring after State specifies mination when the system submits new
water quality parameter values for opti- monitoring or treatment data, or when
mal corrosion control. After the State other data relevant to the number and
specifies the values for water quality frequency of tap sampling becomes
control parameters under § 141.82(f), the available.
system shall monitor during each sub- (iii) A small or medium-size water
sequent six-month monitoring period, system that meets the lead and copper
with the first monitoring period to action levels during three consecutive
begin on the date the State specifies years of monitoring may reduce the
the optimal values under § 141.82(f). frequency of monitoring for lead and
(4) Reduced monitoring. (i) A small or copper from annually to once every
medium-size water system that meets three years. Any water system that
the lead and copper action levels dur- meets the lead action level and main-
ing each of two consecutive six-month tains the range of values for the water
monitoring periods may reduce the quality control parameters reflecting
number of samples in accordance with optimal corrosion control treatment
paragraph (c) of this section, and re- specified by the State under § 141.82(f)
duce the frequency of sampling to once during three consecutive years of mon-
per year. A small or medium water sys- itoring may reduce the frequency of
tem collecting fewer than five samples monitoring from annually to once
as specified in paragraph (c) of this sec- every three years if it receives written
tion, that meets the lead and copper approval from the State. Samples col-
action levels during each of two con- lected once every three years shall be
secutive six-month monitoring periods collected no later than every third cal-
may reduce the frequency of sampling endar year. The State shall review
to once per year. In no case can the monitoring, treatment, and other rel-
system reduce the number of samples evant information submitted by the
required below the minimum of one water system in accordance with
sample per available tap. This sam- § 141.90, and shall notify the system in
pling shall begin during the calendar writing when it determines the system
year immediately following the end of is eligible to reduce the frequency of
486
monitoring to once every three years. previous round of sampling. Systems

The State shall review, and where ap- monitoring triennially that have been
propriate, revise its determination collecting samples during the months
when the system submits new moni- of June through September, and re-
toring or treatment data, or when ceive State approval to alter the sam-
other data relevant to the number and pling collection period as per para-
frequency of tap sampling becomes graph (d)(4)(iv)(A) of this section, must
available. collect their next round of samples dur-
(iv) A water system that reduces the ing a time period that ends no later
number and frequency of sampling than 45 months after the previous
shall collect these samples from rep- round of sampling. Subsequent rounds
resentative sites included in the pool of of sampling must be collected annually
targeted sampling sites identified in or triennially, as required by this sec-
paragraph (a) of this section. Systems tion. Small systems with waivers,
sampling annually or less frequently granted pursuant to paragraph (g) of
shall conduct the lead and copper tap this section, that have been collecting
sampling during the months of June, samples during the months of June
July, August, or September unless the through September and receive State
State has approved a different sam- approval to alter their sample collec-
pling period in accordance with para- tion period under paragraph
graph (d)(4)(iv)(A) of this section. (d)(4)(iv)(A) of this section must collect
(A) The State, at its discretion, may their next round of samples before the
approve a different period for con- end of the 9-year period.
ducting the lead and copper tap sam- (v) Any water system that dem-
pling for systems collecting a reduced onstrates for two consecutive 6-month
number of samples. Such a period shall monitoring periods that the tap water
be no longer than four consecutive lead level computed under § 141.80(c)(3)
months and must represent a time of is less than or equal to 0.005 mg/L and
normal operation where the highest the tap water copper level computed
levels of lead are most likely to occur. under § 141.80(c)(3) is less than or equal
For a non-transient non-community to 0.65 mg/L may reduce the number of
water system that does not operate samples in accordance with paragraph
during the months of June through (c) of this section and reduce the fre-
September, and for which the period of quency of sampling to once every three
normal operation where the highest calendar years.
levels of lead are most likely to occur (vi)(A) A small or medium-size water
is not known, the State shall designate system subject to reduced monitoring
a period that represents a time of nor- that exceeds the lead or copper action
mal operation for the system. This level shall resume sampling in accord-
sampling shall begin during the period ance with paragraph (d)(3) of this sec-
approved or designated by the State in tion and collect the number of samples
the calendar year immediately fol- specified for standard monitoring
lowing the end of the second consecu- under paragraph (c) of this section.
tive six-month monitoring period for Such a system shall also conduct water
systems initiating annual monitoring quality parameter monitoring in ac-
and during the three-year period fol- cordance with § 141.87(b), (c) or (d) (as
lowing the end of the third consecutive appropriate) during the monitoring pe-
calendar year of annual monitoring for riod in which it exceeded the action
systems initiating triennial moni- level. Any such system may resume an-
toring. nual monitoring for lead and copper at
(B) Systems monitoring annually, the tap at the reduced number of sites
that have been collecting samples dur- specified in paragraph (c) of this sec-
ing the months of June through Sep- tion after it has completed two subse-
tember and that receive State approval quent consecutive six-month rounds of
to alter their sample collection period monitoring that meet the criteria of
under paragraph (d)(4)(iv)(A) of this paragraph (d)(4)(i) of this section and/
section, must collect their next round or may resume triennial monitoring
of samples during a time period that for lead and copper at the reduced
ends no later than 21 months after the number of sites after it demonstrates
487
§ 141.86 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
through subsequent rounds of moni- (3) The system may reduce the num-
toring that it meets the criteria of ei- ber of water quality parameter tap
ther paragraph (d)(4)(iii) or (d)(4)(v) of water samples required in accordance
this section. with § 141.87(e)(1) and the frequency
(B) Any water system subject to the with which it collects such samples in
reduced monitoring frequency that accordance with § 141.87(e)(2). Such a
fails to meet the lead action level dur- system may not resume triennial mon-
ing any four-month monitoring period itoring for water quality parameters at
or that fails to operate at or above the the tap until it demonstrates, in ac-
minimum value or within the range of cordance with the requirements of
values for the water quality param- § 141.87(e)(2), that it has re-qualified for
eters specified by the State under triennial monitoring.
§ 141.82(f) for more than nine days in (vii) Any water system subject to a
any six-month period specified in reduced monitoring frequency under
§ 141.87(d) shall conduct tap water sam- paragraph (d)(4) of this section shall
pling for lead and copper at the fre- notify the State in writing in accord-
quency specified in paragraph (d)(3) of ance with § 141.90(a)(3) of any upcoming
this section, collect the number of long-term change in treatment or addi-
samples specified for standard moni- tion of a new source as described in
toring under paragraph (c) of this sec- that section. The State must review
tion, and shall resume monitoring for and approve the addition of a new
water quality parameters within the source or long-term change in water
distribution system in accordance with treatment before it is implemented by
§ 141.87(d). This standard tap water the water system. The State may re-
sampling shall begin no later than the quire the system to resume sampling in
six-month period beginning January 1 accordance with paragraph (d)(3) of
of the calendar year following the lead this section and collect the number of
action level exceedance or water qual- samples specified for standard moni-
ity parameter excursion. Such a sys- toring under paragraph (c) of this sec-
tem may resume reduced monitoring tion or take other appropriate steps
for lead and copper at the tap and for such as increased water quality param-
water quality parameters within the eter monitoring or re-evaluation of its
distribution system under the fol- corrosion control treatment given the
lowing conditions: potentially different water quality con-
(1) The system may resume annual siderations.
monitoring for lead and copper at the (e) Additional monitoring by systems.
tap at the reduced number of sites The results of any monitoring con-
specified in paragraph (c) of this sec- ducted in addition to the minimum re-
tion after it has completed two subse- quirements of this section shall be con-
quent six-month rounds of monitoring sidered by the system and the State in
that meet the criteria of paragraph making any determinations (i.e., calcu-
(d)(4)(ii) of this section and the system lating the 90th percentile lead or cop-
has received written approval from the per level) under this subpart.
State that it is appropriate to resume (f) Invalidation of lead or copper tap
reduced monitoring on an annual fre- water samples. A sample invalidated
quency. This sampling shall begin dur- under this paragraph does not count to-
ing the calendar year immediately fol- ward determining lead or copper 90th
lowing the end of the second consecu- percentile levels under § 141.80(c)(3) or
tive six-month monitoring period. toward meeting the minimum moni-
(2) The system may resume triennial toring requirements of paragraph (c) of
monitoring for lead and copper at the this section.
tap at the reduced number of sites (1) The State may invalidate a lead
after it demonstrates through subse- or copper tap water sample at least if
quent rounds of monitoring that it one of the following conditions is met.
meets the criteria of either paragraph (i) The laboratory establishes that
(d)(4)(iii) or (d)(4)(v) of this section and improper sample analysis caused erro-
the system has received written ap- neous results.
proval from the State that it is appro- (ii) The State determines that the
priate to resume triennial monitoring. sample was taken from a site that did
488
not meet the site selection criteria of frequency of tap water monitoring to
this section. once every nine years for that contami-
(iii) The sample container was dam- nant only (i.e., a ‘‘partial waiver’’).
aged in transit. (1) Materials criteria. The system must
(iv) There is substantial reason to be- demonstrate that its distribution sys-
lieve that the sample was subject to tem and service lines and all drinking
tampering. water supply plumbing, including
(2) The system must report the re- plumbing conveying drinking water
sults of all samples to the State and all within all residences and buildings con-
supporting documentation for samples nected to the system, are free of lead-
the system believes should be invali- containing materials and/or copper-
dated. containing materials, as those terms
(3) To invalidate a sample under are defined in this paragraph, as fol-
paragraph (f)(1) of this section, the de- lows:
cision and the rationale for the deci- (i) Lead. To qualify for a full waiver,
sion must be documented in writing. or a waiver of the tap water moni-
States may not invalidate a sample toring requirements for lead (i.e., a
solely on the grounds that a follow-up ‘‘lead waiver’’), the water system must
sample result is higher or lower than provide certification and supporting
that of the original sample. documentation to the State that the
(4) The water system must collect re- system is free of all lead-containing
placement samples for any samples in- materials, as follows:
validated under this section if, after (A) It contains no plastic pipes which
the invalidation of one or more sam- contain lead plasticizers, or plastic
ples, the system has too few samples to service lines which contain lead plasti-
meet the minimum requirements of cizers; and
paragraph (c) of this section. Any such (B) It is free of lead service lines,
replacement samples must be taken as lead pipes, lead soldered pipe joints,
soon as possible, but no later than 20 and leaded brass or bronze alloy fit-
days after the date the State invali- tings and fixtures, unless such fittings
dates the sample or by the end of the and fixtures meet the specifications of
applicable monitoring period, which- any standard established pursuant to 42
ever occurs later. Replacement samples U.S.C. 300g–6(e) (SDWA section 1417(e)).
taken after the end of the applicable (ii) Copper. To qualify for a full waiv-
monitoring period shall not also be er, or a waiver of the tap water moni-
used to meet the monitoring require- toring requirements for copper (i.e., a
ments of a subsequent monitoring pe- ‘‘copper waiver’’), the water system
riod. The replacement samples shall be must provide certification and sup-
taken at the same locations as the in- porting documentation to the State
validated samples or, if that is not pos- that the system contains no copper
sible, at locations other than those al- pipes or copper service lines.
ready used for sampling during the (2) Monitoring criteria for waiver
monitoring period. issuance. The system must have com-
(g) Monitoring waivers for small sys- pleted at least one 6-month round of
tems. Any small system that meets the standard tap water monitoring for lead
criteria of this paragraph may apply to and copper at sites approved by the
the State to reduce the frequency of State and from the number of sites re-
monitoring for lead and copper under quired by paragraph (c) of this section
this section to once every nine years and demonstrate that the 90th per-
(i.e., a ‘‘full waiver’’) if it meets all of centile levels for any and all rounds of
the materials criteria specified in para- monitoring conducted since the system
graph (g)(1) of this section and all of became free of all lead-containing and/
the monitoring criteria specified in or copper-containing materials, as ap-
paragraph (g)(2) of this section. If State propriate, meet the following criteria.
regulations permit, any small system (i) Lead levels. To qualify for a full
that meets the criteria in paragraphs waiver, or a lead waiver, the system
(g)(1) and (2) of this section only for must demonstrate that the 90th per-
lead, or only for copper, may apply to centile lead level does not exceed 0.005
the State for a waiver to reduce the mg/L.
489
§ 141.86 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
(ii) Copper levels. To qualify for a full of any upcoming long-term change in
waiver, or a copper waiver, the system treatment or addition of a new source,
must demonstrate that the 90th per- as described in that section. The State
centile copper level does not exceed must review and approve the addition
0.65 mg/L. of a new source or long-term change in
(3) State approval of waiver application. water treatment before it is imple-
The State shall notify the system of its mented by the water system. The State
waiver determination, in writing, set- has the authority to require the sys-
ting forth the basis of its decision and tem to add or modify waiver conditions
any condition of the waiver. As a con- (e.g., require recertification that the
dition of the waiver, the State may re- system is free of lead-containing and/or
quire the system to perform specific copper-containing materials, require
activities (e.g., limited monitoring, additional round(s) of monitoring), if it
periodic outreach to customers to re- deems such modifications are nec-
mind them to avoid installation of ma- essary to address treatment or source
terials that might void the waiver) to water changes at the system.
avoid the risk of lead or copper con- (iv) If a system with a full or partial
centration of concern in tap water. The waiver becomes aware that it is no
small system must continue moni- longer free of lead-containing or cop-
toring for lead and copper at the tap as per-containing materials, as appro-
required by paragraphs (d)(1) through priate, (e.g., as a result of new con-
(d)(4) of this section, as appropriate, struction or repairs), the system shall
until it receives written notification notify the State in writing no later
from the State that the waiver has than 60 days after becoming aware of
been approved. such a change.
(4) Monitoring frequency for systems (5) Continued eligibility. If the system
with waivers. (i) A system with a full continues to satisfy the requirements
waiver must conduct tap water moni- of paragraph (g)(4) of this section, the
toring for lead and copper in accord- waiver will be renewed automatically,
ance with paragraph (d)(4)(iv) of this unless any of the conditions listed in
section at the reduced number of sam- paragraph (g)(5)(i) through (g)(5)(iii) of
pling sites identified in paragraph (c) this section occurs. A system whose
of this section at least once every nine waiver has been revoked may re-apply
years and provide the materials certifi- for a waiver at such time as it again
cation specified in paragraph (g)(1) of meets the appropriate materials and
this section for both lead and copper to monitoring criteria of paragraphs (g)(1)
the State along with the monitoring and (g)(2) of this section.
results. Samples collected every nine (i) A system with a full waiver or a
years shall be collected no later than lead waiver no longer satisfies the ma-
every ninth calendar year. terials criteria of paragraph (g)(1)(i) of
(ii) A system with a partial waiver this section or has a 90th percentile
must conduct tap water monitoring for lead level greater than 0.005 mg/L.
the waived contaminant in accordance (ii) A system with a full waiver or a
with paragraph (d)(4)(iv) of this section copper waiver no longer satisfies the
at the reduced number of sampling materials criteria of paragraph
sites specified in paragraph (c) of this (g)(1)(ii) of this section or has a 90th
section at least once every nine years percentile copper level greater than
and provide the materials certification 0.65 mg/L.
specified in paragraph (g)(1) of this sec- (iii) The State notifies the system, in
tion pertaining to the waived contami- writing, that the waiver has been re-
nant along with the monitoring revoked, setting forth the basis of its de-
sults. Such a system also must con- cision.
tinue to monitor for the non-waived (6) Requirements following waiver rev-
contaminant in accordance with re- ocation. A system whose full or partial
quirements of paragraph (d)(1) through waiver has been revoked by the State
(d)(4) of this section, as appropriate. is subject to the corrosion control
(iii) Any water system with a full or treatment and lead and copper tap
partial waiver shall notify the State in water monitoring requirements, as fol-
writing in accordance with § 141.90(a)(3) lows:
490
(i) If the system exceeds the lead and/ § 141.87 Monitoring requirements for
or copper action level, the system must water quality parameters.
implement corrosion control treatment All large water systems, and all
in accordance with the deadlines speci- small- and medium-size systems that
fied in § 141.81(e), and any other appli- exceed the lead or copper action level
cable requirements of this subpart. shall monitor water quality param-
(ii) If the system meets both the lead eters in addition to lead and copper in
and the copper action level, the system accordance with this section. The re-
must monitor for lead and copper at quirements of this section are summa-
the tap no less frequently than once rized in the table at the end of this sec-
every three years using the reduced tion.
number of sample sites specified in (a) General requirements—(1) Sample
paragraph (c) of this section. collection methods. (i) Tap samples shall
(7) Pre-existing waivers. Small system be representative of water quality
waivers approved by the State in writ- throughout the distribution system
ing prior to April 11, 2000 shall remain taking into account the number of per-
in effect under the following condi- sons served, the different sources of
tions: water, the different treatment methods
(i) If the system has demonstrated employed by the system, and seasonal
that it is both free of lead-containing variability. Tap sampling under this
and copper-containing materials, as re- section is not required to be conducted
quired by paragraph (g)(1) of this sec- at taps targeted for lead and copper
tion and that its 90th percentile lead sampling under § 141.86(a). [Note: Sys-
levels and 90th percentile copper levels tems may find it convenient to conduct
tap sampling for water quality param-
meet the criteria of paragraph (g)(2) of
eters at sites used for coliform sam-
this section, the waiver remains in ef-
pling under 40 CFR 141.21.]
fect so long as the system continues to
(ii) Samples collected at the entry
meet the waiver eligibility criteria of
point(s) to the distribution system
paragraph (g)(5) of this section. The shall be from locations representative
first round of tap water monitoring of each source after treatment. If a sys-
conducted pursuant to paragraph (g)(4) tem draws water from more than one
of this section shall be completed no source and the sources are combined
later than nine years after the last before distribution, the system must
time the system has monitored for lead sample at an entry point to the dis-
and copper at the tap. tribution system during periods of nor-
(ii) If the system has met the mate- mal operating conditions (i.e., when
rials criteria of paragraph (g)(1) of this water is representative of all sources
section but has not met the monitoring being used).
criteria of paragraph (g)(2) of this sec- (2) Number of samples. (i) Systems
tion, the system shall conduct a round shall collect two tap samples for appli-
of monitoring for lead and copper at cable water quality parameters during
the tap demonstrating that it meets each monitoring period specified under
the criteria of paragraph (g)(2) of this paragraphs (b) through (e) of this sec-
section no later than September 30, tion from the following number of
2000. Thereafter, the waiver shall re- sites.
main in effect as long as the system
meets the continued eligibility criteria No. of sites for
System size (No. people served) water quality
of paragraph (g)(5) of this section. The parameters
first round of tap water monitoring
>100,000 ........................................................ 25
conducted pursuant to paragraph (g)(4) 10,001–100,000 ............................................. 10
of this section shall be completed no 3,301 to 10,000 ............................................. 3
later than nine years after the round of 501 to 3,300 .................................................. 2
101 to 500 ..................................................... 1
monitoring conducted pursuant to ≤100 ............................................................... 1
paragraph (g)(2) of this section.
[56 FR 26548, June 7, 1991; 56 FR 32113, July (ii) Except as provided in paragraph
(c)(3) of this section, systems shall col-
15, 1991; 57 FR 28788, June 29, 1992; as amend-

ed at 65 FR 2007, Jan. 12, 2000; 72 FR 57817, lect two samples for each applicable
Oct. 10, 2007] water quality parameter at each entry
491
§ 141.87 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
point to the distribution system during (iv) Silica, when an inhibitor con-
each monitoring period specified in taining a silicate compound is used;
paragraph (b) of this section. During (v) Calcium, when calcium carbonate
each monitoring period specified in stabilization is used as part of corro-
paragraphs (c)–(e) of this section, sys- sion control.
tems shall collect one sample for each (2) Except as provided in paragraph
applicable water quality parameter at (c)(3) of this section, at each entry
each entry point to the distribution point to the distribution system, at
system. least one sample no less frequently
(b) Initial sampling All large water than every two weeks (biweekly) for:
systems shall measure the applicable (i) pH;
water quality parameters as specified (ii) When alkalinity is adjusted as
below at taps and at each entry point part of optimal corrosion control, a
to the distribution system during each reading of the dosage rate of the chem-
six-month monitoring period specified ical used to adjust alkalinity, and the
in § 141.86(d)(1). All small and medium- alkalinity concentration; and
size systems shall measure the applica- (iii) When a corrosion inhibitor is
ble water quality parameters at the lo- used as part of optimal corrosion con-
cations specified below during each six- trol, a reading of the dosage rate of the
month monitoring period specified in inhibitor used, and the concentration
§ 141.86(d)(1) during which the system of orthophosphate or silica (whichever
exceeds the lead or copper action level. is applicable).
(1) At taps: (3) Any ground water system can
(i) pH; limit entry point sampling described in
(ii) Alkalinity; paragraph (c)(2) of this section to those
(iii) Orthophosphate, when an inhib- entry points that are representative of
itor containing a phosphate compound water quality and treatment condi-
is used; tions throughout the system. If water
(iv) Silica, when an inhibitor con- from untreated ground water sources
taining a silicate compound is used; mixes with water from treated ground
water sources, the system must mon-
(v) Calcium;
itor for water quality parameters both
(vi) Conductivity; and
at representative entry points receiv-
(vii) Water temperature. ing treatment and representative entry
(2) At each entry point to the dis- points receiving no treatment. Prior to
tribution system: all of the applicable the start of any monitoring under this
parameters listed in paragraph (b)(1) of paragraph, the system shall provide to
this section. the State written information identi-
(c) Monitoring after installation of cor- fying the selected entry points and doc-
rosion control. Any large system which umentation, including information on
installs optimal corrosion control seasonal variability, sufficient to dem-
treatment pursuant to § 141.81(d)(4) onstrate that the sites are representa-
shall measure the water quality param- tive of water quality and treatment
eters at the locations and frequencies conditions throughout the system.
specified below during each six-month (d) Monitoring after State specifies
monitoring period specified in water quality parameter values for opti-
§ 141.86(d)(2)(i). Any small or medium- mal corrosion control. After the State
size system which installs optimal cor- specifies the values for applicable
rosion control treatment shall conduct water quality control parameters re-
such monitoring during each six-month flecting optimal corrosion control
monitoring period specified in treatment under § 141.82(f), all large
§ 141.86(d)(2)(ii) in which the system ex- systems shall measure the applicable
ceeds the lead or copper action level. water quality parameters in accord-
(1) At taps, two samples for: ance with paragraph (c) of this section
(i) pH; and determine compliance with the re-
(ii) Alkalinity; quirements of § 141.82(g) every six
(iii) Orthophosphate, when an inhib- months with the first six-month period
itor containing a phosphate compound to begin on either January 1 or July 1,

is used; whichever comes first, after the State
492
specifies the optimal values under year of six-month monitoring occurs.

§ 141.82(f). Any small or medium-size Any water system that maintains the
system shall conduct such monitoring range of values for the water quality
during each six-month period specified parameters reflecting optimal corro-
in this paragraph in which the system sion control treatment specified by the
exceeds the lead or copper action level. State under § 141.82(f), during three
For any such small and medium-size consecutive years of annual monitoring
system that is subject to a reduced under this paragraph may reduce the
monitoring frequency pursuant to frequency with which it collects the
§ 141.86(d)(4) at the time of the action number of tap samples for applicable
level exceedance, the start of the appli- water quality parameters specified in
cable six-month monitoring period paragraph (e)(1) of this section from
under this paragraph shall coincide annually to every three years. This
with the start of the applicable moni- sampling begins no later than the third
toring period under § 141.86(d)(4). Com- calendar year following the end of the
pliance with State-designated optimal monitoring period in which the third
water quality parameter values shall consecutive year of monitoring occurs.
be determined as specified under (ii) A water system may reduce the
§ 141.82(g). frequency with which it collects tap
(e) Reduced monitoring. (1) Any water samples for applicable water quality
system that maintains the range of parameters specified in paragraph (e)(1)
values for the water quality param- of this section to every three years if it
eters reflecting optimal corrosion con- demonstrates during two consecutive
trol treatment during each of two con- monitoring periods that its tap water
secutive six-month monitoring periods
lead level at the 90th percentile is less
under paragraph (d) of this section
than or equal to the PQL for lead speci-
shall continue monitoring at the entry
fied in § 141.89 (a)(1)(ii), that its tap
point(s) to the distribution system as
water copper level at the 90th per-
specified in paragraph (c)(2) of this sec-
centile is less than or equal to 0.65 mg/
tion. Such system may collect two tap
L for copper in § 141.80(c)(2), and that it
samples for applicable water quality
also has maintained the range of values
parameters from the following reduced
for the water quality parameters re-
number of sites during each six-month
flecting optimal corrosion control
monitoring period.
treatment specified by the State under
Reduced No. § 141.82(f). Monitoring conducted every
of sites for three years shall be done no later than
System size (No. of people served) water quality
parameters every third calendar year.
>100,000 ........................................................ 10
(3) A water system that conducts
10,001 to 100,000 ......................................... 7 sampling annually shall collect these
3,301 to 10,000 ............................................. 3 samples evenly throughout the year so
501 to 3,300 .................................................. 2 as to reflect seasonal variability.
101 to 500 ..................................................... 1
≤100 ............................................................... 1 (4) Any water system subject to the
reduced monitoring frequency that
(2)(i) Any water system that main- fails to operate at or above the min-
tains the range of values for the water imum value or within the range of val-
quality parameters reflecting optimal ues for the water quality parameters
corrosion control treatment specified specified by the State in § 141.82(f) for
by the State under § 141.82(f) during more than nine days in any six-month
three consecutive years of monitoring period specified in § 141.82(g) shall re-
may reduce the frequency with which sume distribution system tap water
it collects the number of tap samples sampling in accordance with the num-
for applicable water quality param- ber and frequency requirements in
eters specified in this paragraph (e)(1) paragraph (d) of this section. Such a
of this section from every six months system may resume annual monitoring
to annually. This sampling begins dur- for water quality parameters at the tap
ing the calendar year immediately fol- at the reduced number of sites speci-
lowing the end of the monitoring pe- fied in paragraph (e)(1) of this section
riod in which the third consecutive after it has completed two subsequent
493
§ 141.88 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
consecutive six-month rounds of moni- (f) Additional monitoring by systems.

toring that meet the criteria of that The results of any monitoring con-
paragraph and/or may resume triennial ducted in addition to the minimum re-
monitoring for water quality param- quirements of this section shall be con-
eters at the tap at the reduced number sidered by the system and the State in
of sites after it demonstrates through making any determinations (i.e., deter-
subsequent rounds of monitoring that mining concentrations of water quality
it meets the criteria of either para- parameters) under this section or
graph (e)(2)(i) or (e)(2)(ii) of this sec- § 141.82.
tion.
SUMMARY OF MONITORING REQUIREMENTS FOR WATER QUALITY PARAMETERS 1
Monitoring period Parameters 2 Location Frequency
Initial monitoring ................. pH, alkalinity, orthophosphate or sili- Taps and at entry point(s) Every 6 months.
ca 3, calcium, conductivity, tempera- to distribution system.
ture.
After installation of corro- pH, alkalinity, orthophosphate or sili- Taps ................................... Every 6 months.
sion control. ca 3, calcium 4.
pH, alkalinity, dosage rate and con- Entry point(s) to distribution No less frequently than
centration (if alkalinity adjusted as system 6. every two weeks.
part of corrosion control), inhibitor
dosage rate and inhibitor residual 5.
After State specifies param- pH, alkalinity, orthophosphate or sili- Taps ................................... Every 6 months.
eter values for optimal ca 3, calcium 4.
corrosion control.
pH, alkalinity dosage rate and con- Entry point(s) to distribution No less frequently than
Reduced monitoring ........... pH, alkalinity, orthophosphate or sili- Taps ................................... Every 6 months, annually 7
ca 3, calcium 4. or every 3 years 8; re-
duced number of sites.
pH, alkalinity dosage rate and con- Entry point(s) to distribution No less frequently than
1 Table is for illustrative purposes; consult the text of this section for precise regulatory requirements.
2 Small and medium-size systems have to monitor for water quality parameters only during monitoring periods in which the
system exceeds the lead or copper action level.
3 Orthophosphate must be measured only when an inhibitor containing a phosphate compound is used. Silica must be meas-
ured only when an inhibitor containing silicate compound is used.
4 Calcium must be measured only when calcium carbonate stabilization is used as part of corrosion control.
5 Inhibitor dosage rates and inhibitor residual concentrations (orthophosphate or silica) must be measured only when an inhib-
itor is used.
6 Ground water systems may limit monitoring to representative locations throughout the system.
7 Water systems may reduce frequency of monitoring for water quality parameters at the tap from every six months to annually
if they have maintained the range of values for water quality parameters reflecting optimal corrosion control during 3 consecutive
years of monitoring.
8 Water systems may further reduce the frequency of monitoring for water quality parameters at the tap from annually to once
every 3 years if they have maintained the range of values for water quality parameters reflecting optimal corrosion control during
3 consecutive years of annual monitoring. Water systems may accelerate to triennial monitoring for water quality parameters at
the tap if they have maintained 90th percentile lead levels less than or equal to 0.005 mg/L, 90th percentile copper levels less
than or equal to 0.65 mg/L, and the range of water quality parameters designated by the State under § 141.82(f) as representing
optimal corrosion control during two consecutive six-month monitoring periods.
[56 FR 26548, June 7, 1991; 57 FR 28788, June 29, 1992, as amended at 59 FR 33862, June 30, 1994;
65 FR 2010, Jan. 12, 2000; 72 FR 57818, Oct. 10, 2007]
§ 141.88 Monitoring requirements for with the following requirements re-

lead and copper in source water. garding sample location, number of
samples, and collection methods:
(a) Sample location, collection methods,
and number of samples. (1) A water sys- (i) Groundwater systems shall take a
tem that fails to meet the lead or cop- minimum of one sample at every entry
point to the distribution system which
per action level on the basis of tap
is representative of each well after
samples collected in accordance with
treatment (hereafter called a sampling
§ 141.86 shall collect lead and copper point). The system shall take one sam-
source water samples in accordance ple at the same sampling point unless
494
conditions make another sampling and confirmation sample shall be aver-

point more representative of each aged in determining compliance with
source or treatment plant. the State-specified maximum permis-
(ii) Surface water systems shall take sible levels. Any sample value below
a minimum of one sample at every the detection limit shall be considered
entry point to the distribution system to be zero. Any value above the detec-
after any application of treatment or tion limit but below the PQL shall ei-
in the distribution system at a point ther be considered as the measured
which is representative of each source value or be considered one-half the
after treatment (hereafter called a PQL.
sampling point). The system shall take (b) Monitoring frequency after system
each sample at the same sampling exceeds tap water action level. Any sys-
point unless conditions make another tem which exceeds the lead or copper
sampling point more representative of action level at the tap shall collect one
each source or treatment plant. source water sample from each entry
NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (a)(1)(ii): For the pur- point to the distribution system no
poses of this paragraph, surface water sys- later than six months after the end of
tems include systems with a combination of the monitoring period during which the
surface and ground sources. lead or copper action level was exceed-
(iii) If a system draws water from ed. For monitoring periods that are an-
more than one source and the sources nual or less frequent, the end of the
are combined before distribution, the monitoring period is September 30 of
system must sample at an entry point the calendar year in which the sam-
to the distribution system during peri- pling occurs, or if the State has estab-
ods of normal operating conditions lished an alternate monitoring period,
(i.e., when water is representative of all the last day of that period.
sources being used). (c) Monitoring frequency after installa-
(iv) The State may reduce the total tion of source water treatment. Any sys-
number of samples which must be ana- tem which installs source water treat-
lyzed by allowing the use of ment pursuant to § 141.83(a)(3) shall col-
compositing. Compositing of samples lect an additional source water sample
must be done by certified laboratory from each entry point to the distribu-
personnel. Composite samples from a tion system during two consecutive
maximum of five samples are allowed, six-month monitoring periods by the
provided that if the lead concentration deadline specified in § 141.83(a)(4).
in the composite sample is greater (d) Monitoring frequency after State
than or equal to 0.001 mg/L or the cop- specifies maximum permissible source
per concentration is greater than or water levels or determines that source
equal to 0.160 mg/L, then either: water treatment is not needed. (1) A sys-
(A) A follow-up sample shall be taken tem shall monitor at the frequency
and analyzed within 14 days at each specified below in cases where the
sampling point included in the com- State specifies maximum permissible
posite; or source water levels under § 141.83(b)(4)
(B) If duplicates of or sufficient quan- or determines that the system is not
tities from the original samples from required to install source water treat-
each sampling point used in the comment under § 141.83(b)(2).
posite are available, the system may (i) A water system using only
use these instead of resampling. groundwater shall collect samples once
(2) Where the results of sampling in- during the three-year compliance pe-
dicate an exceedance of maximum per- riod (as that term is defined in § 141.2)
missible source water levels estab- in effect when the applicable State de-
lished under § 141.83(b)(4), the State termination under paragraph (d)(1) of
may require that one additional sample this section is made. Such systems
be collected as soon as possible after shall collect samples once during each
the initial sample was taken (but not subsequent compliance period. Tri-
to exceed two weeks) at the same sam- ennial samples shall be collected every
pling point. If a State-required con- third calendar year.
firmation sample is taken for lead or (ii) A water system using surface
copper, then the results of the initial water (or a combination of surface and
495
§ 141.89 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
ground water) shall collect samples and copper concentrations specified by

once during each calendar year, the the State in § 141.83(b)(4) for at least
first annual monitoring period to begin three consecutive years; or
during the year in which the applicable (ii) The State has determined that
State determination is made under source water treatment is not needed
paragraph (d)(1) of this section. and the system demonstrates that, dur-
(2) A system is not required to con- ing at least three consecutive years,
duct source water sampling for lead the concentration of lead in source
and/or copper if the system meets the water was less than or equal to 0.005
action level for the specific contami- mg/L and the concentration of copper
nant in tap water samples during the in source water was less than or equal
entire source water sampling period ap- to 0.65 mg/L.
plicable to the system under paragraph (3) A water system that uses a new
(d)(1) (i) or (ii) of this section. source of water is not eligible for re-
(e) Reduced monitoring frequency. (1) A duced monitoring for lead and/or cop-
water system using only ground water per until concentrations in samples
may reduce the monitoring frequency collected from the new source during
for lead and copper in source water to three consecutive monitoring periods
once during each nine-year compliance are below the maximum permissible
cycle (as that term is defined in § 141.2) lead and copper concentrations speci-
provided that the samples are collected fied by the State in § 141.83(a)(5).
no later than every ninth calendar year [56 FR 26548, June 7, 1991; 57 FR 28788 and
and if the system meets one of the fol- 28789, June 29, 1992, as amended at 65 FR 2012,
lowing criteria: Jan. 12, 2000; 72 FR 57819, Oct. 10, 2007]
(i) The system demonstrates that fin-
ished drinking water entering the dis- § 141.89 Analytical methods.
tribution system has been maintained (a) Analyses for lead, copper, pH, con-
below the maximum permissible lead ductivity, calcium, alkalinity,
and copper concentrations specified by orthophosphate, silica, and tempera-
the State in § 141.83(b)(4) during at least ture shall be conducted with the meth-
three consecutive compliance periods ods in § 141.23(k)(1).
under paragraph (d)(1) of this section; (1) Analyses for alkalinity, calcium,
or conductivity, orthophosphate, pH, sili-
(ii) The State has determined that ca, and temperature may be performed
source water treatment is not needed by any person acceptable to the State.
and the system demonstrates that, dur- Analyses under this section for lead
ing at least three consecutive compli- and copper shall only be conducted by
ance periods in which sampling was laboratories that have been certified by
conducted under paragraph (d)(1) of EPA or the State. To obtain certifi-
this section, the concentration of lead cation to conduct analyses for lead and
in source water was less than or equal copper, laboratories must:
to 0.005 mg/L and the concentration of (i) Analyze Performance Evaluation
copper in source water was less than or samples, which include lead and cop-
equal to 0.65 mg/L. per, provided by or acceptable to EPA
(2) A water system using surface or the State at least once a year by
water (or a combination of surface each method for which the laboratory
water and ground water) may reduce desires certification; and
the monitoring frequency in paragraph (ii) Achieve quantitative acceptance
(d)(1) of this section to once during limits as follows:
each nine-year compliance cycle (as (A) For lead: ±30 percent of the actual
that term is defined in § 141.2) provided amount in the Performance Evaluation
that the samples are collected no later sample when the actual amount is
than every ninth calendar year and if greater than or equal to 0.005 mg/L.
the system meets one of the following The Practical Quantitation Level, or
criteria: PQL for lead is 0.005 mg/L.
(i) The system demonstrates that fin- (B) For Copper: ±10 percent of the ac-
ished drinking water entering the dis- tual amount in the Performance Eval-
tribution system has been maintained uation sample when the actual amount
below the maximum permissible lead is greater than or equal to 0.050 mg/L.
496
The Practical Quantitation Level, or less than six months, the end of the
PQL for copper is 0.050 mg/L. monitoring period is the last date sam-
(iii) Achieve the method detection ples can be collected during that period
limit for lead of 0.001 mg/L according to as specified in §§ 141.86 and 141.87.
the procedures in appendix B of part (i) The results of all tap samples for
136 of this title. This need only be ac- lead and copper including the location
complished if the laboratory will be of each site and the criteria under
processing source water composite § 141.86(a) (3), (4), (5), (6), and/or (7)
samples under § 141.88(a)(1)(iv). under which the site was selected for
(iv) Be currently certified by EPA or the system’s sampling pool;
the State to perform analyses to the (ii) Documentation for each tap
specifications described in paragraph water lead or copper sample for which
(a)(1) of this section. the water system requests invalidation
(2) States have the authority to allow pursuant to § 141.86(f)(2);
the use of previously collected moni- (iii) [Reserved]
toring data for purposes of monitoring, (iv) The 90th percentile lead and cop-
if the data were collected and analyzed per concentrations measured from
in accordance with the requirements of among all lead and copper tap water
this subpart. samples collected during each moni-
(3) All lead and copper levels meas- toring period (calculated in accordance
ured between the PQL and MDL must with § 141.80(c)(3)), unless the State cal-
be either reported as measured or they culates the system’s 90th percentile
can be reported as one-half the PQL lead and copper levels under paragraph
specified for lead and copper in para- (h) of this section;
graph (a)(1)(ii) of this section. All lev- (v) With the exception of initial tap
els below the lead and copper MDLs sampling conducted pursuant to
must be reported as zero. § 141.86(d)(1), the system shall designate
(4) All copper levels measured be- any site which was not sampled during
tween the PQL and the MDL must be previous monitoring periods, and in-
either reported as measured or they clude an explanation of why sampling
can be reported as one-half the PQL sites have changed;
(0.025 mg/L). All levels below the copper (vi) The results of all tap samples for
MDL must be reported as zero. pH, and where applicable, alkalinity,
(b) [Reserved] calcium, conductivity, temperature,
[56 FR 26548, June 7, 1991, as amended at 57 and orthophosphate or silica collected
FR 28789, June 29, 1992; 57 FR 31847, July 17, under § 141.87 (b)–(e);
1992; 59 FR 33863, June 30, 1994; 59 FR 62470, (vii) The results of all samples col-
Dec. 5, 1994; 64 FR 67466, Dec. 1, 1999; 65 FR lected at the entry point(s) to the dis-
2012, Jan. 12, 2000; 72 FR 57819, Oct. 10, 2007] tribution system for applicable water
quality parameters under § 141.87 (b)–
§ 141.90 Reporting requirements. (e);
All water systems shall report all of (viii) A water system shall report the
the following information to the State results of all water quality parameter
in accordance with this section. samples collected under § 141.87(c)
(a) Reporting requirements for tap through (f) during each six-month mon-
water monitoring for lead and copper and itoring period specified in § 141.87(d)
for water quality parameter monitoring. within the first 10 days following the
(1) Except as provided in paragraph end of the monitoring period unless the
(a)(1)(viii) of this section, a water sys- State has specified a more frequent re-
tem shall report the information speci- porting requirement.
fied below for all tap water samples (2) For a non-transient non-commu-
specified in § 141.86 and for all water nity water system, or a community
quality parameter samples specified in water system meeting the criteria of
§ 141.87 within the first 10 days fol- § 141.85(b)(7), that does not have enough
lowing the end of each applicable moni- taps that can provide first-draw sam-
toring period specified in § 141.86 and ples, the system must either:
§ 141.87 (i.e., every six months, annu- (i) Provide written documentation to
ally, every 3 years, or every 9 years). the State identifying standing times
For monitoring periods with a duration and locations for enough non-first-draw
497
§ 141.90 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
samples to make up its sampling pool information to the State in writing by

under § 141.86(b)(5) by the start of the the specified deadline:
first applicable monitoring period (i) By the start of the first applicable
under § 141.86(d) that commences after monitoring period in § 141.86(d), any
April 11, 2000, unless the State has small water system applying for a
waived prior State approval of non- monitoring waiver shall provide the
first-draw sample sites selected by the documentation required to dem-
system pursuant to § 141.86(b)(5); or onstrate that it meets the waiver cri-
(ii) If the State has waived prior ap- teria of §§ 141.86(g)(1) and (2).
proval of non-first-draw sample sites (ii) No later than nine years after the
selected by the system, identify, in monitoring previously conducted pur-
writing, each site that did not meet the suant to § 141.86(g)(2) or § 141.86(g)(4)(i),
six-hour minimum standing time and each small system desiring to maintain
the length of standing time for that its monitoring waiver shall provide the
particular substitute sample collected information required by §§ 141.86(g)(4)(i)
pursuant to § 141.86(b)(5) and include and (ii).
this information with the lead and cop- (iii) No later than 60 days after it be-
per tap sample results required to be comes aware that it is no longer free of
submitted pursuant to paragraph lead-containing and/or copper-con-
(a)(1)(i) of this section. taining material, as appropriate, each
(3) At a time specified by the State, small system with a monitoring waiver
or if no specific time is designated by shall provide written notification to
the State, then as early as possible the State, setting forth the cir-
prior to the addition of a new source or cumstances resulting in the lead-con-
any long-term change in water treat- taining and/or copper-containing mate-
ment, a water system deemed to have rials being introduced into the system
optimized corrosion control under and what corrective action, if any, the
§ 141.81(b)(3), a water system subject to system plans to remove these mate-
reduced monitoring pursuant to rials.
§ 141.86(d)(4), or a water system subject (iv) By October 10, 2000, any small
to a monitoring waiver pursuant to system with a waiver granted prior to
§ 141.86(g), shall submit written docu- April 11, 2000 and that has not pre-
mentation to the State describing the viously met the requirements of
change or addition. The State must re- § 141.86(g)(2) shall provide the informa-
view and approve the addition of a new tion required by that paragraph.
source or long-term change in treat- (5) Each ground water system that
ment before it is implemented by the limits water quality parameter moni-
water system. Examples of long-term toring to a subset of entry points under
treatment changes include the addition § 141.87(c)(3) shall provide, by the com-
of a new treatment process or modi- mencement of such monitoring, writ-
fication of an existing treatment proc- ten correspondence to the State that
ess. Examples of modifications include identifies the selected entry points and
switching secondary disinfectants, includes information sufficient to dem-
switching coagulants (e.g., alum to fer- onstrate that the sites are representa-
ric chloride), and switching corrosion tive of water quality and treatment
inhibitor products (e.g., conditions throughout the system.
orthophosphate to blended phosphate). (b) Source water monitoring reporting
Long-term changes can include dose requirements. (1) A water system shall
changes to existing chemicals if the report the sampling results for all
system is planning long-term changes source water samples collected in ac-
to its finished water pH or residual in- cordance with § 141.88 within the first 10
hibitor concentration. Long-term days following the end of each source
treatment changes would not include water monitoring period (i.e., annually,
chemical dose fluctuations associated per compliance period, per compliance
with daily raw water quality changes. cycle) specified in § 141.88.
(4) Any small system applying for a (2) With the exception of the first
monitoring waiver under § 141.86(g), or round of source water sampling con-
subject to a waiver granted pursuant to ducted pursuant to § 141.88(b), the sys-

§ 141.86(g)(3), shall provide the following tem shall specify any site which was
498
not sampled during previous moni- (2) No later than 12 months after the
toring periods, and include an expla- end of a monitoring period in which a
nation of why the sampling point has system exceeds the lead action level in
changed. sampling referred to in § 141.84(a), and
(c) Corrosion control treatment report- every 12 months thereafter, the system
ing requirements. By the applicable shall demonstrate to the State in writ-
dates under § 141.81, systems shall re- ing that the system has either:
port the following information: (i) Replaced in the previous 12
(1) For systems demonstrating that months at least 7 percent of the initial
they have already optimized corrosion lead service lines (or a greater number
control, information required in of lines specified by the State under
§ 141.81(b) (2) or (3). § 141.84(e)) in its distribution system, or
(2) For systems required to optimize (ii) Conducted sampling which dem-
corrosion control, their recommenda- onstrates that the lead concentration
tion regarding optimal corrosion con- in all service line samples from an indi-
trol treatment under § 141.82(a). vidual line(s), taken pursuant to
(3) For systems required to evaluate § 141.86(b)(3), is less than or equal to
the effectiveness of corrosion control 0.015 mg/L. In such cases, the total
treatments under § 141.82(c), the infor- number of lines replaced and/or which
mation required by that paragraph. meet the criteria in § 141.84(c) shall
(4) For systems required to install equal at least 7 percent of the initial
optimal corrosion control designated number of lead lines identified under
by the State under § 141.82(d), a letter paragraph (e)(1) of this section (or the
certifying that the system has com- percentage specified by the State under
pleted installing that treatment. § 141.84(e)).
(d) Source water treatment reporting re-
(3) The annual letter submitted to
quirements. By the applicable dates in
the State under paragraph (e)(2) of this
§ 141.83, systems shall provide the fol-
section shall contain the following in-
lowing information to the State:
formation:
(1) If required under § 141.83(b)(1),
their recommendation regarding (i) The number of lead service lines
source water treatment; scheduled to be replaced during the
(2) For systems required to install previous year of the system’s replace-
source water treatment under ment schedule;
§ 141.83(b)(2), a letter certifying that (ii) The number and location of each
the system has completed installing lead service line replaced during the
the treatment designated by the State previous year of the system’s replace-
within 24 months after the State des- ment schedule;
ignated the treatment. (iii) If measured, the water lead con-
(e) Lead service line replacement report- centration and location of each lead
ing requirements. Systems shall report service line sampled, the sampling
the following information to the State method, and the date of sampling.
to demonstrate compliance with the re- (4) Any system which collects lead
quirements of § 141.84: service line samples following partial
(1) No later than 12 months after the lead service line replacement required
end of a monitoring period in which a by § 141.84 shall report the results to
system exceeds the lead action level in the State within the first ten days of
sampling referred to in § 141.84(a), the the month following the month in
system must submit written docu- which the system receives the labora-
mentation to the State of the material tory results, or as specified by the
evaluation conducted as required in State. States, at their discretion may
§ 141.86(a), identify the initial number eliminate this requirement to report
of lead service lines in its distribution these monitoring results. Systems
system at the time the system exceeds shall also report any additional infor-
the lead action level, and provide the mation as specified by the State, and
system’s schedule for annually replac- in a time and manner prescribed by the
ing at least 7 percent of the initial State, to verify that all partial lead
number of lead service lines in its dis- service line replacement activities
tribution system. have taken place.
499
§ 141.91 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
(f) Public education program reporting (1) The State has previously notified
requirements. (1) Any water system that the water system that it will calculate
is subject to the public education re- the water system’s 90th percentile lead
quirements in § 141.85 shall, within ten and copper concentrations, based on
days after the end of each period in the lead and copper tap results sub-
which the system is required to permitted pursuant to paragraph (h)(2)(i)
form public education in accordance of this section, and has specified a date
with § 141.85(b), send written docu- before the end of the applicable moni-
mentation to the State that contains: toring period by which the system
(i) A demonstration that the system must provide the results of lead and
has delivered the public education ma- copper tap water samples;
terials that meet the content require-
(2) The system has provided the fol-
ments in § 141.85(a) and the delivery re-
quirements in § 141.85(b); and lowing information to the State by the
(ii) A list of all the newspapers, radio date specified in paragraph (h)(1) of
stations, television stations, and facili- this section:
ties and organizations to which the (i) The results of all tap samples for
system delivered public education ma- lead and copper including the location
terials during the period in which the of each site and the criteria under
system was required to perform public § 141.86(a)(3), (4), (5), (6), and/or (7) under
education tasks. which the site was selected for the sys-
(2) Unless required by the State, a tem’s sampling pool, pursuant to para-
system that previously has submitted graph (a)(1)(i) of this section; and
the information required by paragraph (ii) An identification of sampling
(f)(1)(ii) of this section need not resub- sites utilized during the current moni-
mit the information required by para- toring period that were not sampled
graph (f)(1)(ii) of this section, as long during previous monitoring periods,
as there have been no changes in the and an explanation why sampling sites
distribution list and the system cer- have changed; and
tifies that the public education mate- (3) The State has provided the results
rials were distributed to the same list
of the 90th percentile lead and copper
submitted previously.
calculations, in writing, to the water
(3) No later than 3 months following
the end of the monitoring period, each system before the end of the moni-
system must mail a sample copy of the toring period.
consumer notification of tap results to [56 FR 26548, June 7, 1991; 57 FR 28789, June
the State along with a certification 29, 1992, as amended at 59 FR 33864, June 30,
that the notification has been distrib- 1994; 65 FR 2012, Jan. 12, 2000; 72 FR 57819,
uted in a manner consistent with the Oct. 10, 2007]
requirements of § 141.85(d).
(g) Reporting of additional monitoring § 141.91 Recordkeeping requirements.
data. Any system which collects sam- Any system subject to the require-
pling data in addition to that required ments of this subpart shall retain on
by this subpart shall report the results its premises original records of all
to the State within the first ten days sampling data and analyses, reports,
following the end of the applicable surveys, letters, evaluations, sched-
monitoring period under §§ 141.86, 141.87 ules, State determinations, and any
and 141.88 during which the samples are
other information required by §§ 141.81
collected.
through 141.88. Each water system shall
(h) Reporting of 90th percentile lead
and copper concentrations where the retain the records required by this sec-
State calculates a system’s 90th percentile tion for no fewer than 12 years.
concentrations. A water system is not
required to report the 90th percentile Subpart J—Use of Non-Centralized
lead and copper concentrations meas- Treatment Devices
ured from among all lead and copper
tap water samples collected during
SOURCE: 52 FR 25716, July 8, 1987, unless

each monitoring period, as required by otherwise noted.
paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of this section if:
500
§ 141.100 Criteria and procedures for rights and responsibilities of the public
public water systems using point-of- water system customer convey with
entry devices. title upon sale of property.
(a) Public water systems may use [52 FR 25716, July 8, 1987; 53 FR 25111, July 1,
point-of-entry devices to comply with 1988]
maximum contaminant levels only if
they meet the requirements of this sec- § 141.101 Use of bottled water.
tion.
(b) It is the responsibility of the pub- Public water systems shall not use
lic water system to operate and main- bottled water to achieve compliance
tain the point-of-entry treatment sys- with an MCL. Bottled water may be
tem. used on a temporary basis to avoid un-
(c) The public water system must de- reasonable risk to health.
velop and obtain State approval for a [63 FR 31934, June 11, 1998]
monitoring plan before point-of-entry
devices are installed for compliance. Subpart K—Treatment Techniques
Under the plan approved by the State,
point-of-entry devices must provide
health protection equivalent to central SOURCE: 56 FR 3594, Jan. 30, 1991, unless
otherwise noted.
water treatment. ‘‘Equivalent’’ means
that the water would meet all national
§ 141.110 General requirements.
primary drinking water regulations
and would be of acceptable quality The requirements of subpart K of this
similar to water distributed by a well- part constitute national primary
operated central treatment plant. In drinking water regulations. These reg-
addition to the VOCs, monitoring must ulations establish treatment tech-
include physical measurements and ob- niques in lieu of maximum contami-
servations such as total flow treated nant levels for specified contaminants.
and mechanical condition of the treat-
ment equipment. § 141.111 Treatment techniques for ac-
(d) Effective technology must be rylamide and epichlorohydrin.
properly applied under a plan approved Each public water system must cer-
by the State and the microbiological tify annually in writing to the State
safety of the water must be main- (using third party or manufacturer’s
tained. certification) that when acrylamide
(1) The State must require adequate and epichlorohydrin are used in drink-
certification of performance, field testing water systems, the combination (or
ing, and, if not included in the certifi- product) of dose and monomer level
cation process, a rigorous engineering does not exceed the levels specified as
design review of the point-of-entry de- follows:
vices.
Acrylamide=0.05% dosed at 1 ppm (or equiva-
(2) The design and application of the
lent)
point-of-entry devices must consider
Epichlorohydrin=0.01% dosed at 20 ppm (or
the tendency for increase in equivalent)
heterotrophic bacteria concentrations
in water treated with activated carbon. Certifications can rely on manufactur-
It may be necessary to use frequent ers or third parties, as approved by the
backwashing, post-contactor disinfec- State.
tion, and Heterotrophic Plate Count
monitoring to ensure that the micro- Subpart L—Disinfectant Residuals,
biological safety of the water is not
compromised.
Disinfection Byproducts, and
(e) All consumers shall be protected. Disinfection Byproduct Precur-
Every building connected to the sys- sors
tem must have a point-of-entry device
installed, maintained, and adequately § 141.130 General requirements.
monitored. The State must be assured (a) The requirements of this subpart
that every building is subject to treat- L constitute national primary drinking

ment and monitoring, and that the water regulations.
501
§ 141.131 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
(1) The regulations in this subpart es- (c) Each CWS and NTNCWS regulated
tablish criteria under which commu- under paragraph (a) of this section
nity water systems (CWSs) and non- must be operated by qualified per-
transient, noncommunity water sys- sonnel who meet the requirements
tems (NTNCWSs) which add a chemical specified by the State and are included
disinfectant to the water in any part of in a State register of qualified opera-
the drinking water treatment process tors.
must modify their practices to meet (d) Control of disinfectant residuals.
MCLs and MRDLs in §§ 141.64 and 141.65, Notwithstanding the MRDLs in § 141.65,
respectively, and must meet the treat- systems may increase residual dis-
ment technique requirements for disinfectant levels in the distribution sys-
infection byproduct precursors in tem of chlorine or chloramines (but not
§ 141.135. chlorine dioxide) to a level and for a
(2) The regulations in this subpart es- time necessary to protect public
tablish criteria under which transient health, to address specific micro-
NCWSs that use chlorine dioxide as a biological contamination problems
disinfectant or oxidant must modify caused by circumstances such as, but
their practices to meet the MRDL for not limited to, distribution line breaks,
chlorine dioxide in § 141.65. storm run-off events, source water con-
(3) EPA has established MCLs for tamination events, or cross-connection
TTHM and HAA5 and treatment tech- events.
nique requirements for disinfection by-
product precursors to limit the levels [63 FR 69466, Dec. 16, 1998, as amended at 66
of known and unknown disinfection by- FR 3776, Jan. 16, 2001]
products which may have adverse
§ 141.131 Analytical requirements.
health effects. These disinfection by-
products may include chloroform; (a) General. (1) Systems must use
bromodichloromethane; only the analytical methods specified
dibromochloromethane; bromoform; in this section, or their equivalent as
dichloroacetic acid; and trichloroacetic approved by EPA, to demonstrate com-
acid. pliance with the requirements of this
(b) Compliance dates—(1) CWSs and subpart and with the requirements of
NTNCWSs. Unless otherwise noted, sys- subparts U and V of this part. These
tems must comply with the require- methods are effective for compliance
ments of this subpart as follows. Sub- monitoring February 16, 1999, unless a
part H systems serving 10,000 or more different effective date is specified in
persons must comply with this subpart this section or by the State.
beginning January 1, 2002. Subpart H (2) The following documents are in-
systems serving fewer than 10,000 per- corporated by reference. The Director
sons and systems using only ground of the Federal Register approves this
water not under the direct influence of incorporation by reference in accord-
surface water must comply with this ance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR
subpart beginning January 1, 2004. part 51. Copies may be inspected at
(2) Transient NCWSs. Subpart H sys- EPA’s Drinking Water Docket, 1301
tems serving 10,000 or more persons and Constitution Avenue, NW., EPA West,
using chlorine dioxide as a disinfectant Room B102, Washington, DC 20460, or at
or oxidant must comply with any re- the National Archives and Records Ad-
quirements for chlorine dioxide in this ministration (NARA). For information
subpart beginning January 1, 2002. Sub- on the availability of this material at
part H systems serving fewer than NARA, call 202–741–6030, or go to: http://
10,000 persons and using chlorine diox- www.archives.gov/federallregister/
ide as a disinfectant or oxidant and codeloflfederallregulations/
systems using only ground water not ibrllocations.html. EPA Method 552.1 is
under the direct influence of surface in Methods for the Determination of
water and using chlorine dioxide as a Organic Compounds in Drinking Water-
disinfectant or oxidant must comply Supplement II, USEPA, August 1992,
with any requirements for chlorine di- EPA/600/R–92/129 (available through Na-
oxide in this subpart beginning Janu- tional Information Technical Service

ary 1, 2004. (NTIS), PB92–207703). EPA Methods
502
502.2, 524.2, 551.1, and 552.2 are in Meth- with Standard Methods for the Exam-
ods for the Determination of Organic ination of Water and Wastewater, 19th
Compounds in Drinking Water-Supple- or 20th Editions, American Public
ment III, USEPA, August 1995, EPA/600/ Health Association, 1995 and 1998, re-
R–95/131 (available through NTIS, spectively. The cited methods pub-
PB95–261616). EPA Method 300.0 is in lished in either edition may be used.
Methods for the Determination of Inor- Standard Methods 5310 B, 5310 C, and
ganic Substances in Environmental 5310 D shall be followed in accordance
Samples, USEPA, August 1993, EPA/600/ with the Supplement to the 19th Edi-
R–93/100 (available through NTIS, tion of Standard Methods for the Ex-
PB94–121811). EPA Methods 300.1 and amination of Water and Wastewater, or
321.8 are in Methods for the Determina- the Standard Methods for the Exam-
tion of Organic and Inorganic Com- ination of Water and Wastewater, 20th
pounds in Drinking Water, Volume 1, Edition, American Public Health Asso-
USEPA, August 2000, EPA 815–R–00–014 ciation, 1996 and 1998, respectively. The
(available through NTIS, PB2000– cited methods published in either edi-
106981). EPA Method 317.0, Revision 2.0, tion may be used. Copies may be ob-
‘‘Determination of Inorganic Oxyhalide tained from the American Public
Disinfection By-Products in Drinking Health Association, 1015 Fifteenth
Water Using Ion Chromatography with Street, NW., Washington, DC 20005.
the Addition of a Postcolumn Reagent Standard Methods 4500–Cl D–00, 4500–Cl
for Trace Bromate Analysis,’’ USEPA, E–00, 4500–Cl F–00, 4500–Cl G–00, 4500–Cl
July 2001, EPA 815–B–01–001, EPA Meth- H–00, 4500–Cl I–00, 4500–ClO2 E–00, 6251
od 326.0, Revision 1.0, ‘‘Determination B–94, 5310 B–00, 5310 C–00, 5310 D–00 and
of Inorganic Oxyhalide Disinfection 5910 B–00 are available at http://
By-Products in Drinking Water Using www.standardmethods.org or at EPA’s
Ion Chromatography Incorporating the Water Docket. The year in which each
Addition of a Suppressor Acidified method was approved by the Standard
Postcolumn Reagent for Trace Bro- Methods Committee is designated by
mate Analysis,’’ USEPA, June 2002, the last two digits in the method num-
EPA 815–R–03–007, EPA Method 327.0, ber. The methods listed are the only
Revision 1.1, ‘‘Determination of Chlo- Online versions that are IBR-approved.
rine Dioxide and Chlorite Ion in Drink- ASTM Methods D 1253–86 and D 1253–86
ing Water Using Lissamine Green B (Reapproved 1996) shall be followed in
and Horseradish Peroxidase with De- accordance with the Annual Book of
tection by Visible ASTM Standards, Volume 11.01, Amer-
Spectrophotometry,’’ USEPA, May ican Society for Testing and Materials
2005, EPA 815–R–05–008 and EPA Method International, 1996 or any ASTM edi-
552.3, Revision 1.0, ‘‘Determination of tion containing the IBR-approved
Haloacetic Acids and Dalapon in version of the method may be used.
Drinking Water by Liquid-liquid ASTM Method D1253–03 shall be fol-
Microextraction, Derivatization, and lowed in accordance with the Annual
Gas Chromatography with Electron Book of ASTM Standards, Volume
Capture Detection,’’ USEPA, July 2003, 11.01, American Society for Testing and
EPA–815–B–03–002 can be accessed and Materials International, 2004 or any
downloaded directly on-line at http:// ASTM edition containing the IBR-ap-
www.epa.gov/safewater/methods/ proved version of the method may be
sourcalt.html. EPA Method 415.3, Revi- used. ASTM Method D 6581–00 shall be
sion 1.1, ‘‘Determination of Total Or- followed in accordance with the Annual
ganic Carbon and Specific UV Absorb- Book of ASTM Standards, Volume
ance at 254 nm in Source Water and 11.01, American Society for Testing and
Drinking Water,’’ USEPA, February Materials International, 2001 or any
2005, EPA/600/R–05/055 can be accessed ASTM edition containing the IBR-ap-
and downloaded directly on-line at proved version of the method may be
www.epa.gov/nerlcwww/ordmeth.htm. used; copies may be obtained from the
Standard Methods 4500–Cl D, 4500–Cl E, American Society for Testing and Ma-
4500–Cl F, 4500–Cl G, 4500–Cl H, 500–Cl I, terials International, 100 Barr Harbor
4500–ClO2 D, 4500–ClO2 E, 6251 B, and Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428–

5910 B shall be followed in accordance 2959.
503
§ 141.131 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
(b) Disinfection byproducts. (1) Sys- lowing table or one of the alternative
tems must measure disinfection by- methods listed in appendix A to sub-
products by the methods (as modified part C of this part:
by the footnotes) listed in the fol-
APPROVED METHODS FOR DISINFECTION BYPRODUCT COMPLIANCE MONITORING
Contaminant and methodology 1 EPA method Standard method 2 SM online 9 ASTM method 3
TTHM
P&T/GC/ElCD & PID ............. 502.2 4 ................... ............................... ...............................
P&T/GC/MS ........................... 524.2 ..................... ............................... ...............................
LLE/GC/ECD ......................... 551.1 ..................... ............................... ...............................
HAA5
LLE (diazomethane)/GC/ECD ............................... 6251 B 5 ................ 6251 B–94 ............
SPE (acidic methanol)/GC/ 552.1 5 ................... ............................... ...............................
ECD.
LLE (acidic methanol)/GC/ 552.2, 552.3 .......... ............................... ...............................
ECD.
Bromate
Ion chromatography .............. 300.1 ..................... ............................... ............................... D 6581–00
Ion chromatography & post 317.0 Rev 2.0 6, ............................... ...............................
column reaction. 326.0 6.
IC/ICP–MS ............................. 321.8 6,7 ................ ............................... ...............................
Chlorite
Amperometric titration ........... ............................... 4500–ClO2 E8 ...... 4500–ClO2 E–00 8
Spectrophotometry ................ 327.0 Rev 1.1 8 ..... ............................... ...............................
Ion chromatography .............. 300.0, 300.1, 317.0 ............................... ............................... D 6581–00
Rev 2.0, 326.0.
1 P&T = purge and trap; GC = gas chromatography; ElCD = electrolytic conductivity detector; PID = photoionization detector;
MS = mass spectrometer; LLE = liquid/liquid extraction; ECD = electron capture detector; SPE = solid phase extraction; IC = ion
chromatography; ICP–MS = inductively coupled plasma/mass spectrometer.
2 19th and 20th editions of Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 1995 and 1998, respectively,
American Public Health Association; either of these editions may be used.
3 Annual Book of ASTM Standards, 2001 or any year containing the cited version of the method, Vol 11.01.
4 If TTHMs are the only analytes being measured in the sample, then a PID is not required.
5 The samples must be extracted within 14 days of sample collection.
6 Ion chromatography & post column reaction or IC/ICP-MS must be used for monitoring of bromate for purposes of dem-
onstrating eligibility of reduced monitoring, as prescribed in § 141.132(b)(3)(ii).
7 Samples must be preserved at the time of sampling with 50 mg ethylenediamine (EDA)/L of sample and must be analyzed
within 28 days.
8 Amperometric titration or spectrophotometry may be used for routine daily monitoring of chlorite at the entrance to the dis-
tribution system, as prescribed in § 141.132(b)(2)(i)(A). Ion chromatography must be used for routine monthly monitoring of chlo-
rite and additional monitoring of chlorite in the distribution system, as prescribed in § 141.132(b)(2)(i)(B) and (b)(2)(ii).
9 The Standard Methods Online version that is approved is indicated by the last two digits in the method number which is the
year of approval by the Standard Method Committee. Standard Methods Online are available at http://www.standardmethods.org.
(2) Analyses under this section for (ii) Until March 31, 2007, in these
disinfection byproducts must be con- analyses of PE samples, the laboratory
ducted by laboratories that have re- must achieve quantitative results
ceived certification by EPA or the within the acceptance limit on a min-
State, except as specified under para- imum of 80% of the analytes included
graph (b)(3) of this section. To receive in each PE sample. The acceptance
certification to conduct analyses for limit is defined as the 95% confidence
the DBP contaminants in §§ 141.64, interval calculated around the mean of
141.135, and subparts U and V of this the PE study between a maximum and
part, the laboratory must: minimum acceptance limit of ±50% and
(i) Analyze Performance Evaluation ±15% of the study mean.
(PE) samples that are acceptable to (iii) Beginning April 1, 2007, the lab-
EPA or the State at least once during oratory must achieve quantitative re-
each consecutive 12 month period by sults on the PE sample analyses that
each method for which the laboratory are within the following acceptance
desires certification. limits:
504
Acceptance Acceptance
DBP limits (percent Comments DBP limits (percent Comments
of true value) of true value)
TTHM Dichloroacetic ±40

Chloroform ........ ±20 Laboratory must Acid.
meet all 4 indi- Trichloroacetic ±40
vidual THM ac- Acid.
ceptance limits in Monobromoacet- ±40
order to success- ic Acid.
fully pass a PE Dibromoacetic ±40
sample for TTHM Acid.
Bromodichlorom- ±20
Chlorite ..................... ±30
ethane.
Dibromochlorom- ±20 Bromate .................... ±30
ethane.
Bromoform ........ ±20 (iv) Beginning April 1, 2007, report
HAA5
Monochloroaceti- ±40 Laboratory must quantitative data for concentrations at
c Acid. meet the accept- least as low as the ones listed in the
ance limits for 4 following table for all DBP samples
out of 5 of the
HAA5 compounds analyzed for compliance with §§ 141.64,
in order to suc- 141.135, and subparts U and V of this
cessfully pass a part:
PE sample for
HAA5
Minimum re-
DBP porting level Comments
(mg/L) 1
TTHM 2
Chloroform .................................................. 0.0010
Bromodichloromethane .............................. 0.0010
Dibromochloromethane .............................. 0.0010
Bromoform .................................................. 0.0010
HAA5 2
Monochloroacetic Acid ............................... 0.0020
Dichloroacetic Acid ..................................... 0.0010
Trichloroacetic Acid .................................... 0.0010
Monobromoacetic Acid ............................... 0.0010
Dibromoacetic Acid .................................... 0.0010
Chlorite ...................................................................... 0.020 Applicable to monitoring as prescribed in
§ 141.132(b)(2)(1)(B) and (b)(2)(ii).
Bromate .................................................................... 0.0050 or Laboratories that use EPA Methods 317.0 Revision 2.0,
0.0010 326.0 or 321.8 must meet a 0.0010 mg/L MRL for bro-
mate.
1 The calibration curve must encompass the regulatory minimum reporting level (MRL) concentration. Data may be reported for
concentrations lower than the regulatory MRL as long as the precision and accuracy criteria are met by analyzing an MRL check
standard at the lowest reporting limit chosen by the laboratory. The laboratory must verify the accuracy of the calibration curve at
the MRL concentration by analyzing an MRL check standard with a concentration less than or equal to 110% of the MRL with
each batch of samples. The measured concentration for the MRL check standard must be ±50% of the expected value, if any
field sample in the batch has a concentration less than 5 times the regulatory MRL. Method requirements to analyze higher con-
centration check standards and meet tighter acceptance criteria for them must be met in addition to the MRL check standard re-
quirement.
2 When adding the individual trihalomethane or haloacetic acid concentrations to calculate the TTHM or HAA5 concentrations,
respectively, a zero is used for any analytical result that is less than the MRL concentration for that DBP, unless otherwise speci-
fied by the State.
(3) A party approved by EPA or the concentration for free chlorine, com-
State must measure daily chlorite bined chlorine (chloramines), and chlo-
samples at the entrance to the dis- rine dioxide by the methods listed in
tribution system. the following table or one of the alter-
(c) Disinfectant residuals. (1) Systems native methods listed in appendix A to
must measure residual disinfectant subpart C of this part:
505
§ 141.131 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
Residual measured 1
SM (19th or SM ASTM EPA
Methodology Com-
20th ed) Online 2 method method Free Total
bined ClO2
Cl2 Cl2
Cl2
Amperometric Titration .......... 4500–Cl D 4500–Cl D–00 D 1253–86 X X X

(96), 03
Low Level Amperometric Ti- 4500–Cl E 4500–Cl E–00 X
tration.
DPD Ferrous Titrimetric ........ 4500–Cl F 4500–Cl F–00 X X X
DPD Colorimetric .................. 4500–Cl G 4500–Cl G–00 X X X
Syringaldazine (FACTS) ....... 4500–Cl H 4500–Cl H–00 X
Iodometric Electrode ............. 4500–Cl I 4500–Cl I–00 X
DPD ....................................... 4500–ClO2 D X
Amperometric Method II ........ 4500–ClO2 E 4500–ClO2 E– X
00
Lissamine Green 327.0 Rev 1.1 X
Spectrophotometric.
1 X indicates method is approved for measuring specified disinfectant residual. Free chlorine or total chlorine may be measured
for demonstrating compliance with the chlorine MRDL and combined chlorine, or total chlorine may be measured for dem-
onstrating compliance with the chloramine MRDL.
2 The Standard Methods Online version that is approved is indicated by the last two digits in the method number which is the
year of approval by the Standard Method Committee. Standard Methods Online are available at http://www.standardmethods.org.
(2) If approved by the State, systems TOC samples must be analyzed within
may also measure residual disinfectant 28 days.
concentrations for chlorine, (4) Specific Ultraviolet Absorbance
chloramines, and chlorine dioxide by (SUVA). SUVA is equal to the UV ab-
using DPD colorimetric test kits. sorption at 254nm (UV254) (measured in
(3) A party approved by EPA or the m-1 divided by the dissolved organic
State must measure residual disinfect- carbon (DOC) concentration (measured
ant concentration. as mg/L). In order to determine SUVA,
(d) Additional analytical methods. Sys- it is necessary to separately measure
tems required to analyze parameters UV254 and DOC. When determining
not included in paragraphs (b) and (c) SUVA, systems must use the methods
of this section must use the following stipulated in paragraph (d)(4)(i) of this
methods or one of the alternative section to measure DOC and the meth-
methods listed in appendix A to sub- od stipulated in paragraph (d)(4)(ii) of
part C of this part. A party approved by this section to measure UV254. SUVA
EPA or the State must measure these must be determined on water prior to
parameters. the addition of disinfectants/oxidants
(1) Alkalinity. All methods allowed in by the system. DOC and UV254 samples
§ 141.89(a) for measuring alkalinity. used to determine a SUVA value must
(2) Bromide. EPA Methods 300.0, 300.1, be taken at the same time and at the
317.0 Revision 2.0, 326.0, or ASTM D same location.
6581–00. (i) Dissolved Organic Carbon (DOC).
(3) Total Organic Carbon (TOC). Standard Method 5310 B or 5310 B–00
Standard Method 5310 B or 5310 B–00 (High-Temperature Combustion Meth-
(High-Temperature Combustion Meth- od) or Standard Method 5310 C or 5310
od) or Standard Method 5310 C or 5310 C–00 (Persulfate-Ultraviolet or Heated-
C–00 (Persulfate-Ultraviolet or Heated- Persulfate Oxidation Method) or Stand-
Persulfate Oxidation Method) or Stand- ard Method 5310 D or 5310 D–00 (Wet-Ox-
ard Method 5310 D or 5310 D–00 (Wet-Ox- idation Method) or EPA Method 415.3
idation Method) or EPA Method 415.3 Revision 1.1. DOC samples must be fil-
Revision 1.1. Inorganic carbon must be tered through the 0.45 μm pore-diame-
removed from the samples prior to ter filter as soon as practical after
analysis. TOC samples may not be fil- sampling, not to exceed 48 hours. After
tered prior to analysis. TOC samples filtration, DOC samples must be acidi-
must be acidified at the time of sample fied to achieve pH less than or equal to
collection to achieve pH less than or 2 with minimal addition of the acid
equal to 2 with minimal addition of the specified in the method or by the in-
acid specified in the method or by the strument manufacturer. Acidified DOC

instrument manufacturer. Acidified samples must be analyzed within 28
506
days of sample collection. Inorganic § 141.132 Monitoring requirements.

carbon must be removed from the sam- (a) General requirements. (1) Systems
ples prior to analysis. Water passed must take all samples during normal
through the filter prior to filtration of operating conditions.
the sample must serve as the filtered (2) Systems may consider multiple
blank. This filtered blank must be ana- wells drawing water from a single aqui-
lyzed using procedures identical to fer as one treatment plant for deter-
those used for analysis of the samples mining the minimum number of TTHM
and must meet the following criteria: and HAA5 samples required, with State
DOC < 0.5 mg/L. approval in accordance with criteria
(ii) Ultraviolet Absorption at 254 nm developed under § 142.16(h)(5) of this
(UV254). Standard Method 5910 B or 5910 chapter.
B–00 (Ultraviolet Absorption Method) (3) Failure to monitor in accordance
or EPA Method 415.3 Revision 1.1. UV with the monitoring plan required
absorption must be measured at 253.7 under paragraph (f) of this section is a
nm (may be rounded off to 254 nm). monitoring violation.
Prior to analysis, UV254 samples must (4) Failure to monitor will be treated
be filtered through a 0.45 μm pore-di- as a violation for the entire period cov-
ameter filter. The pH of UV254 samples ered by the annual average where com-
pliance is based on a running annual
may not be adjusted. Samples must be
average of monthly or quarterly sam-
analyzed as soon as practical after
ples or averages and the system’s fail-
sampling, not to exceed 48 hours.
ure to monitor makes it impossible to
(5) pH. All methods allowed in determine compliance with MCLs or
§ 141.23(k)(1) for measuring pH. MRDLs.
(6) Magnesium. All methods allowed (5) Systems may use only data col-
in § 141.23(k)(1) for measuring magne- lected under the provisions of this sub-
sium. part to qualify for reduced monitoring.
[63 FR 69466, Dec. 16, 1998, as amended at 66 (b) Monitoring requirements for dis-
FR 3776, Jan. 16, 2001; 71 FR 479, Jan. 4, 2006; infection byproducts—(1) TTHMs and
71 FR 37168, June 29, 2006; 74 FR 30958, June HAA5—(i) Routine monitoring. Systems
29, 2009] must monitor at the frequency indi-
cated in the following table:
ROUTINE MONITORING FREQUENCY FOR TTHM AND HAA5
Type of system Minimum monitoring frequency Sample location in the distribution system
Subpart H system serving at Four water samples per quar- At least 25 percent of all samples collected each quarter at
least 10,000 persons. ter per treatment plant. locations representing maximum residence time. Remain-
ing samples taken at locations representative of at least
average residence time in the distribution system and rep-
resenting the entire distribution system, taking into account
number of persons served, different sources of water, and
different treatment methods. 1
Subpart H system serving from One water sample per quarter Locations representing maximum residence time. 1
500 to 9,999 persons. per treatment plant.
Subpart H system serving fewer One sample per year per Locations representing maximum residence time. 1 If the
than 500 persons. treatment plant during sample (or average of annual samples, if more than one
month of warmest water sample is taken) exceeds the MCL, the system must in-
temperature. crease monitoring to one sample per treatment plant per
quarter, taken at a point reflecting the maximum residence
time in the distribution system, until the system meets cri-
teria in paragraph (b)(1)(iv) of this section.
System using only ground One water sample per quarter Locations representing maximum residence time. 1
water not under direct influ- per treatment plant 2.
ence of surface water using
chemical disinfectant and
serving at least 10,000 per-
sons.
507
§ 141.132 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
ROUTINE MONITORING FREQUENCY FOR TTHM AND HAA5—Continued

Type of system Minimum monitoring frequency Sample location in the distribution system
System using only ground One sample per year per Locations representing maximum residence time. 1 If the
water not under direct influ- treatment plant 2 during sample (or average of annual samples, if more than one
ence of surface water using month of warmest water sample is taken) exceeds the MCL, the system must in-
chemical disinfectant and temperature. crease monitoring to one sample per treatment plant per
serving fewer than 10,000 quarter, taken at a point reflecting the maximum residence
persons. time in the distribution system, until the system meets cri-
teria in paragraph (b)(1)(iv) of this section.
1 If a system elects to sample more frequently than the minimum required, at least 25 percent of all samples collected each
quarter (including those taken in excess of the required frequency) must be taken at locations that represent the maximum resi-
dence time of the water in the distribution system. The remaining samples must be taken at locations representative of at least
average residence time in the distribution system.
2 Multiple wells drawing water from a single aquifer may be considered one treatment plant for determining the minimum num-
ber of samples required, with State approval in accordance with criteria developed under § 142.16(h)(5) of this chapter.
(ii) Systems may reduce monitoring, except as otherwise provided, in accord-

ance with the following table:
REDUCED MONITORING FREQUENCY FOR TTHM AND HAA5

You may reduce monitoring if
If you are a . . . you have monitored at least To this level
one year and your . . .
Subpart H system serving at TTHM annual average ≤0.040 One sample per treatment plant per quarter at distribution
least 10,000 persons which mg/L and HAA5 annual av- system location reflecting maximum residence time.
has a source water annual erage ≤0.030 mg/L.
average TOC level, before
any treatment, ≤4.0 mg/L.
Subpart H system serving from TTHM annual average ≤0.040 One sample per treatment plant per year at distribution sys-
500 to 9,999 persons which mg/L and HAA5 annual av- tem location reflecting maximum residence time during
has a source water annual erage ≤0.030 mg/L. month of warmest water temperature. NOTE: Any Subpart
average TOC level, before H system serving fewer than 500 persons may not reduce
any treatment, ≤4.0 mg/L. its monitoring to less than one sample per treatment plant
per year.
System using only ground TTHM annual average ≤0.040 One sample per treatment plant per year at distribution sys-
water not under direct influ- mg/L and HAA5 annual av- tem location reflecting maximum residence time during
ence of surface water using erage ≤0.030 mg/L. month of warmest water temperature
chemical disinfectant and
serving at least 10,000 per-
sons.
System using only ground TTHM annual average ≤0.040 One sample per treatment plant per three year monitoring
water not under direct influ- mg/L and HAA5 annual av- cycle at distribution system location reflecting maximum
ence of surface water using erage ≤0.030 mg/L for two residence time during month of warmest water tempera-
chemical disinfectant and consecutive years OR ture, with the three-year cycle beginning on January 1 fol-
serving fewer than 10,000 TTHM annual average lowing quarter in which system qualifies for reduced moni-
persons. ≤0.020 mg/L and HAA5 an- toring.
nual average ≤0.015 mg/L
for one year.
(iii) Monitoring requirements for source of monitoring) on a continuing basis at

water TOC. In order to qualify for re- each treatment plant to reduce or re-
duced monitoring for TTHM and HAA5 main on reduced monitoring for TTHM
under paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this sec- and HAA5. Once qualified for reduced
tion, subpart H systems not moni- monitoring for TTHM and HAA5 under
toring under the provisions of para- paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section, a
graph (d) of this section must take system may reduce source water TOC
monthly TOC samples every 30 days at monitoring to quarterly TOC samples
a location prior to any treatment, be- taken every 90 days at a location prior
ginning April 1, 2008 or earlier, if speci- to any treatment.
fied by the State. In addition to meet- (iv) Systems on a reduced monitoring
ing other criteria for reduced moni- schedule may remain on that reduced
toring in paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this schedule as long as the average of all
section, the source water TOC running samples taken in the year (for systems
annual average must be ≤4.0 mg/L which must monitor quarterly) or the
(based on the most recent four quarters result of the sample (for systems which
508
must monitor no more frequently than additional routine sampling must be

annually) is no more than 0.060 mg/L conducted in the same manner (as
and 0.045 mg/L for TTHMs and HAA5, three-sample sets, at the specified loca-
respectively. Systems that do not meet tions). The system may use the results
these levels must resume monitoring of additional monitoring conducted
at the frequency identified in para- under paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this sec-
graph (b)(1)(i) of this section (minimum tion to meet the requirement for moni-
monitoring frequency column) in the toring in this paragraph.
quarter immediately following the (ii) Additional monitoring. On each day
monitoring period in which the system following a routine sample monitoring
exceeds 0.060 mg/L or 0.045 mg/L for result that exceeds the chlorite MCL at
TTHMs and HAA5, respectively. For the entrance to the distribution sys-
systems using only ground water not tem, the system is required to take
under the direct influence of surface three chlorite distribution system sam-
water and serving fewer than 10,000 per- ples at the following locations: as close
sons, if either the TTHM annual aver- to the first customer as possible, in a
age is >0.080 mg/L or the HAA5 annual location representative of average resi-
average is >0.060 mg/L, the system dence time, and as close to the end of
must go to the increased monitoring the distribution system as possible (re-
identified in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this flecting maximum residence time in
section (sample location column) in the distribution system).
the quarter immediately following the (iii) Reduced monitoring. (A) Chlorite
monitoring period in which the system
monitoring at the entrance to the dis-
exceeds 0.080 mg/L or 0.060 mg/L for
tribution system required by paragraph
TTHMs or HAA5 respectively.
(b)(2)(i)(A) of this section may not be
(v) Systems on increased monitoring
reduced.
may return to routine monitoring if,
after at least one year of monitoring (B) Chlorite monitoring in the dis-
their TTHM annual average is ≤0.060 tribution system required by paragraph
mg/L and their HAA5 annual average is (b)(2)(i)(B) of this section may be re-
≤0.045 mg/L. duced to one three-sample set per quar-
(vi) The State may return a system ter after one year of monitoring where
to routine monitoring at the State’s no individual chlorite sample taken in
discretion. the distribution system under para-
(2) Chlorite. Community and nontran- graph (b)(2)(i)(B) of this section has ex-
sient noncommunity water systems ceeded the chlorite MCL and the sys-
using chlorine dioxide, for disinfection tem has not been required to conduct
or oxidation, must conduct monitoring monitoring under paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of
for chlorite. this section. The system may remain
(i) Routine monitoring. (A) Daily moni- on the reduced monitoring schedule
toring. Systems must take daily sam- until either any of the three individual
ples at the entrance to the distribution chlorite samples taken quarterly in the
system. For any daily sample that ex- distribution system under paragraph
ceeds the chlorite MCL, the system (b)(2)(i)(B) of this section exceeds the
must take additional samples in the chlorite MCL or the system is required
distribution system the following day to conduct monitoring under paragraph
at the locations required by paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section, at which time
(b)(2)(ii) of this section, in addition to the system must revert to routine
the sample required at the entrance to monitoring.
the distribution system. (3) Bromate—(i) Routine monitoring.
(B) Monthly monitoring. Systems must Community and nontransient non-
take a three-sample set each month in community systems using ozone, for
the distribution system. The system disinfection or oxidation, must take
must take one sample at each of the one sample per month for each treat-
following locations: near the first cus- ment plant in the system using ozone.
tomer, at a location representative of Systems must take samples monthly
average residence time, and at a loca- at the entrance to the distribution sys-
tion reflecting maximum residence tem while the ozonation system is op-
time in the distribution system. Any erating under normal conditions.
509
§ 141.132 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
(ii) Reduced monitoring. (A) Until conducted under § 141.74(b)(6)(i) for

March 31, 2009, systems required to unfiltered systems or § 141.74(c)(3)(i) for
analyze for bromate may reduce moni- systems which filter, in lieu of taking
toring from monthly to quarterly, if separate samples.
the system’s average source water bro- (ii) Reduced monitoring. Monitoring
mide concentration is less than 0.05 may not be reduced.
mg/L based on representative monthly (2) Chlorine dioxide—(i) Routine moni-
bromide measurements for one year. toring. Community, nontransient non-
The system may remain on reduced community, and transient noncommu-
bromate monitoring until the running nity water systems that use chlorine
annual average source water bromide dioxide for disinfection or oxidation
concentration, computed quarterly, is must take daily samples at the en-
equal to or greater than 0.05 mg/L trance to the distribution system. For
based on representative monthly meas- any daily sample that exceeds the
urements. If the running annual aver- MRDL, the system must take samples
age source water bromide concentra- in the distribution system the fol-
tion is ≥0.05 mg/L, the system must re- lowing day at the locations required by
sume routine monitoring required by paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section, in
paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section in the addition to the sample required at the
following month. entrance to the distribution system.
(B) Beginning April 1, 2009, systems
(ii) Additional monitoring. On each day
may no longer use the provisions of
following a routine sample monitoring
paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(A) of this section to
result that exceeds the MRDL, the sys-
qualify for reduced monitoring. A sys-
tem is required to take three chlorine
tem required to analyze for bromate
dioxide distribution system samples. If
may reduce monitoring from monthly
chlorine dioxide or chloramines are
to quarterly, if the system’s running
used to maintain a disinfectant resid-
annual average bromate concentration
ual in the distribution system, or if
is ≤0.0025 mg/L based on monthly bro-
chlorine is used to maintain a dis-
mate measurements under paragraph
infectant residual in the distribution
(b)(3)(i) of this section for the most re-
cent four quarters, with samples ana- system and there are no disinfection
lyzed using Method 317.0 Revision 2.0, addition points after the entrance to
326.0 or 321.8. If a system has qualified the distribution system (i.e., no booster
for reduced bromate monitoring under chlorination), the system must take
paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(A) of this section, three samples as close to the first cus-
that system may remain on reduced tomer as possible, at intervals of at
monitoring as long as the running an- least six hours. If chlorine is used to
nual average of quarterly bromate maintain a disinfectant residual in the
samples ≤0.0025 mg/L based on samples distribution system and there are one
analyzed using Method 317.0 Revision or more disinfection addition points
2.0, 326.0, or 321.8. If the running annual after the entrance to the distribution
average bromate concentration is system (i.e., booster chlorination), the
>0.0025 mg/L, the system must resume system must take one sample at each
routine monitoring required by para- of the following locations: as close to
graph (b)(3)(i) of this section. the first customer as possible, in a lo-
(c) Monitoring requirements for dis- cation representative of average resi-
infectant residuals—(1) Chlorine and dence time, and as close to the end of
chloramines—(i) Routine monitoring. the distribution system as possible (re-
Community and nontransient non- flecting maximum residence time in
community water systems that use the distribution system).
chlorine or chloramines must measure (iii) Reduced monitoring. Chlorine di-
the residual disinfectant level in the oxide monitoring may not be reduced.
distribution system at the same point (d) Monitoring requirements for dis-
in the distribution system and at the infection byproduct precursors (DBPP)—
same time as total coliforms are sam- (1) Routine monitoring. Subpart H sys-
pled, as specified in § 141.21. Subpart H tems which use conventional filtration
systems may use the results of residual treatment (as defined in § 141.2) must
disinfectant concentration sampling monitor each treatment plant for TOC
510
no later than the point of combined fil- in any plan elements. The plan must
ter effluent turbidity monitoring and include at least the following elements.
representative of the treated water. All (1) Specific locations and schedules
systems required to monitor under this for collecting samples for any param-
paragraph (d)(1) must also monitor for eters included in this subpart.
TOC in the source water prior to any (2) How the system will calculate
treatment at the same time as moni- compliance with MCLs, MRDLs, and
toring for TOC in the treated water. treatment techniques.
These samples (source water and treat- (3) If approved for monitoring as a
ed water) are referred to as paired sam- consecutive system, or if providing
ples. At the same time as the source water to a consecutive system, under
water sample is taken, all systems the provisions of § 141.29, the sampling
must monitor for alkalinity in the plan must reflect the entire distribu-
source water prior to any treatment. tion system.
Systems must take one paired sample
and one source water alkalinity sample FR 3776, Jan. 16, 2001; 69 FR 38856, June 29,
per month per plant at a time rep- 2004; 71 FR 482, Jan. 4, 2006]
resentative of normal operating condi-
tions and influent water quality. § 141.133 Compliance requirements.
(2) Reduced monitoring. Subpart H sys- (a) General requirements. (1) Where
tems with an average treated water compliance is based on a running an-
TOC of less than 2.0 mg/L for two con- nual average of monthly or quarterly
secutive years, or less than 1.0 mg/L for samples or averages and the system
one year, may reduce monitoring for fails to monitor for TTHM, HAA5, or
both TOC and alkalinity to one paired bromate, this failure to monitor will be
sample and one source water alkalinity treated as a monitoring violation for
sample per plant per quarter. The sys- the entire period covered by the annual
tem must revert to routine monitoring average. Where compliance is based on
in the month following the quarter a running annual average of monthly
when the annual average treated water or quarterly samples or averages and
TOC ≥2.0 mg/L. the system failure to monitor makes it
(e) Bromide. Systems required to ana- impossible to determine compliance
lyze for bromate may reduce bromate with MRDLs for chlorine and
monitoring from monthly to once per chloramines, this failure to monitor
quarter, if the system demonstrates will be treated as a monitoring viola-
that the average source water bromide tion for the entire period covered by
concentration is less than 0.05 mg/L the annual average.
based upon representative monthly (2) All samples taken and analyzed
measurements for one year. The sys- under the provisions of this subpart
tem must continue bromide monitoring must be included in determining com-
to remain on reduced bromate moni- pliance, even if that number is greater
toring. than the minimum required.
(f) Monitoring plans. Each system re- (3) If, during the first year of moni-
quired to monitor under this subpart toring under § 141.132, any individual
must develop and implement a moni- quarter’s average will cause the run-
toring plan. The system must maintain ning annual average of that system to
the plan and make it available for in- exceed the MCL for total
spection by the State and the general trihalomethanes, haloacetic acids
public no later than 30 days following (five), or bromate; or the MRDL for
the applicable compliance dates in chlorine or chloramine, the system is
§ 141.130(b). All Subpart H systems serv- out of compliance at the end of that
ing more than 3300 people must submit quarter.
a copy of the monitoring plan to the (b) Disinfection byproducts—(1) TTHMs
State no later than the date of the first and HAA5. (i) For systems monitoring
report required under § 141.134. The quarterly, compliance with MCLs in
State may also require the plan to be § 141.64 must be based on a running an-
submitted by any other system. After nual arithmetic average, computed

review, the State may require changes quarterly, of quarterly arithmetic
511
§ 141.133 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
averages of all samples collected by the be based on an average of the available

system as prescribed by § 141.132(b)(1). data.
(ii) For systems monitoring less fre- (3) Chlorite. Compliance must be
quently than quarterly, systems dem- based on an arithmetic average of each
onstrate MCL compliance if the aver- three sample set taken in the distribu-
age of samples taken that year under tion system as prescribed by
the provisions of § 141.132(b)(1) does not § 141.132(b)(2)(i)(B) and § 141.132(b)(2)(ii).
exceed the MCLs in § 141.64. If the aver- If the arithmetic average of any three
age of these samples exceeds the MCL, sample set exceeds the MCL, the sys-
the system must increase monitoring tem is in violation of the MCL and
to once per quarter per treatment must notify the public pursuant to sub-
plant and such a system is not in viola- part Q, in addition to reporting to the
tion of the MCL until it has completed State pursuant to § 141.134.
one year of quarterly monitoring, un- (c) Disinfectant residuals—(1) Chlorine
less the result of fewer than four quar- and chloramines. (i) Compliance must be
ters of monitoring will cause the run- based on a running annual arithmetic
ning annual average to exceed the average, computed quarterly, of
MCL, in which case the system is in monthly averages of all samples col-
violation at the end of that quarter. lected by the system under
Systems required to increase moni- § 141.132(c)(1). If the average covering
toring frequency to quarterly moni- any consecutive four-quarter period ex-
toring must calculate compliance by ceeds the MRDL, the system is in vio-
including the sample which triggered lation of the MRDL and must notify
the increased monitoring plus the fol- the public pursuant to subpart Q, in ad-
lowing three quarters of monitoring. dition to reporting to the State pursu-
ant to § 141.134.
(iii) If the running annual arithmetic
(ii) In cases where systems switch be-
average of quarterly averages covering
tween the use of chlorine and
any consecutive four-quarter period ex-
chloramines for residual disinfection
ceeds the MCL, the system is in viola-
during the year, compliance must be
tion of the MCL and must notify the
determined by including together all
public pursuant to § 141.32 or § 141.202,
monitoring results of both chlorine and
whichever is effective for your system,
chloramines in calculating compliance.
in addition to reporting to the State Reports submitted pursuant to § 141.134
pursuant to § 141.134. must clearly indicate which residual
(iv) If a PWS fails to complete four disinfectant was analyzed for each
consecutive quarters of monitoring, sample.
compliance with the MCL for the last (2) Chlorine dioxide. (i) Acute viola-
four-quarter compliance period must tions. Compliance must be based on
be based on an average of the available consecutive daily samples collected by
data. the system under § 141.132(c)(2). If any
(2) Bromate. Compliance must be daily sample taken at the entrance to
based on a running annual arithmetic the distribution system exceeds the
average, computed quarterly, of MRDL, and on the following day one
monthly samples (or, for months in (or more) of the three samples taken in
which the system takes more than one the distribution system exceed the
sample, the average f all samples taken MRDL, the system is in violation of
during the month) collected by the sys- the MRDL and must take immediate
tem as prescribed by § 141.132(b)(3). If corrective action to lower the level of
the average of samples covering any chlorine dioxide below the MRDL and
consecutive four-quarter period ex- must notify the public pursuant to the
ceeds the MCL, the system is in viola- procedures for acute health risks in
tion of the MCL and must notify the subpart Q in addition to reporting to
public pursuant to subpart Q, in addi- the State pursuant to § 141.134. Failure
tion to reporting to the State pursuant to take samples in the distribution sys-
to § 141.134. If a PWS fails to complete tem the day following an exceedance of
12 consecutive months’ monitoring, the chlorine dioxide MRDL at the en-
compliance with the MCL for the last trance to the distribution system will
four-quarter compliance period must also be considered an MRDL violation
512
and the system must notify the public then determines in the first 12 months
of the violation in accordance with the after the compliance date that it is not
provisions for acute violations under able to meet the Step 1 requirements in
subpart Q in addition to reporting to § 141.135(b)(2) and must therefore apply
the State pursuant to § 141.134. for alternate minimum TOC removal
(ii) Nonacute violations. Compliance (Step 2) requirements, is not eligible
must be based on consecutive daily for retroactive approval of alternate
samples collected by the system under minimum TOC removal (Step 2) re-
§ 141.132(c)(2). If any two consecutive quirements as allowed pursuant to
daily samples taken at the entrance to § 141.135(b)(3) and is in violation. Sys-
the distribution system exceed the tems may apply for alternate min-
MRDL and all distribution system imum TOC removal (Step 2) require-
samples taken are below the MRDL, ments any time after the compliance
the system is in violation of the MRDL date. For systems required to meet
and must take corrective action to Step 1 TOC removals, if the value cal-
lower the level of chlorine dioxide culated under § 141.135(c)(1)(iv) is less
below the MRDL at the point of sam- than 1.00, the system is in violation of
pling and will notify the public pursu- the treatment technique requirements
ant to the procedures for nonacute and must notify the public pursuant to
health risks in subpart Q in addition to subpart Q of this part, in addition to
reporting to the State pursuant to reporting to the State pursuant to
§ 141.134. Failure to monitor at the en- § 141.134.
trance to the distribution system the [63 FR 69466, Dec. 16, 1998, as amended at 65
day following an exceedance of the FR 26022, May 4, 2000; 65 FR 40521, June 30,
chlorine dioxide MRDL at the entrance 2000; 66 FR 3777, Jan. 16, 2001; 69 FR 38856,
to the distribution system is also an June 29, 2004; 71 FR 482, Jan. 4, 2006]
MRDL violation and the system must
notify the public of the violation in ac- § 141.134 Reporting and recordkeeping
cordance with the provisions for requirements.
nonacute violations under § 141.32(e)(78) (a) Systems required to sample quar-
in addition to reporting to the State terly or more frequently must report
pursuant to § 141.134. to the State within 10 days after the
(d) Disinfection byproduct precursors end of each quarter in which samples
(DBPP). Compliance must be deter- were collected, notwithstanding the
mined as specified by § 141.135(c). Sys- provisions of § 141.31. Systems required
tems may begin monitoring to deter- to sample less frequently than quar-
mine whether Step 1 TOC removals can terly must report to the State within
be met 12 months prior to the compli- 10 days after the end of each moni-
ance date for the system. This monitoring period in which samples were
toring is not required and failure to collected.
monitor during this period is not a vio- (b) Disinfection byproducts. Systems
lation. However, any system that does must report the information specified
not monitor during this period, and in the following table:
If you are a * * * You must report * * *
(1) System monitoring for TTHMs and HAA5 under the require- (i) The number of samples taken during the last quarter.
ments of § 141.132(b) on a quarterly or more frequent basis. (ii) The location, date, and result of each sample taken during
the last quarter.
(iii) The arithmetic average of all samples taken in the last
quarter.
(iv) The annual arithmetic average of the quarterly arithmetic
averages of this section for the last four quarters.
(v) Whether, based on § 141.133(b)(1), the MCL was violated.
(2) System monitoring for TTHMs and HAA5 under the require- (i) The number of samples taken during the last year.
ments of § 141.132(b) less frequently than quarterly (but as (ii) The location, date, and result of each sample taken during
least annually). the last monitoring period.
(iii) The arithmetic average of all samples taken over the last
year.
(iv) Whether, based on § 141.133(b)(1), the MCL was violated.
(3) System monitoring for TTHMs and HAA5 under the (i) The location, date, and result of each sample taken
requriements of § 141.132(b) less frequently than annually. (ii) Whether, based on § 141.133(b)(1), the MCL was violated.
513
§ 141.134 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
(4) System monitoring for chlorite under the requirements of (i) The number of entry point samples taken each month for
§ 141.132(b). the last 3 months.
(ii) The location, date, and result of each sample (both entry
point and distribution system) taken during the last quarter.
(iii) For each month in the reporting period, the arithmetic aver-
age of all samples taken in each three samples set taken in
the distribution system.
(iv) Whether, based on § 141.133(b)(3), the MCL was violated,
in which month, and how many times it was violated each
month.
(5) System monitoring for bromate under the requirements of (i)The number of samples taken during the last quarter.
§ 141.132(b). (ii)The location, date, and result of each sample taken during
the last quarter.
(iii) The arithmetic average of the monthly arithmetic averages
of all samples taken in the last year.
(iv) Whether, based on § 141.133(b)(2), the MCL was violated.
1 The State may choose to perform calculations and determine whether the MCL was exceeded, in lieu of having the system
report that information
(c) Disinfectants. Systems must report the information specified in the following
table:
(1) System monitoring for chlorine or chloramines under the re- (i) The number of samples taken during each month of the last
quirements of § 141.132(c). quarter.
(ii) The month arithmetic average of all samples taken in each
month for the last 12 months.
(iii) The arithmetic average of the monthly averages for the last
12 months.
(iv) Whether, based on § 141.133(c)(1), the MRD was violated.
(2) System monitoring for chlorine dioxide under the require- (i) The dates, result, and locations of samples taken during the
ments of § 141.132(c). last quarter.
(ii) Whether, based on § 141.133(c)(2), the MRDL was violated.
(iii) Whether the MRDL was exceeded in any two consecutive
daily samples and whether the resulting violation was acuate
or nonacute.
1 The State may choose to perform calculations and determine whether the MRDL was exceeded, in lieu of having the system
report that information.
(d) Disinfection byproduct precursors and enhanced coagulation or enhanced soft-

ening. Systems must report the information specified in the following table:
If you are a... You must report... 1
(1) System monitoring monthly or quarterly for TOC under the (i) The number of paired (source water and treated water)
requirements of § 141.132(d) and required to meet the en- samples taken during the last quarter.
hanced coagulation or enhanced softening requirements in (ii) The location, date, and results of each paired sample and
§ 141.135(b)(2) or (3). associated alkalinity taken during the last quarter.
(iii) For each month in the reporting period that paired samples
were taken, the arithmetic average of the percent reduction
of TOC for each paired sample and the required TOC per-
cent removal.
(iv) Calculations for determining compliance with the TOC per-
cent removal requirements, as provided in § 141.135(c)(1).
(v) Whether the system is in compliance with the enhanced co-
agulation or enhanced softening percent removal require-
ments in § 141.135(b) for the last four quarters.
(2) System monitoring monthly or quarterly for TOC under the (i) The alternative compliance criterion that the system is
requirements of § 141.132(d) and meeting one or more of using.
the alternative compliance criteria in § 141.135(a)(2) or (3).
(ii) The number of paired samples taken during the last quar-
ter.
(iii) The location, date, and result of each paired sample and
associated alkalinity taken during the last quarter.
(iv) The running annual arithmetic average based on monthly
averages (or quarterly samples) of source water TOC for
systems meeting a criterion in §§ 141.135(a)(2)(i) or (iii) or of
treated water TOC for systems meeting the criterion in

§ 141.135(a)(2)(ii).
514
If you are a... You must report... 1
(v) The running annual arithmetic average based on monthly

averages (or quarterly samples) of source water SUVA for
systems meeting the criterion in § 141.135(a)(2)(v) or of
treated water SUVA for systems meeting the criterion in
§ 141.135(a)(2)(vi).
(vi) The running annual average of source water alkalinity for
systems meeting the criterion in § 141.135(a)(2)(iii) and of
treated water alkalinity for systems meeting the criterion in
§ 141.135(a)(3)(i).
(vii) The running annual average for both TTHM and HAA5 for
systems meeting the criterion in § 141.135(a)(2)(iii) or (iv).
(viii) The running annual average of the amount of magnesium
hardness removal (as CaCO3, in mg/L) for systems meeting
the criterion in § 141.135(a)(3)(ii).
(ix) Whether the system is in compliance with the particular al-
ternative compliance criterion in § 141.135(a)(2) or (3).
1 The State may choose to perform calculations and determine whether the treatment technique was met, in lieu of having the
system report that information.
[63 FR 69466, Dec. 16, 1998, as amended at 66 FR 3778, Jan. 16, 2001; 66 FR 9903, Feb. 12, 2001]
§ 141.135 Treatment technique for con- average; the source water alkalinity,
trol of disinfection byproduct (DBP) measured according to § 141.131(d)(1), is
precursors. greater than 60 mg/L (as CaCO3), cal-
(a) Applicability. (1) Subpart H sys- culated quarterly as a running annual
tems using conventional filtration average; and either the TTHM and
treatment (as defined in § 141.2 ) must HAA5 running annual averages are no
operate with enhanced coagulation or greater than 0.040 mg/L and 0.030 mg/L,
enhanced softening to achieve the TOC respectively; or prior to the effective
percent removal levels specified in date for compliance in § 141.130(b), the
paragraph (b) of this section unless the system has made a clear and irrev-
system meets at least one of the alter- ocable financial commitment not later
native compliance criteria listed in than the effective date for compliance
paragraph (a)(2) or (a)(3) of this sec- in § 141.130(b) to use of technologies
tion. that will limit the levels of TTHMs and
(2) Alternative compliance criteria for HAA5 to no more than 0.040 mg/L and
enhanced coagulation and enhanced soft- 0.030 mg/L, respectively. Systems must
ening systems. Subpart H systems using submit evidence of a clear and irrev-
conventional filtration treatment may ocable financial commitment, in addi-
use the alternative compliance criteria tion to a schedule containing mile-
in paragraphs (a)(2)(i) through (vi) of stones and periodic progress reports for
this section to comply with this sec- installation and operation of appro-
tion in lieu of complying with para- priate technologies, to the State for
graph (b) of this section. Systems must approval not later than the effective
still comply with monitoring require- date for compliance in § 141.130(b).
ments in § 141.132(d). These technologies must be installed
(i) The system’s source water TOC and operating not later than June 30,
level, measured according to 2005. Failure to install and operate
§ 141.131(d)(3), is less than 2.0 mg/L, cal- these technologies by the date in the
culated quarterly as a running annual approved schedule will constitute a
average. violation of National Primary Drink-
(ii) The system’s treated water TOC ing Water Regulations.
level, measured according to (iv) The TTHM and HAA5 running an-
§ 141.131(d)(3), is less than 2.0 mg/L, cal- nual averages are no greater than 0.040
culated quarterly as a running annual mg/L and 0.030 mg/L, respectively, and
average. the system uses only chlorine for pri-
(iii) The system’s source water TOC mary disinfection and maintenance of
level, measured according to a residual in the distribution system.
§ 141.131(d)(3), is less than 4.0 mg/L, cal- (v) The system’s source water SUVA,
culated quarterly as a running annual prior to any treatment and measured
515
§ 141.135 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
monthly according to § 141.131(d)(4), is (ii) Softening that results in remov-

less than or equal to 2.0 L/mg-m, cal- ing at least 10 mg/L of magnesium
culated quarterly as a running annual hardness (as CaCO3), measured monthly
average. according to § 141.131(d)(6) and cal-
(vi) The system’s finished water culated quarterly as a running annual
SUVA, measured monthly according to average.
§ 141.131(d)(4), is less than or equal to (b) Enhanced coagulation and en-
2.0 L/mg-m, calculated quarterly as a hanced softening performance require-
running annual average. ments. (1) Systems must achieve the
(3) Additional alternative compliance percent reduction of TOC specified in
criteria for softening systems. Systems paragraph (b)(2) of this section between
practicing enhanced softening that the source water and the combined fil-
cannot achieve the TOC removals re- ter effluent, unless the State approves
quired by paragraph (b)(2) of this sec- a system’s request for alternate min-
tion may use the alternative compli- imum TOC removal (Step 2) require-
ance criteria in paragraphs (a)(3)(i) and ments under paragraph (b)(3) of this
(ii) of this section in lieu of complying section.
with paragraph (b) of this section. Sys- (2) Required Step 1 TOC reductions,
tems must still comply with moni- indicated in the following table, are
toring requirements in § 141.132(d). based upon specified source water pa-
(i) Softening that results in lowering rameters measured in accordance with
the treated water alkalinity to less § 141.131(d). Systems practicing soft-
than 60 mg/L (as CaCO3), measured ening are required to meet the Step 1
monthly according to § 141.131(d)(1) and TOC reductions in the far-right column
calculated quarterly as a running an- (Source water alkalinity >120 mg/L) for
nual average. the specified source water TOC:
STEP 1 REQUIRED REMOVAL OF TOC BY ENHANCED COAGULATION AND ENHANCED SOFTENING FOR
SUBPART H SYSTEMS USING CONVENTIONAL TREATMENT 1,2
Source-water alkalinity, mg/L as CaCO 3
Source-water (in precentages)
TOC, mg/L
0–60 >60–120 >120 3
>2.0–4.0 ........................................................................................................................ 35.0 25.0 15.0

>4.0–8.0 ........................................................................................................................ 45.0 35.0 25.0
>8.0. .............................................................................................................................. 50.0 40.0 30.0
1 Systems meeting at least one of the conditions in paragraph (a)(2)(i)–(vi) of this section are not required to operate with en-
hanced coagulation.
2 Softening system meeting one of the alternative compliance criteria in paragraph (a)(3) of this section are not required to op-
erate with enhanced softening.
3 System practicing softening must meet the TOC removal requirements in this column.
(3) Subpart H conventional treatment 2) requirements, the system must meet

systems that cannot achieve the Step 1 the Step 1 TOC removals contained in
TOC removals required by paragraph paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
(b)(2) of this section due to water qual- (4) Alternate minimum TOC removal
ity parameters or operational con- (Step 2) requirements. Applications made
straints must apply to the State, with- to the State by enhanced coagulation
in three months of failure to achieve systems for approval of alternate min-
the TOC removals required by para- imum TOC removal (Step 2) require-
graph (b)(2) of this section, for approval ments under paragraph (b)(3) of this
of alternative minimum TOC (Step 2) section must include, at a minimum,
removal requirements submitted by results of bench- or pilot-scale testing
the system. If the State approves the conducted under paragraph (b)(4)(i) of
alternative minimum TOC removal this section. The submitted bench- or
(Step 2) requirements, the State may pilot-scale testing must be used to de-
make those requirements retroactive termine the alternate enhanced coagu-
for the purposes of determining compli- lation level.
ance. Until the State approves the al- (i) Alternate enhanced coagulation level
ternate minimum TOC removal (Step is defined as coagulation at a coagulant
516
dose and pH as determined by the of incremental alum dose at all dosages

method described in paragraphs of alum (or equivalant addition of iron
(b)(4)(i) through (v) of this section such coagulant), the water is deemed to con-
that an incremental addition of 10 mg/ tain TOC not amenable to enhanced co-
L of alum (or equivalent amount of fer- agulation. The system may then apply
ric salt) results in a TOC removal of ≤ to the State for a waiver of enhanced
0.3 mg/L. The percent removal of TOC coagulation requirements.
at this point on the ‘‘TOC removal (c) Compliance calculations. (1) Sub-
versus coagulant dose’’ curve is then part H systems other than those identi-
defined as the minimum TOC removal fied in paragraph (a)(2) or (a)(3) of this
required for the system. Once approved section must comply with require-
by the State, this minimum requirements contained in paragraph (b)(2) or
ment supersedes the minimum TOC re- (b)(3) of this section. Systems must cal-
moval required by the table in para- culate compliance quarterly, beginning
graph (b)(2) of this section. This re- after the system has collected 12
quirement will be effective until such months of data, by determining an an-
time as the State approves a new value nual average using the following meth-
based on the results of a new bench- od:
and pilot-scale test. Failure to achieve (i) Determine actual monthly TOC
State-set alternative minimum TOC percent removal, equal to:
removal levels is a violation of Na-
tional Primary Drinking Water Regu- (1¥(treated water TOC/source water
lations. TOC)) × 100
(ii) Bench- or pilot-scale testing of
(ii) Determine the required monthly
enhanced coagulation must be con-
TOC percent removal (from either the
ducted by using representative water
table in paragraph (b)(2) of this section
samples and adding 10 mg/L increments
or from paragraph (b)(3) of this sec-
of alum (or equivalent amounts of fer-
tion).
ric salt) until the pH is reduced to a
level less than or equal to the enhanced (iii) Divide the value in paragraph
coagulation Step 2 target pH shown in (c)(1)(i) of this section by the value in
the following table: paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section.
(iv) Add together the results of para-
ENHANCED COAGULATION STEP 2 TARGET PH graph (c)(1)(iii) of this section for the
last 12 months and divide by 12.
Alkalinity (mg/L as CaCO3) Target pH
(v) If the value calculated in para-
0–60 ................................................................... 5.5 graph (c)(1)(iv) of this section is less
>60–120 ............................................................. 6.3 than 1.00, the system is not in compli-
>120–240 ........................................................... 7.0
>240 ................................................................... 7.5
ance with the TOC percent removal re-
quirements.
(iii) For waters with alkalinities of (2) Systems may use the provisions in
less than 60 mg/L for which addition of paragraphs (c)(2)(i) through (v) of this
small amounts of alum or equivalent section in lieu of the calculations in
addition of iron coagulant drives the paragraph (c)(1)(i) through (v) of this
pH below 5.5 before significant TOC re- section to determine compliance with
moval occurs, the system must add TOC percent removal requirements.
necessary chemicals to maintain the (i) In any month that the system’s
pH between 5.3 and 5.7 in samples until treated or source water TOC level,
the TOC removal of 0.3 mg/L per 10 mg/ measured according to § 141.131(d)(3), is
L alum added (or equivalant addition less than 2.0 mg/L, the system may as-
of iron coagulant) is reached. sign a monthly value of 1.0 (in lieu of
(iv) The system may operate at any the value calculated in paragraph
coagulant dose or pH necessary (con- (c)(1)(iii) of this section) when calcu-
sistent with other NPDWRs) to achieve lating compliance under the provisions
the minimum TOC percent removal ap- of paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
proved under paragraph (b)(3) of this (ii) In any month that a system prac-
section. ticing softening removes at least 10 mg/
(v) If the TOC removal is consistently L of magnesium hardness (as CaCO3),

less than 0.3 mg/L of TOC per 10 mg/L the system may assign a monthly
517
§ 141.151 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
value of 1.0 (in lieu of the value cal- § 141.151 Purpose and applicability of
culated in paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this this subpart.
section) when calculating compliance (a) This subpart establishes the min-
under the provisions of paragraph (c)(1) imum requirements for the content of
of this section.
annual reports that community water
(iii) In any month that the system’s
systems must deliver to their cus-
source water SUVA, prior to any treat-
tomers. These reports must contain in-
ment and measured according to
formation on the quality of the water
§ 141.131(d)(4), is ≤2.0 L/mg-m, the sys-
delivered by the systems and charac-
tem may assign a monthly value of 1.0
terize the risks (if any) from exposure
(in lieu of the value calculated in para-
to contaminants detected in the drink-
graph (c)(1)(iii) of this section) when
ing water in an accurate and under-
calculating compliance under the pro-
standable manner.
visions of paragraph (c)(1) of this sec-
tion. (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of
(iv) In any month that the system’s § 141.3, this subpart applies only to
finished water SUVA, measured accord- community water systems.
ing to § 141.131(d)(4), is ≤2.0 L/mg-m, the (c) For the purpose of this subpart,
system may assign a monthly value of customers are defined as billing units or
1.0 (in lieu of the value calculated in service connections to which water is
paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section) delivered by a community water sys-
when calculating compliance under the tem.
provisions of paragraph (c)(1) of this (d) For the purpose of this subpart,
section. detected means: at or above the levels
(v) In any month that a system prac- prescribed by § 141.23(a)(4) for inorganic
ticing enhanced softening lowers alka- contaminants, at or above the levels
linity below 60 mg/L (as CaCO3), the prescribed by § 141.24(f)(7) for the con-
system may assign a monthly value of taminants listed in § 141.61(a), at or
1.0 (in lieu of the value calculated in above the levels prescribed by
paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section) § 141.24(h)(18) for the contaminants list-
when calculating compliance under the ed in § 141.61(c), at or above the levels
provisions of paragraph (c)(1) of this prescribed by § 141.131(b)(2)(iv) for the
section. contaminants or contaminant groups
(3) Subpart H systems using conven- listed in § 141.64, and at or above the
tional treatment may also comply with levels prescribed by § 141.25(c) for radio-
the requirements of this section by active contaminants.
meeting the criteria in paragraph (a)(2) (e) A State that has primary enforce-
or (3) of this section. ment responsibility may adopt by rule,
(d) Treatment technique requirements after notice and comment, alternative
for DBP precursors. The Administrator requirements for the form and content
identifies the following as treatment of the reports. The alternative require-
techniques to control the level of dis- ments must provide the same type and
infection byproduct precursors in amount of information as required by
drinking water treatment and distribu- §§ 141.153 and 141.154, and must be de-
tion systems: For Subpart H systems signed to achieve an equivalent level of
using conventional treatment, en- public information and education as
hanced coagulation or enhanced soft- would be achieved under this subpart.
ening. (f) For purpose of §§ 141.154 and 141.155
of this subpart, the term ‘‘primacy
FR 3779, Jan. 16, 2001; 71 FR 482, Jan. 4, 2006] agency’’ refers to the State or tribal
government entity that has jurisdic-
tion over, and primary enforcement re-
Subparts M–N [Reserved] sponsibility for, public water systems,
even if that government does not have
Subpart O—Consumer interim or final primary enforcement
Confidence Reports responsibility for this rule. Where the
State or tribe does not have primary
SOURCE: 63 FR 44526, Aug. 19, 1998, unless enforcement responsibility for public
otherwise noted. water systems, the term ‘‘primacy
518
agency’’ refers to the appropriate EPA to highlight in the report significant

regional office. sources of contamination in the source
[63 FR 44526, Aug. 19, 1998, as amended at 71 water area if they have readily avail-
FR 483, Jan. 4, 2006] able information. Where a system has
received a source water assessment
§ 141.152 Effective dates. from the primacy agency, the report
(a) The regulations in this subpart must include a brief summary of the
shall take effect on September 18, 1998. system’s susceptibility to potential
(b) Each existing community water sources of contamination, using lan-
system must deliver its first report by guage provided by the primacy agency
October 19, 1999, its second report by or written by the operator.
July 1, 2000, and subsequent reports by (c) Definitions. (1) Each report must
July 1 annually thereafter. The first include the following definitions:
report must contain data collected dur- (i) Maximum Contaminant Level Goal
ing, or prior to, calendar year 1998 as or MCLG: The level of a contaminant in
prescribed in § 141.153(d)(3). Each report drinking water below which there is no
thereafter must contain data collected known or expected risk to health.
during, or prior to, the previous cal- MCLGs allow for a margin of safety.
endar year. (ii) Maximum Contaminant Level or
(c) A new community water system MCL: The highest level of a contami-
must deliver its first report by July 1 nant that is allowed in drinking water.
of the year after its first full calendar MCLs are set as close to the MCLGs as
year in operation and annually there- feasible using the best available treat-
after. ment technology.
(d) A community water system that (2) A report for a community water
sells water to another community system operating under a variance or
water system must deliver the applica- an exemption issued under § 1415 or 1416
ble information required in § 141.153 to of SDWA must include the following
the buyer system: definition: Variances and Exemptions:
(1) No later than April 19, 1999, by State or EPA permission not to meet
April 1, 2000, and by April 1 annually an MCL or a treatment technique
thereafter or under certain conditions.
(2) On a date mutually agreed upon
(3) A report that contains data on
by the seller and the purchaser, and
contaminants that EPA regulates
specifically included in a contract be-
using any of the following terms must
tween the parties.
include the applicable definitions:
§ 141.153 Content of the reports. (i) Treatment Technique: A required
process intended to reduce the level of
(a) Each community water system
a contaminant in drinking water.
must provide to its customers an an-
nual report that contains the informa- (ii) Action Level: The concentration of
tion specified in this section and a contaminant which, if exceeded, trig-
§ 141.154. gers treatment or other requirements
(b) Information on the source of the which a water system must follow.
water delivered: (iii) Maximum residual disinfectant
(1) Each report must identify the level goal or MRDLG: The level of a
source(s) of the water delivered by the drinking water disinfectant below
community water system by providing which there is no known or expected
information on: risk to health. MRDLGs do not reflect
(i) The type of the water: e.g., surface the benefits of the use of disinfectants
water, ground water; and to control microbial contaminants.
(ii) The commonly used name (if any) (iv) Maximum residual disinfectant
and location of the body (or bodies) of level or MRDL: The highest level of a
water. disinfectant allowed in drinking water.
(2) If a source water assessment has There is convincing evidence that addi-
been completed, the report must notify tion of a disinfectant is necessary for
consumers of the availability of this control of microbial contaminants.
information and the means to obtain (d) Information on detected contami-

it. In addition, systems are encouraged nants.
519
§ 141.153 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
(1) This sub-section specifies the re- (ii) The MCLG for that contaminant
quirements for information to be in- expressed in the same units as the
cluded in each report for contaminants MCL;
subject to mandatory monitoring (ex- (iii) If there is no MCL for a detected
cept Cryptosporidium). It applies to: contaminant, the table must indicate
(i) Contaminants subject to a MCL, that there is a treatment technique, or
action level, maximum residual dis- specify the action level, applicable to
infectant level, or treatment technique that contaminant, and the report must
(regulated contaminants). include the definitions for treatment
technique and/or action level, as appro-
(ii) Contaminants for which moni-
priate, specified in paragraph (c)(3) of
toring is required by § 141.40 (unregu- this section;
lated contaminants); and (iv) For contaminants subject to an
(iii) Disinfection by-products or mi- MCL, except turbidity and total coli-
crobial contaminants for which moni- forms, the highest contaminant level
toring is required by §§ 141.142 and used to determine compliance with an
141.143, except as provided under para- NPDWR and the range of detected lev-
graph (e)(1) of this section, and which els, as follows:
are detected in the finished water. (A) When compliance with the MCL
(2) The data relating to these con- is determined annually or less fre-
taminants must be displayed in one quently: The highest detected level at
table or in several adjacent tables. Any any sampling point and the range of
additional monitoring results which a detected levels expressed in the same
community water system chooses to units as the MCL.
include in its report must be displayed (B) When compliance with the MCL is
separately. determined by calculating a running
(3) The data must be derived from annual average of all samples taken at
data collected to comply with EPA and a monitoring location: the highest av-
State monitoring and analytical re- erage of any of the monitoring loca-
quirements during calendar year 1998 tions and the range of all monitoring
for the first report and subsequent cal- locations expressed in the same units
as the MCL. For the MCLs for TTHM
endar years thereafter except that:
and HAA5 in § 141.64(b)(2), systems must
(i) Where a system is allowed to mon-
include the highest locational running
itor for regulated contaminants less annual average for TTHM and HAA5
often than once a year, the table(s) and the range of individual sample re-
must include the date and results of sults for all monitoring locations ex-
the most recent sampling and the re- pressed in the same units as the MCL.
port must include a brief statement in- If more than one location exceeds the
dicating that the data presented in the TTHM or HAA5 MCL, the system must
report are from the most recent testing include the locational running annual
done in accordance with the regula- averages for all locations that exceed
tions. No data older than 5 years need the MCL.
be included. (C) When compliance with the MCL is
(ii) Results of monitoring in compli- determined on a system-wide basis by
ance with §§ 141.142 and 141.143 need calculating a running annual average
only be included for 5 years from the of all samples at all monitoring loca-
date of last sample or until any of the tions: the average and range of detec-
detected contaminants becomes regu- tion expressed in the same units as the
lated and subject to routine moni- MCL. The system is required to include
toring requirements, whichever comes individual sample results for the IDSE
first. conducted under subpart U of this part
(4) For detected regulated contami- when determining the range of TTHM
nants (listed in appendix A to this sub- and HAA5 results to be reported in the
part), the table(s) must contain: annual consumer confidence report for
(i) The MCL for that contaminant ex- the calendar year that the IDSE sam-
pressed as a number equal to or greater ples were taken.
than 1.0 (as provided in appendix A to NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (d)(4)(iv): When round-
this subpart); ing of results to determine compliance with
520
the MCL is allowed by the regulations, (6) The table(s) must clearly identify
rounding should be done prior to multiplying any data indicating violations of
the results by the factor listed in appendix A MCLs, MRDLs, or treatment tech-
of this subpart.
niques, and the report must contain a
(v) For turbidity. clear and readily understandable expla-
(A) When it is reported pursuant to nation of the violation including: the
§ 141.13: The highest average monthly length of the violation, the potential
value. adverse health effects, and actions
(B) When it is reported pursuant to taken by the system to address the vio-
the requirements of § 141.71: the highest lation. To describe the potential health
monthly value. The report should in- effects, the system must use the rel-
clude an explanation of the reasons for evant language of appendix A to this
measuring turbidity. subpart.
(C) When it is reported pursuant to (7) For detected unregulated con-
§ 141.73 or § 141.173 or § 141.551: the high- taminants for which monitoring is re-
est single measurement and the lowest quired (except Cryptosporidium), the
monthly percentage of samples meet- table(s) must contain the average and
ing the turbidity limits specified in range at which the contaminant was
§ 141.73 or § 141.173, or § 141.551 for the detected. The report may include a
filtration technology being used. The brief explanation of the reasons for
report should include an explanation of monitoring for unregulated contami-
the reasons for measuring turbidity; nants.
(vi) For lead and copper: the 90th per- (e) Information on Cryptosporidium,
centile value of the most recent round radon, and other contaminants:
of sampling and the number of sam- (1) If the system has performed any
pling sites exceeding the action level; monitoring for Cryptosporidium, includ-
(vii) For total coliform: ing monitoring performed to satisfy
(A) The highest monthly number of the requirements of § 141.143, which in-
positive samples for systems collecting dicates that Cryptosporidium may be
fewer than 40 samples per month; or present in the source water or the fin-
(B) The highest monthly percentage ished water, the report must include:
of positive samples for systems col- (i) A summary of the results of the
lecting at least 40 samples per month; monitoring; and
(viii) For fecal coliform: The total (ii) An explanation of the signifi-
number of positive samples; and cance of the results.
(ix) The likely source(s) of detected (2) If the system has performed any
contaminants to the best of the opera- monitoring for radon which indicates
tor’s knowledge. Specific information that radon may be present in the fin-
regarding contaminants may be avail- ished water, the report must include:
able in sanitary surveys and source (i) The results of the monitoring; and
water assessments, and should be used (ii) An explanation of the signifi-
when available to the operator. If the cance of the results.
operator lacks specific information on (3) If the system has performed addi-
the likely source, the report must in- tional monitoring which indicates the
clude one or more of the typical presence of other contaminants in the
sources for that contaminant listed in finished water, EPA strongly encour-
appendix A to this subpart that is most ages systems to report any results
applicable to the system. which may indicate a health concern.
(5) If a community water system dis- To determine if results may indicate a
tributes water to its customers from health concern, EPA recommends that
multiple hydraulically independent systems find out if EPA has proposed
distribution systems that are fed by an NPDWR or issued a health advisory
different raw water sources, the table for that contaminant by calling the
should contain a separate column for Safe Drinking Water Hotline (800–426–
each service area and the report should 4791). EPA considers detects above a
identify each separate distribution sys- proposed MCL or health advisory level
tem. Alternatively, systems could to indicate possible health concerns.
produce separate reports tailored to in- For such contaminants, EPA rec-
clude data for each service area. ommends that the report include:
521
§ 141.153 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
(i) The results of the monitoring; and under § 1415 or 1416 of SDWA, the report
(ii) An explanation of the signifi- must contain:
cance of the results noting the exist- (1) An explanation of the reasons for
ence of a health advisory or a proposed the variance or exemption;
regulation. (2) The date on which the variance or
(f) Compliance with NPDWR. In addi- exemption was issued;
tion to the requirements of (3) A brief status report on the steps
§ 141.153(d)(6), the report must note any the system is taking to install treat-
violation that occurred during the year ment, find alternative sources of water,
covered by the report of a requirement or otherwise comply with the terms
listed below, and include a clear and and schedules of the variance or ex-
readily understandable explanation of emption; and
the violation, any potential adverse (4) A notice of any opportunity for
health effects, and the steps the system public input in the review, or renewal,
has taken to correct the violation. of the variance or exemption.
(1) Monitoring and reporting of com- (h) Additional information:
pliance data; (1) The report must contain a brief
(2) Filtration and disinfection pre- explanation regarding contaminants
scribed by subpart H of this part. For which may reasonably be expected to
systems which have failed to install be found in drinking water including
adequate filtration or disinfection bottled water. This explanation may
equipment or processes, or have had a include the language of paragraphs
failure of such equipment or processes (h)(1) (i) through (iii) or systems may
which constitutes a violation, the re- use their own comparable language.
port must include the following lan-
The report also must include the lan-
guage as part of the explanation of po-
guage of paragraph (h)(1)(iv) of this
tential adverse health effects: Inad-
section.
equately treated water may contain
disease-causing organisms. These orga- (i) The sources of drinking water
nisms include bacteria, viruses, and (both tap water and bottled water) in-
parasites which can cause symptoms clude rivers, lakes, streams, ponds, res-
such as nausea, cramps, diarrhea, and ervoirs, springs, and wells. As water
associated headaches. travels over the surface of the land or
(3) Lead and copper control require- through the ground, it dissolves natu-
ments prescribed by subpart I of this rally-occurring minerals and, in some
part. For systems that fail to take one cases, radioactive material, and can
or more actions prescribed by pick up substances resulting from the
§§ 141.80(d), 141.81, 141.82, 141.83 or 141.84, presence of animals or from human ac-
the report must include the applicable tivity.
language of appendix A to this subpart (ii) Contaminants that may be
for lead, copper, or both. present in source water include:
(4) Treatment techniques for Acryl- (A) Microbial contaminants, such as vi-
amide and Epichlorohydrin prescribed ruses and bacteria, which may come
by subpart K of this part. For systems from sewage treatment plants, septic
that violate the requirements of sub- systems, agricultural livestock oper-
part K of this part, the report must in- ations, and wildlife.
clude the relevant language from ap- (B) Inorganic contaminants, such as
pendix A to this subpart. salts and metals, which can be natu-
(5) Recordkeeping of compliance rally-occurring or result from urban
data. stormwater runoff, industrial or do-
(6) Special monitoring requirements mestic wastewater discharges, oil and
prescribed by §§ 141.40 and 141.41; and gas production, mining, or farming.
(7) Violation of the terms of a vari- (C) Pesticides and herbicides, which
ance, an exemption, or an administra- may come from a variety of sources
tive or judicial order. such as agriculture, urban stormwater
(g) Variances and Exemptions. If a runoff, and residential uses.
system is operating under the terms of (D) Organic chemical contaminants, in-
a variance or an exemption issued cluding synthetic and volatile organic
522
chemicals, which are by-products of in- laboratory of a fecal indicator-positive

dustrial processes and petroleum pro- ground water source sample that is not
duction, and can also come from gas invalidated by the State under
stations, urban stormwater runoff, and § 141.402(d) must inform its customers
septic systems. of any significant deficiency that is un-
(E) Radioactive contaminants, which corrected at the time of the next report
can be naturally-occurring or be the re- or of any fecal indicator-positive
sult of oil and gas production and min- ground water source sample in the next
ing activities. report. The system must continue to
(iii) In order to ensure that tap water inform the public annually until the
is safe to drink, EPA prescribes regula- State determines that particular sig-
tions which limit the amount of cer-
nificant deficiency is corrected or the
tain contaminants in water provided
fecal contamination in the ground
by public water systems. FDA regula-
tions establish limits for contaminants water source is addressed under
in bottled water which must provide § 141.403(a). Each report must include
the same protection for public health. the following elements.
(iv) Drinking water, including bot- (A) The nature of the particular sig-
tled water, may reasonably be expected nificant deficiency or the source of the
to contain at least small amounts of fecal contamination (if the source is
some contaminants. The presence of known) and the date the significant de-
contaminants does not necessarily in- ficiency was identified by the State or
dicate that water poses a health risk. the dates of the fecal indicator-positive
More information about contaminants ground water source samples;
and potential health effects can be ob- (B) If the fecal contamination in the
tained by calling the Environmental ground water source has been ad-
Protection Agency’s Safe Drinking dressed under § 141.403(a) and the date
Water Hotline (800–426–4791). of such action;
(2) The report must include the tele- (C) For each significant deficiency or
phone number of the owner, operator, fecal contamination in the ground
or designee of the community water water source that has not been ad-
system as a source of additional infor-
dressed under § 141.403(a), the State-ap-
mation concerning the report.
proved plan and schedule for correc-
(3) In communities with a large pro-
tion, including interim measures,
portion of non-English speaking resi-
dents, as determined by the Primacy progress to date, and any interim
Agency, the report must contain infor- measures completed; and
mation in the appropriate language(s) (D) If the system receives notice of a
regarding the importance of the report fecal indicator-positive ground water
or contain a telephone number or ad- source sample that is not invalidated
dress where such residents may contact by the State under § 141.402(d), the po-
the system to obtain a translated copy tential health effects using the health
of the report or assistance in the ap- effects language of Appendix A of sub-
propriate language. part O.
(4) The report must include informa- (ii) If directed by the State, a system
tion (e.g., time and place of regularly with significant deficiencies that have
scheduled board meetings) about op- been corrected before the next report is
portunities for public participation in issued must inform its customers of
decisions that may affect the quality of the significant deficiency, how the de-
the water. ficiency was corrected, and the date of
(5) The systems may include such ad- correction under paragraph (h)(6)(i) of
ditional information as they deem nec- this section.
essary for public education consistent
with, and not detracting from, the pur- [63 FR 44526, Aug. 19, 1998, as amended at 63
pose of the report. FR 69516, Dec. 16, 1998; 64 FR 34733, June 29,
(6) Systems required to comply with sub- 1999; 65 FR 26022, May 4, 2000; 67 FR 1836, Jan.
part S. (i) Any ground water system 14, 2002; 71 FR 483, Jan. 4, 2006; 71 FR 65651,
that receives notice from the State of a Nov. 8, 2006]

significant deficiency or notice from a
523
§ 141.154 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
§ 141.154 Required additional health cultural activity. If you are caring for
information. an infant you should ask advice from
(a) All reports must prominently dis- your health care provider.
play the following language: Some peo- (2) May write its own educational
ple may be more vulnerable to con- statement, but only in consultation
taminants in drinking water than the with the Primacy Agency.
general population. Immuno-com- (d) Every report must include the fol-
promised persons such as persons with lowing lead-specific information:
cancer undergoing chemotherapy, per- (1) A short informational statement
sons who have undergone organ trans- about lead in drinking water and its ef-
plants, people with HIV/AIDS or other fects on children. The statement must
immune system disorders, some elder- include the following information:
ly, and infants can be particularly at If present, elevated levels of lead can cause
risk from infections. These people serious health problems, especially for preg-
should seek advice about drinking nant women and young children. Lead in
drinking water is primarily from materials
water from their health care providers. and components associated with service lines
EPA/CDC guidelines on appropriate and home plumbing. [NAME OF UTILITY] is
means to lessen the risk of infection by responsible for providing high quality drink-
Cryptosporidium and other microbial ing water, but cannot control the variety of
contaminants are available from the materials used in plumbing components.
Safe Drinking Water Hotline (800–426– When your water has been sitting for several
4791). hours, you can minimize the potential for
(b) Ending in the report due by July lead exposure by flushing your tap for 30 sec-
onds to 2 minutes before using water for
1, 2001, a system which detects arsenic
drinking or cooking. If you are concerned
at levels above 0.025 mg/L, but below about lead in your water, you may wish to
the 0.05 mg/L, and beginning in the re- have your water tested. Information on lead
port due by July 1, 2002, a system that in drinking water, testing methods, and
detects arsenic above 0.005 mg/L and up steps you can take to minimize exposure is
to and including 0.010 mg/L: available from the Safe Drinking Water Hot-
(1) Must include in its report a short line or at http://www.epa.gov/safewater/lead.
informational statement about arsenic, (2) A system may write its own edu-
using language such as: While your cational statement, but only in con-
drinking water meets EPA’s standard sultation with the State.
for arsenic, it does contain low levels (e) Community water systems that
of arsenic. EPA’s standard balances the detect TTHM above 0.080 mg/l, but
current understanding of arsenic’s pos- below the MCL in § 141.12, as an annual
sible health effects against the costs of average, monitored and calculated
removing arsenic from drinking water. under the provisions of § 141.30, must
EPA continues to research the health include health effects language for
effects of low levels of arsenic, which is TTHMs prescribed by appendix A.
a mineral known to cause cancer in hu- (f) Beginning in the report due by
mans at high concentrations and is July 1, 2002, and ending January 22,
linked to other health effects such as 2006, a community water system that
skin damage and circulatory problems. detects arsenic above 0.010 mg/L and up
(2) May write its own educational to and including 0.05 mg/L must in-
statement, but only in consultation clude the arsenic health effects lan-
with the Primacy Agency. guage prescribed by appendix A to sub-
(c) A system which detects nitrate at part O of this part.
levels above 5 mg/l, but below the MCL:
[63 FR 44526, Aug. 19, 1998, as amended at 63
(1) Must include a short informa- FR 69475, Dec. 16, 1998; 64 FR 34733, June 29,
tional statement about the impacts of 1999; 65 FR 26023, May 4, 2000; 66 FR 7064, Jan.
nitrate on children using language 22, 2001; 68 FR 14506, Mar. 25, 2003; 72 FR 57820,
such as: Nitrate in drinking water at Oct. 10, 2007]
levels above 10 ppm is a health risk for
infants of less than six months of age. § 141.155 Report delivery and record-
High nitrate levels in drinking water keeping.
can cause blue baby syndrome. Nitrate (a) Except as provided in paragraph
levels may rise quickly for short peri- (g) of this section, each community
ods of time because of rainfall or agri- water system must mail or otherwise
524
directly deliver one copy of the report (f) Each community water system
to each customer. serving 100,000 or more persons must
(b) The system must make a good post its current year’s report to a pub-
faith effort to reach consumers who do licly-accessible site on the Internet.
not get water bills, using means rec- (g) The Governor of a State or his
ommended by the primacy agency. designee, or the Tribal Leader where
EPA expects that an adequate good the tribe has met the eligibility re-
faith effort will be tailored to the con- quirements contained in § 142.72 for the
sumers who are served by the system purposes of waiving the mailing re-
but are not bill-paying customers, such quirement, can waive the requirement
as renters or workers. A good faith ef- of paragraph (a) of this section for
fort to reach consumers would include community water systems serving
a mix of methods appropriate to the fewer than 10,000 persons. In consulta-
particular system such as: Posting the
tion with the tribal government, the
reports on the Internet; mailing to
Regional Administrator may waive the
postal patrons in metropolitan areas;
requirement of § 141.155(a) in areas in
advertising the availability of the re-
Indian country where no tribe has been
port in the news media; publication in
deemed eligible.
a local newspaper; posting in public
places such as cafeterias or lunch (1) Such systems must:
rooms of public buildings; delivery of (i) Publish the reports in one or more
multiple copies for distribution by sin- local newspapers serving the area in
gle-biller customers such as apartment which the system is located;
buildings or large private employers; (ii) Inform the customers that the re-
delivery to community organizations. ports will not be mailed, either in the
(c) No later than the date the system newspapers in which the reports are
is required to distribute the report to published or by other means approved
its customers, each community water by the State; and
system must mail a copy of the report (iii) Make the reports available to
to the primacy agency, followed within the public upon request.
3 months by a certification that the re- (2) Systems serving 500 or fewer per-
port has been distributed to customers, sons may forego the requirements of
and that the information is correct and paragraphs (g)(1)(i) and (ii) of this sec-
consistent with the compliance moni- tion if they provide notice at least once
toring data previously submitted to per year to their customers by mail,
the primacy agency. door-to-door delivery or by posting in
(d) No later than the date the system an appropriate location that the report
is required to distribute the report to is available upon request.
its customers, each community water
(h) Any system subject to this sub-
system must deliver the report to any
part must retain copies of its Con-
other agency or clearinghouse identi-
sumer Confidence Report for no less
fied by the primacy agency.
(e) Each community water system than 3 years.
must make its reports available to the [63 FR 44526, Aug. 19, 1998, as amended at 65
public upon request. FR 26023, May 4, 2000]
525
VerDate Mar<15>2010
APPENDIX A TO SUBPART O OF PART 141—REGULATED CONTAMINANTS
Traditional MCL in To convert for
07:41 Sep 01, 2011

Contaminant (units) MCL in CCR units MCLG Major sources in drinking water Health effects language
mg/L CCR, multiply by
Microbiological contaminants:
Total Coliform Bacteria MCL: (systems .............................. MCL: (systems 0 ........................... Naturally present in the environ- Coliforms are bacteria that are
that collect ≥40 that collect ≥40 ment. naturally present in the envi-
Jkt 223166
samples/month) samples/month) ronment and are used as an
5% of monthly 5% of monthly indicator that other, potentially-
samples are samples are harmful, bacteria may be
positive; (sys- positive; (sys- present. Coliforms were found
tems that collect tems that collect in more samples than allowed
PO 00000
<40 samples/ <40 samples/ and this was a warning of po-
Pt. 141, Subpt. O, App. A
month) 1 posi- month) 1 posi- tential problems.

tive monthly tive monthly
sample. sample.
Fecal coliform and E. 0 ........................... .............................. 0 ........................... 0 ........................... Human and animal fecal waste ... Fecal coliforms and E. coli are
coli. bacteria whose presence indi-
Frm 00536
cates that the water may be
contaminated with human or
animal wastes. Microbes in
these wastes can cause short-
term effects, such as diarrhea,
Fmt 8010
cramps, nausea, headaches,
526
or other symptoms. They may
pose a special health risk for
infants, young children, some
of the elderly, and people with
Sfmt 8002
severely-compromised immune
systems.
Fecal Indicators TT ........................ .............................. TT ........................ N/A ....................... Human and animal fecal waste ... Fecal indicators are microbes
(enterococci or whose presence indicates that
coliphage). the water may be contami-
nated with human or animal
wastes. Microbes in these
wastes can cause short-term
health effects, such as diar-
rhea, cramps, nausea, head-
Y:\SGML\223166.XXX
aches, or other symptoms.
They may pose a special
health risk for infants, young
children, some of the elderly,
223166
and people with severely com-
promised immune systems.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Total organic carbon TT ........................ .............................. TT ........................ N/A ....................... Naturally present in the environ- Total organic carbon (TOC) has
(ppm). ment. no health effects. However,
total organic carbon provides a
07:41 Sep 01, 2011

medium for the formation of
disinfection by products. These
byproducts include
trihalomethanes (THMs) and
haloacetic acids (HAAs). Drink-
ing water containing these by-
Jkt 223166
products in excess of the MCL
may lead to adverse health ef-
fects, liver or kidney problems,
or nervous system effects, and
may lead to an increased risk
PO 00000
of getting cancer.
Turbidity (NTU) ............ TT ........................ .............................. TT ........................ N/A ....................... Soil runoff .................................... Turbidity has no health effects.
However, turbidity can interfere
with disinfection and provide a
medium for microbial growth.
Frm 00537
Turbidity may indicate the
presence of disease-causing
organisms. These organisms
include bacteria, viruses, and
parasites that can cause symp-
Fmt 8010
toms such as nausea, cramps,
527
diarrhea and associated head-
aches.
Radioactive contaminants:
Beta/photon emitters 4 mrem/yr ............ ¥ ......................... 4 ........................... 0 ........................... Decay of natural and man-made Certain minerals are radioactive
Sfmt 8002
(mrem/yr). deposits. and may emit forms of radi-
ation known as photons and
beta radiation. Some people
who drink water containing
beta particle and photon radio-
activity in excess of the MCL
over many years may have an
increased risk of getting can-
cer.
Alpha emitters (pCi/L) .. 15 pCi/L ............... ¥ ......................... 15 ......................... 0 ........................... Erosion of natural deposits ......... Certain minerals are radioactive
Y:\SGML\223166.XXX
and may emit a form of radi-
ation known as alpha radiation.
Some people who drink water
containing alpha emitters in ex-
223166
cess of the MCL over many
years may have an increased
risk of getting cancer.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
07:41 Sep 01, 2011

Combined radium (pCi/ 5 pCi/L ................. ¥ ......................... 5 ........................... 0 ........................... Erosion of natural deposits ......... Some people who drink water
L). containing radium-226 or -228
in excess of the MCL over
many years may have an in-
creased risk of getting cancer.
Jkt 223166
Uranium (pCi/L) ............ 30 μg/L ................ ¥ ......................... 30 ......................... 0 ........................... Erosion of natural deposits ......... Some people who drink water
containing uranium in excess
of the MCL over many years
may have an increased risk of
getting cancer and kidney tox-
icity.
PO 00000
Inorganic contaminants:
Antimony (ppb) ............. .006 ...................... 1000 ..................... 6 ........................... 6 ........................... Discharge from petroleum refin- Some people who drink water
eries; fire retardants; ceramics; containing antimony well in ex-
electronics; solder. cess of the MCL over many
years could experience in-
Frm 00538
creases in blood cholesterol
and decreases in blood sugar.
Arsenic (ppb) ................ 1 0.010 ................. 1000 ..................... 1 10. ..................... 10 ........................ Erosion of natural deposits; Run- Some people who drink water
off from orchards; Runoff from containing arsenic in excess of
glass and electronics produc- the MCL over many years
Fmt 8010
tion wastes. could experience skin damage
528
or problems with their cir-
culatory system, and may have
an increased risk of getting
cancer.
Sfmt 8002
Asbestos (MFL) ............ 7 MFL .................. .............................. 7 ........................... 7 ........................... Decay of asbestos cement water Some people who drink water
mains; Erosion of natural de- containing asbestos in excess
posits. of the MCL over many years
developing benign intestinal
polyps.
Barium (ppm) ............... 2 ........................... .............................. 2 ........................... 2 ........................... Discharge of drilling wastes; Dis- Some people who drink water
charge from metal refineries; containing barium in excess of
Erosion of natural deposits. the MCL over many years
could experience an increase
Y:\SGML\223166.XXX
in their blood pressure.
Beryllium (ppb) ............. .004 ...................... 1000 ..................... 4 ........................... 4 ........................... Discharge from metal refineries Some people who drink water
and coal-burning factories; Dis- containing beryllium well in ex-
charge from electrical, aero- cess of the MCL over many
223166
space, and defense industries. years could develop intestinal
lesions
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Bromate (ppb) .............. .010 ...................... 1000 ..................... 10 ......................... 0 ........................... By-product of drinkig water dis- Some people who drink water of
infection. containing bromate in excess
07:41 Sep 01, 2011

getting cancer.
Cadmium (ppb) ............ .005 ...................... 1000 ..................... 5 ........................... 5 ........................... Corrosion of galvanized pipes; Some people who drink water
Erosion of natural deposits; containing cadmium in excess
Discharge from metal refin- of the MCL over many years
eries; Runoff from waste bat- could experience kidney dam-
Jkt 223166
teries and paints. age.
Chloramines (ppm) ...... MRDL=4 .............. .............................. MRDL=4 .............. MRDLG=4 ........... Water additive used to control Some people who use water
microbes. containing chloramines well in
excess of the MRDL could ex-
perience irritating effects to
PO 00000
their eyes and nose. Some
people who drink water con-
taining chloramines well in ex-
cess of the MRDL could expe-
rience stomach discomfort or
Frm 00539
anemia.
Chlorine (ppm) ............. MRDL=4 .............. .............................. MRDL=4 .............. MRDLG=4 ........... Water additive used to control Some people who use water
microbes. containing chlorine well in ex-
cess of the MRDL could expe-
rience irritating effects to their
Fmt 8010
eyes and nose. Some people
529
who drink water containing
chlorine well in excess of the
MRDL could experience stom-
ach discomfort.
Sfmt 8002
Chlorine dioxide (ppb) .. MRDL=.8 ............. 1000 ..................... MRDL=800 .......... MRDLG=800 ....... Water additive used to control Some infants and young children
micorbes. who drink water chlorine diox-
ide in excess of the MRDL
could experience nervous sys-
tem effects. Similar effects
may occur in fetuses of preg-
nant women who drink water
containing chlorine dioxide in
excess of the MRDL. Some
people may experience ane-
mia.
Y:\SGML\223166.XXX
Chlorite (ppm) .............. 1 ........................... .............................. 1 ........................... 0.8 ........................ By-product of drinking water dis- Some infants and young children
infection. who drink water containing
chlorite in excess of the MCL
could experience nervous sys-
223166
tem effects. Similar effects
may occur in fetuses of preg-
nant women who drink water
containing chlorite in excess of
the MCL. Some people may
experience anemia.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
07:41 Sep 01, 2011

Chromium (ppb) ........... .1 .......................... 1000 ..................... 100 ....................... 100 ....................... Discharge from steel and pulp Some people who use water
mills; Erosion of natural depos- containing chromium well in
its. excess of the MCL over many
years could experience allergic
dermatitis.
Jkt 223166
Copper (ppm) ............... AL=1.3 ................. .............................. AL=1.3 ................. 1.3 ........................ Corrosion of household plumbing Copper is an essential nutrient,
systems; Erosion of natural de- but some people who drink
posits. water containing copper in ex-
cess of the action level over a
relatively short amount of time
could experience gastro-
PO 00000
intestinal distress. Some peo-
ple who drink water containing

copper in excess of the action
level over many years could
suffer liver or kidney damage.
Frm 00540
People with Wilson’s disease
should consult their personal
doctor.
Cyanide (ppb) .............. .2 .......................... 1000 ..................... 200 ....................... 200 ....................... Discharge from steel/metal fac- Some people who drink water
tories; Discharge from plastic containing cyanide well in ex-
Fmt 8010
and fertilizer factories. cess of the MCL over many
530
years could experience nerve
damage or problems with their
thyroid.
Fluoride (ppm) .............. 4 ........................... .............................. 4 ........................... 4 ........................... Erosion of natural deposits; Some people who drink water
Sfmt 8002
Water additive which promotes containing fluoride in excess of
strong teeth; Discharge from the MCL over many years
fertilizer and aluminum fac- could get bone disease, includ-
tories. ing pain and tenderness of the
bones. Fluoride in drinking
water at half the MCL or more
may cause mottling of chil-
dren’s teeth, usually in children
less than nine years old. Mot-
tling, also known as dental flu-
Y:\SGML\223166.XXX
orosis, may include brown
staining and/or pitting of the
teeth, and occurs only in de-
veloping teeth before they
223166
erupt from the gums.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Lead (ppb) .................... AL=.015 ............... 1000 ..................... AL=15 .................. 0 ........................... Corrosion of household plumbing Infants and children who drink
systems; Erosion of natural de- water containing lead in ex-
posits. cess of the action level could
07:41 Sep 01, 2011

experience delays in their
physical or mental develop-
ment. Children could show
slight deficits in attention span
and learning abilities. Adults
who drink this water over many
Jkt 223166
years could develop kidney
problems or high blood pres-
sure.
Mercury [inorganic] .002 ...................... 1000 ..................... 2 ........................... 2 ........................... Erosion of natural deposits; Dis Some people who drink water
(ppb). charge from refineries and fac- containing inorganic mercury
PO 00000
tories; Runoff from landfills; well in excess of the MCL over
Runoff from cropland. many years could experience
kidney damage.
Nitrate (ppm) ................ 10 ......................... .............................. 10 ......................... 10 ......................... Runoff from fertilizer use; Leach- Infants below the age of six
ing from septic tanks, sew age; months who drink water con-
Frm 00541
Erosion of natural deposits. taining nitrate in excess of the
MCL could become seriously ill

and, if untreated, may die.
Symptoms include shortness of
breath and blue baby syn-
Fmt 8010
drome.
531
Nitrite (ppm) ................. 1 ........................... .............................. 1 ........................... 1 ........................... Runoff from fertilizer use; Leach- Infants below the age of six
ing from septic tanks, sew age; months who drink water con-
Erosion of natural deposits. taining nitrite in excess of the
MCL could become seriously ill
Sfmt 8002
and, if untreated, may die.
Symptoms include shortness of
breath and blue baby syn-
drome.
Selenium (ppb) ............. .05 ........................ 1000 ..................... 50 ......................... 50 ......................... Discharge from petroleum and Selenium is an essential nutrient.
metal refineries; Erosion of However, some people who
natural deposits; Discharge drink water containing sele-
from mines. nium in excess of the MCL
over many years could experi-
ence hair or fingernail losses,
Y:\SGML\223166.XXX
numbness in fingers or toes, or
problems with their circulation.
Thallium (ppb) .............. .002 ...................... 1000 ..................... 2 ........................... 0.5 ........................ Leaching from ore-processing Some people who drink water
sites; Discharge from elec- containing thallium in excess of
223166
tronics, glass, and drug fac- the MCL over many years
tories. could experience hair loss,
changes in their blood, or
problems with their kidneys, in-
testines, or liver.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
07:41 Sep 01, 2011

Synthetic organic contaminants
including pesticides and herbi-
cides:
2,4-D (ppb) ................... .07 ........................ 1000 ..................... 70 ......................... 70 ......................... Runoff from herbicide used on Some people who drink water
row crops. containing the weed killer 2,4-
Jkt 223166
D well in excess of the MCL
ence problems with their kid-
neys, liver, or adrenal glands.
2,4,5-TP [Silvex](ppb) .. .05 ........................ 1000 ..................... 50 ......................... 50 ......................... Residue of banned herbicide ...... Some people who drink water
PO 00000
containing silvex in excess of
the MCL over many years
could experience liver prob-

lems.
Acrylamide ................... TT ........................ .............................. TT ........................ 0 ........................... Added to water during sewage/ Some people who drink water
wastewater treatment. containing high levels of acryl-
Frm 00542
amide over a long period of
time could have problems with
their nervous system or blood,
and may have an increased
Fmt 8010
Alachlor (ppb) ............... .002 ...................... 1000 ..................... 2 ........................... 0 ........................... Runoff from herbicide used on Some people who drink water
532
row crops. containing alachlor in excess
could have problems with their
eyes, liver, kidneys, or spleen,
Sfmt 8002
or experience anemia, and
getting cancer.
Atrazine (ppb) .............. .003 ...................... 1000 ..................... 3 ........................... 3 ........................... Runoff from herbicide used on Some people who drink water
row crops. containing atrazine well in ex-
years could experience prob-
lems with their cardiovascular
system or reproductive difficul-
ties.
Y:\SGML\223166.XXX
Benzo(a)pyrene [PAH] .0002 .................... 1,000,000 ............. 200 ....................... 0 ........................... Leaching from linings of water Some people who drink water
(nanograms/l). storage tanks and distribution containing benzo(a)pyrene in
lines. excess of the MCL over many
years may experience repro-
223166
ductive difficulties and may
have an increased risk of get-
ting cancer.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Carbofuran (ppb) .......... .04 ........................ 1000 ..................... 40 ......................... 40 ......................... Leaching of soil fumigant used Some people who drink water
on rice and alfalfa. containing carbofuran in ex-
07:41 Sep 01, 2011

lems with their blood, or nerv-
ous or reproductive systems.
Chlordane (ppb) ........... .002 ...................... 1000 ..................... 2 ........................... 0 ........................... Residue of banned termiticide .... Some people who drink water
containing chlordane in excess
Jkt 223166
could experience problems
with their liver or nervous sys-
tem, and may have an in-
PO 00000
Dalapon (ppb) .............. .2 .......................... 1000 ..................... 200 ....................... 200 ....................... Runoff from herbicide used on Some people who drink water
rights of way. containing dalapon well in ex-
years could experience minor
kidney changes.
Di(2-ethylhexyl) adipate .4 .......................... 1000 ..................... 400 ....................... 400 ....................... Discharge from chemical fac- Some people who drink water
Frm 00543
(ppb). tories. containing di(2-ethylhexyl) adi-
pate well in excess of the MCL

ence toxic effects such as
weight loss, liver enlargement
Fmt 8010
or possible reproductive dif-
533
ficulties.
Di(2-ethylhexyl) phthal- .006 ...................... 1000 ..................... 6 ........................... 0 ........................... Discharge from rubber and Some people who drink water
ate (ppb). chemical factories. containing di(2-ethylhexyl)
phthalate well in excess of the
Sfmt 8002
MCL over many years may
have problems with their liver,
or experience reproductive dif-
ficulties, and may have an in-
Dibromochloropropane .0002 .................... 1,000,000 ............. 200 ....................... 0 ........................... Runoff/leaching from soil fumi- Some people who drink water
(ppt). gant used on soybeans, cot- containing DBCP in excess of
ton, pineapples, and orchards. the MCL over many years
could experience reproductive
problems and may have an in-
Y:\SGML\223166.XXX
Dinoseb (ppb) .............. .007 ...................... 1000 ..................... 7 ........................... 7 ........................... Runoff from herbicide used on Some people who drink water
soybeans and vegetables. containing dinoseb well in ex-
223166
years could experience repro-
ductive difficulties.
Diquat (ppb) ................. .02 ........................ 1000 ..................... 20 ......................... 20 ......................... Runoff from herbicide use ........... Some people who drink water
containing diquat in excess of
could get cataracts.

VerDate Mar<15>2010
07:41 Sep 01, 2011

Dioxin [2,3,7,8-TCDD] .00000003 ............ 1,000,000, 000 .... 30 ......................... 0 ........................... Emissions from waste inciner- Some people who drink water
(ppq). ation and other combustion; containing dioxin in excess of
Discharge from chemical fac- the MCL over many years
tories. could experience reproductive
difficulties and may have an in-
Jkt 223166
Endothall (ppb) ............. .1 .......................... 1000 ..................... 100 ....................... 100 ....................... Runoff from herbicide use ........... Some people who drink water
containing endothall in excess
with their stomach or intes-
PO 00000
tines.
Endrin (ppb) ................. .002 ...................... 1000 ..................... 2 ........................... 2 ........................... Residue of banned insecticide .... Some people who drink water
containing endrin in excess of
could experience liver prob-
Frm 00544
lems.
Epichlorohydrin ............ TT ........................ .............................. TT ........................ 0 ........................... Discharge from industrial chem- Some people who drink water
ical factories; An impurity of containing high levels of
some water treatment chemi- epichlorohydrin over a long pe-
cals. riod of time could experience
Fmt 8010
stomach problems, and may
534
ting cancer.
Ethylene dibromide .00005 .................. 1,000,000 ............. 50 ......................... 0 ........................... Discharge from petroleum refin- Some people who drink water
(ppt). eries. containing ethylene dibromide
Sfmt 8002
many years could experience
problems with their liver, stom-
ach, reproductive system, or
kidneys, and may have an in-
Glyphosate (ppb) ......... .7 .......................... 1000 ..................... 700 ....................... 700 ....................... Runoff from herbicide use ........... Some people who drink water
containing glyphosate in ex-
Y:\SGML\223166.XXX
lems with their kidneys or re-
productive difficulties.
Heptachlor (ppt) ........... .0004 .................... 1,000,000 ............. 400 ....................... 0 ........................... Residue of banned pesticide ....... Some people who drink water
containing heptachlor in ex-
223166
years could experience liver
damage and may have an in-
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Heptachlor epoxide .0002 .................... 1,000,000 ............. 200 ....................... 0 ........................... Breakdown of heptachlor ............ Some people who drink water
(ppt). containing heptachlor epoxide
07:41 Sep 01, 2011

liver damage, and may have
an increased risk of getting
cancer.
Hexachlorobenzene .001 ...................... 1000 ..................... 1 ........................... 0 ........................... Discharge from metal refineries Some people who drink water
Jkt 223166
(ppb). and agricultural chemical fac- containing hexachlorobenzene
tories. in excess of the MCL over
problems with their liver or kid-
neys, or adverse reproductive
effects, and may have an in-
PO 00000
Hexachlorocyclopentad- .05 ........................ 1000 ..................... 50 ......................... 50 ......................... Discharge from chemical fac- Some people who drink water
iene (ppb). tories. containing
hexachlorocyclopentadiene
well in excess of the MCL over
Frm 00545
problems with their kidneys or

stomach.
Lindane (ppt) ................ .0002 .................... 1,000,000 ............. 200 ....................... 200 ....................... Runoff/leaching from insecticide Some people who drink water
used on cattle, lumber, gar- containing lindane in excess of
Fmt 8010
dens. the MCL over many years
535
with their kidneys or liver.
Methoxychlor (ppb) ...... .04 ........................ 1000 ..................... 40 ......................... 40 ......................... Runoff/leaching from insecticide Some people who drink water
used on fruits, vegetables, al- containing methoxychlor in ex-
Sfmt 8002
falfa, livestock. cess of the MCL over many
years could experience repro-
ductive difficulties.
Oxamyl [Vydate] (ppb) .2 .......................... 1000 ..................... 200 ....................... 200 ....................... Runoff/leaching from insecticide Some people who drink water
used on apples, potatoes and containing oxamyl in excess of
tomatoes. the MCL over many years
could experience slight nerv-
ous system effects.
PCBs [Polychlorinated .0005 .................... 1,000,000 ............. 500 ....................... 0 ........................... Runoff from landfills; Discharge Some people who drink water
biphenyls] (ppt). of waste chemicals. containing PCBs in excess of
Y:\SGML\223166.XXX
could experience changes in
their skin, problems with their
thymus gland, immune defi-
223166
ciencies, or reproductive or
nervous system difficulties, and
getting cancer.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
07:41 Sep 01, 2011

Pentachlorophenol .001 ...................... 1000 ..................... 1 ........................... 0 ........................... Discharge from wood preserving Some people who drink water
(ppb). factories. containing pentachlorophenol
problems with their liver or kid-
Jkt 223166
neys, and may have an in-
Picloram (ppb) .............. .5 .......................... 1000 ..................... 500 ....................... 500 ....................... Herbicide runoff ........................... Some people who drink water
containing picloram in excess
PO 00000
with their liver.
Simazine (ppb) ............. .004 ...................... 1000 ..................... 4 ........................... 4 ........................... Herbicide runoff ........................... Some people who drink water
containing simazine in excess
Frm 00546
with their blood.
Toxaphene (ppb) .......... .003 ...................... 1000 ..................... 3 ........................... 0 ........................... Runoff/leaching from insecticide Some people who drink water
used on cotton and cattle. containing toxaphene in ex-
years could have problems
Fmt 8010
with their kidneys, liver, or thy-
536
roid, and may have an in-
Volatile organic contaminants:
Benzene (ppb) ............. .005 ...................... 1000 ..................... 5 ........................... 0 ........................... Discharge from factories; Leach- Some people who drink water
Sfmt 8002
ing from gas storage tanks and containing benzene in excess
landfills. of the MCL over many years
could experience anemia or a
decrease in blood platelets,
Carbon tetrachloride .005 ...................... 1000 ..................... 5 ........................... 0 ........................... Discharge from chemical plants Some people who drink water
(ppb). and other industrial activities. containing carbon tetrachloride
Y:\SGML\223166.XXX
problems with their liver and
getting cancer.
Chlorobenzene (ppb) ... .1 .......................... 1000 ..................... 100 ....................... 100 ....................... Discharge from chemical and ag- Some people who drink water
223166
ricultural chemical factories. containing chlorobenzene in
excess of the MCL over many
lems with their liver or kidneys.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
o-Dichlorobenzene .6 .......................... 1000 ..................... 600 ....................... 600 ....................... Discharge from industrial chem- Some people who drink water
(ppb). ical factories. containing o-dichlorobenzene
07:41 Sep 01, 2011

problems with their liver, kid-
neys, or circulatory systems.
p-Dichlorobenzene .075 ...................... 1000 ..................... 75 ......................... 75 ......................... Discharge from industrial chem- Some people who drink water
(ppb). ical factories. containing p-dichlorobenzene
Jkt 223166
anemia, damage to their liver,
kidneys, or spleen, or changes
in their blood.
PO 00000
1,2-Dichloroethane .005 ...................... 1000 ..................... 5 ........................... 0 ........................... Discharge from industrial chem- Some people who drink water
(ppb). ical factories. containing 1,2-dichloroethane
1,1-Dichloroethylene .007 ...................... 1000 ..................... 7 ........................... 7 ........................... Discharge from industrial chem- Some people who drink water
Frm 00547
(ppb). ical factories. containing 1,1-dichloroethylene

problems with their liver.
cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene .07 ........................ 1000 ..................... 70 ......................... 70 ......................... Discharge from industrial chem- Some people who drink water
Fmt 8010
(ppb). ical factories. containing cis-1,2-
537
dichloroethylene in excess of
with their liver.
Sfmt 8002
trans-1,2- .1 .......................... 1000 ..................... 100 ....................... 100 ....................... Discharge from industrial chem- Some people who drink water
Dichloroethylene ical factories. containing trans-1,2-
(ppb). dichloroethylene well in excess
with their liver.
Dichloromethane (ppb) .005 ...................... 1000 ..................... 5 ........................... 0 ........................... Discharge from pharmaceutical Some people who drink water
and chemical factories. containing dichloromethane in
years could have liver prob-
Y:\SGML\223166.XXX
lems and may have an in-
1,2-Dichloropropane .005 ...................... 1000 ..................... 5 ........................... 0 ........................... Discharge from industrial chem- Some people who drink water
(ppb). ical factories. containing 1,2-dichloropropane
223166
VerDate Mar<15>2010
07:41 Sep 01, 2011

Ethylbenzene (ppb) ...... .7 .......................... 1000 ..................... 700 ....................... 700 ....................... Discharge from petroleum refin- Some people who drink water
eries. containing ethylbenzene well in
lems with their liver or kidneys.
Jkt 223166
Haloacetic Acids (HAA) .060 ...................... 1000 ..................... 60 ......................... N/A ....................... By-product of drinking water dis- Some people who drink water
(ppb). infection. containing haloacetic acids in
PO 00000
Styrene (ppb) ............... .1 .......................... 1000 ..................... 100 ....................... 100 ....................... Discharge from rubber and plas- Some people who drink water
tic factories; Leaching from containing styrene well in ex-
landfills. cess of the MCL over many

with their liver, kidneys, or cir-
culatory system.
Frm 00548
Tetrachloroethylene .005 ...................... 1000 ..................... 5 ........................... 0 ........................... Discharge from factories and dry Some people who drink water
(ppb). cleaners. containing tetrachloroethylene
many years could have prob-
lems with their liver, and may
Fmt 8010
538
ting cancer.
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene .07 ........................ 1000 ..................... 70 ......................... 70 ......................... Discharge from textile-finishing Some people who drink water
(ppb). factories. containing 1,2,4-
trichlorobenzene well in excess
Sfmt 8002
could experience changes in
their adrenal glands.
1,1,1-Trichloroethane .2 .......................... 1000 ..................... 200 ....................... 200 ....................... Discharge from metal degreasing Some people who drink water
(ppb). sites and other factories. containing 1,1,1-trichloroethane
problems with their liver, nerv-
ous system, or circulatory sys-
tem.
Y:\SGML\223166.XXX
1,1,2-Trichloroethane .005 ...................... 1000 ..................... 5 ........................... 3 ........................... Discharge from industrial chem- Some people who drink water
(ppb). ical factories. containing 1,1,2-trichloroethane
many years could have prob-
223166
lems with their liver, kidneys,
or immune systems.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Trichloroethylene (ppb) .005 ...................... 1000 ..................... 5 ........................... 0 ........................... Discharge from metal degreasing Some people who drink water
sites and other factories. containing trichloroethylene in
07:41 Sep 01, 2011

lems with their liver and may
ting cancer.
TTHMs [Total 0.10/.080 .............. 1000 ..................... 100/80 .................. N/A ....................... By-product of drinking water dis- Some people who drink water
trihalomethanes] infection. containing trihalomethanes in
Jkt 223166
(ppb). excess of the MCL over many
years may experience prob-
lems with their liver, kidneys,
or central nervous systems,
PO 00000
Toluene (ppm) .............. 1 ........................... .............................. 1 ........................... 1 ........................... Discharge from petroleum fac- Some people who drink water
tories. containing toluene well in ex-
Frm 00549
with their nervous system, kid-
neys, or liver.
Vinyl Chloride (ppb) ..... .002 ...................... 1000 ..................... 2 ........................... 0 ........................... Leaching from PVC piping; Dis- Some people who drink water
charge from plastics factories. containing vinyl chloride in ex-
Fmt 8010
539
Xylenes (ppm) .............. 10 ......................... .............................. 10 ......................... 10 ......................... Discharge from petroleum fac- Some people who drink water
tories; Discharge from chem- containing xylenes in excess of
ical factories. the MCL over many years
Sfmt 8027
could experience damage to
their nervous system.
1 These arsenic values are effective January 23, 2006. Until then, the MCL is 0.05 mg/L and there is no MCLG.
Key:
AL=Action Level
MCL=Maximum Contaminant Level
MCLG=Maximum Contaminant Level Goal
MFL=million fibers per liter
MRDL=Maximum Residual Disinfectant Level
MRDLG=Maximum Residual Disinfectant Level Goal
mrem/year=millirems per year (a measure of radiation absorbed by the body)
Y:\SGML\223166.XXX
N/A=Not Applicable
NTU=Nephelometric Turbidity Units (a measure of water clarity)
pCi/l=picocuries per liter (a measure of radioactivity)
ppm=parts per million, or milligrams per liter (mg/l)
ppb=parts per billion, or micrograms per liter (μg/l)
223166
ppt=parts per trillion, or nanograms per liter
ppq=parts per quadrillion, or picograms per liter
TT=Treatment Technique
[65 FR 26024, May 4, 2000, as amended at 65 FR 76749, Dec. 7, 2000; 66 FR 7064, Jan. 22, 2001; 67 FR 70855, Nov. 27, 2002; 67 FR 73011, Dec.
9, 2002; 68 FR 14506, Mar. 25, 2003; 71 FR 65652, Nov. 8, 2006]

§ 141.170 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
Subpart P—Enhanced Filtration (2) It meets the applicable filtration

and Disinfection—Systems requirements in either § 141.73 or
§ 141.173 and the disinfection require-
Serving 10,000 or More Peo- ments in §§ 141.72 and 141.172.
ple (c) Systems are not permitted to
begin construction of uncovered fin-
SOURCE: 63 FR 69516, Dec. 16, 1998, unless ished water storage facilities beginning
otherwise noted. February 16, 1999.
§ 141.170 General requirements. (d) Subpart H systems that did not
conduct optional monitoring under
(a) The requirements of this subpart § 141.172 because they served fewer than
P constitute national primary drinking 10,000 persons when such monitoring
water regulations. These regulations was required, but serve more than
establish requirements for filtration 10,000 persons prior to January 1, 2005
and disinfection that are in addition to must comply with §§ 141.170, 141.171,
criteria under which filtration and dis- 141.173, 141.174, and 141.175. These sys-
infection are required under subpart H tems must also consult with the State
of this part. The requirements of this to establish a disinfection benchmark.
subpart are applicable to subpart H A system that decides to make a sig-
systems serving at least 10,000 people, nificant change to its disinfection
beginning January 1, 2002 unless other- practice, as described in § 141.172(c)(1)(i)
wise specified in this subpart. The reg- through (iv) must consult with the
ulations in this subpart establish or ex- State prior to making such change.
tend treatment technique requirements
in lieu of maximum contaminant levels [63 FR 69516, Dec. 16, 1998, as amended at 66
for the following contaminants: Giardia FR 3779, Jan. 16, 2001; 67 FR 1836, Jan. 14,
lamblia, viruses, heterotrophic plate 2002; 69 FR 38856, June 29, 2004]
count bacteria, Legionella,
§ 141.171 Criteria for avoiding filtra-
Cryptosporidium, and turbidity. Each tion.
subpart H system serving at least 10,000
people must provide treatment of its In addition to the requirements of
source water that complies with these § 141.71, a public water system subject
treatment technique requirements and to the requirements of this subpart
are in addition to those identified in that does not provide filtration must
§ 141.70. The treatment technique re- meet all of the conditions of para-
quirements consist of installing and graphs (a) and (b) of this section.
properly operating water treatment (a) Site-specific conditions. In addition
processes which reliably achieve: to site-specific conditions in § 141.71(b),
(1) At least 99 percent (2-log) removal systems must maintain the watershed
of Cryptosporidium between a point control program under § 141.71(b)(2) to
where the raw water is not subject to minimize the potential for contamina-
recontamination by surface water run- tion by Cryptosporidium oocysts in the
off and a point downstream before or at source water. The watershed control
the first customer for filtered systems, program must, for Cryptosporidium:
or Cryptosporidium control under the (1) Identify watershed characteristics
watershed control plan for unfiltered and activities which may have an ad-
systems. verse effect on source water quality;
(2) Compliance with the profiling and and
benchmark requirements under the (2) Monitor the occurrence of activi-
provisions of § 141.172. ties which may have an adverse effect
(b) A public water system subject to on source water quality.
the requirements of this subpart is con- (b) During the onsite inspection con-
sidered to be in compliance with the re- ducted under the provisions of
quirements of paragraph (a) of this sec- § 141.71(b)(3), the State must determine
tion if: whether the watershed control pro-
(1) It meets the requirements for gram established under § 141.71(b)(2) is
avoiding filtration in §§ 141.71 and adequate to limit potential contamina-
141.171 and the disinfection require- tion by Cryptosporidium oocysts. The

ments in §§ 141.72 and 141.172; or adequacy of the program must be based
540
on the comprehensiveness of the water- 141.30 and handling and analytical

shed review; the effectiveness of the method requirements of § 141.142(b)(1)
system’s program to monitor and con- may use those data to determine
trol detrimental activities occurring in whether the requirements of this sec-
the watershed; and the extent to which tion apply.
the water system has maximized land (iii) Those systems that have not col-
ownership and/or controlled land use lected four quarters of HAA5 occur-
within the watershed. rence data that meets the provisions of
either paragraph (a)(2)(i) or (ii) of this
§ 141.172 Disinfection profiling and section by March 16, 1999 must either:
benchmarking. (A) Conduct monitoring for HAA5
(a) Determination of systems required to that meets the routine monitoring
profile. A public water system subject sample number and location require-
to the requirements of this subpart ments for TTHM in §§ 141.12 and 141.30
must determine its TTHM annual aver- and handling and analytical method re-
age using the procedure in paragraph quirements of § 141.142(b)(1) to deter-
(a)(1) of this section and its HAA5 an- mine the HAA5 annual average and
nual average using the procedure in whether the requirements of paragraph
paragraph (a)(2) of this section. The an- (b) of this section apply. This moni-
nual average is the arithmetic average toring must be completed so that the
of the quarterly averages of four con- applicability determination can be
secutive quarters of monitoring. made no later than March 31, 2000, or
(1) The TTHM annual average must (B) Comply with all other provisions
be the annual average during the same of this section as if the HAA5 moni-
period as is used for the HAA5 annual toring had been conducted and the re-
average. sults required compliance with para-
(i) Those systems that collected data graph (b) of this section.
under the provisions of subpart M (In- (3) The system may request that the
formation Collection Rule) must use State approve a more representative
the results of the samples collected annual data set than the data set de-
during the last four quarters of re- termined under paragraph (a)(1) or (2)
quired monitoring under § 141.142. of this section for the purpose of deter-
(ii) Those systems that use ‘‘grand- mining applicability of the require-
fathered’’ HAA5 occurrence data that ments of this section.
meet the provisions of paragraph (4) The State may require that a sys-
(a)(2)(ii) of this section must use TTHM tem use a more representative annual
data collected at the same time under data set than the data set determined
the provisions of §§ 141.12 and 141.30. under paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this sec-
(iii) Those systems that use HAA5 oc- tion for the purpose of determining ap-
currence data that meet the provisions plicability of the requirements of this
of paragraph (a)(2)(iii)(A) of this sec- section.
tion must use TTHM data collected at (5) The system must submit data to
the same time under the provisions of the State on the schedule in para-
§§ 141.12 and 141.30. graphs (a)(5)(i) through (v) of this sec-
(2) The HAA5 annual average must be tion.
the annual average during the same pe- (i) Those systems that collected
riod as is used for the TTHM annual TTHM and HAA5 data under the provi-
average. sions of subpart M (Information Collec-
(i) Those systems that collected data tion Rule), as required by paragraphs
under the provisions of subpart M (In- (a)(1)(i) and (a)(2)(i) of this section,
formation Collection Rule) must use must submit the results of the samples
the results of the samples collected collected during the last 12 months of
during the last four quarters of re- required monitoring under § 141.142 not
quired monitoring under § 141.142. later than December 31, 1999.
(ii) Those systems that have col- (ii) Those systems that have col-
lected four quarters of HAA5 occur- lected four consecutive quarters of
rence data that meets the routine mon- HAA5 occurrence data that meets the
itoring sample number and location re- routine monitoring sample number and
quirements for TTHM in §§ 141.12 and location for TTHM in §§ 141.12 and 141.30
541
§ 141.172 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
and handling and analytical method re- this section. A system with more than
quirements of § 141.142(b)(1), as allowed one point of disinfectant application
by paragraphs (a)(1)(ii) and (a)(2)(ii) of must conduct the monitoring in para-
this section, must submit those data to graphs (b)(2)(i) through (iv) of this sec-
the State not later than April 16, 1999. tion for each disinfection segment. The
Until the State has approved the data, system must monitor the parameters
the system must conduct monitoring necessary to determine the total inac-
for HAA5 using the monitoring require- tivation ratio, using analytical meth-
ments specified under paragraph ods in § 141.74(a), as follows:
(a)(2)(iii) of this section. (i) The temperature of the disinfected
(iii) Those systems that conduct water must be measured once per day
monitoring for HAA5 using the moni- at each residual disinfectant con-
toring requirements specified by para- centration sampling point during peak
graphs (a)(1)(iii) and (a)(2)(iii)(A) of hourly flow.
this section, must submit TTHM and (ii) If the system uses chlorine, the
HAA5 data not later than March 31, pH of the disinfected water must be
2000. measured once per day at each chlorine
(iv) Those systems that elect to com- residual disinfectant concentration
ply with all other provisions of this sampling point during peak hourly
section as if the HAA5 monitoring had flow.
been conducted and the results re-
(iii) The disinfectant contact time(s)
quired compliance with this section, as
(‘‘T’’) must be determined for each day
allowed under paragraphs (a)(2)(iii)(B)
during peak hourly flow.
of this section, must notify the State
in writing of their election not later (iv) The residual disinfectant con-
than December 31, 1999. centration(s) (‘‘C’’) of the water before
(v) If the system elects to request or at the first customer and prior to
that the State approve a more rep- each additional point of disinfection
resentative annual data set than the must be measured each day during
data set determined under paragraph peak hourly flow.
(a)(2)(i) of this section, the system (3) In lieu of the monitoring con-
must submit this request in writing ducted under the provisions of para-
not later than December 31, 1999. graph (b)(2) of this section to develop
(6) Any system having either a TTHM the disinfection profile, the system
annual average ≥0.064 mg/L or an HAA5 may elect to meet the requirements of
annual average ≥0.048 mg/L during the paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section. In
period identified in paragraphs (a)(1) addition to the monitoring conducted
and (2) of this section must comply under the provisions of paragraph (b)(2)
with paragraph (b) of this section. of this section to develop the disinfec-
(b) Disinfection profiling. (1) Any sys- tion profile, the system may elect to
tem that meets the criteria in para- meet the requirements of paragraph
graph (a)(6) of this section must de- (b)(3)(ii) of this section.
velop a disinfection profile of its dis- (i) A PWS that has three years of ex-
infection practice for a period of up to isting operational data may submit
three years. those data, a profile generated using
(2) The system must monitor daily those data, and a request that the
for a period of 12 consecutive calendar State approve use of those data in lieu
months to determine the total logs of of monitoring under the provisions of
inactivation for each day of operation, paragraph (b)(2) of this section not
based on the CT99.9 values in Tables later than March 31, 2000. The State
1.1–1.6, 2.1, and 3.1 of § 141.74(b), as ap- must determine whether these oper-
propriate, through the entire treat- ational data are substantially equiva-
ment plant. This system must begin lent to data collected under the provi-
this monitoring not later than April 1, sions of paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
2000. As a minimum, the system with a These data must also be representative
single point of disinfectant application of Giardia lamblia inactivation through
prior to entrance to the distribution the entire treatment plant and not just
system must conduct the monitoring of certain treatment segments. Until

in paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (iv) of the State approves this request, the
542
system is required to conduct moni- plying the value calculated in para-

toring under the provisions of paragraph (b)(4)(i) or (ii) of this section by
graph (b)(2) of this section. 3.0.
(ii) In addition to the disinfection (5) A system that uses either
profile generated under paragraph chloramines or ozone for primary dis-
(b)(2) of this section, a PWS that has infection must also calculate the logs
existing operational data may use of inactivation for viruses using a
those data to develop a disinfection method approved by the State.
profile for additional years. Such sys- (6) The system must retain disinfec-
tems may use these additional yearly
tion profile data in graphic form, as a
disinfection profiles to develop a
spreadsheet, or in some other format
benchmark under the provisions of
paragraph (c) of this section. The State acceptable to the State for review as
must determine whether these oper- part of sanitary surveys conducted by
ational data are substantially equiva- the State.
lent to data collected under the provi- (c) Disinfection benchmarking. (1) Any
sions of paragraph (b)(2) of this section. system required to develop a disinfec-
These data must also be representative tion profile under the provisions of
of inactivation through the entire paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section
treatment plant and not just of certain and that decides to make a significant
treatment segments. change to its disinfection practice
(4) The system must calculate the must consult with the State prior to
total inactivation ratio as follows: making such change. Significant
(i) If the system uses only one point changes to disinfection practice are:
of disinfectant application, the system (i) Changes to the point of disinfec-
may determine the total inactivation tion;
ratio for the disinfection segment (ii) Changes to the disinfectant(s)
based on either of the methods in para- used in the treatment plant;
graph (b)(4)(i)(A) or (b)(4)(i)(B) of this
(iii) Changes to the disinfection proc-
section.
ess; and
(A) Determine one inactivation ratio
(CTcalc/CT99.9) before or at the first (iv) Any other modification identi-
customer during peak hourly flow. fied by the State.
(B) Determine successive CTcalc/ (2) Any system that is modifying its
CT99.9 values, representing sequential disinfection practice must calculate its
inactivation ratios, between the point disinfection benchmark using the pro-
of disinfectant application and a point cedure specified in paragraphs (c)(2)(i)
before or at the first customer during through (ii) of this section.
peak hourly flow. Under this alter- (i) For each year of profiling data
native, the system must calculate the collected and calculated under para-
total inactivation ratio by determining graph (b) of this section, the system
(CTcalc/CT99.9) for each sequence and must determine the lowest average
then adding the (CTcalc/CT99.9) values monthly Giardia lamblia inactivation in
together to determine (S (CTcalc/ each year of profiling data. The system
CT99.9)). must determine the average Giardia
(ii) If the system uses more than one lamblia inactivation for each calendar
point of disinfectant application before month for each year of profiling data
the first customer, the system must de- by dividing the sum of daily Giardia
termine the CT value of each disinfec- lamblia of inactivation by the number
tion segment immediately prior to the
of values calculated for that month.
next point of disinfectant application,
or for the final segment, before or at (ii) The disinfection benchmark is
the first customer, during peak hourly the lowest monthly average value (for
flow. The (CTcalc/CT99.9) value of each systems with one year of profiling
segment and (S(CTcalc/CT99.9)) must be data) or average of lowest monthly av-
calculated using the method in para- erage values (for systems with more
graph (b)(4)(i) of this section. than one year of profiling data) of the
(iii) The system must determine the monthly logs of Giardia lamblia inac-
total logs of inactivation by multi- tivation in each year of profiling data.
543
§ 141.173 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
(3) A system that uses either onstrates to the State, using pilot
chloramines or ozone for primary dis- plant studies or other means, that the
infection must also calculate the dis- alternative filtration technology, in
infection benchmark for viruses using combination with disinfection treat-
a method approved by the State. ment that meets the requirements of
(4) The system must submit informa- § 141.72(b), consistently achieves 99.9
tion in paragraphs (c)(4)(i) through (iii) percent removal and/or inactivation of
of this section to the State as part of Giardia lamblia cysts and 99.99 percent
its consultation process. removal and/or inactivation of viruses,
(i) A description of the proposed and 99 percent removal of
change; Cryptosporidium oocysts, and the State
(ii) The disinfection profile for approves the use of the filtration tech-
Giardia lamblia (and, if necessary, vi- nology. For each approval, the State
ruses) under paragraph (b) of this sec- will set turbidity performance require-
tion and benchmark as required by ments that the system must meet at
paragraph (c)(2) of this section; and least 95 percent of the time and that
(iii) An analysis of how the proposed the system may not exceed at any time
change will affect the current levels of at a level that consistently achieves
disinfection. 99.9 percent removal and/or inactiva-
[63 FR 69516, Dec. 16, 1998, as amended at 66 tion of Giardia lamblia cysts, 99.99 per-
FR 3779, Jan. 16, 2001] cent removal and/or inactivation of vi-
ruses, and 99 percent removal of
§ 141.173 Filtration. Cryptosporidium oocysts.
A public water system subject to the [63 FR 69516, Dec. 16, 1998, as amended at 65
requirements of this subpart that does FR 20313, Apr. 14, 2000; 66 FR 3779, Jan. 16,
not meet all of the criteria in this sub- 2001]
part and subpart H of this part for
avoiding filtration must provide treat- § 141.174 Filtration sampling require-
ment consisting of both disinfection, as ments.
specified in § 141.72(b), and filtration (a) Monitoring requirements for sys-
treatment which complies with the re- tems using filtration treatment. In ad-
quirements of paragraph (a) or (b) of dition to monitoring required by
this section or § 141.73 (b) or (c) by De- § 141.74, a public water system subject
cember 31, 2001. to the requirements of this subpart
(a) Conventional filtration treatment or that provides conventional filtration
direct filtration. (1) For systems using treatment or direct filtration must
conventional filtration or direct filtra- conduct continuous monitoring of tur-
tion, the turbidity level of representa- bidity for each individual filter using
tive samples of a system’s filtered an approved method in § 141.74(a) and
water must be less than or equal to 0.3 must calibrate turbidimeters using the
NTU in at least 95 percent of the meas- procedure specified by the manufac-
urements taken each month, measured turer. Systems must record the results
as specified in § 141.74(a) and (c). of individual filter monitoring every 15
(2) The turbidity level of representa- minutes.
tive samples of a system’s filtered (b) If there is a failure in the contin-
water must at no time exceed 1 NTU, uous turbidity monitoring equipment,
measured as specified in § 141.74(a) and the system must conduct grab sam-
(c). pling every four hours in lieu of contin-
(3) A system that uses lime softening uous monitoring, but for no more than
may acidify representative samples five working days following the failure
prior to analysis using a protocol ap- of the equipment.
proved by the State.
(b) Filtration technologies other than § 141.175 Reporting and recordkeeping
conventional filtration treatment, direct requirements.
filtration, slow sand filtration, or diato- In addition to the reporting and rec-
maceous earth filtration. A public water ordkeeping requirements in § 141.75, a
system may use a filtration technology public water system subject to the re-
not listed in paragraph (a) of this sec- quirements of this subpart that pro-
tion or in § 141.73(b) or (c) if it dem- vides conventional filtration treatment
544
or direct filtration must report month- carryover only and not due to degraded
ly to the State the information speci- filter performance.
fied in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this (1) For any individual filter that has
section beginning January 1, 2002. In a measured turbidity level of greater
addition to the reporting and record- than 1.0 NTU in two consecutive meas-
keeping requirements in § 141.75, a pub- urements taken 15 minutes apart, the
lic water system subject to the require- system must report the filter number,
ments of this subpart that provides fil- the turbidity measurement, and the
tration approved under § 141.173(b) must date(s) on which the exceedance oc-
report monthly to the State the infor- curred. In addition, the system must
mation specified in paragraph (a) of either produce a filter profile for the
this section beginning January 1, 2002. filter within 7 days of the exceedance
The reporting in paragraph (a) of this (if the system is not able to identify an
section is in lieu of the reporting speci- obvious reason for the abnormal filter
fied in § 141.75(b)(1). performance) and report that the pro-
(a) Turbidity measurements as re- file has been produced or report the ob-
quired by § 141.173 must be reported vious reason for the exceedance.
within 10 days after the end of each (2) For any individual filter that has
month the system serves water to the a measured turbidity level of greater
public. Information that must be re- than 0.5 NTU in two consecutive meas-
ported includes: urements taken 15 minutes apart at
(1) The total number of filtered water the end of the first four hours of con-
turbidity measurements taken during tinuous filter operation after the filter
the month. has been backwashed or otherwise
(2) The number and percentage of fil- taken offline, the system must report
tered water turbidity measurements the filter number, the turbidity, and
taken during the month which are less the date(s) on which the exceedance oc-
than or equal to the turbidity limits curred. In addition, the system must
specified in § 141.173(a) or (b). either produce a filter profile for the
(3) The date and value of any tur- filter within 7 days of the exceedance
bidity measurements taken during the (if the system is not able to identify an
month which exceed 1 NTU for systems obvious reason for the abnormal filter
using conventional filtration treat- performance) and report that the pro-
ment or direct filtration, or which ex- file has been produced or report the ob-
ceed the maximum level set by the vious reason for the exceedance.
State under § 141.173(b). (3) For any individual filter that has
(b) Systems must maintain the re- a measured turbidity level of greater
sults of individual filter monitoring than 1.0 NTU in two consecutive meas-
taken under § 141.174 for at least three urements taken 15 minutes apart at
years. Systems must report that they any time in each of three consecutive
have conducted individual filter tur- months, the system must report the
bidity monitoring under § 141.174 within filter number, the turbidity measure-
10 days after the end of each month the ment, and the date(s) on which the ex-
system serves water to the public. Sys- ceedance occurred. In addition, the sys-
tems must report individual filter tur- tem must conduct a self-assessment of
bidity measurement results taken the filter within 14 days of the exceed-
under § 141.174 within 10 days after the ance and report that the self-assess-
end of each month the system serves ment was conducted. The self assess-
water to the public only if measurement must consist of at least the fol-
ments demonstrate one or more of the lowing components: assessment of fil-
conditions in paragraphs (b)(1) through ter performance; development of a fil-
(4) of this section. Systems that use ter profile; identification and
lime softening may apply to the State prioritization of factors limiting filter
for alternative exceedance levels for performance; assessment of the appli-
the levels specified in paragraphs (b)(1) cability of corrections; and preparation
through (4) of this section if they can of a filter self-assessment report.
demonstrate that higher turbidity lev- (4) For any individual filter that has
els in individual filters are due to lime a measured turbidity level of greater
545
§ 141.201 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
than 2.0 NTU in two consecutive meas- ply with the public notice require-
urements taken 15 minutes apart at ments in § 141.32 of this part. The term
any time in each of two consecutive ‘‘primacy agency’’ is used in this sub-
months, the system must report the part to refer to either EPA or the State
filter number, the turbidity measure- or the Tribe in cases where EPA, the
ment, and the date(s) on which the ex- State, or the Tribe exercises primary
ceedance occurred. In addition, the sys- enforcement responsibility for this sub-
tem must arrange for the conduct of a part.
comprehensive performance evaluation (a) Who must give public notice? Each
by the State or a third party approved owner or operator of a public water
by the State no later than 30 days fol-
system (community water systems,
lowing the exceedance and have the
non-transient non-community water
evaluation completed and submitted to
systems, and transient non-community
the State no later than 90 days fol-
water systems) must give notice for all
lowing the exceedance.
violations of national primary drink-
(c) Additional reporting requirements.
(1) If at any time the turbidity exceeds ing water regulations (NPDWR) and for
1 NTU in representative samples of fil- other situations, as listed in Table 1.
tered water in a system using conven- The term ‘‘NPDWR violations’’ is used
tional filtration treatment or direct in this subpart to include violations of
filtration, the system must inform the the maximum contaminant level
State as soon as possible, but no later (MCL), maximum residual disinfection
than the end of the next business day. level (MRDL), treatment technique
(2) If at any time the turbidity in (TT), monitoring requirements, and
representative samples of filtered testing procedures in this part 141. Ap-
water exceeds the maximum level set pendix A to this subpart identifies the
by the State under § 141.173(b) for filtra- tier assignment for each specific viola-
tion technologies other than conven- tion or situation requiring a public no-
tional filtration treatment, direct fil- tice.
tration, slow sand filtration, or diato-
maceous earth filtration, the system TABLE 1 TO § 141.201—VIOLATION CATEGORIES
must inform the State as soon as pos- AND OTHER SITUATIONS REQUIRING A PUBLIC
sible, but no later than the end of the NOTICE
next business day.
[63 FR 69516, Dec. 16, 1998, as amended at 66 (1) NPDWR violations:
FR 3779, Jan. 16, 2001] (i) Failure to comply with an applicable
maximum contaminant level (MCL) or
Subpart Q—Public Notification of maximum residual disinfectant level
(MRDL).
Drinking Water Violations (ii) Failure to comply with a prescribed
treatment technique (TT).
SOURCE: 65 FR 26035, May 4, 2000, unless (iii) Failure to perform water quality mon-
otherwise noted.
itoring, as required by the drinking
§ 141.201 General public notification water regulations.
requirements. (iv) Failure to comply with testing proce-
dures as prescribed by a drinking
Public water systems in States with
water regulation.
primacy for the public water system
supervision (PWSS) program must (2) Variance and exemptions under sections
comply with the requirements in this 1415 and 1416 of SDWA:
subpart no later than May 6, 2002 or on (i) Operation under a variance or an ex-
the date the State-adopted rule be- emption.
comes effective, whichever comes first. (ii) Failure to comply with the require-
Public water systems in jurisdictions ments of any schedule that has been
where EPA directly implements the set under a variance or exemption.
PWSS program must comply with the (3) Special public notices:
requirements in this subpart on Octo- (i) Occurrence of a waterborne disease
ber 31, 2000. Prior to these dates, public outbreak or other waterborne emer-
water systems must continue to com- gency.
546
TABLE 1 TO § 141.201—VIOLATION CATEGORIES public notice to the owner or operator

AND OTHER SITUATIONS REQUIRING A PUBLIC of the consecutive system; the consecu-
NOTICE—Continued tive system is responsible for providing
public notice to the persons it serves.
(ii) Exceedance of the nitrate MCL by
(2) If a public water system has a vio-
non-community water systems
lation in a portion of the distribution
(NCWS), where granted permission by
system that is physically or hydrau-
the primacy agency under 141.11(d) of
this part. lically isolated from other parts of the
(iii) Exceedance of the secondary max- distribution system, the primacy agen-
imum contaminant level (SMCL) for cy may allow the system to limit dis-
fluoride. tribution of the public notice to only
(iv) Availability of unregulated contami- persons served by that portion of the
nant monitoring data. system which is out of compliance.
(v) Other violations and situations deter- Permission by the primacy agency for
mined by the primacy agency to re- limiting distribution of the notice
quire a public notice under this sub- must be granted in writing.
part, not already listed in Appendix A. (3) A copy of the notice must also be
sent to the primacy agency, in accord-
(b) What type of public notice is re- ance with the requirements under
quired for each violation or situation? § 141.31(d).
Public notice requirements are divided
into three tiers, to take into account § 141.202 Tier 1 Public Notice—Form,
the seriousness of the violation or situ- manner, and frequency of notice.
ation and of any potential adverse (a) Which violations or situations re-
health effects that may be involved. quire a Tier 1 public notice? Table 1 of
The public notice requirements for this section lists the violation cat-
each violation or situation listed in egories and other situations requiring
Table 1 of this section are determined
a Tier 1 public notice. Appendix A to
by the tier to which it is assigned.
this subpart identifies the tier assign-
Table 2 of this section provides the def-
ment for each specific violation or sit-
inition of each tier. Appendix A of this
part identifies the tier assignment for uation.
each specific violation or situation.
TABLE 1 TO § 141.202—VIOLATION CATEGORIES
TABLE 2 TO § 141.201—DEFINITION OF PUBLIC AND OTHER SITUATIONS REQUIRING A TIER 1
NOTICE TIERS PUBLIC NOTICE
(1) Tier 1 public notice—required for NPDWR (1) Violation of the MCL for total coliforms
violations and situations with significant po- when fecal coliform or E. coli are present
tential to have serious adverse effects on in the water distribution system (as speci-
human health as a result of short-term ex- fied in § 141.63(b)), or when the water sys-
posure. tem fails to test for fecal coliforms or E.
(2) Tier 2 public notice—required for all other coli when any repeat sample tests positive
NPDWR violations and situations with po- for coliform (as specified in § 141.21(e));
tential to have serious adverse effects on (2) Violation of the MCL for nitrate, nitrite, or
human health. total nitrate and nitrite, as defined in
(3) Tier 3 public notice—required for all other § 141.62, or when the water system fails to
NPDWR violations and situations not intake a confirmation sample within 24 hours
cluded in Tier 1 and Tier 2. of the system’s receipt of the first sample
showing an exceedance of the nitrate or
(c) Who must be notified? (1) Each pub- nitrite MCL, as specified in § 141.23(f)(2);
lic water system must provide public (3) Exceedance of the nitrate MCL by non-
notice to persons served by the water community water systems, where permitted
system, in accordance with this sub- to exceed the MCL by the primacy agency
part. Public water systems that sell or under § 141.11(d), as required under
otherwise provide drinking water to § 141.209;
other public water systems (i.e., to con-

secutive systems) are required to give
547
§ 141.203 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
TABLE 1 TO § 141.202—VIOLATION CATEGORIES after the system learns of the viola-

AND OTHER SITUATIONS REQUIRING A TIER 1 tion;
PUBLIC NOTICE—Continued (2) Initiate consultation with the pri-
macy agency as soon as practical, but
(4) Violation of the MRDL for chlorine diox- no later than 24 hours after the public
ide, as defined in § 141.65(a), when one or
water system learns of the violation or
more samples taken in the distribution sys-
situation, to determine additional pub-
tem the day following an exceedance of
the MRDL at the entrance of the distribu- lic notice requirements; and
tion system exceed the MRDL, or when (3) Comply with any additional public
the water system does not take the re- notification requirements (including
quired samples in the distribution system, any repeat notices or direction on the
as specified in § 141.133(c)(2)(i); duration of the posted notices) that are
(5) Violation of the turbidity MCL under established as a result of the consulta-
§ 141.13(b), where the primacy agency de- tion with the primacy agency. Such re-
termines after consultation that a Tier 1 no- quirements may include the timing,
tice is required or where consultation does form, manner, frequency, and content
not take place within 24 hours after the of repeat notices (if any) and other ac-
system learns of the violation; tions designed to reach all persons
(6) Violation of the Surface Water Treatment served.
Rule (SWTR), Interim Enhanced Surface (c) What is the form and manner of the
Water Treatment Rule (IESWTR) or Long public notice? Public water systems
Term 1 Enhanced Surface Water Treat- must provide the notice within 24
ment Rule (LT1ESWTR) treatment tech- hours in a form and manner reasonably
nique requirement resulting from a single calculated to reach all persons served.
exceedance of the maximum allowable tur- The form and manner used by the pub-
bidity limit (as identified in appendix A), lic water system are to fit the specific
where the primacy agency determines after situation, but must be designed to
consultation that a Tier 1 notice is required reach residential, transient, and non-
or where consultation does not take place transient users of the water system. In
within 24 hours after the system learns of
order to reach all persons served, water
the violation;
systems are to use, at a minimum, one
(7) Occurrence of a waterborne disease out-
or more of the following forms of deliv-
break, as defined in § 141.2, or other wa-
ery:
terborne emergency (such as a failure or
significant interruption in key water treat- (1) Appropriate broadcast media
ment processes, a natural disaster that dis- (such as radio and television);
rupts the water supply or distribution sys- (2) Posting of the notice in con-
tem, or a chemical spill or unexpected spicuous locations throughout the area
loading of possible pathogens into the served by the water system;
source water that significantly increases (3) Hand delivery of the notice to per-
the potential for drinking water contamina- sons served by the water system; or
tion); (4) Another delivery method approved
(8) Detection of E. coli, enterococci, or in writing by the primacy agency.
coliphage in source water samples as
[65 FR 26035, May 4, 2000, as amended at 67
specified in § 141.402(a) and § 141.402(b);
FR 1836, Jan. 14, 2002; 71 FR 65652, Nov. 8,
(9) Other violations or situations with signifi- 2006]
cant potential to have serious adverse ef-
fects on human health as a result of short- § 141.203 Tier 2 Public Notice—Form,
term exposure, as determined by the pri- manner, and frequency of notice.
macy agency either in its regulations or on
(a) Which violations or situations re-
a case-by-case basis.
quire a Tier 2 public notice? Table 1 of
this section lists the violation cat-
(b) When is the Tier 1 public notice to
egories and other situations requiring
be provided? What additional steps are
a Tier 2 public notice. Appendix A to
required? Public water systems must:
this subpart identifies the tier assign-
(1) Provide a public notice as soon as ment for each specific violation or sit-
practical but no later than 24 hours uation.
548
TABLE 1 TO § 141.203—VIOLATION CATEGORIES violation under the Total Coliform

AND OTHER SITUATIONS REQUIRING A TIER 2 Rule or a treatment technique viola-
PUBLIC NOTICE tion under the Surface Water Treat-
ment Rule or Interim Enhanced Sur-
(1) All violations of the MCL, MRDL, and face Water Treatment Rule. It is also
treatment technique requirements, except not appropriate for the primacy agency
where a Tier 1 notice is required under to allow through its rules or policies
§ 141.202(a) or where the primacy agency across-the-board reductions in the re-
determines that a Tier 1 notice is required; peat notice frequency for other ongoing
(2) Violations of the monitoring and testing violations requiring a Tier 2 repeat no-
procedure requirements, where the pri- tice. Primacy agency determinations
macy agency determines that a Tier 2 rath- allowing repeat notices to be given less
er than a Tier 3 public notice is required, frequently than once every three
taking into account potential health impacts months must be in writing.
and persistence of the violation; and (3) For the turbidity violations speci-
(3) Failure to comply with the terms and con- fied in this paragraph, public water
ditions of any variance or exemption in systems must consult with the primacy
place. agency as soon as practical but no
(4) Failure to take corrective action or failure later than 24 hours after the public
to maintain at least 4-log treatment of vi- water system learns of the violation, to
ruses (using inactivation, removal, or a determine whether a Tier 1 public no-
State-approved combination of 4-log virus tice under § 141.202(a) is required to pro-
inactivation and removal) before or at the tect public health. When consultation
first customer under § 141.403(a). does not take place within the 24-hour
period, the water system must dis-
(b) When is the Tier 2 public notice to tribute a Tier 1 notice of the violation
be provided? (1) Public water systems within the next 24 hours (i.e., no later
must provide the public notice as soon than 48 hours after the system learns of
as practical, but no later than 30 days the violation), following the require-
after the system learns of the viola- ments under § 141.202(b) and (c). Con-
tion. If the public notice is posted, the sultation with the primacy agency is
notice must remain in place for as long required for:
as the violation or situation persists, (i) Violation of the turbidity MCL
but in no case for less than seven days, under § 141.13(b); or
even if the violation or situation is re- (ii) Violation of the SWTR, IESWTR
solved. The primacy agency may, in ap- or LT1ESWTR treatment technique re-
propriate circumstances, allow addi- quirement resulting from a single ex-
tional time for the initial notice of up ceedance of the maximum allowable
to three months from the date the sys- turbidity limit.
tem learns of the violation. It is not (c) What is the form and manner of the
appropriate for the primacy agency to Tier 2 public notice? Public water sys-
grant an extension to the 30-day dead- tems must provide the initial public
line for any unresolved violation or to notice and any repeat notices in a form
allow across-the-board extensions by and manner that is reasonably cal-
rule or policy for other violations or culated to reach persons served in the
situations requiring a Tier 2 public no- required time period. The form and
tice. Extensions granted by the pri- manner of the public notice may vary
macy agency must be in writing. based on the specific situation and type
(2) The public water system must re- of water system, but it must at a min-
peat the notice every three months as imum meet the following require-
long as the violation or situation per- ments:
sists, unless the primacy agency deter- (1) Unless directed otherwise by the
mines that appropriate circumstances primacy agency in writing, community
warrant a different repeat notice fre- water systems must provide notice by:
quency. In no circumstance may the (i) Mail or other direct delivery to
repeat notice be given less frequently each customer receiving a bill and to
than once per year. It is not appro- other service connections to which
priate for the primacy agency to allow water is delivered by the public water
less frequent repeat notice for an MCL system; and
549
§ 141.204 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
(ii) Any other method reasonably cal- TABLE 1 TO § 141.204—VIOLATION CATEGORIES

culated to reach other persons regu- AND OTHER SITUATIONS REQUIRING A TIER 3
larly served by the system, if they PUBLIC NOTICE
would not normally be reached by the
notice required in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of (1) Monitoring violations under 40 CFR part
this section. Such persons may include 141, except where a Tier 1 notice is re-
those who do not pay water bills or do quired under § 141.202(a) or where the pri-
not have service connection addresses macy agency determines that a Tier 2 no-
(e.g., house renters, apartment dwell- tice is required;
ers, university students, nursing home
(2) Failure to comply with a testing procedure
patients, prison inmates, etc.). Other
established in 40 CFR part 141, except
methods may include: Publication in a
where a Tier 1 notice is required under
local newspaper; delivery of multiple
§ 141.202(a)) or where the primacy agency
copies for distribution by customers
determines that a Tier 2 notice is required;
that provide their drinking water to
(3) Operation under a variance granted under
others (e.g., apartment building owners
Section 1415 or an exemption granted
or large private employers); posting in
under Section 1416 of the Safe Drinking
public places served by the system or
Water Act;
on the Internet; or delivery to commu-
nity organizations. (4) Availability of unregulated contaminant
(2) Unless directed otherwise by the monitoring results, as required under
primacy agency in writing, non-com- § 141.207; and
munity water systems must provide (5) Exceedance of the fluoride secondary
notice by: maximum contaminant level (SMCL), as
(i) Posting the notice in conspicuous required under § 141.208.
locations throughout the distribution
system frequented by persons served by (b) When is the Tier 3 public notice to
the system, or by mail or direct deliv- be provided? (1) Public water systems
ery to each customer and service con- must provide the public notice not
nection (where known); and later than one year after the public
(ii) Any other method reasonably cal- water system learns of the violation or
culated to reach other persons served situation or begins operating under a
by the system if they would not nor- variance or exemption. Following the
mally be reached by the notice re- initial notice, the public water system
quired in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this sec- must repeat the notice annually for as
tion. Such persons may include those long as the violation, variance, exemp-
served who may not see a posted notice tion, or other situation persists. If the
because the posted notice is not in a lo- public notice is posted, the notice must
cation they routinely pass by. Other remain in place for as long as the viola-
methods may include: Publication in a tion, variance, exemption, or other sit-
local newspaper or newsletter distrib- uation persists, but in no case less than
uted to customers; use of E-mail to no- seven days (even if the violation or sit-
tify employees or students; or, delivery uation is resolved).
of multiple copies in central locations (2) Instead of individual Tier 3 public
(e.g., community centers). notices, a public water system may use
[65 FR 26035, May 4, 2000, as amended at 67 an annual report detailing all viola-
FR 1836, Jan. 14, 2002; 71 FR 65652, Nov. 8, tions and situations that occurred dur-
2006] ing the previous twelve months, as
long as the timing requirements of
§ 141.204 Tier 3 Public Notice—Form, paragraph (b)(1) of this section are met.
manner, and frequency of notice. (c) What is the form and manner of the
(a) Which violations or situations re- Tier 3 public notice? Public water sys-
quire a Tier 3 public notice? Table 1 of tems must provide the initial notice
this section lists the violation cat- and any repeat notices in a form and
egories and other situations requiring manner that is reasonably calculated
a Tier 3 public notice. Appendix A to to reach persons served in the required
this subpart identifies the tier assign- time period. The form and manner of
ment for each specific violation or sit- the public notice may vary based on
uation. the specific situation and type of water
550
system, but it must at a minimum quired under Subpart O of this part

meet the following requirements: may be used as a vehicle for the initial
(1) Unless directed otherwise by the Tier 3 public notice and all required re-
primacy agency in writing, community peat notices, as long as:
water systems must provide notice by: (1) The CCR is provided to persons
(i) Mail or other direct delivery to served no later than 12 months after
each customer receiving a bill and to the system learns of the violation or
other service connections to which situation as required under § 141.204(b);
water is delivered by the public water (2) The Tier 3 notice contained in the
system; and CCR follows the content requirements
(ii) Any other method reasonably cal- under § 141.205; and
culated to reach other persons regu- (3) The CCR is distributed following
larly served by the system, if they the delivery requirements under
would not normally be reached by the § 141.204(c).
notice required in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of
this section. Such persons may include [65 FR 26035, May 4, 2000; 65 FR 38629, June 21,
2000]
those who do not pay water bills or do
not have service connection addresses § 141.205 Content of the public notice.
(e.g., house renters, apartment dwell-
ers, university students, nursing home (a) What elements must be included in
patients, prison inmates, etc.). Other the public notice for violations of National
methods may include: Publication in a Primary Drinking Water Regulations
local newspaper; delivery of multiple (NPDWR) or other situations requiring a
copies for distribution by customers public notice? When a public water sys-
that provide their drinking water to tem violates a NPDWR or has a situa-
others (e.g., apartment building owners tion requiring public notification, each
or large private employers); posting in public notice must include the fol-
public places or on the Internet; or de- lowing elements:
livery to community organizations. (1) A description of the violation or
(2) Unless directed otherwise by the situation, including the contaminant(s)
primacy agency in writing, non-com- of concern, and (as applicable) the con-
munity water systems must provide taminant level(s);
notice by: (2) When the violation or situation
(i) Posting the notice in conspicuous occurred;
locations throughout the distribution (3) Any potential adverse health ef-
system frequented by persons served by fects from the violation or situation,
the system, or by mail or direct deliv- including the standard language under
ery to each customer and service con- paragraph (d)(1) or (d)(2) of this sec-
nection (where known); and tion, whichever is applicable;
(ii) Any other method reasonably cal- (4) The population at risk, including
culated to reach other persons served subpopulations particularly vulnerable
by the system, if they would not nor- if exposed to the contaminant in their
mally be reached by the notice re- drinking water;
quired in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this sec- (5) Whether alternative water sup-
tion. Such persons may include those plies should be used;
who may not see a posted notice be- (6) What actions consumers should
cause the notice is not in a location take, including when they should seek
they routinely pass by. Other methods medical help, if known;
may include: Publication in a local (7) What the system is doing to cor-
newspaper or newsletter distributed to rect the violation or situation;
customers; use of E-mail to notify em- (8) When the water system expects to
ployees or students; or, delivery of return to compliance or resolve the sit-
multiple copies in central locations uation;
(e.g., community centers). (9) The name, business address, and
(d) In what situations may the Con- phone number of the water system
sumer Confidence Report be used to meet owner, operator, or designee of the pub-
the Tier 3 public notice requirements? For lic water system as a source of addi-
community water systems, the Con- tional information concerning the no-
sumer Confidence Report (CCR) re- tice; and
551
§ 141.206 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
(10) A statement to encourage the no- water system must include in the pub-
tice recipient to distribute the public lic notice the same information as in
notice to other persons served, using paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section,
the standard language under paragraph where appropriate to reach a large pro-
(d)(3) of this section, where applicable. portion of non-English speaking per-
(b) What elements must be included in sons served by the water system.
the public notice for public water systems (d) What standard language must pub-
operating under a variance or exemption? lic water systems include in their public
(1) If a public water system has been notice? Public water systems are re-
granted a variance or an exemption, quired to include the following stand-
the public notice must contain: ard language in their public notice:
(i) An explanation of the reasons for (1) Standard health effects language
the variance or exemption; for MCL or MRDL violations, treat-
(ii) The date on which the variance or ment technique violations, and viola-
exemption was issued; tions of the condition of a variance or
(iii) A brief status report on the steps exemption. Public water systems must
the system is taking to install treat- include in each public notice the
ment, find alternative sources of water, health effects language specified in ap-
or otherwise comply with the terms pendix B to this subpart corresponding
and schedules of the variance or ex- to each MCL, MRDL, and treatment
emption; and technique violation listed in appendix
(iv) A notice of any opportunity for A to this subpart, and for each viola-
public input in the review of the vari- tion of a condition of a variance or ex-
ance or exemption. emption.
(2) If a public water system violates (2) Standard language for monitoring
the conditions of a variance or exemp- and testing procedure violations. Pub-
tion, the public notice must contain lic water systems must include the fol-
the ten elements listed in paragraph (a) lowing language in their notice, includ-
of this section. ing the language necessary to fill in
(c) How is the public notice to be pre- the blanks, for all monitoring and test-
sented? (1) Each public notice required ing procedure violations listed in ap-
by this section: pendix A to this subpart:
(i) Must be displayed in a con- We are required to monitor your drinking
spicuous way when printed or posted; water for specific contaminants on a regular
(ii) Must not contain overly technical basis. Results of regular monitoring are an
language or very small print; indicator of whether or not your drinking
water meets health standards. During [com-
(iii) Must not be formatted in a way pliance period], we ‘‘did not monitor or test’’
that defeats the purpose of the notice; or ‘‘did not complete all monitoring or test-
(iv) Must not contain language which ing’’ for [contaminant(s)], and therefore can-
nullifies the purpose of the notice. not be sure of the quality of your drinking
(2) Each public notice required by water during that time.
this section must comply with multi- (3) Standard language to encourage
lingual requirements, as follows: the distribution of the public notice to
(i) For public water systems serving all persons served. Public water sys-
a large proportion of non-English tems must include in their notice the
speaking consumers, as determined by following language (where applicable):
the primacy agency, the public notice
must contain information in the appro- Please share this information with all the
priate language(s) regarding the impor- other people who drink this water, especially
those who may not have received this notice
tance of the notice or contain a tele- directly (for example, people in apartments,
phone number or address where persons nursing homes, schools, and businesses). You
served may contact the water system can do this by posting this notice in a public
to obtain a translated copy of the no- place or distributing copies by hand or mail.
tice or to request assistance in the ap-
propriate language. § 141.206 Notice to new billing units or
(ii) In cases where the primacy agen- new customers.
cy has not determined what con- (a) What is the requirement for commu-
stitutes a large proportion of non- nity water systems? Community water

English speaking consumers, the public systems must give a copy of the most
552
recent public notice for any continuing to the State public health officer. The
violation, the existence of a variance public water system must repeat the
or exemption, or other ongoing situa- notice at least annually for as long as
tions requiring a public notice to all the SMCL is exceeded. If the public no-
new billing units or new customers tice is posted, the notice must remain
prior to or at the time service begins. in place for as long as the SMCL is ex-
(b) What is the requirement for non- ceeded, but in no case less than seven
community water systems? Non-commu- days (even if the exceedance is elimi-
nity water systems must continuously nated). On a case-by-case basis, the pri-
post the public notice in conspicuous macy agency may require an initial no-
locations in order to inform new con- tice sooner than 12 months and repeat
sumers of any continuing violation, notices more frequently than annually.
variance or exemption, or other situa- (b) What is the form and manner of the
tion requiring a public notice for as special notice? The form and manner of
long as the violation, variance, exemp- the public notice (including repeat no-
tion, or other situation persists. tices) must follow the requirements for
a Tier 3 public notice in § 141.204(c) and
§ 141.207 Special notice of the avail- (d)(1) and (d)(3).
ability of unregulated contaminant (c) What mandatory language must be
monitoring results. contained in the special notice? The no-
(a) When is the special notice to be tice must contain the following lan-
given? The owner or operator of a com- guage, including the language nec-
munity water system or non-transient, essary to fill in the blanks:
non-community water system required This is an alert about your drinking water
to monitor under § 141.40 must notify and a cosmetic dental problem that might
persons served by the system of the affect children under nine years of age. At
availability of the results of such sam- low levels, fluoride can help prevent cavities,
pling no later than 12 months after the but children drinking water containing more
monitoring results are known. than 2 milligrams per liter (mg/l) of fluoride
(b) What is the form and manner of the may develop cosmetic discoloration of their
special notice? The form and manner of permanent teeth (dental fluorosis). The
drinking water provided by your community
the public notice must follow the re- water system [name] has a fluoride con-
quirements for a Tier 3 public notice centration of [insert value] mg/l.
prescribed in §§ 141.204(c), (d)(1), and Dental fluorosis, in its moderate or severe
(d)(3). The notice must also identify a forms, may result in a brown staining and/or
person and provide the telephone num- pitting of the permanent teeth. This problem
ber to contact for information on the occurs only in developing teeth, before they
monitoring results. erupt from the gums. Children under nine
should be provided with alternative sources
§ 141.208 Special notice for exceedance of drinking water or water that has been
of the SMCL for fluoride. treated to remove the fluoride to avoid the
possibility of staining and pitting of their
(a) When is the special notice to be permanent teeth. You may also want to con-
given? Community water systems that tact your dentist about proper use by young
exceed the fluoride secondary max- children of fluoride-containing products.
imum contaminant level (SMCL) of 2 Older children and adults may safely drink
mg/l as specified in § 143.3 (determined the water.
Drinking water containing more than 4
by the last single sample taken in ac-
mg/L of fluoride (the U.S. Environmental
cordance with § 141.23), but do not ex- Protection Agency’s drinking water stand-
ceed the maximum contaminant level ard) can increase your risk of developing
(MCL) of 4 mg/l for fluoride (as speci- bone disease. Your drinking water does not
fied in § 141.62), must provide the public contain more than 4 mg/l of fluoride, but
notice in paragraph (c) of this section we’re required to notify you when we dis-
to persons served. Public notice must cover that the fluoride levels in your drink-
be provided as soon as practical but no ing water exceed 2 mg/l because of this cos-
metic dental problem.
later than 12 months from the day the
For more information, please call [name of
water system learns of the exceedance. water system contact] of [name of commu-
A copy of the notice must also be sent
nity water system] at [phone number]. Some

to all new billing units and new cus- home water treatment units are also avail-
tomers at the time service begins and able to remove fluoride from drinking water.
553
§ 141.209 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
To learn more about available home water later than 30 days after the system has
treatment units, you may call NSF Inter- failed to collect any 3 months of moni-
national at 1–877–8–NSF–HELP.’’ toring as specified in § 141.701(c). The
notice must be repeated as specified in
§ 141.209 Special notice for nitrate
exceedances above MCL by non- § 141.203(b).
community water systems (NCWS), (b) When is the special notice for failure
where granted permission by the to determine bin classification or mean
primacy agency under § 141.11(d) Cryptosporidium level to be given? The
(a) When is the special notice to be owner or operator of a community or
given? The owner or operator of a non- non-community water system that is
community water system granted per- required to determine a bin classifica-
mission by the primacy agency under tion under § 141.710, or to determine
§ 141.11(d) to exceed the nitrate MCL mean Cryptosporidium level under
must provide notice to persons served § 141.712, must notify persons served by
according to the requirements for a the water system that the determina-
Tier 1 notice under § 141.202(a) and (b). tion has not been made as required no
(b) What is the form and manner of the later than 30 days after the system has
special notice? Non-community water failed report the determination as
systems granted permission by the pri- specified in § 141.710(e) or § 141.712(a), re-
macy agency to exceed the nitrate spectively. The notice must be re-
MCL under § 141.11(d) must provide con- peated as specified in § 141.203(b). The
tinuous posting of the fact that nitrate notice is not required if the system is
levels exceed 10 mg/l and the potential complying with a State-approved
health effects of exposure, according to schedule to address the violation.
the requirements for Tier 1 notice de- (c) What is the form and manner of the
livery under § 141.202(c) and the content special notice? The form and manner of
requirements under § 141.205. the public notice must follow the re-
quirements for a Tier 2 public notice
§ 141.210 Notice by primacy agency on prescribed in § 141.203(c). The public no-
behalf of the public water system. tice must be presented as required in
§ 141.205(c).
(a) May the primacy agency give the
(d) What mandatory language must be
notice on behalf of the public water sys-
contained in the special notice? The no-
tem? The primacy agency may give the
tice must contain the following lan-
notice required by this subpart on be-
guage, including the language nec-
half of the owner and operator of the
essary to fill in the blanks.
public water system if the primacy
(1) The special notice for repeated
agency complies with the requirements
failure to conduct monitoring must
of this subpart.
contain the following language:
(b) What is the responsibility of the
public water system when notice is given We are required to monitor the source of
by the primacy agency? The owner or op- your drinking water for Cryptosporidium. Re-
erator of the public water system results of the monitoring are to be used to de-
termine whether water treatment at the
mains responsible for ensuring that the
(treatment plant name) is sufficient to ade-
requirements of this subpart are met. quately remove Cryptosporidium from your
drinking water. We are required to complete
§ 141.211 Special notice for repeated this monitoring and make this determina-
failure to conduct monitoring of the tion by (required bin determination date).
source water for Cryptosporidium We ‘‘did not monitor or test’’ or ‘‘did not
and for failure to determine bin complete all monitoring or testing’’ on
classification or mean schedule and, therefore, we may not be able
Cryptosporidium level. to determine by the required date what
(a) When is the special notice for re- treatment modifications, if any, must be
peated failure to monitor to be given? The made to ensure adequate Cryptosporidium re-
owner or operator of a community or moval. Missing this deadline may, in turn,
jeopardize our ability to have the required
non-community water system that is
treatment modifications, if any, completed
required to monitor source water under by the deadline required, (date).
§ 141.701 must notify persons served by
For more information, please call (name of

the water system that monitoring has water system contact) of (name of water sys-
not been completed as specified no tem) at (phone number).
554
(2) The special notice for failure to jeopardize our ability to have the required
determine bin classification or mean treatment modifications, if any, completed
by the required deadline of (date). For more
Cryptosporidium level must contain the
information, please call (name of water sys-
following language: tem contact) of (name of water system) at
We are required to monitor the source of (phone number).
your drinking water for Cryptosporidium in (3) Each special notice must also in-
order to determine by (date) whether water clude a description of what the system
treatment at the (treatment plant name) is is doing to correct the violation and
sufficient to adequately remove when the system expects to return to
Cryptosporidium from your drinking water.
compliance or resolve the situation.
We have not made this determination by the
required date. Our failure to do this may [71 FR 768, Jan. 5, 2006]
555
VerDate Mar<15>2010
APPENDIX A TO SUBPART Q OF PART 141—NPDWR VIOLATIONS AND OTHER SITUATIONS REQUIRING PUBLIC NOTICE 1
MCL/MRDL/TT violations 2 Monitoring & testing procedure viola-
07:41 Sep 01, 2011

tions
Contaminant Tier of public no- Citation Tier of public no-
tice required Citation
tice required
I. Violations of National Primary Drinking Water Regulations (NPDWR): 3
Jkt 223166
A. Microbiological Contaminants
1. Total coliform ............................................................................................................................... 2 141.63(a) 3 141.21(a)–(e)
2. Fecal coliform/E. coli ................................................................................................................... 1 141.63(b) 4 1, 3 141.21(e)
3. Turbidity MCL .............................................................................................................................. 2 141.13(a) 3 141.22
4. Turbidity MCL (average of 2 days’ samples >5 NTU) ................................................................ 5 2, 1 141.13(b) 3 141.22
PO 00000
5. Turbidity (for TT violations resulting from a single exceedance of maximum allowable turbidity
Pt. 141, Subpt. Q, App. A
level) ............................................................................................................................................. 6 2, 1 141.71(a)(2), 3 141.74(a)(1),

141.71(c)(2)(i), 141.74(b)(2),
141.73(a)(2), 141.74(c)(1),
141.73 (b)(2), 141.174,
Frm 00566
141.73 (c)(2), 141.560(a)–(c),
141.73(d), 141.561.
141.173(a)(2),
141.173(b),
141.551(b)
Fmt 8010
6. Surface Water Treatment Rule violations, other than violations resulting from single exceed-
556
ance of max. allowable turbidity level (TT) .................................................................................. 2 141.70–141.73 3 141.74
7. Interim Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule violations, other than violations resulting
from single exceedance of max. turbidity level (TT) .................................................................... 72 141.170–141.173, 3 141.172, 141.174,
141.500–141.553 141.530–141.544,
Sfmt 8002
141.560–141.564.
8. Filter Backwash Recycling Rule violations .................................................................................. 2 141.76(c) 3 141.76(b), (d)
9. Long Term 1 Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule violations ............................................ 2 141.500–141.553 3 141.530–141.544,
141.560–141.564.
10. LT2ESWTR violations ................................................................................................................ 2 141.710–141.720 22 2, 3 141.701–141.705
and 141.708–
141.709.
11. Ground Water Rule violations ................................................................................................... 2 141.404 3 141.402(h),
141.403(d).
B. Inorganic Chemicals (IOCs)
Y:\SGML\223166.XXX
1. Antimony ...................................................................................................................................... 2 141.62(b) 3 141.23(a), (c)
2. Arsenic ......................................................................................................................................... 2 8 141.62(b) 3 11 141.23(a),(c)
3. Asbestos (fibers >10 μm) ............................................................................................................ 2 141.62(b) 3 141.23(a)–(b)
4. Barium .......................................................................................................................................... 2 141.62(b) 3 141.23(a), (c)
223166
5. Beryllium ...................................................................................................................................... 2 141.62(b) 3 141.23(a), (c)
6. Cadmium ...................................................................................................................................... 2 141.62(b) 3 141.23(a), (c)
7. Chromium (total) .......................................................................................................................... 2 141.62(b) 3 141.23(a), (c)
8. Cyanide ........................................................................................................................................ 2 141.62(b) 3 141.23(a), (c)
9. Fluoride ........................................................................................................................................ 2 141.62(b) 3 141.23(a), (c)
10. Mercury (inorganic) .................................................................................................................... 2 141.62(b) 3 141.23(a), (c)

VerDate Mar<15>2010
11. Nitrate ........................................................................................................................................ 1 141.62(b) 12 1, 3 141.23(a), (d),
141.23(f)(2)
12. Nitrite .......................................................................................................................................... 1 141.62(b) 12 1, 3 141.23(a), (e),
07:41 Sep 01, 2011

141.23(f)(2)
13. Total Nitrate and Nitrite ............................................................................................................. 1 141.62(b) 3 141.23(a)
14. Selenium .................................................................................................................................... 2 141.62(b) 3 141.23(a), (c)
15. Thallium ..................................................................................................................................... 2 141.62(b) 3 141.23(a), (c)
C. Lead and Copper Rule (Action Level for lead is 0.015 mg/L, for copper is 1.3 mg/L)
1. Lead and Copper Rule (TT) ........................................................................................................ 2 141.80–141.85 3 141.86–141.89
Jkt 223166
D. Synthetic Organic Chemicals (SOCs)
1. 2,4–D ........................................................................................................................................... 2 141.61(c) 3 141.24(h)
2. 2,4,5–TP (Silvex) ......................................................................................................................... 2 141.61(c) 3 141.24(h)
3. Alachlor ........................................................................................................................................ 2 141.61(c) 3 141.24(h)
4. Atrazine ........................................................................................................................................ 2 141.61(c) 3 141.24(h)
PO 00000
5. Benzo(a)pyrene (PAHs) ............................................................................................................... 2 141.61(c) 3 141.24(h)
6. Carbofuran ................................................................................................................................... 2 141.61(c) 3 141.24(h)
7. Chlordane .................................................................................................................................... 2 141.61(c) 3 141.24(h)
8. Dalapon ........................................................................................................................................ 2 141.61(c) 3 141.24(h)
9. Di (2-ethylhexyl) adipate .............................................................................................................. 2 141.61(c) 3 141.24(h)
Frm 00567
10. Di (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate ......................................................................................................... 2 141.61(c) 3 141.24(h)
11. Dibromochloropropane .............................................................................................................. 2 141.61(c) 3 141.24(h)
12. Dinoseb ...................................................................................................................................... 2 141.61(c) 3 141.24(h)

13. Dioxin (2,3,7,8-TCDD) ............................................................................................................... 2 141.61(c) 3 141.24(h)
14. Diquat ......................................................................................................................................... 2 141.61(c) 3 141.24(h)
Fmt 8010
15. Endothall .................................................................................................................................... 2 141.61(c) 3 141.24(h)
16. Endrin ......................................................................................................................................... 2 141.61(c) 3 141.24(h)
557
17. Ethylene dibromide .................................................................................................................... 2 141.61(c) 3 141.24(h)
18. Glyphosate ................................................................................................................................. 2 141.61(c) 3 141.24(h)
19. Heptachlor .................................................................................................................................. 2 141.61(c) 3 141.24(h)
Sfmt 8002
20. Heptachlor epoxide .................................................................................................................... 2 141.61(c) 3 141.24(h)
21. Hexachlorobenzene ................................................................................................................... 2 141.61(c) 3 141.24(h)
22. Hexachlorocyclo-pentadiene ...................................................................................................... 2 141.61(c) 3 141.24(h)
23. Lindane ...................................................................................................................................... 2 141.61(c) 3 141.24(h)
24. Methoxychlor .............................................................................................................................. 2 141.61(c) 3 141.24(h)
25. Oxamyl (Vydate) ........................................................................................................................ 2 141.61(c) 3 141.24(h)
26. Pentachlorophenol ..................................................................................................................... 2 141.61(c) 3 141.24(h)
27. Picloram ..................................................................................................................................... 2 141.61(c) 3 141.24(h)
28. Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) ............................................................................................. 2 141.61(c) 3 141.24(h)
29. Simazine .................................................................................................................................... 2 141.61(c) 3 141.24(h)
30. Toxaphene ................................................................................................................................. 2 141.61(c) 3 141.24(h)
Y:\SGML\223166.XXX
E. Volatile Organic Chemicals (VOCs)
1. Benzene ....................................................................................................................................... 2 141.61(a) 3 141.24(f)
2. Carbon tetrachloride .................................................................................................................... 2 141.61(a) 3 141.24(f)
3. Chlorobenzene (monochlorobenzene) ........................................................................................ 2 141.61(a) 3 141.24(f)
223166
4. o-Dichlorobenzene ....................................................................................................................... 2 141.61(a) 3 141.24(f)
5. p-Dichlorobenzene ....................................................................................................................... 2 141.61(a) 3 141.24(f)
6. 1,2-Dichloroethane ....................................................................................................................... 2 141.61(a) 3 141.24(f)
7. 1,1-Dichloroethylene .................................................................................................................... 2 141.61(a) 3 141.24(f)
8. cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene .............................................................................................................. 2 141.61(a) 3 141.24(f)
9. trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene ........................................................................................................... 2 141.61(a) 3 141.24(f)

VerDate Mar<15>2010
MCL/MRDL/TT violations 2 Monitoring & testing procedure viola-
tions
Contaminant Tier of public no-
07:41 Sep 01, 2011

Citation Tier of public no-
tice required Citation
tice required
10. Dichloromethane ........................................................................................................................ 2 141.61(a) 3 141.24(f)

11. 1,2-Dichloropropane .................................................................................................................. 2 141.61(a) 3 141.24(f)
12. Ethylbenzene ............................................................................................................................. 2 141.61(a) 3 141.24(f)
Jkt 223166
13. Styrene ....................................................................................................................................... 2 141.61(a) 3 141.24(f)
14. Tetrachloroethylene ................................................................................................................... 2 141.61(a) 3 141.24(f)
15. Toluene ...................................................................................................................................... 2 141.61(a) 3 141.24(f)
16. 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene .............................................................................................................. 2 141.61(a) 3 141.24(f)
17. 1,1,1-Trichloroethane ................................................................................................................. 2 141.61(a) 3 141.24(f)
PO 00000
18. 1,1,2-Trichloroethane ................................................................................................................. 2 141.61(a) 3 141.24(f)
19. Trichloroethylene ....................................................................................................................... 2 141.61(a) 3 141.24(f)

20. Vinyl chloride ............................................................................................................................. 2 141.61(a) 3 141.24(f)
21. Xylenes (total) ............................................................................................................................ 2 141.61(a) 3 141.24(f)
F. Radioactive Contaminants
Frm 00568
1. Beta/photon emitters .................................................................................................................... 2 141.66(d) 3 141.25(a)
141.26(b)
2. Alpha emitters .............................................................................................................................. 2 141.66(c) 3 141.25(a)
141.26(a)
3. Combined radium (226 and 228) ................................................................................................ 2 141.66(b) 3 141.25(a)
Fmt 8010
141.26(a)
558
4. Uranium ....................................................................................................................................... 92 141.66(e) 10 3 141.25(a)
141.26(a)
G. Disinfection Byproducts (DBPs), Byproduct Precursors, Disinfectant Residuals. Where disinfection is
used in the treatment of drinking water, disinfectants combine with organic and inorganic matter
Sfmt 8002
present in water to form chemicals called disinfection byproducts (DBPs). EPA sets standards for con-
trolling the levels of disinfectants and DBPs in drinking water, including trihalomethanes (THMs) and
haloacetic acids (HAAs). 13
1. Total trihalomethanes (TTHMs) ................................................................................................... 2 14 141.64(b) 3 141.132(a)–(b),
141.600–141.605,
141.620–141.629
2. Haloacetic Acids (HAA5) ............................................................................................................. 2 141.64(b) 3 141.132(a)–(b),
141.600–141.605,
141.620–141.629
3. Bromate ....................................................................................................................................... 2 141.64(a) 3 141.132(a)–(b)
Y:\SGML\223166.XXX
4. Chlorite ......................................................................................................................................... 2 141.64(a) 3 141.132(a)–(b)
5. Chlorine (MRDL) .......................................................................................................................... 2 141.65(a) 3 141.132(a), (c)
6. Chloramine (MRDL) ..................................................................................................................... 2 141.65(a) 3 141.132(a), (c)
7. Chlorine dioxide (MRDL), where any 2 consecutive daily samples at entrance to distribution
223166
system only are above MRDL ...................................................................................................... 2 141.65(a), 2 15, 3 141.132(a), (c),
141.133(c)(3) 141.133(c)(2)
8. Chlorine dioxide (MRDL), where sample(s) in distribution system the next day are also above
MRDL ........................................................................................................................................... 16 1 141.65(a), 1 141.132(a), (c),
141.133(c)(3) 141.133(c)(2)
9. Control of DBP precursors—TOC (TT) ....................................................................................... 2 141.135(a)–(b) 3 141.132(a), (d)

VerDate Mar<15>2010
10. Bench marking and disinfection profiling ................................................................................... N/A N/A 3 141.172 141.530–
141.544.
11. Development of monitoring plan ................................................................................................ N/A N/A 3 141.132(f)
07:41 Sep 01, 2011

H. Other Treatment Techniques
1. Acrylamide (TT) ........................................................................................................................... 2 141.111 N/A N/A
2. Epichlorohydrin (TT) .................................................................................................................... 2 141.111 N/A N/A
II. Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring: 17
A. Unregulated contaminants ......................................................................................................................... N/A N/A 3 141.40
Jkt 223166
B. Nickel ......................................................................................................................................................... N/A N/A 3 141.23(c), (k)
III. Public Notification for Variances and Exemptions:
A. Operation under a variance or exemption ................................................................................................. 3 18 1415,1416, N/A N/A
B. Violation of conditions of a variance or exemption ................................................................................... 2 1415, 1416, N/A N/A
19 142.307
PO 00000
IV. Other Situations Requiring Public Notification:
A. Fluoride secondary maximum contaminant level (SMCL) exceedance .................................................... 3 143.3 N/A N/A
B. Exceedance of nitrate MCL for non-community systems, as allowed by primacy agency ...................... 1 141.11(d) N/A N/A
C. Availability of unregulated contaminant monitoring data .......................................................................... 3 141.40 N/A N/A
Frm 00569
D. Waterborne disease outbreak ................................................................................................................... 1 141.2, N/A N/A
141.71(c)(2)(ii)
E. Other waterborne emergency 20 ................................................................................................................ 1 N/A N/A N/A

F. Source Water Sample Positive for GWR Fecal indicators: E. coli, enterococci, or coliphage ................. 1 141.402(g) N/A N/A
G. Other situations as determined by primacy agency ................................................................................. 21 1, 2, 3 N/A N/A N/A
Fmt 8010
559
Sfmt 8002
Y:\SGML\223166.XXX
223166
Pt. 141, Subpt. Q, App. A 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
APPENDIX A—ENDNOTES adds additional requirements and does not in
many cases supercede the SWTR.
1. Violations and other situations not list- 8. The arsenic MCL citations are effective
ed in this table (e.g., failure to prepare Con- January 23, 2006. Until then, the citations
sumer Confidence Reports), do not require are § 141.11(b) and § 141.23(n).
notice, unless otherwise determined by the 9. The uranium MCL Tier 2 violation cita-
primary agency. Primacy agencies may, at tions are effective December 8, 2003 for all
their option, also require a more stringent community water systems.
public notice tier (e.g., Tier 1 instead of Tier 10. The uranium Tier 3 violation citations
2 or Tier 2 instead of Tier 3) for specific vio- are effective December 8, 2000 for all commu-
lations and situations listed in this Appen- nity water systems.
dix, as authorized under § 141.202(a) and 11. The arsenic Tier 3 violation MCL cita-
§ 141.203(a). tions are effective January 23, 2006. Until
2. MCL—Maximum contaminant level, then, the citations are § 141.23(a), (l).
MRDL—Maximum residual disinfectant 12. Failure to take a confirmation sample
level, TT—Treatment technique within 24 hours for nitrate or nitrite after an
3. The term Violations of National Pri- initial sample exceeds the MCL is a Tier 1
mary Drinking Water Regulations (NPDWR) violation. Other monitoring violations for
is used here to include violations of MCL, nitrate are Tier 3.
MRDL, treatment technique, monitoring, 13. Subpart H community and non-tran-
and testing procedure requirements. sient non-community systems serving ≥10,000
4. Failure to test for fecal coliform or E. must comply with new DBP MCLs, disinfect-
coli is a Tier 1 violation if testing is not done ant MRDLs, and related monitoring require-
after any repeat sample tests positive for ments beginning January 1, 2002. All other
community and non-transient non-commu-
coliform. All other total coliform moni-
nity systems must meet the MCLs and
toring and testing procedure violations are
MRDLs beginning January 1, 2004. Subpart H
Tier 3.
transient non-community systems serving
5. Systems that violate the turbidity MCL 10,000 or more persons and using chlorine di-
of 5 NTU based on an average of measure- oxide as a disinfectant or oxidant must com-
ments over two consecutive days must con- ply with the chlorine dioxide MRDL begin-
sult with the primacy agency within 24 hours ning January 1, 2002. Subpart H transient
after learning of the violation. Based on this non-community systems serving fewer than
consultation, the primacy agency may subse- 10,000 persons and using only ground water
quently decide to elevate the violation to not under the direct influence of surface
Tier 1. If a system is unable to make contact water and using chlorine dioxide as a dis-
with the primacy agency in the 24-hour pe- infectant or oxidant must comply with the
riod, the violation is automatically elevated chlorine dioxide MRDL beginning January 1,
to Tier 1. 2004.
6. Systems with treatment technique viola- 14. §§ 141.64(b)(1) 141.132(a)–(b) apply until
tions involving a single exceedance of a max- §§ 141.620–141.630 take effect under the sched-
imum turbidity limit under the Surface ule in § 141.620(c).
Water Treatment Rule (SWTR), the Interim 15. Failure to monitor for chlorine dioxide
Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule at the entrance to the distribution system
(IESWTR), or the Long Term 1 Enhanced the day after exceeding the MRDL at the en-
Surface Water Treatment Rule (LT1ESWTR) trance to the distribution system is a Tier 2
are required to consult with the primacy violation.
agency within 24 hours after learning of the 16. If any daily sample taken at the en-
violation. Based on this consultation, the trance to the distribution system exceeds
primacy agency may subsequently decide to the MRDL for chlorine dioxide and one or
elevate the violation to Tier 1. If a system is more samples taken in the distribution sys-
unable to make contact with the primacy tem the next day exceed the MRDL, Tier 1
agency in the 24-hour period, the violation is notification is required. Failure to take the
automatically elevated to Tier 1. required samples in the distribution system
7. Most of the requirements of the Interim after the MRDL is exceeded at the entry
Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule (63 point also triggers Tier 1 notification.
FR 69477) (§§ 141.170–141.171, 141.173–141.174) be- 17. Some water systems must monitor for
come effective January 1, 2002 for Subpart H certain unregulated contaminants listed in
systems (surface water systems and ground § 141.40.
water systems under the direct influence of 18. This citation refers to §§ 1415 and 1416 of
surface water) serving at least 10,000 persons. the Safe Drinking Water Act. §§ 1415 and 1416
However, § 141.172 has some requirements require that ‘‘a schedule prescribed. . . for a
that become effective as early as April 16, public water system granted a variance [or
1999. The Surface Water Treatment Rule re- exemption] shall require compliance by the
mains in effect for systems serving at least system. . .’’

10,000 persons even after 2002; the Interim 19. In addition to §§ 1415 and 1416 of the Safe
Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule Drinking Water Act, 40 CFR 142.307 specifies
560
Environmental Protection Agency Pt. 141, Subpt. Q, App. A
the items and schedule milestones that must tem, chemical spills, or unexpected loading
be included in a variance for small systems. of possible pathogens into the source water.
20. Other waterborne emergencies require a 21. Primacy agencies may place other situ-
Tier 1 public notice under § 141.202(a) for situations in any tier they believe appropriate,
ations that do not meet the definition of a based on threat to public health.
waterborne disease outbreak given in 40 CFR 22. Failure to collect three or more sam-
141.2 but that still have the potential to have ples for Cryptosporidium analysis is a Tier 2
serious adverse effects on health as a result violation requiring special notice as speci-
of short-term exposure. These could include fied in § 141.211. All other monitoring and
testing procedure violations are Tier 3.
outbreaks not related to treatment defi-
ciencies, as well as situations that have the [65 FR 26035, May 4, 2000, as amended at 65
potential to cause outbreaks, such as fail- FR 76750, Dec.7, 2000; 66 FR 7065, Jan. 22, 2001;
ures or significant interruption in water 66 FR 31104, June 8, 2001; 67 FR 1836, Jan. 14,
treatment processes, natural disasters that 2002; 69 FR 38856, June 29, 2004; 71 FR 483,
disrupt the water supply or distribution sys- Jan. 4, 2006; 71 FR 768, Jan. 5, 2006; 71 FR
65652, Nov. 8, 2006]
561
VerDate Mar<15>2010
APPENDIX B TO SUBPART Q OF PART 141—STANDARD HEALTH EFFECTS LANGUAGE FOR PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
Contaminant MCLG 1 mg/L MCL 2 mg/L Standard health effects language for public notification
07:41 Sep 01, 2011

National Primary Drinking Water Regulations (NPDWR)
A. Microbiological Contaminants
1a. Total coliform .................................................. Zero See footnote 3 Coliforms are bacteria that are naturally present in the environment and are used as an indi-
Jkt 223166
cator that other, potentially-harmful, bacteria may be present. Coliforms were found in more
samples than allowed and this was a warning of potential problems.
1b. Fecal coliform/E. coli ...................................... Zero Zero Fecal coliforms and E. coli are bacteria whose presence indicates that the water may be con-
taminated with human or animal wastes. Microbes in these wastes can cause short-term ef-
fects, such as diarrhea, cramps, nausea, headaches, or other symptoms. They may pose a
PO 00000
special health risk for infants, young children, some of the elderly, and people with severely
Pt. 141, Subpt. Q, App. B
compromised immune systems.

1c. Fecal indicators (GWR): ................................. Zero TT Fecal indicators are microbes whose presence indicates that the water may be contaminated
i. E. coli ................................................... None TT with human or animal wastes. Microbes in these wastes can cause short-term health effects,
ii. enterococci .......................................... None TT such as diarrhea, cramps, nausea, headaches, or other symptoms. They may pose a special
Frm 00572
iii. coliphage ............................................ health risk for infants, young children, some of the elderly, and people with severely com-
1d. Ground Water Rule (GWR) TT violations ...... None TT Inadequately treated or inadequately protected water may contain disease-causing organisms.
These organisms can cause symptoms such as diarrhea, nausea, cramps, and associated
headaches.
Fmt 8010
2a. Turbidity (MCL) 4 ............................................. None 1 NTU 5/5 NTU Turbidity has no health effects. However, turbidity can interfere with disinfection and provide a
562
medium for microbial growth. Turbidity may indicate the presence of disease-causing orga-
nisms. These organisms include bacteria, viruses, and parasites that can cause symptoms
such as nausea, cramps, diarrhea and associated headaches.
2b. Turbidity (SWTR TT) 6 .................................... None TT 7 Turbidity has no health effects. However, turbidity can interfere with disinfection and provide a
Sfmt 8002
2c. Turbidity (IESWTR TT and LT1ESWTR TT) 8 None TT Turbidity has no health effects. However, turbidity can interfere with disinfection and provide a
B. Surface Water Treatment Rule (SWTR), Interim Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule (IESWTR), Long Term 1 Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule (LT1ESWTR) and the Filter
Backwash Recycling Rule (FBRR) violations
Y:\SGML\223166.XXX
3. Giardia lamblia (SWTR/IESWTR/LT1ESWTR) Zero TT 10 Inadequately treated water may contain disease-causing organisms. These organisms include
bacteria, viruses, and parasites which can cause symptoms such as nausea, cramps, diar-
rhea, and associated headaches.
223166
4. Viruses (SWTR/IESWTR/LT1ESWTR).
5. Heterotrophic plate count (HPC) bacteria 9
(SWTR/IESWTR/LT1ESWTR).
6. Legionella (SWTR/IESWTR/LT1ESWTR).
7. Cryptosporidium (IESWTR/FBRR/LT1ESWTR).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
C. Inorganic Chemicals (IOCs)
8. Antimony ........................................................... 0.006 0.006 Some people who drink water containing antimony well in excess of the MCL over many years
07:41 Sep 01, 2011

could experience increases in blood cholesterol and decreases in blood sugar.
9. Arsenic 11 .......................................................... 0 0.010 Some people who drink water containing arsenic in excess of the MCL over many years could
experience skin damage or problems with their circulatory system, and may have an in-
10. Asbestos (10 μm) ........................................... 7 MFL 12 7 MFL Some people who drink water containing asbestos in excess of the MCL over many years may
Jkt 223166
have an increased risk of developing benign intestinal polyps.
11. Barium ............................................................. 2 2 Some people who drink water containing barium in excess of the MCL over many years could
experience an increase in their blood pressure.
12. Beryllium ......................................................... 0.004 0.004 Some people who drink water containing beryllium well in excess of the MCL over many years
could develop intestinal lesions.
PO 00000
13. Cadmium ......................................................... 0.005 0.005 Some people who drink water containing cadmium in excess of the MCL over many years
could experience kidney damage.
14. Chromium (total) ............................................. 0.1 0.1 Some people who use water containing chromium well in excess of the MCL over many years
could experience allergic dermatitis.
15. Cyanide ........................................................... 0.2 0.2 Some people who drink water containing cyanide well in excess of the MCL over many years
Frm 00573
could experience nerve damage or problems with their thyroid.
16. Fluoride ........................................................... 4.0 4.0 Some people who drink water containing fluoride in excess of the MCL over many years could
get bone disease, including pain and tenderness of the bones. Fluoride in drinking water at
half the MCL or more may cause mottling of children’s teeth, usually in children less than
nine years old. Mottling, also known as dental fluorosis, may include brown staining and/or
Fmt 8010
pitting of the teeth, and occurs only in developing teeth before they erupt from the gums.
563
17. Mercury (inorganic) ......................................... 0.002 0.002 Some people who drink water containing inorganic mercury well in excess of the MCL over
many years could experience kidney damage.
18. Nitrate ............................................................. 10 10 Infants below the age of six months who drink water containing nitrate in excess of the MCL
could become seriously ill and, if untreated, may die. Symptoms include shortness of breath
Sfmt 8002
and blue baby syndrome.
19. Nitrite ............................................................... 1 1 Infants below the age of six months who drink water containing nitrite in excess of the MCL
could become seriously ill and, if untreated, may die. Symptoms include shortness of breath
and blue baby syndrome.
20. Total Nitrate and Nitrite .................................. 10 10 Infants below the age of six months who drink water containing nitrate and nitrite in excess of
the MCL could become seriously ill and, if untreated, may die. Symptoms include shortness
of breath and blue baby syndrome.
21. Selenium ......................................................... 0.05 0.05 Selenium is an essential nutrient. However, some people who drink water containing selenium
in excess of the MCL over many years could experience hair or fingernail losses, numbness
in fingers or toes, or problems with their circulation.
Y:\SGML\223166.XXX
22. Thallium .......................................................... 0.0005 0.002 Some people who drink water containing thallium in excess of the MCL over many years could
experience hair loss, changes in their blood, or problems with their kidneys, intestines, or
liver.
223166
D. Lead and Copper Rule
23. Lead ................................................................ Zero TT 13 Infants and children who drink water containing lead in excess of the action level could experi-
ence delays in their physical or mental development. Children could show slight deficits in
attention span and learning abilities. Adults who drink this water over many years could de-
velop kidney problems or high blood pressure.

VerDate Mar<15>2010
24. Copper ............................................................ 1.3 TT 14 Copper is an essential nutrient, but some people who drink water containing copper in excess
07:41 Sep 01, 2011

of the action level over a relatively short amount of time could experience gastrointestinal
distress. Some people who drink water containing copper in excess of the action level over
many years could suffer liver or kidney damage. People with Wilson’s Disease should con-
sult their personal doctor.
Jkt 223166
E. Synthetic Organic Chemicals (SOCs)
25. 2,4–D .............................................................. 0.07 0.07 Some people who drink water containing the weed killer 2,4–D well in excess of the MCL over
many years could experience problems with their kidneys, liver, or adrenal glands.
26. 2,4,5–TP (Silvex) ............................................ 0.05 0.05 Some people who drink water containing silvex in excess of the MCL over many years could
experience liver problems.
PO 00000
27. Alachlor ........................................................... Zero 0.002 Some people who drink water containing alachlor in excess of the MCL over many years could
have problems with their eyes, liver, kidneys, or spleen, or experience anemia, and may
have an increased risk of getting cancer.
28. Atrazine ........................................................... 0.003 0.003 Some people who drink water containing atrazine well in excess of the MCL over many years
could experience problems with their cardiovascular system or reproductive difficulties.
Frm 00574
29. Benzo(a)pyrene (PAHs) .................................. Zero 0.0002 Some people who drink water containing benzo(a)pyrene in excess of the MCL over many
years may experience reproductive difficulties and may have an increased risk of getting
cancer.
30. Carbofuran ...................................................... 0.04 0.04 Some people who drink water containing carbofuran in excess of the MCL over many years
could experience problems with their blood, or nervous or reproductive systems.
Fmt 8010
31. Chlordane ....................................................... Zero 0.002 Some people who drink water containing chlordane in excess of the MCL over many years
564
could experience problems with their liver or nervous system, and may have an increased
32. Dalapon ........................................................... 0.2 0.2 Some people who drink water containing dalapon well in excess of the MCL over many years
could experience minor kidney changes.
Sfmt 8002
33. Di(2-ethylhexyl) adipate .................................. 0.4 0.4 Some people who drink water containing di(2-ethylhexyl) adipate well in excess of the MCL
over many years could experience toxic effects such as weight loss, liver enlargement or
possible reproductive difficulties.
34. Di(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate ............................... Zero 0.006 Some people who drink water containing di(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate well in excess of the MCL
over many years may have problems with their liver, or experience reproductive difficulties,
and may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
35. Dibromochloropropane (DBCP) ...................... Zero 0.0002 Some people who drink water containing DBCP in excess of the MCL over many years could
experience reproductive difficulties and may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
36. Dinoseb ........................................................... 0.007 0.007 Some people who drink water containing dinoseb well in excess of the MCL over many years
could experience reproductive difficulties.
37. Dioxin (2,3,7,8-TCDD) .................................... Zero 3×10 ¥8 Some people who drink water containing dioxin in excess of the MCL over many years could
Y:\SGML\223166.XXX
experience reproductive difficulties and may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
38. Diquat .............................................................. 0.02 0.02 Some people who drink water containing diquat in excess of the MCL over many years could
get cataracts.
39. Endothall ......................................................... 0.1 0.1 Some people who drink water containing endothall in excess of the MCL over many years
223166
could experience problems with their stomach or intestines.
40. Endrin .............................................................. 0.002 0.002 Some people who drink water containing endrin in excess of the MCL over many years could
experience liver problems.
41. Ethylene dibromide ......................................... Zero 0.00005 Some people who drink water containing ethylene dibromide in excess of the MCL over many
years could experience problems with their liver, stomach, reproductive system, or kidneys,

VerDate Mar<15>2010
42. Glyphosate ...................................................... 0.7 0.7 Some people who drink water containing glyphosate in excess of the MCL over many years
could experience problems with their kidneys or reproductive difficulties.
43. Heptachlor ....................................................... Zero 0.0004 Some people who drink water containing heptachlor in excess of the MCL over many years
07:41 Sep 01, 2011

could experience liver damage and may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
44. Heptachlor epoxide ......................................... Zero 0.0002 Some people who drink water containing heptachlor epoxide in excess of the MCL over many
years could experience liver damage, and may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
45. Hexachlorobenzene ........................................ Zero 0.001 Some people who drink water containing hexachlorobenzene in excess of the MCL over many
years could experience problems with their liver or kidneys, or adverse reproductive effects,
Jkt 223166
46. Hexachlorocyclo-pentadiene ........................... 0.05 0.05 Some people who drink water containing hexachlorocyclopentadiene well in excess of the MCL
over many years could experience problems with their kidneys or stomach.
47. Lindane ........................................................... 0.0002 0.0002 Some people who drink water containing lindane in excess of the MCL over many years could
experience problems with their kidneys or liver.
PO 00000
48. Methoxychlor ................................................... 0.04 0.04 Some people who drink water containing methoxychlor in excess of the MCL over many years
could experience reproductive difficulties.
49. Oxamyl (Vydate) ............................................. 0.2 0.2 Some people who drink water containing oxamyl in excess of the MCL over many years could
experience slight nervous system effects.
50. Pentachlorophenol .......................................... Zero 0.001 Some people who drink water containing pentachlorophenol in excess of the MCL over many
years could experience problems with their liver or kidneys, and may have an increased risk
Frm 00575
of getting cancer.
51. Picloram .......................................................... 0.5 0.5 Some people who drink water containing picloram in excess of the MCL over many years
could experience problems with their liver.
52. Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) .................. Zero 0.0005 Some people who drink water containing PCBs in excess of the MCL over many years could
experience changes in their skin, problems with their thymus gland, immune deficiencies, or
Fmt 8010
reproductive or nervous system difficulties, and may have an increased risk of getting can-
565
cer.
53. Simazine ......................................................... 0.004 0.004 Some people who drink water containing simazine in excess of the MCL over many years
could experience problems with their blood.
54. Toxaphene ...................................................... Zero 0.003 Some people who drink water containing toxaphene in excess of the MCL over many years
Sfmt 8002
could have problems with their kidneys, liver, or thyroid, and may have an increased risk of
getting cancer.
F. Volatile Organic Chemicals (VOCs)
55. Benzene .......................................................... Zero 0.005 Some people who drink water containing benzene in excess of the MCL over many years
could experience anemia or a decrease in blood platelets, and may have an increased risk
of getting cancer.
56. Carbon tetrachloride ....................................... Zero 0.005 Some people who drink water containing carbon tetrachloride in excess of the MCL over many
years could experience problems with their liver and may have an increased risk of getting
Y:\SGML\223166.XXX
cancer.
57. Chlorobenzene (monochlorobenzene) ......... 0.1 0.1 Some people who drink water containing chlorobenzene in excess of the MCL over many
years could experience problems with their liver or kidneys.
58. o-Dichlorobenzene .......................................... 0.6 0.6 Some people who drink water containing o-dichlorobenzene well in excess of the MCL over
223166
many years could experience problems with their liver, kidneys, or circulatory systems.
59. p-Dichlorobenzene .......................................... 0.075 0.075 Some people who drink water containing p-dichlorobenzene in excess of the MCL over many
years could experience anemia, damage to their liver, kidneys, or spleen, or changes in their
blood.
60. 1,2-Dichloroethane .......................................... Zero 0.005 Some people who drink water containing 1,2-dichloroethane in excess of the MCL over many
years may have an increased risk of getting cancer.

VerDate Mar<15>2010
61. 1,1-Dichloroethylene ....................................... 0.007 0.007 Some people who drink water containing 1,1-dichloroethylene in excess of the MCL over many
07:41 Sep 01, 2011

years could experience problems with their liver.
62. cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene ................................. 0.07 0.07 Some people who drink water containing cis-1,2-dichloroethylene in excess of the MCL over
many years could experience problems with their liver.
63. trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene .............................. 0.1 0.1 Some people who drink water containing trans-1,2-dichloroethylene well in excess of the MCL
over many years could experience problems with their liver.
Jkt 223166
64. Dichloromethane ............................................. Zero 0.005 Some people who drink water containing dichloromethane in excess of the MCL over many
years could have liver problems and may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
65. 1,2-Dichloropropane ....................................... Zero 0.005 Some people who drink water containing 1,2-dichloropropane in excess of the MCL over many
66. Ethylbenzene .................................................. 0.7 0.7 Some people who drink water containing ethylbenzene well in excess of the MCL over many
PO 00000
years could experience problems with their liver or kidneys.
67. Styrene ............................................................ 0.1 0.1 Some people who drink water containing styrene well in excess of the MCL over many years
could have problems with their liver, kidneys, or circulatory system.
68. Tetrachloroethylene ........................................ Zero 0.005 Some people who drink water containing tetrachloroethylene in excess of the MCL over many
years could have problems with their liver, and may have an increased risk of getting can-
Frm 00576
cer.
69. Toluene ........................................................... 1 1 Some people who drink water containing toluene well in excess of the MCL over many years
could have problems with their nervous system, kidneys, or liver.
70. 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene ................................... 0.07 0.07 Some people who drink water containing 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene well in excess of the MCL
over many years could experience changes in their adrenal glands.
Fmt 8010
71. 1,1,1-Trichloroethane ...................................... 0.2 0.2 Some people who drink water containing 1,1,1-trichloroethane in excess of the MCL over many
566
years could experience problems with their liver, nervous system, or circulatory system.
72. 1,1,2-Trichloroethane ...................................... 0.003 0.005 Some people who drink water containing 1,1,2-trichloroethane well in excess of the MCL over
many years could have problems with their liver, kidneys, or immune systems.
73. Trichloroethylene ............................................ Zero 0.005 Some people who drink water containing trichloroethylene in excess of the MCL over many
Sfmt 8002
years could experience problems with their liver and may have an increased risk of getting
cancer.
74. Vinyl chloride .................................................. Zero 0.002 Some people who drink water containing vinyl chloride in excess of the MCL over many years
may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
75. Xylenes (total) ................................................. 10 10 Some people who drink water containing xylenes in excess of the MCL over many years could
experience damage to their nervous system.
G. Radioactive Contaminants
76. Beta/photon emitters ....................................... Zero 4 mrem/yr 15 Certain minerals are radioactive and may emit forms of radiation known as photons and beta
Y:\SGML\223166.XXX
radiation. Some people who drink water containing beta and photon emitters in excess of the
MCL over many years may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
77. Alpha emitters ................................................. Zero 17 pCi/L 17 Certain minerals are radioactive and may emit a form of radiation known as alpha radiation.
Some people who drink water containing alpha emitters in excess of the MCL over many
223166
78. Combined radium (226 & 228) ....................... Zero 5 pCi/L Some people who drink water containing radium 226 or 228 in excess of the MCL over many
79. Uranium 16 ....................................................... Zero 30 μg/L Some people who drink water containing uranium in excess of the MCL over many years may
have an increased risk of getting cancer and kidney toxicity.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
H. Disinfection Byproducts (DBPs), Byproduct Precursors, and Disinfectant Residuals: Where disinfection is used in the treatment of drinking water, disinfectants combine with organic and
inorganic matter present in water to form chemicals called disinfection byproducts (DBPs). EPA sets standards for controlling the levels of disinfectants and DBPs in drinking water, in-
cluding trihalomethanes (THMs) and haloacetic acids (HAAs) 18
07:41 Sep 01, 2011

80. Total trihalomethanes (TTHMs) ...................... N/A 0.080 19,20 Some people who drink water containing trihalomethanes in excess of the MCL over many
years may experience problems with their liver, kidneys, or central nervous system, and may
81. Haloacetic Acids (HAA) .................................. N/A 0.060 21 Some people who drink water containing haloacetic acids in excess of the MCL over many
Jkt 223166
82. Bromate .......................................................... Zero 0.010 Some people who drink water containing bromate in excess of the MCL over many years may
83. Chlorite ............................................................ 0.08 1.0 Some infants and young children who drink water containing chlorite in excess of the MCL
could experience nervous system effects. Similar effects may occur in fetuses of pregnant
women who drink water containing chlorite in excess of the MCL. Some people may experi-
PO 00000
ence anemia.
84. Chlorine ........................................................... 4 (MRDLG) 22 4.0 (MRDL) 23 Some people who use water containing chlorine well in excess of the MRDL could experience
irritating effects to their eyes and nose. Some people who drink water containing chlorine
well in excess of the MRDL could experience stomach discomfort.
85. Chloramines .................................................... 4 (MRDLG) 4.0 (MRDL) Some people who use water containing chloramines well in excess of the MRDL could experi-
Frm 00577
ence irritating effects to their eyes and nose. Some people who drink water containing
chloramines well in excess of the MRDL could experience stomach discomfort or anemia.
86a. Chlorine dioxide, where any 2 consecutive 0.8 (MRDLG) 0.8 (MRDL) Some infants and young children who drink water containing chlorine dioxide in excess of the
daily samples taken at the entrance to the dis- MRDL could experience nervous system effects. Similar effects may occur in fetuses of
tribution system are above the MRDL. pregnant women who drink water containing chlorine dioxide in excess of the MRDL. Some
Fmt 8010
people may experience anemia.
567
Add for public notification only: The chlorine dioxide violations reported today are the result of
exceedances at the treatment facility only, not within the distribution system which delivers
water to consumers. Continued compliance with chlorine dioxide levels within the distribution
system minimizes the potential risk of these violations to consumers.
Sfmt 8002
86b. Chlorine dioxide, where one or more dis- 0.8 (MRDLG) 0.8 (MRDL) Some infants and young children who drink water containing chlorine dioxide in excess of the
tribution system samples are above the MRDL. MRDL could experience nervous system effects. Similar effects may occur in fetuses of
pregnant women who drink water containing chlorine dioxide in excess of the MRDL. Some
people may experience anemia.
Add for public notification only: The chlorine dioxide violations reported today include
exceedances of the EPA standard within the distribution system which delivers water to con-
sumers. Violations of the chlorine dioxide standard within the distribution system may harm
human health based on short-term exposures. Certain groups, including fetuses, infants, and
young children, may be especially susceptible to nervous system effects from excessive
chlorine dioxide exposure.
87. Control of DBP precursors (TOC) .................. None TT Total organic carbon (TOC) has no health effects. However, total organic carbon provides a
Y:\SGML\223166.XXX
medium for the formation of disinfection byproducts. These byproducts include
trihalomethanes (THMs) and haloacetic acids (HAAs). Drinking water containing these by-
products in excess of the MCL may lead to adverse health effects, liver or kidney problems,
or nervous system effects, and may lead to an increased risk of getting cancer.
223166
I. Other Treatment Techniques
88. Acrylamide ...................................................... Zero TT Some people who drink water containing high levels of acrylamide over a long period of time
could have problems with their nervous system or blood, and may have an increased risk of
getting cancer.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
89. Epichlorohydrin ............................................... Zero TT Some people who drink water containing high levels of epichlorohydrin over a long period of
07:41 Sep 01, 2011

time could experience stomach problems, and may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Jkt 223166
PO 00000
Frm 00578
Fmt 8010
568
Sfmt 8002
Y:\SGML\223166.XXX
223166
Environmental Protection Agency Pt. 141, Subpt. Q, App. B
APPENDIX B—ENDNOTES water under the direct influence of surface
water) that use conventional filtration or di-
1. MCLG—Maximum contaminant level
rect filtration, after January 1, 2005, the tur-
goal
bidity level of a system’s combined filter ef-
2. MCL—Maximum contaminant level
fluent may not exceed 0.3 NTU in at least 95
3. For water systems analyzing at least 40
percent of monthly measurements, and the
samples per month, no more than 5.0 percent
turbidity level of a system’s combined filter
of the monthly samples may be positive for
effluent must not exceed 1 NTU at any time.
total coliforms. For systems analyzing fewer
Systems subject to the LT1ESWTR using
than 40 samples per month, no more than one
technologies other than conventional, direct,
sample per month may be positive for total
slow sand, or diatomaceous earth filtration
coliforms. must meet turbidity limits set by the pri-
4. There are various regulations that set macy agency.
turbidity standards for different types of sys- 9. The bacteria detected by heterotrophic
tems, including 40 CFR 141.13, and the 1989 plate count (HPC) are not necessarily harm-
Surface Water Treatment Rule, the 1998 In- ful. HPC is simply an alternative method of
terim Enhanced Surface Water Treatment determining disinfectant residual levels. The
Rule and the 2002 Long Term 1 Enhanced number of such bacteria is an indicator of
Surface Water Treatment Rule. The MCL for whether there is enough disinfectant in the
the monthly turbidity average is 1 NTU; the distribution system.
MCL for the 2-day average is 5 NTU for sys- 10. SWTR, IESWTR, and LT1ESWTR treat-
tems that are required to filter but have not ment technique violations that involve tur-
yet installed filtration (40 CFR 141.13). bidity exceedances may use the health ef-
5. NTU—Nephelometric turbidity unit fects language for turbidity instead.
6. There are various regulations that set 11. These arsenic values are effective Janu-
turbidity standards for different types of sys- ary 23, 2006. Until then, the MCL is 0.05 mg/
tems, including 40 CFR 141.13, and the 1989 L and there is no MCLG.
Surface Water Treatment Rule, the 1998 In- 12. Millions fibers per liter.
terim Enhanced Surface Water Treatment 13. Action Level = 0.015 mg/L
Rule and the 2001 Long Term 1 Enhanced 14. Action Level = 1.3 mg/L
Surface Water Treatment Rule. Systems sub- 15. Millirems per years
ject to the Surface Water Treatment Rule 16. The uranium MCL is effective Decem-
(both filtered and unfiltered) may not exceed ber 8, 2003 for all community water systems.
5 NTU. In addition, in filtered systems, 95 17. Picocuries per liter
percent of samples each month must not ex- 18. Surface water systems and ground
ceed 0.5 NTU in systems using conventional water systems under the direct influence of
or direct filtration and must not exceed 1 surface water are regulated under subpart H
NTU in systems using slow sand or diatoma- of 40 CFR 141. Subpart H community and
ceous earth filtration or other filtration non-transient non-community systems serv-
technologies approved by the primacy agen- ing ≥10,000 must comply with subpart L DBP
cy. MCLs and disinfectant maximum residual
7. TT—Treatment technique disinfectant levels (MRDLs) beginning Janu-
8. There are various regulations that set ary 1, 2002. All other community and non-
turbidity standards for different types of sys- transient non-community systems must
tems, including 40 CFR 141.13, the 1989 Sur- comply with subpart L DBP MCLs and dis-
face Water Treatment Rule (SWTR), the 1998 infectant MRDLs beginning January 1, 2004.
Interim Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Subpart H transient non-community systems
Rule (IESWTR) and the 2002 Long Term 1 En- serving ≥10,000 that use chlorine dioxide as a
hanced Surface Water Treatment Rule disinfectant or oxidant must comply with
(LT1ESWTR). For systems subject to the the chlorine dioxide MRDL beginning Janu-
IESWTR (systems serving at least 10,000 peo- ary 1, 2002. All other transient non-commu-
ple, using surface water or ground water nity systems that use chlorine dioxide as a
under the direct influence of surface water), disinfectant or oxidant must comply with
that use conventional filtration or direct fil- the chlorine dioxide MRDL beginning Janu-
tration, after January 1, 2002, the turbidity ary 1, 2004.
level of a system’s combined filter effluent 19. Community and non-transient non-com-
may not exceed 0.3 NTU in at least 95 per- munity systems must comply with subpart V
cent of monthly measurements, and the tur- TTHM and HAA5 MCLs of 0.080 mg/L and
bidity level of a system’s combined filter ef- 0.060 mg/L, respectively (with compliance
fluent must not exceed 1 NTU at any time. calculated as a locational running annual av-
Systems subject to the IESWTR using tech- erage) on the schedule in § 141.620.
nologies other than conventional, direct, 20. The MCL for total trihalomethanes is
slow sand, or diatomaceous earth filtration the sum of the concentrations of the indi-
must meet turbidity limits set by the pri- vidual trihalomethanes.
macy agency. For systems subject to the 21. The MCL for haloacetic acids is the sum
LT1ESWTR (systems serving fewer than of the concentrations of the individual
10,000 people, using surface water or ground haloacetic acids.
569
Pt. 141, Subpt. Q, App. C 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
22. MRDLG—Maximum residual disinfect- § 141.400 General requirements and
ant level goal. applicability.
23. MRDL—Maximum residual disinfectant
level. (a) Scope of this subpart. The require-
ments of this subpart S constitute Na-
[65 FR 26043, May 4, 2000; 65 FR 38629, June 21, tional Primary Drinking Water Regu-
2000; 65 FR 40521, 40522, June 30, 2000, as
lations.
amended at 65 FR 76751, Dec. 7, 2000; 66 FR
7065, Jan. 22, 2001; 66 FR 31104, June 8, 2001; 67 (b) Applicability. This subpart applies
FR 1838, Jan. 14, 2002; 67 FR 70857, Nov. 27, to all public water systems that use
2002; 68 FR 14507, Mar. 25, 2003; 69 FR 38856, ground water except that it does not
June 29, 2004; 71 FR 483, Jan. 4, 2006; 71 FR apply to public water systems that
65653, Nov. 8, 2006] combine all of their ground water with
surface water or with ground water
APPENDIX C TO SUBPART Q OF PART under the direct influence of surface
141—LIST OF ACRONYMS USED IN water prior to treatment under subpart
PUBLIC NOTIFICATION REGULATION H. For the purposes of this subpart,
CCR Consumer Confidence Report ‘‘ground water system’’ is defined as
CWS Community Water System any public water system meeting this
DBP Disinfection Byproduct applicability statement, including con-
EPA Environmental Protection Agency secutive systems receiving finished
GWR Ground Water Rule ground water.
HPC Heterotrophic Plate Count (c) General requirements. Systems sub-
IESWTR Interim Enhanced Surface Water ject to this subpart must comply with
Treatment Rule the following requirements:
IOC Inorganic Chemical (1) Sanitary survey information re-
LCR Lead and Copper Rule quirements for all ground water sys-
MCL Maximum Contaminant Level
tems as described in § 141.401.
MCLG Maximum Contaminant Level Goal
MRDL Maximum Residual Disinfectant
(2) Microbial source water moni-
Level toring requirements for ground water
MRDLG Maximum Residual Disinfectant systems that do not treat all of their
Level Goal ground water to at least 99.99 percent
NCWS Non-Community Water System (4-log) treatment of viruses (using in-
NPDWR National Primary Drinking Water activation, removal, or a State-ap-
Regulation proved combination of 4-log virus inac-
NTNCWS Non-Transient Non-Community tivation and removal) before or at the
Water System first customer as described in § 141.402.
NTU Nephelometric Turbidity Unit
(3) Treatment technique require-
OGWDW Office of Ground Water and Drink-
ing Water ments, described in § 141.403, that apply
OW Office of Water to ground water systems that have
PN Public Notification fecally contaminated source waters, as
PWS Public Water System determined by source water monitoring
SDWA Safe Drinking Water Act conducted under § 141.402, or that have
SMCL Secondary Maximum Contaminant significant deficiencies that are identi-
Level fied by the State or that are identified
SOC Synthetic Organic Chemical by EPA under SDWA section 1445. A
SWTR Surface Water Treatment Rule ground water system with fecally con-
TCR Total Coliform Rule
TT Treatment Technique
taminated source water or with signifi-
TWS Transient Non-Community Water Sys- cant deficiencies subject to the treat-
tem ment technique requirements of this
VOC Volatile Organic Chemical subpart must implement one or more
of the following corrective action op-
[65 FR 26035, May 4, 2000, as amended at 71
FR 65653, Nov. 8, 2006]
tions: correct all significant defi-
ciencies; provide an alternate source of
water; eliminate the source of con-
Subpart R [Reserved] tamination; or provide treatment that
reliably achieves at least 4-log treat-
Subpart S—Ground Water Rule ment of viruses (using inactivation, re-
moval, or a State-approved combina-
SOURCE: 71 FR 65653, Nov. 8, 2006, unless tion of 4-log virus inactivation and re-
otherwise noted. moval) before or at the first customer.
570
(4) Ground water systems that pro- (8) Operator compliance with State
vide at least 4-log treatment of viruses requirements.
(using inactivation, removal, or a
State-approved combination of 4-log § 141.402 Ground water source micro-
virus inactivation and removal) before bial monitoring and analytical
or at the first customer are required to methods.
conduct compliance monitoring to (a) Triggered source water monitoring—
demonstrate treatment effectiveness, (1) General requirements. A ground water
as described in § 141.403(b). system must conduct triggered source
(5) If requested by the State, ground water monitoring if the conditions
water systems must provide the State identified in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and
with any existing information that will (a)(1)(ii) of this section exist.
enable the State to perform a (i) The system does not provide at
hydrogeologic sensitivity assessment. least 4-log treatment of viruses (using
For the purposes of this subpart, inactivation, removal, or a State-ap-
‘‘hydrogeologic sensitivity assess- proved combination of 4-log virus inac-
ment’’ is a determination of whether tivation and removal) before or at the
ground water systems obtain water first customer for each ground water
from hydrogeologically sensitive set- source; and
tings. (ii) The system is notified that a
(d) Compliance date. Ground water sample collected under § 141.21(a) is
systems must comply, unless otherwise total coliform-positive and the sample
noted, with the requirements of this is not invalidated under § 141.21(c).
subpart beginning December 1, 2009. (2) Sampling requirements. A ground
water system must collect, within 24
§ 141.401 Sanitary surveys for ground hours of notification of the total coli-
water systems. form-positive sample, at least one
(a) Ground water systems must pro- ground water source sample from each
vide the State, at the State’s request, ground water source in use at the time
any existing information that will en- the total coliform-positive sample was
able the State to conduct a sanitary collected under § 141.21(a), except as
survey. provided in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this
(b) For the purposes of this subpart, a section.
‘‘sanitary survey,’’ as conducted by the (i) The State may extend the 24-hour
State, includes but is not limited to, an time limit on a case-by-case basis if
onsite review of the water source(s) the system cannot collect the ground
(identifying sources of contamination water source water sample within 24
by using results of source water assess- hours due to circumstances beyond its
ments or other relevant information control. In the case of an extension,
where available), facilities, equipment, the State must specify how much time
operation, maintenance, and moni- the system has to collect the sample.
toring compliance of a public water (ii) If approved by the State, systems
system to evaluate the adequacy of the with more than one ground water
system, its sources and operations and source may meet the requirements of
the distribution of safe drinking water. this paragraph (a)(2) by sampling a rep-
(c) The sanitary survey must include resentative ground water source or
an evaluation of the applicable compo- sources. If directed by the State, sys-
nents listed in paragraphs (c)(1) tems must submit for State approval a
through (8) of this section: triggered source water monitoring plan
(1) Source, that identifies one or more ground
(2) Treatment, water sources that are representative
(3) Distribution system, of each monitoring site in the system’s
(4) Finished water storage, sample siting plan under § 141.21(a) and
(5) Pumps, pump facilities, and con- that the system intends to use for rep-
trols, resentative sampling under this para-
(6) Monitoring, reporting, and data graph.
verification, (iii) A ground water system serving
(7) System management and oper- 1,000 people or fewer may use a repeat
ation, and sample collected from a ground water
571
§ 141.402 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
source to meet both the requirements water system is not required to comply
of § 141.21(b) and to satisfy the moni- with the source water monitoring re-
toring requirements of paragraph (a)(2) quirements of paragraph (a) of this sec-
of this section for that ground water tion if either of the following condi-
source only if the State approves the tions exists:
use of E. coli as a fecal indicator for (i) The State determines, and docu-
source water monitoring under this ments in writing, that the total coli-
paragraph (a). If the repeat sample col- form-positive sample collected under
lected from the ground water source is § 141.21(a) is caused by a distribution
E.coli positive, the system must comply system deficiency; or
with paragraph (a)(3) of this section. (ii) The total coliform-positive sam-
(3) Additional requirements. If the ple collected under § 141.21(a) is col-
State does not require corrective ac- lected at a location that meets State
tion under § 141.403(a)(2) for a fecal indi- criteria for distribution system condi-
cator-positive source water sample col- tions that will cause total coliform-
lected under paragraph (a)(2) of this positive samples.
section that is not invalidated under (b) Assessment source water monitoring.
paragraph (d) of this section, the sys- If directed by the State, ground water
tem must collect five additional source systems must conduct assessment
water samples from the same source source water monitoring that meets
within 24 hours of being notified of the State-determined requirements for
fecal indicator-positive sample. such monitoring. A ground water sys-
(4) Consecutive and wholesale systems— tem conducting assessment source
(i) In addition to the other require- water monitoring may use a triggered
ments of this paragraph (a), a consecu- source water sample collected under
tive ground water system that has a paragraph (a)(2) of this section to meet
total coliform-positive sample col- the requirements of paragraph (b) of
lected under § 141.21(a) must notify the this section. State-determined assess-
wholesale system(s) within 24 hours of ment source water monitoring require-
being notified of the total coliform- ments may include:
positive sample. (1) Collection of a total of 12 ground
(ii) In addition to the other require- water source samples that represent
ments of this paragraph (a), a whole- each month the system provides
sale ground water system must comply ground water to the public,
with paragraphs (a)(4)(ii)(A) and (2) Collection of samples from each
(a)(4)(ii)(B) of this section. well unless the system obtains written
(A) A wholesale ground water system State approval to conduct monitoring
that receives notice from a consecutive at one or more wells within the ground
system it serves that a sample col- water system that are representative
lected under § 141.21(a) is total coli- of multiple wells used by that system
form-positive must, within 24 hours of and that draw water from the same
being notified, collect a sample from hydrogeologic setting,
its ground water source(s) under para- (3) Collection of a standard sample
graph (a)(2) of this section and analyze volume of at least 100 mL for fecal in-
it for a fecal indicator under paragraph dicator analysis regardless of the fecal
(c) of this section. indicator or analytical method used,
(B) If the sample collected under (4) Analysis of all ground water
paragraph (a)(4)(ii)(A) of this section is source samples using one of the analyt-
fecal indicator-positive, the wholesale ical methods listed in the in paragraph
ground water system must notify all (c)(2) of this section for the presence of
consecutive systems served by that E. coli, enterococci, or coliphage,
ground water source of the fecal indi- (5) Collection of ground water source
cator source water positive within 24 samples at a location prior to any
hours of being notified of the ground treatment of the ground water source
water source sample monitoring result unless the State approves a sampling
and must meet the requirements of location after treatment, and
paragraph (a)(3) of this section. (6) Collection of ground water source
(5) Exceptions to the triggered source samples at the well itself unless the
water monitoring requirements. A ground system’s configuration does not allow
572
for sampling at the well itself and the (2) A ground water system must ana-
State approves an alternate sampling lyze all ground water source samples
location that is representative of the collected under paragraph (a) of this
water quality of that well. section using one of the analytical
(c) Analytical methods. (1) A ground methods listed in the following table in
water system subject to the source paragraph (c)(2) of this section or one
water monitoring requirements of of the alternative methods listed in ap-
paragraph (a) of this section must col- pendix A to subpart C of this part for
lect a standard sample volume of at the presence of E. coli, enterococci, or
least 100 mL for fecal indicator anal-
coliphage:
ysis regardless of the fecal indicator or
analytical method used.
ANALYTICAL METHODS FOR SOURCE WATER MONITORING
Fecal indicator 1 Methodology Method citation
E. coli ............................................................... Colilert 3 ......................................................... 9223 B.2

Colisure 3 ....................................................... 9223 B.2
Membrane Filter Method with MI Agar ......... EPA Method 1604.4
m-ColiBlue24 Test 5 .......................................
E*Colite Test 6 ...............................................
EC–MUG 7 ..................................................... 9221 F.2
NA–MUG 7 ..................................................... 9222 G.2
Enterococci Multiple-Tube Technique ............................... 9230B.2
Membrane Filter Technique .......................... 9230C.2
Membrane Filter Technique .......................... EPA Method 1600.8
Enterolert 9 .....................................................
Coliphage ........................................................ Two-Step Enrichment Presence-Absence EPA Method 1601.10
Procedure.
Single Agar Layer Procedure ........................ EPA Method 1602.11
Analyses must be conducted in accordance with the documents listed below. The Director of the Federal Register approves
the incorporation by reference of the documents listed in footnotes 2–11 in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.
Copies of the documents may be obtained from the sources listed below. Copies may be inspected at EPA’s Drinking Water
Docket, EPA West, 1301 Constitution Avenue, NW., EPA West, Room B102, Washington DC 20460 (Telephone: 202–566–
2426); or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at
NARA, call 202–741–6030, or go to: http://www.archives.gov/federallregister/codeloflfederallregulations/ibrllocations.html.
1 The time from sample collection to initiation of analysis may not exceed 30 hours. The ground water system is encouraged
but is not required to hold samples below 10 °C during transit.
2 Methods are described in Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater 20th edition (1998) and copies
may be obtained from the American Public Health Association, 1015 Fifteenth Street, NW., Washington, DC 20005–2605.
3 Medium is available through IDEXX Laboratories, Inc., One IDEXX Drive, Westbrook, Maine 04092.
4 EPA Method 1604: Total Coliforms and Escherichia coli in Water by Membrane Filtration Using a Simultaneous Detection
Technique (MI Medium); September 2002, EPA 821–R–02–024. Method is available at http://www.epa.gov/nerlcwww/
1604sp02.pdf or from EPA’s Water Resource Center (RC–4100T), 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20460.
5 A description of the m-ColiBlue24 Test, ‘‘Total Coliforms and E. coli Membrane Filtration Method with m-ColiBlue24® Broth,’’
Method No. 10029 Revision 2, August 17, 1999, is available from Hach Company, 100 Dayton Ave., Ames, IA 50010 or from
EPA’s Water Resource Center (RC–4100T), 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20460.
6 A description of the E*Colite Test, ‘‘Charm E*Colite Presence/Absence Test for Detection and Identification of Coliform Bac-
teria and Escherichia coli in Drinking Water, January 9, 1998, is available from Charm Sciences, Inc., 659 Andover St., Law-
rence, MA 01843–1032 or from EPA’s Water Resource Center (RC–4100T), 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW., Washington, DC
20460.
7 EC–MUG (Method 9221F) or NA–MUG (Method 9222G) can be used for E. coli testing step as described in § 141.21(f)(6)(i)
or (ii) after use of Standard Methods 9221 B, 9221 D, 9222 B, or 9222 C.
8 EPA Method 1600: Enterococci in Water by Membrane Filtration Using membrane-Enterococcus Indoxyl–b–D–Glucoside
Agar (mEI) EPA 821–R–02–022 (September 2002) is an approved variation of Standard Method 9230C. The method is available
at http://www.epa.gov/nerlcwww/1600sp02.pdf or from EPA’s Water Resource Center (RC–4100T), 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue,
NW., Washington, DC 20460. The holding time and temperature for ground water samples are specified in footnote 1 above,
rather than as specified in Section 8 of EPA Method 1600.
9 Medium is available through IDEXX Laboratories, Inc., One IDEXX Drive, Westbrook, Maine 04092. Preparation and use of
the medium is set forth in the article ‘‘Evaluation of Enterolert for Enumeration of Enterococci in Recreational Waters,’’ by
Budnick, G.E., Howard, R.T., and Mayo, D.R., 1996, Applied and Environmental Microbiology, 62:3881–3884.
10 EPA Method 1601: Male-specific (F+) and Somatic Coliphage in Water by Two-step Enrichment Procedure; April 2001, EPA
821–R–01–030. Method is available at http://www.epa.gov/nerlcwww/1601ap01.pdf or from EPA’s Water Resource Center (RC–
4100T), 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20460.
11 EPA Method 1602: Male-specific (F+) and Somatic Coliphage in Water by Single Agar Layer (SAL) Procedure; April 2001,
EPA 821–R–01–029. Method is available at http://www.epa.gov/nerlcwww/1602ap01.pdf or from EPA’s Water Resource Center
(RC–4100T), 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20460.
(d) Invalidation of a fecal indicator- lected under paragraph (a) of this sec-
positive ground water source sample. (1) A tion only under the conditions speci-
ground water system may obtain State fied in paragraphs (d)(1)(i) and (ii) of
invalidation of a fecal indicator-posi- this section.

tive ground water source sample col-
573
§ 141.403 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
(i) The system provides the State must conduct public notification under
with written notice from the labora- § 141.202.
tory that improper sample analysis oc- (h) Monitoring violations. Failure to
curred; or meet the requirements of paragraphs
(ii) The State determines and docu- (a)–(f) of this section is a monitoring
ments in writing that there is substan- violation and requires the ground
tial evidence that a fecal indicator- water system to provide public notifi-
positive ground water source sample is cation under § 141.204.
not related to source water quality. [71 FR 65653, Nov. 8, 2006; 71 FR 67427, Nov. 21,
(2) If the State invalidates a fecal in- 2006, as amended at 74 FR 30958, June 29, 2009]
dicator-positive ground water source
sample, the ground water system must § 141.403 Treatment technique require-
ments for ground water systems.
collect another source water sample
under paragraph (a) of this section (a) Ground water systems with signifi-
within 24 hours of being notified by the cant deficiencies or source water fecal
State of its invalidation decision and contamination. (1) The treatment tech-
have it analyzed for the same fecal in- nique requirements of this section
dicator using the analytical methods in must be met by ground water systems
paragraph (c) of this section. The State when a significant deficiency is identi-
may extend the 24-hour time limit on a fied or when a ground water source
case-by-case basis if the system cannot sample collected under § 141.402(a)(3) is
collect the source water sample within fecal indicator-positive.
24 hours due to circumstances beyond (2) If directed by the State, a ground
its control. In the case of an extension, water system with a ground water
the State must specify how much time source sample collected under
the system has to collect the sample. § 141.402(a)(2), § 141.402(a)(4), or
§ 141.402(b) that is fecal indicator-posi-
(e) Sampling location. (1) Any ground
tive must comply with the treatment
water source sample required under
technique requirements of this section.
paragraph (a) of this section must be
(3) When a significant deficiency is
collected at a location prior to any
identified at a Subpart H public water
treatment of the ground water source
system that uses both ground water
unless the State approves a sampling
and surface water or ground water
location after treatment. under the direct influence of surface
(2) If the system’s configuration does water, the system must comply with
not allow for sampling at the well provisions of this paragraph except in
itself, the system may collect a sample cases where the State determines that
at a State-approved location to meet the significant deficiency is in a por-
the requirements of paragraph (a) of tion of the distribution system that is
this section if the sample is representa- served solely by surface water or
tive of the water quality of that well. ground water under the direct influ-
(f) New sources. If directed by the ence of surface water.
State, a ground water system that (4) Unless the State directs the
places a new ground water source into ground water system to implement a
service after November 30, 2009, must specific corrective action, the ground
conduct assessment source water moni- water system must consult with the
toring under paragraph (b) of this sec- State regarding the appropriate correc-
tion. If directed by the State, the sys- tive action within 30 days of receiving
tem must begin monitoring before the written notice from the State of a sig-
ground water source is used to provide nificant deficiency, written notice
water to the public. from a laboratory that a ground water
(g) Public notification. A ground water source sample collected under
system with a ground water source § 141.402(a)(3) was found to be fecal indi-
sample collected under paragraph (a) cator-positive, or direction from the
or (b) of this section that is fecal indi- State that a fecal indicator’positive
cator-positive and that is not invali- collected under § 141.402(a)(2),
dated under paragraph (d) of this sec- § 141.402(a)(4), or § 141.402(b) requires
tion, including consecutive systems corrective action. For the purposes of

served by the ground water source, this subpart, significant deficiencies
574
include, but are not limited to, defects ruses (using inactivation, removal, or a
in design, operation, or maintenance, State-approved combination of 4-log
or a failure or malfunction of the virus inactivation and removal) before
sources, treatment, storage, or dis- or at the first customer for the ground
tribution system that the State deter- water source.
mines to be causing, or have potential (7) Special notice to the public of sig-
for causing, the introduction of con- nificant deficiencies or source water fecal
tamination into the water delivered to contamination. (i) In addition to the ap-
consumers. plicable public notification require-
(5) Within 120 days (or earlier if di- ments of § 141.202, a community ground
rected by the State) of receiving writ- water system that receives notice from
ten notification from the State of a the State of a significant deficiency or
significant deficiency, written notice notification of a fecal indicator-posi-
from a laboratory that a ground water tive ground water source sample that
source sample collected under is not invalidated by the State under
§ 141.402(a)(3) was found to be fecal indi- § 141.402(d) must inform the public
cator-positive, or direction from the served by the water system under
State that a fecal indicator-positive § 141.153(h)(6) of the fecal indicator-
sample collected under § 141.402(a)(2), positive source sample or of any sig-
§ 141.402(a)(4), or § 141.402(b) requires nificant deficiency that has not been
corrective action, the ground water corrected. The system must continue
system must either: to inform the public annually until the
(i) Have completed corrective action significant deficiency is corrected or
in accordance with applicable State the fecal contamination in the ground
plan review processes or other State water source is determined by the
guidance or direction, if any, including State to be corrected under paragraph
State-specified interim measures; or (a)(5) of this section.
(ii) Be in compliance with a State-ap-
(ii) In addition to the applicable pub-
proved corrective action plan and
lic notification requirements of
schedule subject to the conditions spec-
§ 141.202, a non-community ground
ified in paragraphs (a)(5)(ii)(A) and
water system that receives notice from
(a)(5)(ii)(B) of this section.
the State of a significant deficiency
(A) Any subsequent modifications to
must inform the public served by the
a State-approved corrective action
water system in a manner approved by
plan and schedule must also be ap-
the State of any significant deficiency
proved by the State.
that has not been corrected within 12
(B) If the State specifies interim
measures for protection of the public months of being notified by the State,
health pending State approval of the or earlier if directed by the State. The
corrective action plan and schedule or system must continue to inform the
pending completion of the corrective public annually until the significant
action plan, the system must comply deficiency is corrected. The informa-
with these interim measures as well as tion must include:
with any schedule specified by the (A) The nature of the significant defi-
State. ciency and the date the significant de-
(6) Corrective action alternatives. ficiency was identified by the State;
Ground water systems that meet the (B) The State-approved plan and
conditions of paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) schedule for correction of the signifi-
of this section must implement one or cant deficiency, including interim
more of the following corrective action measures, progress to date, and any in-
alternatives: terim measures completed; and
(i) Correct all significant defi- (C) For systems with a large propor-
ciencies; tion of non-English speaking con-
(ii) Provide an alternate source of sumers, as determined by the State, in-
water; formation in the appropriate lan-
(iii) Eliminate the source of contami- guage(s) regarding the importance of
nation; or the notice or a telephone number or ad-
(iv) Provide treatment that reliably dress where consumers may contact
achieves at least 4-log treatment of vi- the system to obtain a translated copy
575
§ 141.403 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
of the notice or assistance in the ap- (i) The system must notify the State
propriate language. in writing that it provides at least 4-
(iii) If directed by the State, a non- log treatment of viruses (using inac-
community water system with signifi- tivation, removal, or a State-approved
cant deficiencies that have been cor- combination of 4-log virus inactivation
rected must inform its customers of and removal) before or at the first cus-
the significant deficiencies, how the tomer for the ground water source. No-
deficiencies were corrected, and the tification to the State must include en-
dates of correction under paragraph gineering, operational, or other infor-
(a)(7)(ii) of this section. mation that the State requests to
(b) Compliance monitoring—(1) Existing evaluate the submission.
ground water sources. A ground water (ii) The system must conduct compli-
system that is not required to meet the ance monitoring as required under
source water monitoring requirements § 141.403(b)(3) of this subpart within 30
of this subpart for any ground water days of placing the source in service.
source because it provides at least 4-log (iii) The system must conduct ground
treatment of viruses (using inactiva- water source monitoring under § 141.402
tion, removal, or a State-approved if the system subsequently discon-
combination of 4-log virus inactivation tinues 4-log treatment of viruses (using
and removal) before or at the first cus- inactivation, removal, or a State-ap-
tomer for any ground water source be- proved combination of 4-log virus inac-
fore December 1, 2009, must notify the tivation and removal) before or at the
State in writing that it provides at first customer for the ground water
least 4-log treatment of viruses (using source.
inactivation, removal, or a State-ap- (3) Monitoring requirements. A ground
proved combination of 4-log virus inac- water system subject to the require-
tivation and removal) before or at the ments of paragraphs (a), (b)(1) or (b)(2)
first customer for the specified ground of this section must monitor the effec-
water source and begin compliance tiveness and reliability of treatment
monitoring in accordance with para- for that ground water source before or
graph (b)(3) of this section by Decem- at the first customer as follows:
ber 1, 2009. Notification to the State (i) Chemical disinfection—(A) Ground
must include engineering, operational, water systems serving greater than 3,300
or other information that the State re- people. A ground water system that
quests to evaluate the submission. If serves greater than 3,300 people must
the system subsequently discontinues continuously monitor the residual dis-
4-log treatment of viruses (using inac- infectant concentration using analyt-
tivation, removal, or a State-approved ical methods specified in § 141.74(a)(2)
combination of 4-log virus inactivation at a location approved by the State and
and removal) before or at the first cus- must record the lowest residual dis-
tomer for a ground water source, the infectant concentration each day that
system must conduct ground water water from the ground water source is
source monitoring as required under served to the public. The ground water
§ 141.402. system must maintain the State-deter-
(2) New ground water sources. A mined residual disinfectant concentra-
ground water system that places a tion every day the ground water sys-
ground water source in service after tem serves water from the ground
November 30, 2009, that is not required water source to the public. If there is a
to meet the source water monitoring failure in the continuous monitoring
requirements of this subpart because equipment, the ground water system
the system provides at least 4-log must conduct grab sampling every four
treatment of viruses (using inactiva- hours until the continuous monitoring
tion, removal, or a State-approved equipment is returned to service. The
combination of 4-log virus inactivation system must resume continuous resid-
and removal) before or at the first cus- ual disinfectant monitoring within 14
tomer for the ground water source days.
must comply with the requirements of (B) Ground water systems serving 3,300
paragraphs (b)(2)(i), (b)(2)(ii) and or fewer people. A ground water system

(b)(2)(iii) of this section. that serves 3,300 or fewer people must
576
monitor the residual disinfectant con- virus inactivation and removal) before
centration using analytical methods or at the first customer must:
specified in § 141.74(a)(2) at a location (A) Monitor the alternative treat-
approved by the State and record the ment in accordance with all State-
residual disinfection concentration specified monitoring requirements; and
each day that water from the ground (B) Operate the alternative treat-
water source is served to the public. ment in accordance with all compli-
The ground water system must main- ance requirements that the State de-
tain the State-determined residual dis- termines to be necessary to achieve at
infectant concentration every day the least 4-log treatment of viruses.
ground water system serves water from (c) Discontinuing treatment. A ground
the ground water source to the public. water system may discontinue 4-log
The ground water system must take a treatment of viruses (using inactiva-
daily grab sample during the hour of tion, removal, or a State-approved
peak flow or at another time specified combination of 4-log virus inactivation
by the State. If any daily grab sample and removal) before or at the first cus-
measurement falls below the State-de- tomer for a ground water source if the
termined residual disinfectant con- State determines and documents in
centration, the ground water system writing that 4-log treatment of viruses
must take follow-up samples every four is no longer necessary for that ground
hours until the residual disinfectant water source. A system that discon-
concentration is restored to the State- tinues 4-log treatment of viruses is
determined level. Alternatively, a subject to the source water monitoring
ground water system that serves 3,300 and analytical methods requirements
or fewer people may monitor continu- of § 141.402 of this subpart.
ously and meet the requirements of (d) Failure to meet the monitoring
paragraph (b)(3)(i)(A) of this section. requirements of paragraph (b) of this
(ii) Membrane filtration. A ground section is a monitoring violation and
water system that uses membrane fil- requires the ground water system to
tration to meet the requirements of provide public notification under
this subpart must monitor the mem- § 141.204.
brane filtration process in accordance § 141.404 Treatment technique viola-
with all State-specified monitoring re- tions for ground water systems.
quirements and must operate the mem-
(a) A ground water system with a sig-
brane filtration in accordance with all
nificant deficiency is in violation of
State-specified compliance require-
the treatment technique requirement
ments. A ground water system that
if, within 120 days (or earlier if directed
uses membrane filtration is in compli-
by the State) of receiving written no-
ance with the requirement to achieve
tice from the State of the significant
at least 4-log removal of viruses when:
deficiency, the system:
(A) The membrane has an absolute (1) Does not complete corrective ac-
molecular weight cut-off (MWCO), or tion in accordance with any applicable
an alternate parameter that describes State plan review processes or other
the exclusion characteristics of the State guidance and direction, including
membrane, that can reliably achieve at State specified interim actions and
least 4-log removal of viruses; measures, or
(B) The membrane process is oper- (2) Is not in compliance with a State-
ated in accordance with State-specified approved corrective action plan and
compliance requirements; and schedule.
(C) The integrity of the membrane is (b) Unless the State invalidates a
intact. fecal indicator-positive ground water
(iii) Alternative treatment. A ground source sample under § 141.402(d), a
water system that uses a State-ap- ground water system is in violation of
proved alternative treatment to meet the treatment technique requirement
the requirements of this subpart by if, within 120 days (or earlier if directed
providing at least 4-log treatment of by the State) of meeting the conditions
viruses (using inactivation, removal, or of § 141.403(a)(1) or § 141.403(a)(2), the

a State-approved combination of 4-log system:
577
§ 141.405 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
(1) Does not complete corrective ac- under § 141.402(a)(5)(ii), the system
tion in accordance with any applicable must provide documentation to the
State plan review processes or other State within 30 days of the total coli-
State guidance and direction, including form positive sample that it met the
State-specified interim measures, or State criteria.
(2) Is not in compliance with a State- (b) Recordkeeping. In addition to the
approved corrective action plan and requirements of § 141.33, a ground water
schedule. system regulated under this subpart
(c) A ground water system subject to must maintain the following informa-
the requirements of § 141.403(b)(3) that tion in its records:
fails to maintain at least 4-log treat- (1) Documentation of corrective ac-
ment of viruses (using inactivation, re- tions. Documentation shall be kept for
moval, or a State-approved combina- a period of not less than ten years.
tion of 4-log virus inactivation and re- (2) Documentation of notice to the
moval) before or at the first customer public as required under § 141.403(a)(7).
for a ground water source is in viola- Documentation shall be kept for a pe-
tion of the treatment technique re- riod of not less than three years.
quirement if the failure is not cor-
(3) Records of decisions under
rected within four hours of deter-
§ 141.402(a)(5)(ii) and records of invali-
mining the system is not maintaining
dation of fecal indicator-positive
at least 4-log treatment of viruses be-
ground water source samples under
fore or at the first customer.
§ 141.402(d). Documentation shall be
(d) Ground water system must give
kept for a period of not less than five
public notification under § 141.203 for
years.
the treatment technique violations
specified in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) (4) For consecutive systems, docu-
of this section. mentation of notification to the whole-
sale system(s) of total-coliform posi-
§ 141.405 Reporting and recordkeeping tive samples that are not invalidated
for ground water systems. under § 141.21(c). Documentation shall
(a) Reporting. In addition to the re- be kept for a period of not less than
quirements of § 141.31, a ground water five years.
system regulated under this subpart (5) For systems, including wholesale
must provide the following information systems, that are required to perform
to the State: compliance monitoring under
(1) A ground water system con- § 141.403(b):
ducting compliance monitoring under (i) Records of the State-specified
§ 141.403(b) must notify the State any minimum disinfectant residual. Docu-
time the system fails to meet any mentation shall be kept for a period of
State-specified requirements including, not less than ten years.
but not limited to, minimum residual (ii) Records of the lowest daily resid-
disinfectant concentration, membrane ual disinfectant concentration and
operating criteria or membrane integ- records of the date and duration of any
rity, and alternative treatment oper- failure to maintain the State-pre-
ating criteria, if operation in accord- scribed minimum residual disinfectant
ance with the criteria or requirements concentration for a period of more than
is not restored within four hours. The four hours. Documentation shall be
ground water system must notify the kept for a period of not less than five
State as soon as possible, but in no years.
case later than the end of the next (iii) Records of State-specified com-
business day. pliance requirements for membrane fil-
(2) After completing any corrective tration and of parameters specified by
action under § 141.403(a), a ground the State for State-approved alter-
water system must notify the State native treatment and records of the
within 30 days of completion of the cor- date and duration of any failure to
rective action. meet the membrane operating, mem-
(3) If a ground water system subject brane integrity, or alternative treat-
to the requirements of § 141.402(a) does ment operating requirements for more

not conduct source water monitoring than four hours. Documentation shall
578
be kept for a period of not less than ary 1, 2005, except where otherwise
five years. noted.
[69 FR 38856, June 29, 2004]
Subpart T—Enhanced Filtration
and Disinfection—Systems § 141.503 What does subpart T require?
Serving Fewer Than 10,000 There are seven requirements of this
People subpart, and you must comply with all
requirements that are applicable to
SOURCE: 67 FR 1839, Jan. 14, 2002, unless your system. These requirements are:
otherwise noted. (a) You must cover any finished
water reservoir that you began to con-
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS struct on or after March 15, 2002 as de-
scribed in §§ 141.510 and 141.511;
§ 141.500 General requirements.
(b) If your system is an unfiltered
The requirements of this subpart system, you must comply with the up-
constitute national primary drinking dated watershed control requirements
water regulations. These regulations described in §§ 141.520–141.522;
establish requirements for filtration (c) If your system is a community or
and disinfection that are in addition to non-transient non-community water
criteria under which filtration and dis- systems you must develop a disinfec-
infection are required under subpart H tion profile as described in §§ 141.530–
of this part. The regulations in this 141.536;
subpart establish or extend treatment (d) If your system is considering
technique requirements in lieu of max- making a significant change to its dis-
imum contaminant levels for the fol- infection practices, you must develop a
lowing contaminants: Giardia lamblia, disinfection benchmark and consult
viruses, heterotrophic plate count bac- with the State for approval of the
teria, Legionella, Cryptosporidium and change as described in §§ 141.540–141.544;
turbidity. The treatment technique re- (e) If your system is a filtered sys-
quirements consist of installing and tem, you must comply with the com-
properly operating water treatment bined filter effluent requirements as
processes which reliably achieve: described in §§ 141.550–141.553;
(a) At least 99 percent (2 log) removal (f) If your system is a filtered system
of Cryptosporidium between a point that uses conventional or direct filtra-
where the raw water is not subject to tion, you must comply with the indi-
recontamination by surface water run- vidual filter turbidity requirements as
off and a point downstream before or at described in §§ 141.560–141.564; and
the first customer for filtered systems, (g) You must comply with the appli-
or Cryptosporidium control under the cable reporting and recordkeeping re-
watershed control plan for unfiltered quirements as described in §§ 141.570
systems; and and 141.571.
(b) Compliance with the profiling and
benchmark requirements in §§ 141.530 FINISHED WATER RESERVOIRS
through 141.544.
§ 141.510 Is my system subject to the
§ 141.501 Who is subject to the require- new finished water reservoir re-
ments of subpart T? quirements?
You are subject to these require- All subpart H systems which serve
ments if your system: fewer than 10,000 are subject to this re-
(a) Is a public water system; quirement.
(b) Uses surface water or GWUDI as a
source; and § 141.511 What is required of new fin-
(c) Serves fewer than 10,000 persons. ished water reservoirs?
If your system begins construction of
§ 141.502 When must my system com- a finished water reservoir on or after
ply with these requirements? March 15, 2002 the reservoir must be
You must comply with these require- covered. Finished water reservoirs for
ments in this subpart beginning Janu- which your system began construction
579
§ 141.520 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
prior to March 15, 2002 are not subject DISINFECTION PROFILE

to this requirement.
§ 141.530 What is a disinfection profile
ADDITIONAL WATERSHED CONTROL RE- and who must develop one?
QUIREMENTS FOR UNFILTERED SYS- A disinfection profile is a graphical
TEMS representation of your system’s level of
Giardia lamblia or virus inactivation
§ 141.520 Is my system subject to the
measured during the course of a year.
updated watershed control require-
ments? If you are a subpart H community or
non-transient non-community water
If you are a subpart H system serving system which serves fewer than 10,000
fewer than 10,000 persons which does persons, your system must develop a
not provide filtration, you must con- disinfection profile unless your State
tinue to comply with all of the filtra- determines that your system’s profile
tion avoidance criteria in § 141.71, as is unnecessary. Your State may ap-
well as the additional watershed con- prove the use of a more representative
trol requirements in § 141.521. data set for disinfection profiling than
the data set required under §§ 141.532–
§ 141.521 What updated watershed
control requirements must my 141.536.
unfiltered system implement to con- [67 FR 1839, Jan. 14, 2002, as amended at 69
tinue to avoid filtration? FR 38856, June 29, 2004]
Your system must take any addi-
tional steps necessary to minimize the § 141.531 What criteria must a State
use to determine that a profile is
potential for contamination by unnecessary?
Cryptosporidium oocysts in the source
water. Your system’s watershed con- States may only determine that a
trol program must, for Cryptosporidium: system’s profile is unnecessary if a sys-
(a) Identify watershed characteristics tem’s TTHM and HAA5 levels are below
and activities which may have an ad- 0.064 mg/L and 0.048 mg/L, respectively.
verse effect on source water quality; To determine these levels, TTHM and
and HAA5 samples must be collected after
(b) Monitor the occurrence of activi- January 1, 1998, during the month with
ties which may have an adverse effect the warmest water temperature, and at
on source water quality. the point of maximum residence time
in your distribution system. Your
§ 141.522 How does the State deter- State may approve a more representa-
mine whether my system’s water- tive TTHM and HAA5 data set to deter-
shed control requirements are ade- mine these levels.
quate?
During an onsite inspection con- FR 38856, June 29, 2004]
ducted under the provisions of
§ 141.71(b)(3), the State must determine § 141.532 How does my system develop
whether your watershed control pro- a disinfection profile and when
gram is adequate to limit potential must it begin?
contamination by Cryptosporidium A disinfection profile consists of
oocysts. The adequacy of the program three steps:
must be based on the comprehensive- (a) First, your system must collect
ness of the watershed review; the effec- data for several parameters from the
tiveness of your program to monitor plant as discussed in § 141.533 over the
and control detrimental activities oc- course of 12 months. If your system
curring in the watershed; and the ex- serves between 500 and 9,999 persons
tent to which your system has maxi- you must begin to collect data no later
mized land ownership and/or controlled than July 1, 2003. If your system serves
land use within the watershed. fewer than 500 persons you must begin
to collect data no later than January 1,

2004.
580
(b) Second, your system must use week on the same calendar day, over 12
this data to calculate weekly log inac- consecutive months:
tivation as discussed in §§ 141.534 and (a) The temperature of the dis-
141.535; and infected water at each residual dis-
(c) Third, your system must use infectant concentration sampling point
these weekly log inactivations to de- during peak hourly flow;
velop a disinfection profile as specified (b) If your system uses chlorine, the
in § 141.536. pH of the disinfected water at each re-
sidual disinfectant concentration sam-
§ 141.533 What data must my system pling point during peak hourly flow;
collect to calculate a disinfection (c) The disinfectant contact time(s)
profile? (‘‘T’’) during peak hourly flow; and
(d) The residual disinfectant con-
Your system must monitor the fol-
centration(s) (‘‘C’’) of the water before
lowing parameters to determine the or at the first customer and prior to
total log inactivation using the analyt- each additional point of disinfection
ical methods in § 141.74 (a), once per during peak hourly flow.
§ 141.534 How does my system use this data to calculate an inactivation ratio?
Use the tables in § 141.74(b)(3)(v) to determine the appropriate CT99.9 value. Cal-
culate the total inactivation ratio as follows, and multiply the value by 3.0 to de-
termine log inactivation of Giardia lamblia:
If your system * * * Your system must determine * * *
(a) Uses only one point of dis- (1) One inactivation ratio (CTcalc/CT99.9) before or at the first customer during peak hourly flow
infectant application. or
(2) Successive CTcalc/CT99.9 values, representing sequential inactivation ratios, between the
point of disinfectant application and a point before or at the first customer during peak hourly
flow. Under this alternative, your system must calculate the total inactivation ratio by deter-
mining (CTcalc/CT99.9) for each sequence and then adding the (CTcalc/CT99.9) values to-
gether to determine (SCTcalc/CT99.9).
(b) Uses more than one point The (CTcalc/CT99.9) value of each disinfection segment immediately prior to the next point of
of disinfectant application be- disinfectant application, or for the final segment, before or at the first customer, during peak
fore the first customer. hourly flow using the procedure specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
[67 FR 1839, Jan. 14, 2002, as amended at 69 FR 38856, June 29, 2004]
§ 141.535 What if my system uses over the course of the year by looking
chloramines, ozone, or chlorine di- at all 52 measurements (your Disinfec-
oxide for primary disinfection? tion Profile). Your system must retain
If your system uses chloramines, the Disinfection Profile data in graphic
ozone, or chlorine dioxide for primary form, such as a spreadsheet, which
disinfection, you must also calculate must be available for review by the
the logs of inactivation for viruses and State as part of a sanitary survey.
develop an additional disinfection pro- Your system must use this data to cal-
file for viruses using methods approved culate a benchmark if you are consid-
by the State. ering changes to disinfection practices.
§ 141.536 My system has developed an DISINFECTION BENCHMARK

inactivation ratio; what must we do
now? § 141.540 Who has to develop a dis-
infection benchmark?
Each log inactivation serves as a
data point in your disinfection profile. If you are a subpart H system re-
Your system will have obtained 52 quired to develop a disinfection profile
measurements (one for every week of under §§ 141.530 through 141.536, your
the year). This will allow your system system must develop a Disinfection
and the State the opportunity to evalu- Benchmark if you decide to make a
ate how microbial inactivation varied significant change to your disinfection
581
§ 141.541 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
practice. Your system must consult practice, your system must calculate a
with the State for approval before you disinfection benchmark(s) as described
can implement a significant disinfec- in §§ 141.543 and 141.544 and provide the
tion practice change. benchmark(s) to your State. Your sys-
tem may only make a significant dis-
§ 141.541 What are significant changes
to disinfection practice? infection practice change after con-
sulting with the State for approval.
Significant changes to disinfection Your system must submit the fol-
practice include: lowing information to the State as part
(a) Changes to the point of disinfec-
of the consultation and approval proc-
tion;
(b) Changes to the disinfectant(s) ess:
used in the treatment plant; (a) A description of the proposed
(c) Changes to the disinfection proc- change;
ess; or (b) The disinfection profile for
(d) Any other modification identified Giardia lamblia (and, if necessary, vi-
by the State. ruses) and disinfection benchmark;
(c) An analysis of how the proposed
§ 141.542 What must my system do if change will affect the current levels of
we are considering a significant
change to disinfection practices? disinfection; and
(d) Any additional information re-
If your system is considering a sig- quested by the State.
nificant change to its disinfection
§ 141.543 How is the disinfection benchmark calculated?

If your system is making a significant change to its disinfection practice, it
must calculate a disinfection benchmark using the procedure specified in the fol-
lowing table.
To calculate a disinfection benchmark your system must perform the following steps
Step 1: Using the data your system collected to develop the Disinfection Profile, determine the average Giardia lamblia inactiva-
tion for each calendar month by dividing the sum of all Giardia lamblia inactivations for that month by the number of values
calculated for that month.
Step 2: Determine the lowest monthly average value out of the twelve values. This value becomes the disinfection benchmark.
§ 141.544 What if my system uses COMBINED FILTER EFFLUENT

chloramines, ozone, or chlorine di- REQUIREMENTS
oxide for primary disinfection?
§ 141.550 Is my system required to
If your system uses chloramines, meet subpart T combined filter ef-
ozone or chlorine dioxide for primary fluent turbidity limits?
disinfection your system must cal-
culate the disinfection benchmark All subpart H systems which serve
from the data your system collected populations fewer than 10,000, are re-
for viruses to develop the disinfection quired to filter, and utilize filtration
profile in addition to the Giardia other than slow sand filtration or dia-
lamblia disinfection benchmark cal- tomaceous earth filtration must meet
culated under § 141.543. This viral the combined filter effluent turbidity
benchmark must be calculated in the requirements of §§ 141.551–141.553 . If
same manner used to calculate the your system uses slow sand or diato-
Giardia lamblia disinfection benchmark maceous earth filtration you are not
in § 141.543. required to meet the combined filter
effluent turbidity limits of subpart T,
but you must continue to meet the
combined filter effluent turbidity lim-
its in § 141.73.
582
§ 141.551 What strengthened combined § 141.552 My system consists of ‘‘alter-

filter effluent turbidity limits must native filtration’’ and is required to
my system meet? conduct a demonstration—what is
required of my system and how
Your system must meet two does the State establish my tur-
strengthened combined filter effluent bidity limits?
turbidity limits. (a) If your system consists of alter-
(a) The first combined filter effluent native filtration(filtration other than
turbidity limit is a ‘‘95th percentile’’ slow sand filtration, diatomaceous
turbidity limit that your system must earth filtration, conventional filtra-
meet in at least 95 percent of the tur- tion, or direct filtration) you are re-
bidity measurements taken each quired to conduct a demonstration (see
month. Measurements must continue tables in § 141.551). Your system must
to be taken as described in § 141.74(a) demonstrate to the State, using pilot
and (c). Monthly reporting must be plant studies or other means, that your
completed according to § 141.570. The system’s filtration, in combination
following table describes the required with disinfection treatment, consist-
limits for specific filtration tech- ently achieves:
nologies. (1) 99 percent removal of
Cryptosporidium oocysts;
Your 95th per- (2) 99.9 percent removal and/or inac-
If your system consists of * * * centile turbidity
value is * * * tivation of Giardia lamblia cysts; and
(3) 99.99 percent removal and/or inac-
(1) Conventional Filtration or Direct Fil- 0.3 NTU. tivation of viruses.
tration.
(b) [Reserved]
(2) All other ‘‘Alternative’’ Filtration ........ A value determined
by the State (not
to exceed 1 § 141.553 My system practices lime
NTU) based on softening—is there any special pro-
the demonstra- vision regarding my combined filter
tion described in effluent?
§ 141.552.
If your system practices lime soft-
ening, you may acidify representative
(b) The second combined filter efflu-
combined filter effluent turbidity sam-
ent turbidity limit is a ‘‘maximum’’
ples prior to analysis using a protocol
turbidity limit which your system may
approved by the State.
at no time exceed during the month.
Measurements must continue to be INDIVIDUAL FILTER TURBIDITY
taken as described in § 141.74(a) and (c). REQUIREMENTS
Monthly reporting must be completed
according to § 141.570. The following § 141.560 Is my system subject to indi-
table describes the required limits for vidual filter turbidity require-
ments?
specific filtration technologies.
If your system is a subpart H system
If your system consists of * * * Your maximum tur- serving fewer than 10,000 people and
bidity value is * * *
utilizing conventional filtration or di-
(1) Conventional Filtration or Direct Fil- 1 NTU. rect filtration, you must conduct con-
tration. tinuous monitoring of turbidity for
(2) All other ‘‘Alternative Filtration’’ ........ A value determined each individual filter at your system.
by the State (not
to exceed 5
The following requirements apply to
NTU) based on continuous turbidity monitoring:
the demonstra- (a) Monitoring must be conducted
tion as described using an approved method in § 141.74(a);
in § 141.552.
(b) Calibration of turbidimeters must
be conducted using procedures speci-
[67 FR 1839, Jan. 14, 2002, as amended at 69 fied by the manufacturer;
FR 38856, June 29, 2004] (c) Results of turbidity monitoring
must be recorded at least every 15 min-
utes;
(d) Monthly reporting must be com-

pleted according to § 141.570; and
583
§ 141.561 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
(e) Records must be maintained ac- If a system was re-

quired to report to Your system must * * *
cording to § 141.571. the State * * *
§ 141.561 What happens if my system’s (b) For three Conduct a self-assessment of the fil-
turbidity monitoring equipment months in a row ter(s) within 14 days of the day the
and turbidity ex- filter exceeded 1.0 NTU in two con-
fails? ceeded 1.0 NTU secutive measurements for the third
If there is a failure in the continuous in two consecu- straight month unless a CPE as
tive recordings 15 specified in paragraph (c) of this sec-
turbidity monitoring equipment, your minutes apart at tion was required. Systems with 2 fil-
system must conduct grab sampling the same filter (or ters that monitor CFE in lieu of indi-
every four hours in lieu of continuous CFE for systems vidual filters must conduct a self as-
with 2 filters that sessment on both filters. The self-as-
monitoring until the turbidimeter is monitor CFE in sessment must consist of at least the
back on-line. Your system has 14 days lieu of individual following components: assessment
to resume continuous monitoring be- filters). of filter performance; development of
a filter profile; identification and
fore a violation is incurred. prioritization of factors limiting filter
performance; assessment of the ap-
§ 141.562 My system only has two or plicability of corrections; and prepa-
fewer filters—is there any special ration of a filter self-assessment re-
port.
provision regarding individual fil- (c) For two months Arrange to have a comprehensive per-
ter turbidity monitoring? in a row and tur- formance evaluation (CPE) con-
bidity exceeded ducted by the State or a third party
Yes, if your system only consists of 2.0 NTU in 2 con- approved by the State not later than
two or fewer filters, you may conduct secutive record- 60 days following the day the filter
continuous monitoring of combined fil- ings 15 minutes exceeded 2.0 NTU in two consecu-
apart at the same tive measurements for the second
ter effluent turbidity in lieu of indi- filter (or CFE for straight month. If a CPE has been
vidual filter effluent turbidity moni- systems with 2 fil- completed by the State or a third
toring. Continuous monitoring must ters that monitor party approved by the State within
CFE in lieu of in- the 12 prior months or the system
meet the same requirements set forth dividual filters). and State are jointly participating in
in § 141.560(a) through (d) and § 141.561. an ongoing Comprehensive Tech-
nical Assistance (CTA) project at the
§ 141.563 What follow-up action is my system, a new CPE is not required.
If conducted, a CPE must be com-
system required to take based on pleted and submitted to the State no
continuous turbidity monitoring? later than 120 days following the day
the filter exceeded 2.0 NTU in two
Follow-up action is required accord- consecutive measurements for the
ing to the following tables: second straight month.
If * * * Your system must * * *

(a) The turbidity of Report to the State by the 10th of the FR 38856, June 29, 2004]
an individual filter following month and include the filter
(or the turbidity of number(s), corresponding date(s), § 141.564 My system practices lime
combined filter ef- turbidity value(s) which exceeded 1.0 softening—is there any special pro-
fluent (CFE) for NTU, and the cause (if known) for
systems with 2 fil- the exceedance(s).
vision regarding my individual fil-
ters that monitor ter turbidity monitoring?
CFE in lieu of in- If your system utilizes lime soft-
dividual filters)
exceeds 1.0 NTU ening, you may apply to the State for
in two consecu- alternative turbidity exceedance levels
tive recordings 15 for the levels specified in the table in
minutes apart.
§ 141.563. You must be able to dem-
onstrate to the State that higher tur-
bidity levels are due to lime carryover
only, and not due to degraded filter
performance.
REPORTING AND RECORDKEEPING REQUIREMENTS
§ 141.570 What does subpart T require that my system report to the State?
This subpart T requires your system to report several items to the State. The
following table describes the items which must be reported and the frequency of
584
reporting. Your system is required to report the information described in the fol-
lowing table, if it is subject to the specific requirement shown in the first col-
umn.
Corresponding Description of information to report Frequency
requirement
(a) Combined Filter Effluent (1) The total number of filtered water turbidity meas- By the 10th of the following month.
Requirements. urements taken during the month.
(§§ 141.550–141.553)
(2) The number and percentage of filtered water tur- By the 10th of the following month.
bidity measurements taken during the month which
are less than or equal to your system’s required
95th percentile limit.
(3) The date and value of any turbidity measurements By the 10th of the following month.
taken during the month which exceed the maximum
turbidity value for your filtration system.
(b) Individual Turbidity Re- (1) That your system conducted individual filter tur- By the 10th of the following month.
quirements. bidity monitoring during the month.
(§§ 141.560–141.564)
(2) The filter number(s), corresponding date(s), and By the 10th of the following month.
the turbidity value(s) which exceeded 1.0 NTU dur-
ing the month, and the cause (if known) for the ex-
ceedance(s), but only if 2 consecutive measure-
ments exceeded 1.0 NTU.
(3) If a self-assessment is required, the date that it By the 10th of the following month (or 14
was triggered and the date that it was completed. days after the self-assessment was
triggered only if the self-assessment
was triggered during the last four days
of the month)
(4) If a CPE is required, that the CPE is required and By the 10th of the following month.
the date that it was triggered.
(5) Copy of completed CPE report ................................ Within 120 days after the CPE was trig-
gered.
(c) Disinfection Profiling ...... (1) Results of optional monitoring which show TTHM (i) For systems serving 500–9,999 by
(§§ 141.530–141.536) levels <0.064 mg/l and HAA5 levels <0.048 mg/l July 1, 2003;
(Only if your system wishes to forgo profiling) or that (ii) For systems serving fewer than 500
your system has begun disinfection profiling. by January 1, 2004.
(d) Disinfection (1) A description of the proposed change in disinfec- Anytime your system is considering a
Benchmarking. tion, your system’s disinfection profile for Giardia significant change to its disinfection
(§§ 141.540–141.544) lamblia (and, if necessary, viruses) and disinfection practice.
benchmark, and an analysis of how the proposed
change will affect the current levels of disinfection.
[67 FR 1839, Jan. 14, 2002, as amended at 69 FR 38857, June 29, 2004]
§ 141.571 What records does subpart T records, the length of time these
require my system to keep? records must be kept, and for which re-
Your system must keep several types quirement the records pertain. Your
of records based on the requirements of system is required to maintain records
subpart T, in addition to recordkeeping described in this table, if it is subject
requirements under § 141.75. The fol- to the specific requirement shown in
lowing table describes the necessary the first column.
Duration of
Corresponding requirement Description of necessary records time records
must be kept
(a) Individual Filter Turbidity Requirements ................... Results of individual filter monitoring ........................... At least 3
(§§ 141.560–141.564) years.
(b) Disinfection Profiling ................................................. Results of Profile (including raw data and analysis) .... Indefinitely.
(§§ 141.530–141.536)
(c) Disinfection Benchmarking ....................................... Benchmark (including raw data and analysis) ............. Indefinitely.
(§§ 141.540–141.544)
585
§ 141.600 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
Subpart U—Initial Distribution with, but separate from, subpart L

System Evaluations compliance monitoring, to identify and
select subpart V compliance moni-
toring locations.
SOURCE: 71 FR 483, Jan. 4, 2006, unless oth-
erwise noted. (b) Applicability. You are subject to
these requirements if your system is a
§ 141.600 General requirements. community water system that uses a
(a) The requirements of subpart U of primary or residual disinfectant other
this part constitute national primary than ultraviolet light or delivers water
drinking water regulations. The regu- that has been treated with a primary
lations in this subpart establish moni- or residual disinfectant other than ul-
toring and other requirements for iden- traviolet light; or if your system is a
tifying subpart V compliance moni- nontransient noncommunity water sys-
toring locations for determining com- tem that serves at least 10,000 people
pliance with maximum contaminant and uses a primary or residual dis-
levels for total trihalomethanes infectant other than ultraviolet light
(TTHM) and haloacetic acids or delivers water that has been treated
(five)(HAA5). You must use an Initial with a primary or residual disinfectant
Distribution System Evaluation (IDSE) other than ultraviolet light.
to determine locations with represent- (c) Schedule. (1) You must comply
ative high TTHM and HAA5 concentra- with the requirements of this subpart
tions throughout your distribution sys- on the schedule in the table in this
tem. IDSEs are used in conjunction paragraph (c)(1).
You must submit your standard
monitoring plan or system specific You must complete your standard
If you serve this You must submit your IDSE report
study plan 1 or 40/30 certification 2 monitoring or system specific
population to the State by 3
to the State by or receive very study by
small system waiver from State
Systems that are not part of a combined distribution system and systems that serve the largest population in the
combined distribution system
(i) ≥100,000 ........ October 1, 2006 ............................ September 30, 2008 ..................... January 1, 2009.
(ii) 50,000–99,999 April 1, 2007 .................................. March 31, 2009 ............................. July 1, 2009.
(iii) 10,000– October 1, 2007 ............................ September 30, 2009 ..................... January 1, 2010.
49,999.
(iv) <10,000 April 1, 2008 .................................. March 31, 2010 ............................. July 1, 2010.
(CWS Only).
Other systems that are part of a combined distribution system
(v) Wholesale —at the same time as the system —at the same time as the system —at the same time as the system
system or con- with the earliest compliance with the earliest compliance with the earliest compliance
secutive sys- date in the combined distribu- date in the combined distribu- date in the combined distribu-
tem. tion system. tion system. tion system.
1 If, within 12 months after the date identified in this column, the State does not approve your plan or notify you that it has not
yet completed its review, you may consider the plan that you submitted as approved. You must implement that plan and you
must complete standard monitoring or a system specific study no later than the date identified in the third column.
2 You must submit your 40/30 certification under § 141.603 by the date indicated.
3 If, within three months after the date identified in this column (nine months after the date identified in this column if you must
comply on the schedule in paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section), the State does not approve your IDSE report or notify you that it
has not yet completed its review, you may consider the report that you submitted as approved and you must implement the rec-
ommended subpart V monitoring as required.
(2) For the purpose of the schedule in State may also determine that the
paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the combined distribution system does not
State may determine that the com- include certain wholesale systems
bined distribution system does not in- based on factors such as delivering
clude certain consecutive systems water to a consecutive system only on
based on factors such as receiving an emergency basis or delivering only a
water from a wholesale system only on small percentage and small volume of
an emergency basis or receiving only a water to a consecutive system.
small percentage and small volume of (d) You must conduct standard moni-
water from a wholesale system. The toring that meets the requirements in
586
§ 141.601, or a system specific study that to the State according to the schedule
meets the requirements in § 141.602, or in § 141.600(c).
certify to the State that you meet 40/30 (1) Your standard monitoring plan
certification criteria under § 141.603, or must include a schematic of your dis-
qualify for a very small system waiver tribution system (including distribu-
under § 141.604. tion system entry points and their
(1) You must have taken the full sources, and storage facilities), with
complement of routine TTHM and notes indicating locations and dates of
HAA5 compliance samples required of a all projected standard monitoring, and
system with your population and all projected subpart L compliance
source water under subpart L of this monitoring.
part (or you must have taken the full (2) Your standard monitoring plan
complement of reduced TTHM and must include justification of standard
HAA5 compliance samples required of a monitoring location selection and a
system with your population and
summary of data you relied on to jus-
source water under subpart L if you
tify standard monitoring location se-
meet reduced monitoring criteria
lection.
under subpart L of this part) during the
period specified in § 141.603(a) to meet (3) Your standard monitoring plan
the 40/30 certification criteria in must specify the population served and
§ 141.603. You must have taken TTHM system type (subpart H or ground
and HAA5 samples under §§ 141.131 and water).
141.132 to be eligible for the very small (4) You must retain a complete copy
system waiver in § 141.604. of your standard monitoring plan sub-
(2) If you have not taken the required mitted under this paragraph (a), in-
samples, you must conduct standard cluding any State modification of your
monitoring that meets the require- standard monitoring plan, for as long
ments in § 141.601, or a system specific as you are required to retain your
study that meets the requirements in IDSE report under paragraph (c)(4) of
§ 141.602. this section.
(e) You must use only the analytical (b) Standard monitoring. (1) You must
methods specified in § 141.131, or other- monitor as indicated in the table in
wise approved by EPA for monitoring this paragraph (b)(1). You must collect
under this subpart, to demonstrate dual sample sets at each monitoring lo-
compliance with the requirements of cation. One sample in the dual sample
this subpart. set must be analyzed for TTHM. The
(f) IDSE results will not be used for other sample in the dual sample set
the purpose of determining compliance must be analyzed for HAA5. You must
with MCLs in § 141.64. conduct one monitoring period during
the peak historical month for TTHM
§ 141.601 Standard monitoring. levels or HAA5 levels or the month of
(a) Standard monitoring plan. Your warmest water temperature. You must
standard monitoring plan must comply review available compliance, study, or
with paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(4) of operational data to determine the peak
this section. You must prepare and historical month for TTHM or HAA5
submit your standard monitoring plan levels or warmest water temperature.
Distribution system monitoring locations 1
Monitoring periods and
Source Population size Total per
frequency of Near Average High High
water type category moni-
sampling entry residence TTHM HAA5
toring points time locations locations
period
Subpart H
<500 consecutive sys- one (during peak histor- 2 1 ................ 1
tems. ical month) 2.
<500 non-consecutive ....................................... 2 ................ ................ 1 1
systems.
500–3,300 consecutive four (every 90 days) ...... 2 1 ................ 1
systems.
500–3,300 non-con- ....................................... 2 ................ ................ 1 1

secutive systems.
3,301–9,999 .................. ....................................... 4 ................ 1 2 1
587
§ 141.602 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
Distribution system monitoring locations 1

Monitoring periods and
Source Population size Total per
frequency of Near Average High High
water type category moni-
sampling entry residence TTHM HAA5
toring points time locations locations
period
10,000–49,999 .............. six (every 60 days) ....... 8 1 2 3 2

50,000–249,999 ............ ....................................... 16 3 4 5 4
250,000–999,999 .......... ....................................... 24 4 6 8 6
1,000,000–4,999,999 .... ....................................... 32 6 8 10 8
≥5,000,000 .................... ....................................... 40 8 10 12 10
Ground
Water
<500 consecutive sys- one (during peak histor- 2 1 ................ 1
tems. ical month) 2.
<500 non-consecutive ....................................... 2 ................ ................ 1 1
systems.
500–9,999 ..................... four (every 90 days) ...... 2 ................ ................ 1 1
10,000–99,999 .............. ....................................... 6 1 1 2 2
100,000–499,999 .......... ....................................... 8 1 1 3 3
≥500,000 ....................... ....................................... 12 2 2 4 4
1 A dual sample set (i.e., a TTHM and an HAA5 sample) must be taken at each monitoring location during each monitoring pe-
riod.
2 The peak historical month is the month with the highest TTHM or HAA5 levels or the warmest water temperature.
(2) You must take samples at loca- format acceptable to the State. If
tions other than the existing subpart L changed from your standard moni-
monitoring locations. Monitoring loca- toring plan submitted under paragraph
tions must be distributed throughout (a) of this section, your report must
the distribution system. also include a schematic of your dis-
(3) If the number of entry points to tribution system, the population
the distribution system is fewer than served, and system type (subpart H or
the specified number of entry point ground water).
monitoring locations, excess entry (2) Your IDSE report must include an
point samples must be replaced equally explanation of any deviations from
at high TTHM and HAA5 locations. If your approved standard monitoring
there is an odd extra location number, plan.
you must take a sample at a high (3) You must recommend and justify
TTHM location. If the number of entry subpart V compliance monitoring loca-
points to the distribution system is tions and timing based on the protocol
more than the specified number of in § 141.605.
entry point monitoring locations, you (4) You must retain a complete copy
must take samples at entry points to of your IDSE report submitted under
the distribution system having the this section for 10 years after the date
highest annual water flows. that you submitted your report. If the
(4) Your monitoring under this para- State modifies the subpart V moni-
graph (b) may not be reduced under the toring requirements that you rec-
provisions of § 141.29 and the State may ommended in your IDSE report or if
not reduce your monitoring using the the State approves alternative moni-
provisions of § 142.16(m). toring locations, you must keep a copy
(c) IDSE report. Your IDSE report of the State’s notification on file for 10
must include the elements required in years after the date of the State’s noti-
paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(4) of this fication. You must make the IDSE re-
section. You must submit your IDSE port and any State notification avail-
report to the State according to the able for review by the State or the pub-
schedule in § 141.600(c). lic.
(1) Your IDSE report must include all
TTHM and HAA5 analytical results § 141.602 System specific studies.
from subpart L compliance monitoring (a) System specific study plan. Your
and all standard monitoring conducted system specific study plan must be
during the period of the IDSE as indi- based on either existing monitoring re-
vidual analytical results and LRAAs sults as required under paragraph (a)(1)
presented in a tabular or spreadsheet of this section or modeling as required
588
under paragraph (a)(2) of this section. be collected no earlier than five years
You must prepare and submit your sys- prior to the study plan submission
tem specific study plan to the State ac- date.
cording to the schedule in § 141.600(c). (B) The monitoring locations and fre-
(1) Existing monitoring results. You quency must meet the conditions iden-
may comply by submitting monitoring tified in this paragraph (a)(1)(i)(B).
results collected before you are re- Each location must be sampled once
quired to begin monitoring under during the peak historical month for
§ 141.600(c). The monitoring results and TTHM levels or HAA5 levels or the
analysis must meet the criteria in month of warmest water temperature
paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (a)(1)(ii) of this for every 12 months of data submitted
section. for that location. Monitoring results
(i) Minimum requirements. (A) TTHM must include all subpart L compliance
and HAA5 results must be based on monitoring results plus additional
samples collected and analyzed in ac- monitoring results as necessary to
cordance with § 141.131. Samples must meet minimum sample requirements.
Population Number of Number of samples
System Type size monitoring
category locations TTHM HAA5
Subpart H:
<500 3 3 3
500–3,300 3 9 9
3,301–9,999 6 36 36
10,000–49,999 12 72 72
50,000– 24 144 144
249,999
250,000– 36 216 216
999,999
1,000,000– 48 288 288
4,999,999
≥ 5,000,000 60 360 360
Ground Water:
<500 3 3 3
500–9,999 3 9 9
10,000–99,999 12 48 48
100,000– 18 72 72
499,999
≥ 500,000 24 96 96
(ii) Reporting monitoring results. You cating the locations and dates of all
must report the information in this completed or planned system specific
paragraph (a)(1)(ii). study monitoring.
(A) You must report previously col- (D) Your system specific study plan
lected monitoring results and certify must specify the population served and
that the reported monitoring results system type (subpart H or ground
include all compliance and non-compli- water).
ance results generated during the time (E) You must retain a complete copy
period beginning with the first re- of your system specific study plan sub-
ported result and ending with the most mitted under this paragraph (a)(1), in-
recent subpart L results. cluding any State modification of your
(B) You must certify that the sam- system specific study plan, for as long
ples were representative of the entire as you are required to retain your
distribution system and that treat- IDSE report under paragraph (b)(5) of
ment, and distribution system have not this section.
changed significantly since the sam- (F) If you submit previously col-
ples were collected. lected data that fully meet the number
(C) Your study monitoring plan must of samples required under paragraph
include a schematic of your distribu- (a)(1)(i)(B) of this section and the State
tion system (including distribution rejects some of the data, you must ei-
system entry points and their sources, ther conduct additional monitoring to
and storage facilities), with notes indi- replace rejected data on a schedule the
589
§ 141.602 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
State approves or conduct standard highest residence time in each pressure

monitoring under § 141.601. zone, and a time series graph of the
(2) Modeling. You may comply residence time at the longest residence
through analysis of an extended period time storage facility in the distribu-
simulation hydraulic model. The ex- tion system showing the predictions
tended period simulation hydraulic for the entire simulation period (i.e.,
model and analysis must meet the cri- from time zero until the time it takes
teria in this paragraph (a)(2). to for the model to reach a consist-
(i) Minimum requirements. (A) The ently repeating pattern of residence
model must simulate 24 hour variation time).
in demand and show a consistently re- (C) Model output showing prelimi-
peating 24 hour pattern of residence nary 24 hour average residence time
time. predictions throughout the distribu-
(B) The model must represent the cri- tion system.
teria listed in paragraphs (a)(2)(i)(B)(1) (D) Timing and number of samples
through (9) of this section. representative of the distribution sys-
(1) 75% of pipe volume; tem planned for at least one moni-
(2) 50% of pipe length; toring period of TTHM and HAA5 dual
(3) All pressure zones; sample monitoring at a number of loca-
(4) All 12-inch diameter and larger tions no less than would be required for
pipes; the system under standard monitoring
(5) All 8-inch and larger pipes that in § 141.601 during the historical month
connect pressure zones, influence zones of high TTHM. These samples must be
from different sources, storage facili- taken at locations other than existing
ties, major demand areas, pumps, and subpart L compliance monitoring loca-
control valves, or are known or ex- tions.
pected to be significant conveyors of (E) Description of how all require-
water; ments will be completed no later than
(6) All 6-inch and larger pipes that 12 months after you submit your sys-
connect remote areas of a distribution tem specific study plan.
system to the main portion of the sys- (F) Schematic of your distribution
tem; system (including distribution system
(7) All storage facilities with stand- entry points and their sources, and
ard operations represented in the storage facilities), with notes indi-
model; and cating the locations and dates of all
(8) All active pump stations with con- completed system specific study moni-
trols represented in the model; and toring (if calibration is complete) and
(9) All active control valves. all subpart L compliance monitoring.
(C) The model must be calibrated, or (G) Population served and system
have calibration plans, for the current type (subpart H or ground water).
configuration of the distribution sys- (H) You must retain a complete copy
tem during the period of high TTHM of your system specific study plan sub-
formation potential. All storage facili- mitted under this paragraph (a)(2), in-
ties must be evaluated as part of the cluding any State modification of your
calibration process. All required cali- system specific study plan, for as long
bration must be completed no later as you are required to retain your
than 12 months after plan submission. IDSE report under paragraph (b)(7) of
(ii) Reporting modeling. Your system this section.
specific study plan must include the in- (iii) If you submit a model that does
formation in this paragraph (a)(2)(ii). not fully meet the requirements under
(A) Tabular or spreadsheet data dem- paragraph (a)(2) of this section, you
onstrating that the model meets re- must correct the deficiencies and re-
quirements in paragraph (a)(2)(i)(B) of spond to State inquiries concerning the
this section. model. If you fail to correct defi-
(B) A description of all calibration ciencies or respond to inquiries to the
activities undertaken, and if calibra- State’s satisfaction, you must conduct
tion is complete, a graph of predicted standard monitoring under § 141.601.
tank levels versus measured tank lev- (b) IDSE report. Your IDSE report
els for the storage facility with the must include the elements required in
590
paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(6) of this of the State’s notification on file for 10
section. You must submit your IDSE years after the date of the State’s noti-
report according to the schedule in fication. You must make the IDSE re-
§ 141.600(c). port and any State notification avail-
(1) Your IDSE report must include all able for review by the State or the pub-
TTHM and HAA5 analytical results lic.
from subpart L compliance monitoring
and all system specific study moni- § 141.603 40/30 certification.
toring conducted during the period of (a) Eligibility. You are eligible for 40/
the system specific study presented in 30 certification if you had no TTHM or
a tabular or spreadsheet format accept- HAA5 monitoring violations under sub-
able to the State. If changed from your part L of this part and no individual
system specific study plan submitted sample exceeded 0.040 mg/L for TTHM
under paragraph (a) of this section, or 0.030 mg/L for HAA5 during an eight
your IDSE report must also include a consecutive calendar quarter period be-
schematic of your distribution system, ginning no earlier than the date speci-
the population served, and system type fied in this paragraph (a).
(subpart H or ground water).
Then your eligibility for 40/30 certifi-
(2) If you used the modeling provision cation is based on eight consecutive
If your 40/30 certifi-
under paragraph (a)(2) of this section, calendar quarters of subpart L compli-
cation is due ance monitoring results beginning no
you must include final information for earlier than 1
the elements described in paragraph
(1) October 1, 2006 January 2004.
(a)(2)(ii) of this section, and a 24-hour (2) April 1, 2007 ..... January 2004.
time series graph of residence time for (3) October 1, 2007 January 2005.
each subpart V compliance monitoring (4) April 1, 2008 ..... January 2005.
location selected. 1 Unless you are on reduced monitoring under subpart L of
(3) You must recommend and justify this part and were not required to monitor during the specified
period. If you did not monitor during the specified period, you
subpart V compliance monitoring loca- must base your eligibility on compliance samples taken during
tions and timing based on the protocol the 12 months preceding the specified period.
in § 141.605. (b) 40/30 certification. (1) You must
(4) Your IDSE report must include an certify to your State that every indi-
explanation of any deviations from vidual compliance sample taken under
your approved system specific study subpart L of this part during the peri-
plan. ods specified in paragraph (a) of this
(5) Your IDSE report must include section were ≤0.040 mg/L for TTHM and
the basis (analytical and modeling re- ≤0.030 mg/L for HAA5, and that you
sults) and justification you used to se- have not had any TTHM or HAA5 moni-
lect the recommended subpart V monitoring violations during the period
toring locations. specified in paragraph (a) of this sec-
(6) You may submit your IDSE report tion.
in lieu of your system specific study (2) The State may require you to sub-
plan on the schedule identified in mit compliance monitoring results,
§ 141.600(c) for submission of the system distribution system schematics, and/or
specific study plan if you believe that recommended subpart V compliance
you have the necessary information by monitoring locations in addition to
the time that the system specific study your certification. If you fail to submit
plan is due. If you elect this approach, the requested information, the State
your IDSE report must also include all may require standard monitoring
information required under paragraph under § 141.601 or a system specific
(a) of this section. study under § 141.602.
(7) You must retain a complete copy (3) The State may still require stand-
of your IDSE report submitted under ard monitoring under § 141.601 or a sys-
this section for 10 years after the date tem specific study under § 141.602 even
that you submitted your IDSE report. if you meet the criteria in paragraph
If the State modifies the subpart V (a) of this section.
monitoring requirements that you rec- (4) You must retain a complete copy
ommended in your IDSE report or if of your certification submitted under
the State approves alternative moni- this section for 10 years after the date
toring locations, you must keep a copy that you submitted your certification.
591
§ 141.604 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
You must make the certification, all § 141.605 Subpart V compliance moni-
data upon which the certification is toring location recommendations.
based, and any State notification avail-
(a) Your IDSE report must include
able for review by the State or the pub-
your recommendations and justifica-
lic.
tion for where and during what
§ 141.604 Very small system waivers. month(s) TTHM and HAA5 monitoring
(a) If you serve fewer than 500 people for subpart V of this part should be
and you have taken TTHM and HAA5 conducted. You must base your rec-
samples under subpart L of this part, ommendations on the criteria in para-
you are not required to comply with graphs (b) through (e) of this section.
this subpart unless the State notifies (b) You must select the number of
you that you must conduct standard monitoring locations specified in the
monitoring under § 141.601 or a system table in this paragraph (b). You will
specific study under § 141.602. use these recommended locations as
(b) If you have not taken TTHM and subpart V routine compliance moni-
HAA5 samples under subpart L of this toring locations, unless State requires
part or if the State notifies you that different or additional locations. You
you must comply with this subpart, should distribute locations throughout
you must conduct standard monitoring the distribution system to the extent
under § 141.601 or a system specific possible.
study under § 141.602.
Distribution system monitoring location
Population size Monitoring fre- Existing

Source water type Total per Highest Highest
category quency 1 subpart L
monitoring TTHM loca- HAA5 loca- compliance
period 2 tions tions locations
Subpart H:
<500 per year 2 1 1 ....................
500–3,300 per quarter 2 1 1
3,301–9,999 per quarter 2 1 1 ....................
10,000–49,999 per quarter 4 2 1 1
50,000–249,999 per quarter 8 3 3 2
250,000–999,999 per quarter 12 5 4 3
1,000,000– per quarter 16 6 6 4
4,999,999
≥5,000,000 per quarter 20 8 7 5
Ground water:
<500 per year 2 1 1
500–9,999 per year 2 1 1
10,000–99,999 per quarter 4 2 1 1
100,000–499,999 per quarter 6 3 2 1
≥500,000 per quarter 8 3 3 2
1 All systems must monitor during month of highest DBP concentrations.
2 Systems on quarterly monitoring must take dual sample sets every 90 days at each monitoring location, except for subpart H
systems serving 500–3,300. Ground water systems serving 500–9,999 on annual monitoring must take dual sample sets at each
monitoring location. All other systems on annual monitoring and subpart H systems serving 500–3,300 are required to take indi-
vidual TTHM and HAA5 samples (instead of a dual sample set) at the locations with the highest TTHM and HAA5 concentra-
tions, respectively. For systems serving fewer than 500 people, only one location with a dual sample set per monitoring period is
needed if the highest TTHM and HAA5 concentrations occur at the same location and month.
(c) You must recommend subpart V results or if you do not have enough ex-
compliance monitoring locations based isting subpart L compliance moni-
on standard monitoring results, system toring results, you must repeat the
specific study results, and subpart L protocol, skipping the provisions of
compliance monitoring results. You paragraphs (c)(3) and (c)(7) of this sec-
must follow the protocol in paragraphs tion as necessary, until you have iden-
(c)(1) through (c)(8) of this section. If tified the required total number of
required to monitor at more than eight monitoring locations.
locations, you must repeat the protocol (1) Location with the highest TTHM
as necessary. If you do not have exist- LRAA not previously selected as a sub-
ing subpart L compliance monitoring part V monitoring location.
592
(2) Location with the highest HAA5 month, and if you are required to con-
LRAA not previously selected as a sub- duct routine monitoring at least quar-
part V monitoring location. terly, you must schedule subpart V
(3) Existing subpart L average resi- compliance monitoring at a regular
dence time compliance monitoring lo- frequency of every 90 days or fewer.
cation (maximum residence time com-
[71 FR 483, Jan. 4, 2006, as amended at 74 FR
pliance monitoring location for ground 30958, June 29, 2009]
water systems) with the highest HAA5
LRAA not previously selected as a sub-
part V monitoring location. Subpart V—Stage 2 Disinfection
(4) Location with the highest TTHM Byproducts Requirements
part V monitoring location. SOURCE: 71 FR 488, Jan. 4, 2006, unless oth-
(5) Location with the highest TTHM erwise noted.
part V monitoring location. § 141.620 General requirements.
(6) Location with the highest HAA5 (a) General. The requirements of sub-
LRAA not previously selected as a subpart V of this part constitute national
part V monitoring location. primary drinking water regulations.
(7) Existing subpart L average resi- The regulations in this subpart estab-
dence time compliance monitoring lo- lish monitoring and other require-
cation (maximum residence time comments for achieving compliance with
pliance monitoring location for ground maximum contaminant levels based on
water systems) with the highest TTHM locational running annual averages
LRAA not previously selected as a sub- (LRAA) for total trihalomethanes
part V monitoring location. (TTHM) and haloacetic acids
(8) Location with the highest HAA5 (five)(HAA5), and for achieving compli-
LRAA not previously selected as a sub- ance with maximum residual disinfect-
part V monitoring location. ant residuals for chlorine and chlor-
(d) You may recommend locations amine for certain consecutive systems.
other than those specified in paragraph (b) Applicability. You are subject to
(c) of this section if you include a ra- these requirements if your system is a
tionale for selecting other locations. If community water system or a nontran-
the State approves the alternate loca- sient noncommunity water system
tions, you must monitor at these loca- that uses a primary or residual dis-
tions to determine compliance under infectant other than ultraviolet light
subpart V of this part. or delivers water that has been treated
(e) Your recommended schedule must with a primary or residual disinfectant
include subpart V monitoring during other than ultraviolet light.
the peak historical month for TTHM (c) Schedule. You must comply with
and HAA5 concentration, unless the the requirements in this subpart on the
State approves another month. Once schedule in the following table based
you have identified the peak historical on your system type.
If you are this type of system You must comply with subpart V monitoring by: 1
Systems that are not part of a combined distribution system and systems that serve the largest population in the
combined distribution system
(1) System serving ≥ 100,000 ................................. April 1, 2012.

(2) System serving 50,000–99,999 ......................... October 1, 2012.
(3) System serving 10,000–49,999 ......................... October 1, 2013.
(4) System serving < 10,000 .................................. October 1, 2013 if no Cryptosporidium monitoring is required under
§ 141.701(a)(4) or
October 1, 2014 if Cryptosporidium monitoring is required under
§ 141.701(a)(4) or (a)(6)
Other systems that are part of a combined distribution system
(5) Consecutive system or wholesale system ........ —at the same time as the system with the earliest compliance date in the
combined distribution system.

1 The State may grant up to an additional 24 months for compliance with MCLs and operational evaluation levels if you require
capital improvements to comply with an MCL.
593
§ 141.621 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
(6) Your monitoring frequency is monitoring results collected under this

specified in § 141.621(a)(2). subpart and determine that each LRAA
(i) If you are required to conduct does not exceed the MCL. If you fail to
quarterly monitoring, you must begin complete four consecutive quarters of
monitoring in the first full calendar monitoring, you must calculate com-
quarter that includes the compliance pliance with the MCL based on the av-
date in the table in this paragraph (c). erage of the available data from the
(ii) If you are required to conduct most recent four quarters. If you take
monitoring at a frequency that is less more than one sample per quarter at a
than quarterly, you must begin moni- monitoring location, you must average
toring in the calendar month rec- all samples taken in the quarter at
ommended in the IDSE report prepared that location to determine a quarterly
under § 141.601 or § 141.602 or the cal- average to be used in the LRAA cal-
endar month identified in the subpart culation.
V monitoring plan developed under (2) Systems required to monitor yearly
§ 141.622 no later than 12 months after or less frequently. To determine compli-
the compliance date in this table.
ance with subpart V MCLs in
(7) If you are required to conduct
§ 141.64(b)(2), you must determine that
quarterly monitoring, you must make
each sample taken is less than the
compliance calculations at the end of
MCL. If any sample exceeds the MCL,
the fourth calendar quarter that fol-
lows the compliance date and at the you must comply with the require-
end of each subsequent quarter (or ear- ments of § 141.625. If no sample exceeds
lier if the LRAA calculated based on the MCL, the sample result for each
fewer than four quarters of data would monitoring location is considered the
cause the MCL to be exceeded regard- LRAA for that monitoring location.
less of the monitoring results of subse- (e) Violation. You are in violation of
quent quarters). If you are required to the monitoring requirements for each
conduct monitoring at a frequency quarter that a monitoring result would
that is less than quarterly, you must be used in calculating an LRAA if you
make compliance calculations begin- fail to monitor.
ning with the first compliance sample [71 FR 488, Jan. 4, 2006; 71 FR 4645, Jan. 27,
taken after the compliance date. 2006]
(8) For the purpose of the schedule in
this paragraph (c), the State may de- § 141.621 Routine monitoring.
termine that the combined distribution
system does not include certain con- (a) Monitoring. (1) If you submitted an
secutive systems based on factors such IDSE report, you must begin moni-
as receiving water from a wholesale toring at the locations and months you
system only on an emergency basis or have recommended in your IDSE report
receiving only a small percentage and submitted under § 141.605 following the
small volume of water from a whole- schedule in § 141.620(c), unless the State
sale system. The State may also deter- requires other locations or additional
mine that the combined distribution locations after its review. If you sub-
system does not include certain whole- mitted a 40/30 certification under
sale systems based on factors such as § 141.603 or you qualified for a very
delivering water to a consecutive sys- small system waiver under § 141.604 or
tem only on an emergency basis or de- you are a nontransient noncommunity
livering only a small percentage and water system serving <10,000, you must
small volume of water to a consecutive monitor at the location(s) and dates
system. identified in your monitoring plan in
(d) Monitoring and compliance—(1) Sys- § 141.132(f), updated as required by
tems required to monitor quarterly. To § 141.622.
comply with subpart V MCLs in (2) You must monitor at no fewer
§ 141.64(b)(2), you must calculate than the number of locations identified
LRAAs for TTHM and HAA5 using in this paragraph (a)(2).
594
Distribution
system moni-
Monitoring Fre-
Source water type Population size category toring location
quency 1 total per moni-
toring period 2
Subpart H:
<500 ........................................................... per year ................... 2
500–3,300 .................................................. per quarter ............... 2
3,301–9,999 ............................................... per quarter ............... 2
10,000–49,999 ........................................... per quarter ............... 4
50,000–249,999 ......................................... per quarter ............... 8
250,000–999,999 ....................................... per quarter ............... 12
1,000,000–4,999,999 ................................. per quarter ............... 16
≥ 5,000,000 ................................................ per quarter ............... 20
Ground Water:
<500 ........................................................... per year ................... 2
500–9,999 .................................................. per year ................... 2
10,000–99,999 ........................................... per quarter ............... 4
100,000–499,999 ....................................... per quarter ............... 6
≥ 500,000 ................................................... per quarter ............... 8
1 All systems must monitor during month of highest DBP concentrations.
2 Systems on quarterly monitoring must take dual sample sets every 90 days at each monitoring location, except for subpart H
systems serving 500–3,300. Ground water systems serving 500–9,999 on annual monitoring must take dual sample sets at each
monitoring location. All other systems on annual monitoring and subpart H systems serving 500–3,300 are required to take indi-
vidual TTHM and HAA5 samples (instead of a dual sample set) at the locations with the highest TTHM and HAA5 concentra-
tions, respectively. For systems serving fewer than 500 people, only one location with a dual sample set per monitoring period is
needed if the highest TTHM and HAA5 concentrations occur at the same location and month.
(3) If you are an undisinfected system (iv) Monitoring plans for any other
that begins using a disinfectant other systems in the combined distribution
than UV light after the dates in sub- system if the State has reduced moni-
part U of this part for complying with toring requirements under the State
the Initial Distribution System Eval- authority in § 142.16(m).
uation requirements, you must consult (2) If you were not required to submit
with the State to identify compliance an IDSE report under either § 141.601 or
monitoring locations for this subpart. § 141.602, and you do not have sufficient
You must then develop a monitoring subpart L monitoring locations to
plan under § 141.622 that includes those identify the required number of sub-
monitoring locations. part V compliance monitoring loca-
(b) Analytical methods. You must use tions indicated in § 141.605(b), you must
an approved method listed in § 141.131 identify additional locations by alter-
for TTHM and HAA5 analyses in this nating selection of locations rep-
subpart. Analyses must be conducted resenting high TTHM levels and high
by laboratories that have received cer- HAA5 levels until the required number
tification by EPA or the State as speci- of compliance monitoring locations
fied in § 141.131. have been identified. You must also
[71 FR 488, Jan. 4, 2006, as amended at 74 FR provide the rationale for identifying
30958, June 29, 2009] the locations as having high levels of
TTHM or HAA5. If you have more sub-
§ 141.622 Subpart V monitoring plan. part L monitoring locations than re-
(a)(1) You must develop and imple- quired for subpart V compliance moni-
ment a monitoring plan to be kept on toring in § 141.605(b), you must identify
file for State and public review. The which locations you will use for sub-
monitoring plan must contain the ele- part V compliance monitoring by alter-
ments in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through nating selection of locations rep-
(a)(1)(iv) of this section and be com- resenting high TTHM levels and high
plete no later than the date you con- HAA5 levels until the required number
duct your initial monitoring under this of subpart V compliance monitoring lo-
subpart. cations have been identified.
(i) Monitoring locations; (b) If you are a subpart H system
(ii) Monitoring dates; serving > 3,300 people, you must submit
(iii) Compliance calculation proce- a copy of your monitoring plan to the

dures; and State prior to the date you conduct
595
§ 141.623 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
your initial monitoring under this sub- serving > 3,300 people, you must submit
part, unless your IDSE report sub- a copy of your modified monitoring
mitted under subpart U of this part plan to the State prior to the date you
contains all the information required are required to comply with the revised
by this section. monitoring plan.
(c) You may revise your monitoring
plan to reflect changes in treatment, § 141.623 Reduced monitoring.
distribution system operations and lay- (a) You may reduce monitoring to
out (including new service areas), or the level specified in the table in this
other factors that may affect TTHM or paragraph (a) any time the LRAA is
HAA5 formation, or for State-approved ≤0.040 mg/L for TTHM and ≤0.030 mg/L
reasons, after consultation with the for HAA5 at all monitoring locations.
State regarding the need for changes You may only use data collected under
and the appropriateness of changes. If the provisions of this subpart or sub-
you change monitoring locations, you part L of this part to qualify for re-
must replace existing compliance mon- duced monitoring. In addition, the
itoring locations with the lowest source water annual average TOC level,
LRAA with new locations that reflect before any treatment, must be ≤4.0 mg/
the current distribution system loca- L at each treatment plant treating sur-
tions with expected high TTHM or face water or ground water under the
HAA5 levels. The State may also re- direct influence of surface water, based
quire modifications in your monitoring on monitoring conducted under either
plan. If you are a subpart H system § 141.132(b)(1)(iii) or § 141.132(d).
Population Monitoring Distribution system monitoring location per
Source water type size category frequency 1 monitoring period
Subpart H:
<500 ................................................ monitoring may not be reduced.
500–3,300 per year .................................. 1 TTHM and 1 HAA5 sample: one at the lo-
cation and during the quarter with the
highest TTHM single measurement, one at
the location and during the quarter with the
highest HAA5 single measurement; 1 dual
sample set per year if the highest TTHM
and HAA5 measurements occurred at the
same location and quarter.
3,301–9,999 per year .................................. 2 dual sample sets: one at the location and
during the quarter with the highest TTHM
single measurement, one at the location
and during the quarter with the highest
HAA5 single measurement.
10,000–49,999 per quarter ............................. 2 dual sample sets at the locations with the
highest TTHM and highest HAA5 LRAAs.
50,000– per quarter ............................. 4 dual sample sets—at the locations with the
249,999 two highest TTHM and two highest HAA5
LRAAs.
250,000– per quarter ............................. 6 dual sample sets—at the locations with the
999,999 three highest TTHM and three highest
HAA5 LRAAs.
1,000,000– per quarter ............................. 8 dual sample sets—at the locations with the
4,999,999 four highest TTHM and four highest HAA5
LRAAs.
≥ 5,000,000 per quarter ............................. 10 dual sample sets—at the locations with
the five highest TTHM and five highest
HAA5 LRAAs.
Ground Water:
<500 every third year ...................... 1 TTHM and 1 HAA5 sample: one at the lo-
596
Population Monitoring Distribution system monitoring location per

Source water type size category frequency 1 monitoring period
500–9,999 per year .................................. 1 TTHM and 1 HAA5 sample: one at the lo-
10,000–99,999 per year .................................. 2 dual sample sets: one at the location and
during the quarter with the highest TTHM
single measurement, one at the location
and during the quarter with the highest
HAA5 single measurement.
100,000– per quarter ............................. 2 dual sample sets; at the locations with the
499,999 highest TTHM and highest HAA5 LRAAs.
≥ 500,000 per quarter ............................. 4 dual sample sets at the locations with the
two highest TTHM and two highest HAA5
LRAAs.
1 Systems on quarterly monitoring must take dual sample sets every 90 days.
(b) You may remain on reduced moni- water that has been treated with a pri-
toring as long as the TTHM LRAA mary or residual disinfectant other
≤0.040 mg/L and the HAA5 LRAA ≤0.030 than ultraviolet light, you must com-
mg/L at each monitoring location (for ply with analytical and monitoring re-
systems with quarterly reduced moni- quirements for chlorine and
toring) or each TTHM sample ≤0.060 chloramines in § 141.131 (c) and
mg/L and each HAA5 sample ≤0.045 mg/ § 141.132(c)(1) and the compliance re-
L (for systems with annual or less fre- quirements in § 141.133(c)(1) beginning
quent monitoring). In addition, the April 1, 2009, unless required earlier by
source water annual average TOC level, the State, and report monitoring re-
before any treatment, must be ≤4.0 mg/ sults under § 141.134(c).
L at each treatment plant treating sur-
face water or ground water under the § 141.625 Conditions requiring in-
direct influence of surface water, based creased monitoring.
on monitoring conducted under either (a) If you are required to monitor at
§ 141.132(b)(1)(iii) or § 141.132(d). a particular location annually or less
(c) If the LRAA based on quarterly frequently than annually under § 141.621
monitoring at any monitoring location or § 141.623, you must increase moni-
exceeds either 0.040 mg/L for TTHM or toring to dual sample sets once per
0.030 mg/L for HAA5 or if the annual (or quarter (taken every 90 days) at all lo-
less frequent) sample at any location cations if a TTHM sample is >0.080 mg/
exceeds either 0.060 mg/L for TTHM or L or a HAA5 sample is >0.060 mg/L at
0.045 mg/L for HAA5, or if the source any location.
water annual average TOC level, before (b) You are in violation of the MCL
any treatment, >4.0 mg/L at any treat- when the LRAA exceeds the subpart V
ment plant treating surface water or MCLs in § 141.64(b)(2), calculated based
ground water under the direct influ- on four consecutive quarters of moni-
ence of surface water, you must resume toring (or the LRAA calculated based
routine monitoring under § 141.621 or on fewer than four quarters of data if
begin increased monitoring if § 141.625 the MCL would be exceeded regardless
applies. of the monitoring results of subsequent
(d) The State may return your sys- quarters). You are in violation of the
tem to routine monitoring at the monitoring requirements for each
State’s discretion. quarter that a monitoring result would
be used in calculating an LRAA if you
§ 141.624 Additional requirements for fail to monitor.
consecutive systems. (c) You may return to routine moni-
If you are a consecutive system that toring once you have conducted in-
does not add a disinfectant but delivers creased monitoring for at least four
597
§ 141.626 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
consecutive quarters and the LRAA for § 141.620(c) for compliance with this
every monitoring location is ≤0.060 mg/ subpart only if you qualify for a 40/30
L for TTHM and ≤0.045 mg/L for HAA5. certification under § 141.603 or have re-
ceived a very small system waiver
§ 141.626 Operational evaluation lev- under § 141.604, plus you meet the re-
els. duced monitoring criteria in
(a) You have exceeded the oper- § 141.623(a), and you do not change or
ational evaluation level at any moni- add monitoring locations from those
toring location where the sum of the used for compliance monitoring under
two previous quarters’ TTHM results subpart L of this part. If your moni-
plus twice the current quarter’s TTHM toring locations under this subpart dif-
result, divided by 4 to determine an av- fer from your monitoring locations
erage, exceeds 0.080 mg/L, or where the under subpart L of this part, you may
sum of the two previous quarters’ not remain on reduced monitoring
HAA5 results plus twice the current after the dates identified in § 141.620(c)
quarter’s HAA5 result, divided by 4 to for compliance with this subpart.
determine an average, exceeds 0.060 mg/
L. § 141.628 Requirements for remaining
(b)(1) If you exceed the operational on increased TTHM and HAA5 mon-
itoring based on subpart L results.
evaluation level, you must conduct an
operational evaluation and submit a If you were on increased monitoring
written report of the evaluation to the under § 141.132(b)(1), you must remain
State no later than 90 days after being on increased monitoring until you
notified of the analytical result that qualify for a return to routine moni-
causes you to exceed the operational toring under § 141.625(c). You must con-
evaluation level. The written report duct increased monitoring under
must be made available to the public § 141.625 at the monitoring locations in
upon request. the monitoring plan developed under
(2) Your operational evaluation must § 141.622 beginning at the date identi-
include an examination of system fied in § 141.620(c) for compliance with
treatment and distribution operational this subpart and remain on increased
practices, including storage tank oper- monitoring until you qualify for a re-
ations, excess storage capacity, dis- turn to routine monitoring under
tribution system flushing, changes in § 141.625(c).
sources or source water quality, and
treatment changes or problems that § 141.629 Reporting and recordkeeping
may contribute to TTHM and HAA5 requirements.
formation and what steps could be con- (a) Reporting. (1) You must report the
sidered to minimize future following information for each moni-
exceedences. toring location to the State within 10
(i) You may request and the State days of the end of any quarter in which
may allow you to limit the scope of monitoring is required:
your evaluation if you are able to iden- (i) Number of samples taken during
tify the cause of the operational eval- the last quarter.
uation level exceedance. (ii) Date and results of each sample
(ii) Your request to limit the scope of taken during the last quarter.
the evaluation does not extend the (iii) Arithmetic average of quarterly
schedule in paragraph (b)(1) of this sec- results for the last four quarters for
tion for submitting the written report. each monitoring location (LRAA), be-
The State must approve this limited ginning at the end of the fourth cal-
scope of evaluation in writing and you endar quarter that follows the compli-
must keep that approval with the com- ance date and at the end of each subse-
pleted report. quent quarter. If the LRAA calculated
based on fewer than four quarters of
§ 141.627 Requirements for remaining data would cause the MCL to be ex-
on reduced TTHM and HAA5 moni- ceeded regardless of the monitoring re-
toring based on subpart L results. sults of subsequent quarters, you must
You may remain on reduced moni- report this information to the State as
toring after the dates identified in part of the first report due following
598
the compliance date or anytime there- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

after that this determination is made.
If you are required to conduct moni- § 141.700 General requirements.
toring at a frequency that is less than (a) The requirements of this subpart
quarterly, you must make compliance W are national primary drinking water
calculations beginning with the first regulations. The regulations in this
compliance sample taken after the subpart establish or extend treatment
compliance date, unless you are re- technique requirements in lieu of max-
quired to conduct increased monitoring imum contaminant levels for
under § 141.625. Cryptosporidium. These requirements
(iv) Whether, based on § 141.64(b)(2) are in addition to requirements for fil-
tration and disinfection in subparts H,
and this subpart, the MCL was violated
P, and T of this part.
at any monitoring location.
(b) Applicability. The requirements of
(v) Any operational evaluation levels this subpart apply to all subpart H sys-
that were exceeded during the quarter tems, which are public water systems
and, if so, the location and date, and supplied by a surface water source and
the calculated TTHM and HAA5 levels. public water systems supplied by a
(2) If you are a subpart H system ground water source under the direct
seeking to qualify for or remain on re- influence of surface water.
duced TTHM/HAA5 monitoring, you (1) Wholesale systems, as defined in
must report the following source water § 141.2, must comply with the require-
TOC information for each treatment ments of this subpart based on the pop-
plant that treats surface water or ulation of the largest system in the
ground water under the direct influ- combined distribution system.
ence of surface water to the State (2) The requirements of this subpart
within 10 days of the end of any quarter for filtered systems apply to systems
in which monitoring is required: required by National Primary Drinking
(i) The number of source water TOC Water Regulations to provide filtration
samples taken each month during last treatment, whether or not the system
quarter. is currently operating a filtration sys-
(ii) The date and result of each sam- tem.
ple taken during last quarter. (3) The requirements of this subpart
for unfiltered systems apply only to
(iii) The quarterly average of month-
unfiltered systems that timely met and
ly samples taken during last quarter or
continue to meet the filtration avoid-
the result of the quarterly sample.
ance criteria in subparts H, P, and T of
(iv) The running annual average this part, as applicable.
(RAA) of quarterly averages from the (c) Requirements. Systems subject to
past four quarters. this subpart must comply with the fol-
(v) Whether the RAA exceeded 4.0 mg/ lowing requirements:
L. (1) Systems must conduct an initial
(3) The State may choose to perform and a second round of source water
calculations and determine whether monitoring for each plant that treats a
the MCL was exceeded or the system is surface water or GWUDI source. This
eligible for reduced monitoring in lieu monitoring may include sampling for
of having the system report that infor- Cryptosporidium, E. coli, and turbidity
mation as described in §§ 141.701 through
(b) Recordkeeping. You must retain 141.706, to determine what level, if any,
any subpart V monitoring plans and of additional Cryptosporidium treat-
your subpart V monitoring results as ment they must provide.
required by § 141.33. (2) Systems that plan to make a sig-
nificant change to their disinfection
practice must develop disinfection pro-
Subpart W—Enhanced Treatment files and calculate disinfection bench-
for Cryptosporidium marks, as described in §§ 141.708
through 141.709.
SOURCE: 71 FR 769, Jan. 5, 2006, unless oth- (3) Filtered systems must determine
erwise noted. their Cryptosporidium treatment bin
599
§ 141.701 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
classification as described in § 141.710 months prior to the date the system is

and provide additional treatment for otherwise required to start E. coli mon-
Cryptosporidium, if required, as de- itoring under § 141.701(c).
scribed in § 141.711. All unfiltered sys- (4) Filtered systems serving fewer
tems must provide treatment for than 10,000 people must sample their
Cryptosporidium as described in § 141.712. source water for Cryptosporidium at
Filtered and unfiltered systems must least twice per month for 12 months or
implement Cryptosporidium treatment at least monthly for 24 months if they
according to the schedule in § 141.713. meet one of the following, based on
(4) Systems with uncovered finished monitoring conducted under paragraph
water storage facilities must comply (a)(3) of this section:
with the requirements to cover the fa- (i) For systems using lake/reservoir
cility or treat the discharge from the sources, the annual mean E. coli con-
facility as described in § 141.714. centration is greater than 10 E. coli/100
(5) Systems required to provide addi- mL.
tional treatment for Cryptosporidium (ii) For systems using flowing stream
must implement microbial toolbox op- sources, the annual mean E. coli con-
tions that are designed and operated as centration is greater than 50 E. coli/100
described in §§ 141.715 through 141.720. mL.
(6) Systems must comply with the (iii) The system does not conduct E.
applicable recordkeeping and reporting coli monitoring as described in para-
requirements described in §§ 141.721 graph (a)(3) of this section.
through 141.722. (iv) Systems using ground water
(7) Systems must address significant under the direct influence of surface
deficiencies identified in sanitary sur- water (GWUDI) must comply with the
veys performed by EPA as described in requirements of paragraph (a)(4) of this
§ 141.723. section based on the E. coli level that
applies to the nearest surface water
SOURCE WATER MONITORING body. If no surface water body is near-
REQUIREMENTS by, the system must comply based on
the requirements that apply to systems
§ 141.701 Source water monitoring. using lake/reservoir sources.
(a) Initial round of source water moni- (5) For filtered systems serving fewer
toring. Systems must conduct the fol- than 10,000 people, the State may ap-
lowing monitoring on the schedule in prove monitoring for an indicator
paragraph (c) of this section unless other than E. coli under paragraph
they meet the monitoring exemption (a)(3) of this section. The State also
criteria in paragraph (d) of this sec- may approve an alternative to the E.
tion. coli concentration in paragraph
(1) Filtered systems serving at least (a)(4)(i), (ii) or (iv) of this section to
10,000 people must sample their source trigger Cryptosporidium monitoring.
water for Cryptosporidium, E. coli, and This approval by the State must be
turbidity at least monthly for 24 provided to the system in writing and
months. must include the basis for the State’s
(2) Unfiltered systems serving at determination that the alternative in-
least 10,000 people must sample their dicator and/or trigger level will provide
source water for Cryptosporidium at a more accurate identification of
least monthly for 24 months. whether a system will exceed the Bin 1
(3)(i) Filtered systems serving fewer Cryptosporidium level in § 141.710.
than 10,000 people must sample their (6) Unfiltered systems serving fewer
source water for E. coli at least once than 10,000 people must sample their
every two weeks for 12 months. source water for Cryptosporidium at
(ii) A filtered system serving fewer least twice per month for 12 months or
than 10,000 people may avoid E. coli at least monthly for 24 months.
monitoring if the system notifies the (7) Systems may sample more fre-
State that it will monitor for quently than required under this sec-
Cryptosporidium as described in para- tion if the sampling frequency is even-
graph (a)(4) of this section. The system ly spaced throughout the monitoring
must notify the State no later than 3 period.
600
(b) Second round of source water moni- this section. Systems must conduct
toring. Systems must conduct a second this monitoring on the schedule in
round of source water monitoring that paragraph (c) of this section.
meets the requirements for monitoring (c) Monitoring schedule. Systems must
parameters, frequency, and duration begin the monitoring required in para-
described in paragraph (a) of this sec- graphs (a) and (b) of this section no
tion, unless they meet the monitoring later than the month beginning with
exemption criteria in paragraph (d) of the date listed in this table:
SOURCE WATER MONITORING STARTING DATES TABLE
Must begin the first round of source And must begin the second round of
Systems that serve . . . water monitoring no later than the month source water monitoring no later than
beginning . . . the month beginning . . .
(1) At least 100,000 people ....................... (i) October 1, 2006 .................................. (ii) April 1, 2015.
(2) From 50,000 to 99,999 people ............ (i) April 1, 2007 ........................................ (ii) October 1, 2015.
(3) From 10,000 to 49,999 people ............ (i) April 1, 2008 ........................................ (ii) October 1, 2016.
(4) Fewer than 10,000 and monitor for E. (i) October 1, 2008 .................................. (ii) October 1, 2017.
coli a.
(5) Fewer than 10,000 and monitor for (i) April 1, 2010 ........................................ (ii) April 1, 2019.
Cryptosporidium b.
a Applies only to filtered systems.
b Applies to filtered systems that meet the conditions of paragraph (a)(4) of this section and unfiltered systems.
(d) Monitoring avoidance. (1) Filtered must conduct source water monitoring
systems are not required to conduct in accordance with this subpart, but
source water monitoring under this with the following modifications:
subpart if the system will provide a (1) Systems must sample their source
total of at least 5.5-log of treatment for water only during the months that the
Cryptosporidium, equivalent to meeting plant operates unless the State speci-
the treatment requirements of Bin 4 in fies another monitoring period based
§ 141.711. on plant operating practices.
(2) Unfiltered systems are not re- (2) Systems with plants that operate
quired to conduct source water moni- less than six months per year and that
toring under this subpart if the system monitor for Cryptosporidium must col-
will provide a total of at least 3-log lect at least six Cryptosporidium sam-
Cryptosporidium inactivation, equiva- ples per year during each of two years
lent to meeting the treatment require-
of monitoring. Samples must be evenly
ments for unfiltered systems with a
spaced throughout the period the plant
mean Cryptosporidium concentration of
operates.
greater than 0.01 oocysts/L in § 141.712.
(3) If a system chooses to provide the (f)(1) New sources. A system that be-
level of treatment in paragraph (d)(1) gins using a new source of surface
or (2) of this section, as applicable, water or GWUDI after the system is re-
rather than start source water moni- quired to begin monitoring under para-
toring, the system must notify the graph (c) of this section must monitor
State in writing no later than the date the new source on a schedule the State
the system is otherwise required to approves. Source water monitoring
submit a sampling schedule for moni- must meet the requirements of this
toring under § 141.702. Alternatively, a subpart. The system must also meet
system may choose to stop sampling at the bin classification and
any point after it has initiated moni- Cryptosporidium treatment require-
toring if it notifies the State in writing ments of §§ 141.710 and 141.711 or
that it will provide this level of treat- § 141.712, as applicable, for the new
ment. Systems must install and oper- source on a schedule the State ap-
ate technologies to provide this level of proves.
treatment by the applicable treatment (2) The requirements of § 141.701(f)
compliance date in § 141.713. apply to subpart H systems that begin
(e) Plants operating only part of the operation after the monitoring start
year. Systems with subpart H plants date applicable to the system’s size
that operate for only part of the year under paragraph (c) of this section.
601
§ 141.702 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
(3) The system must begin a second source water monitoring § 141.701(b) to
round of source water monitoring no the State.
later than 6 years following initial bin (5) If EPA or the State does not re-
classification under § 141.710 or deter- spond to a system regarding its sam-
mination of the mean Cryptosporidium pling schedule, the system must sam-
level under § 141.712, as applicable. ple at the reported schedule.
(g) Failure to collect any source (b) Systems must collect samples
water sample required under this sec- within two days before or two days
tion in accordance with the sampling after the dates indicated in their sam-
schedule, sampling location, analytical pling schedule (i.e., within a five-day
method, approved laboratory, and re- period around the schedule date) unless
porting requirements of §§ 141.702 one of the conditions of paragraph
through 141.706 is a monitoring viola- (b)(1) or (2) of this section applies.
tion. (1) If an extreme condition or situa-
(h) Grandfathering monitoring data. tion exists that may pose danger to the
Systems may use (grandfather) moni- sample collector, or that cannot be
toring data collected prior to the appli- avoided and causes the system to be
cable monitoring start date in para- unable to sample in the scheduled five-
graph (c) of this section to meet the day period, the system must sample as
initial source water monitoring re- close to the scheduled date as is fea-
quirements in paragraph (a) of this sec- sible unless the State approves an al-
tion. Grandfathered data may sub- ternative sampling date. The system
stitute for an equivalent number of must submit an explanation for the de-
months at the end of the monitoring layed sampling date to the State con-
period. All data submitted under this current with the shipment of the sam-
paragraph must meet the requirements ple to the laboratory.
in § 141.707. (2)(i) If a system is unable to report a
valid analytical result for a scheduled
§ 141.702 Sampling schedules.
sampling date due to equipment fail-
(a) Systems required to conduct ure, loss of or damage to the sample,
source water monitoring under § 141.701 failure to comply with the analytical
must submit a sampling schedule that method requirements, including the
specifies the calendar dates when the quality control requirements in
system will collect each required sam- § 141.704, or the failure of an approved
ple. laboratory to analyze the sample, then
(1) Systems must submit sampling the system must collect a replacement
schedules no later than 3 months prior sample.
to the applicable date listed in (ii) The system must collect the re-
§ 141.701(c) for each round of required placement sample not later than 21
monitoring. days after receiving information that
(2)(i) Systems serving at least 10,000 an analytical result cannot be reported
people must submit their sampling for the scheduled date unless the sys-
schedule for the initial round of source tem demonstrates that collecting a re-
water monitoring under § 141.701(a) to placement sample within this time
EPA electronically at https:// frame is not feasible or the State ap-
intranet.epa.gov/lt2/. proves an alternative resampling date.
(ii) If a system is unable to submit The system must submit an expla-
the sampling schedule electronically, nation for the delayed sampling date to
the system may use an alternative ap- the State concurrent with the ship-
proach for submitting the sampling ment of the sample to the laboratory.
schedule that EPA approves. (c) Systems that fail to meet the cri-
(3) Systems serving fewer than 10,000 teria of paragraph (b) of this section
people must submit their sampling for any source water sample required
schedules for the initial round of under § 141.701 must revise their sam-
source water monitoring § 141.701(a) to pling schedules to add dates for col-
the State. lecting all missed samples. Systems
(4) Systems must submit sampling must submit the revised schedule to
schedules for the second round of the State for approval prior to when
602
the system begins collecting the tiple sources during monitoring must
missed samples. be consistent with routine operational
practice.
§ 141.703 Sampling locations. (1) If a sampling tap is available
(a) Systems required to conduct where the sources are combined prior
source water monitoring under § 141.701 to treatment, systems must collect
must collect samples for each plant samples from the tap.
that treats a surface water or GWUDI (2) If a sampling tap where the
source. Where multiple plants draw sources are combined prior to treat-
water from the same influent, such as ment is not available, systems must
the same pipe or intake, the State may collect samples at each source near the
approve one set of monitoring results intake on the same day and must fol-
to be used to satisfy the requirements low either paragraph (e)(2)(i) or (ii) of
of § 141.701 for all plants. this section for sample analysis.
(b)(1) Systems must collect source (i) Systems may composite samples
water samples prior to chemical treat- from each source into one sample prior
ment, such as coagulants, oxidants and to analysis. The volume of sample from
disinfectants, unless the system meets each source must be weighted accord-
the condition of paragraph (b)(2) of this ing to the proportion of the source in
section. the total plant flow at the time the
(2) The State may approve a system sample is collected.
to collect a source water sample after
(ii) Systems may analyze samples
chemical treatment. To grant this ap-
from each source separately and cal-
proval, the State must determine that
culate a weighted average of the anal-
collecting a sample prior to chemical
ysis results for each sampling date.
treatment is not feasible for the sys-
The weighted average must be cal-
tem and that the chemical treatment
culated by multiplying the analysis re-
is unlikely to have a significant ad-
verse effect on the analysis of the sam- sult for each source by the fraction the
ple. source contributed to total plant flow
(c) Systems that recycle filter back- at the time the sample was collected
wash water must collect source water and then summing these values.
samples prior to the point of filter (f) Additional Requirements. Systems
backwash water addition. must submit a description of their
(d) Bank filtration. (1) Systems that sampling location(s) to the State at
receive Cryptosporidium treatment the same time as the sampling sched-
credit for bank filtration under ule required under § 141.702. This de-
§ 141.173(b) or § 141.552(a), as applicable, scription must address the position of
must collect source water samples in the sampling location in relation to
the surface water prior to bank filtra- the system’s water source(s) and treat-
tion. ment processes, including
(2) Systems that use bank filtration pretreatment, points of chemical treat-
as pretreatment to a filtration plant ment, and filter backwash recycle. If
must collect source water samples the State does not respond to a system
from the well (i.e., after bank filtra- regarding sampling location(s), the sys-
tion). Use of bank filtration during tem must sample at the reported loca-
monitoring must be consistent with tion(s).
routine operational practice. Systems
collecting samples after a bank filtra- § 141.704 Analytical methods.
tion process may not receive treatment (a) Cryptosporidium. Systems must
credit for the bank filtration under analyze for Cryptosporidium using Meth-
§ 141.717(c). od 1623: Cryptosporidium and Giardia in
(e) Multiple sources. Systems with Water by Filtration/IMS/FA, 2005, United
plants that use multiple water sources, States Environmental Protection
including multiple surface water Agency, EPA–815–R–05–002 or Method
sources and blended surface water and 1622: Cryptosporidium in Water by Filtra-
ground water sources, must collect tion/IMS/FA, 2005, United States Envi-
samples as specified in paragraph (e)(1) ronmental Protection Agency, EPA–

or (2) of this section. The use of mul- 815–R–05–001, which are incorporated by
603
§ 141.705 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
reference, or alternative methods list- chapter or alternative methods listed

ed in appendix A to subpart C of this in appendix A to subpart C of this part.
part. The Director of the Federal Reg- (1) The time from sample collection
ister approves this incorporation by to initiation of analysis may not ex-
reference in accordance with 5 U.S.C. ceed 30 hours unless the system meets
552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. You may ob- the condition of paragraph (b)(2) of this
tain a copy of these methods online section.
from http://www.epa.gov/safewater/dis- (2) The State may approve on a case-
infection/lt2 or from the United States by-case basis the holding of an E. coli
Environmental Protection Agency, Of- sample for up to 48 hours between sam-
fice of Ground Water and Drinking ple collection and initiation of analysis
Water, 1201 Constitution Ave., NW., if the State determines that analyzing
Washington, DC 20460 (Telephone: 800– an E. coli sample within 30 hours is not
426–4791). You may inspect a copy at feasible. E. coli samples held between 30
the Water Docket in the EPA Docket to 48 hours must be analyzed by the
Center, 1301 Constitution Ave., NW., Colilert reagent version of Standard
Washington, DC (Telephone: 202–566– Method 9223B as listed in § 136.3(a) of
2426) or at the National Archives and this title.
Records Administration (NARA). For (3) Systems must maintain samples
between 0 °C and 10 °C during storage
information on the availability of this
and transit to the laboratory.
material at NARA, call 202–741–6030, or
(c) Turbidity. Systems must use
go to: http://www.archives.gov/
methods for turbidity measurement ap-
federallregister/
proved in § 141.74(a)(1).
codeloflfederallregulations/
ibrllocations.html. [71 FR 769, Jan. 5, 2006, as amended at 74 FR
(1) Systems must analyze at least a 30959, June 29, 2009]
10 L sample or a packed pellet volume § 141.705 Approved laboratories.
of at least 2 mL as generated by the
methods listed in paragraph (a) of this (a) Cryptosporidium. Systems must
section. Systems unable to process a 10 have Cryptosporidium samples analyzed
L sample must analyze as much sample by a laboratory that is approved under
volume as can be filtered by two filters EPA’s Laboratory Quality Assurance
approved by EPA for the methods list- Evaluation Program for Analysis of
ed in paragraph (a) of this section, up Cryptosporidium in Water or a labora-
to a packed pellet volume of at least 2 tory that has been certified for
mL. Cryptosporidium analysis by an equiva-
lent State laboratory certification pro-
(2)(i) Matrix spike (MS) samples, as
gram.
required by the methods in paragraph
(b) E. coli. Any laboratory certified
(a) of this section, must be spiked and
by the EPA, the National Environ-
filtered by a laboratory approved for
mental Laboratory Accreditation Con-
Cryptosporidium analysis under § 141.705.
ference or the State for total coliform
(ii) If the volume of the MS sample is or fecal coliform analysis under § 141.74
greater than 10 L, the system may fil- is approved for E. coli analysis under
ter all but 10 L of the MS sample in the this subpart when the laboratory uses
field, and ship the filtered sample and the same technique for E. coli that the
the remaining 10 L of source water to laboratory uses for § 141.74.
the laboratory. In this case, the labora- (c) Turbidity. Measurements of tur-
tory must spike the remaining 10 L of bidity must be made by a party ap-
water and filter it through the filter proved by the State.
used to collect the balance of the sam-
ple in the field. § 141.706 Reporting source water mon-
(3) Flow cytometer-counted spiking itoring results.
suspensions must be used for MS sam- (a) Systems must report results from
ples and ongoing precision and recov- the source water monitoring required
ery (OPR) samples. under § 141.701 no later than 10 days
(b) E. coli. System must use methods after the end of the first month fol-
for enumeration of E. coli in source lowing the month when the sample is
water approved in § 136.3(a) of this collected.
604
(b)(1) All systems serving at least 5. Method type.

10,000 people must report the results 6. Source type (flowing stream, lake/res-
from the initial source water moni- ervoir, GWUDI).
7. E. coli/100 mL.
toring required under § 141.701(a) to 8. Turbidity. 1
EPA electronically at https:// 1 Systems serving fewer than 10,000 people that
intranet.epa.gov/lt2/. are not required to monitor for turbidity under

§ 141.701 are not required to report turbidity with
(2) If a system is unable to report their E. coli results.
monitoring results electronically, the
system may use an alternative ap- § 141.707 Grandfathering previously
proach for reporting monitoring results collected data.
that EPA approves. (a)(1) Systems may comply with the
(c) Systems serving fewer than 10,000 initial source water monitoring re-
people must report results from the quirements of § 141.701(a) by
initial source water monitoring re- grandfathering sample results col-
quired under § 141.701(a) to the State. lected before the system is required to
(d) All systems must report results begin monitoring (i.e., previously col-
from the second round of source water lected data). To be grandfathered, the
monitoring required under § 141.701(b) sample results and analysis must meet
to the State. the criteria in this section and the
(e) Systems must report the applica- State must approve.
ble information in paragraphs (e)(1) (2) A filtered system may grandfather
and (2) of this section for the source Cryptosporidium samples to meet the
water monitoring required under requirements of § 141.701(a) when the
§ 141.701. system does not have corresponding E.
(1) Systems must report the fol- coli and turbidity samples. A system
lowing data elements for each that grandfathers Cryptosporidium sam-
Cryptosporidium analysis: ples without E. coli and turbidity sam-
Data element. ples is not required to collect E. coli
and turbidity samples when the system
1. PWS ID.
2. Facility ID. completes the requirements for
3. Sample collection date. Cryptosporidium monitoring under
4. Sample type (field or matrix spike). § 141.701(a).
5. Sample volume filtered (L), to nearest 1⁄4 L.
6. Was 100% of filtered volume examined. (b) E. coli sample analysis. The anal-
7. Number of oocysts counted. ysis of E. coli samples must meet the
analytical method and approved lab-
(i) For matrix spike samples, systems
oratory requirements of §§ 141.704
must also report the sample volume
through 141.705.
spiked and estimated number of
(c) Cryptosporidium sample analysis.
oocysts spiked. These data are not re-
The analysis of Cryptosporidium sam-
quired for field samples.
ples must meet the criteria in this
(ii) For samples in which less than 10
paragraph.
L is filtered or less than 100% of the
(1) Laboratories analyzed
sample volume is examined, systems
Cryptosporidium samples using one of
must also report the number of filters
the analytical methods in paragraphs
used and the packed pellet volume.
(c)(1)(i) through (vi) of this section,
(iii) For samples in which less than
which are incorporated by reference.
100% of sample volume is examined,
The Director of the Federal Register
systems must also report the volume of
approves this incorporation by ref-
resuspended concentrate and volume of
erence in accordance with 5 U.S.C.
this resuspension processed through
552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. You may ob-
immunomagnetic separation.
(2) Systems must report the fol- tain a copy of these methods on-line
lowing data elements for each E. coli from the United States Environmental
analysis: Protection Agency, Office of Ground
Water and Drinking Water, 1201 Con-
Data element. stitution Ave, NW, Washington, DC
1. PWS ID.
20460 (Telephone: 800–426–4791). You
may inspect a copy at the Water Dock-
2. Facility ID.
3. Sample collection date. et in the EPA Docket Center, 1301 Con-
4. Analytical method number. stitution Ave., NW, Washington, DC,
605
§ 141.707 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
(Telephone: 202–566–2426) or at the Na- monitoring requirements of § 141.701(a)

tional Archives and Records Adminis- are seasonally representative and unbi-
tration (NARA). For information on ased.
the availability of this material at (2) Systems may grandfather pre-
NARA, call 202–741–6030, or go to: http:// viously collected data where the sam-
www.archives.gov/federall register/ pling frequency within each month var-
codeloflfederall regulations/ ied. If the Cryptosporidium sampling
ibrllocations.html. frequency varied, systems must follow
(i) Method 1623: Cryptosporidium and the monthly averaging procedure in
Giardia in Water by Filtration/IMS/FA, § 141.710(b)(5) or § 141.712(a)(3), as appli-
2005, United States Environmental Pro- cable, when calculating the bin classi-
tection Agency, EPA–815–R–05–002. fication for filtered systems or the
(ii) Method 1622: Cryptosporidium in mean Cryptosporidium concentration
Water by Filtration/IMS/FA, 2005, United for unfiltered systems.
States Environmental Protection (f) Reporting monitoring results for
Agency, EPA–815–R–05–001. grandfathering. Systems that request to
(iii) Method 1623: Cryptosporidium and grandfather previously collected moni-
Giardia in Water by Filtration/IMS/FA, toring results must report the fol-
2001, United States Environmental Pro- lowing information by the applicable
tection Agency, EPA–821–R–01–025. dates listed in this paragraph. Systems
(iv) Method 1622: Cryptosporidium in serving at least 10,000 people must re-
Water by Filtration/IMS/FA, 2001, United port this information to EPA unless
States Environmental Protection the State approves reporting to the
Agency, EPA–821–-R–01–026. State rather than EPA. Systems serv-
(v) Method 1623: Cryptosporidium and ing fewer than 10,000 people must re-
Giardia in Water by Filtration/IMS/FA, port this information to the State.
1999, United States Environmental Pro- (1) Systems must report that they in-
tection Agency, EPA–821–R–99–006. tend to submit previously collected
(vi) Method 1622: Cryptosporidium in monitoring results for grandfathering.
Water by Filtration/IMS/FA, 1999, United This report must specify the number of
States Environmental Protection previously collected results the system
Agency, EPA–821–R–99–001. will submit, the dates of the first and
(2) For each Cryptosporidium sample, last sample, and whether a system will
the laboratory analyzed at least 10 L of conduct additional source water moni-
sample or at least 2 mL of packed pel- toring to meet the requirements of
let or as much volume as could be fil- § 141.701(a). Systems must report this
tered by 2 filters that EPA approved information no later than the date the
for the methods listed in paragraph sampling schedule under § 141.702 is re-
(c)(1) of this section. quired.
(d) Sampling location. The sampling (2) Systems must report previously
location must meet the conditions in collected monitoring results for
§ 141.703. grandfathering, along with the associ-
(e) Sampling frequency. ated documentation listed in para-
Cryptosporidium samples were collected graphs (f)(2)(i) through (iv) of this sec-
no less frequently than each calendar tion, no later than two months after
month on a regular schedule, beginning the applicable date listed in § 141.701(c).
no earlier than January 1999. Sample (i) For each sample result, systems
collection intervals may vary for the must report the applicable data ele-
conditions specified in § 141.702(b)(1) ments in § 141.706.
and (2) if the system provides docu- (ii) Systems must certify that the re-
mentation of the condition when reported monitoring results include all
porting monitoring results. results the system generated during
(1) The State may approve the time period beginning with the
grandfathering of previously collected first reported result and ending with
data where there are time gaps in the the final reported result. This applies
sampling frequency if the system con- to samples that were collected from
ducts additional monitoring the State the sampling location specified for
specifies to ensure that the data used source water monitoring under this
to comply with the initial source water subpart, not spiked, and analyzed using
606
the laboratory’s routine process for the DISINFECTION PROFILING AND

analytical methods listed in this sec- BENCHMARKING REQUIREMENTS
tion.
(iii) Systems must certify that the § 141.708 Requirements when making
a significant change in disinfection
samples were representative of a practice.
plant’s source water(s) and the source
water(s) have not changed. Systems (a) Following the completion of ini-
tial source water monitoring under
must report a description of the sam-
§ 141.701(a), a system that plans to
pling location(s), which must address
make a significant change to its dis-
the position of the sampling location in
infection practice, as defined in para-
relation to the system’s water graph (b) of this section, must develop
source(s) and treatment processes, in- disinfection profiles and calculate dis-
cluding points of chemical addition and infection benchmarks for Giardia
filter backwash recycle. lamblia and viruses as described in
(iv) For Cryptosporidium samples, the § 141.709. Prior to changing the disinfec-
laboratory or laboratories that ana- tion practice, the system must notify
lyzed the samples must provide a letter the State and must include in this no-
certifying that the quality control cri- tice the information in paragraphs
teria specified in the methods listed in (a)(1) through (3) of this section.
paragraph (c)(1) of this section were (1) A completed disinfection profile
met for each sample batch associated and disinfection benchmark for Giardia
with the reported results. Alter- lamblia and viruses as described in
natively, the laboratory may provide § 141.709.
bench sheets and sample examination (2) A description of the proposed
report forms for each field, matrix change in disinfection practice.
spike, IPR, OPR, and method blank (3) An analysis of how the proposed
sample associated with the reported re- change will affect the current level of
sults. disinfection.
(g) If the State determines that a (b) Significant changes to disinfec-
tion practice are defined as follows:
previously collected data set submitted
(1) Changes to the point of disinfec-
for grandfathering was generated dur-
tion;
ing source water conditions that were
(2) Changes to the disinfectant(s)
not normal for the system, such as a used in the treatment plant;
drought, the State may disapprove the (3) Changes to the disinfection proc-
data. Alternatively, the State may ap- ess; or
prove the previously collected data if (4) Any other modification identified
the system reports additional source by the State as a significant change to
water monitoring data, as determined disinfection practice.
by the State, to ensure that the data
set used under § 141.710 or § 141.712 rep- § 141.709 Developing the disinfection
resents average source water condi- profile and benchmark.
tions for the system. (a) Systems required to develop dis-
(h) If a system submits previously infection profiles under § 141.708 must
collected data that fully meet the num- follow the requirements of this section.
ber of samples required for initial Systems must monitor at least weekly
source water monitoring under for a period of 12 consecutive months
§ 141.701(a) and some of the data are re- to determine the total log inactivation
jected due to not meeting the require- for Giardia lamblia and viruses. If sys-
ments of this section, systems must tems monitor more frequently, the
conduct additional monitoring to re- monitoring frequency must be evenly
place rejected data on a schedule the spaced. Systems that operate for fewer
State approves. Systems are not re- than 12 months per year must monitor
weekly during the period of operation.
quired to begin this additional moni-
Systems must determine log inactiva-
toring until two months after notifica-
tion for Giardia lamblia through the en-
tion that data have been rejected and tire plant, based on CT99.9 values in Ta-
additional monitoring is necessary. bles 1.1 through 1.6, 2.1 and 3.1 of
607
§ 141.709 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
§ 141.74(b) as applicable. Systems must (2) Systems may use disinfection pro-
determine log inactivation for viruses file(s) developed under § 141.172 or
through the entire treatment plant §§ 141.530 through 141.536 in lieu of de-
based on a protocol approved by the veloping a new profile if the system has
State. neither made a significant change to
(b) Systems with a single point of its treatment practice nor changed
disinfectant application prior to the sources since the profile was developed.
entrance to the distribution system Systems that have not developed a
must conduct the monitoring in para- virus profile under § 141.172 or §§ 141.530
graphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section. through 141.536 must develop a virus
Systems with more than one point of profile using the same monitoring data
disinfectant application must conduct on which the Giardia lamblia profile is
the monitoring in paragraphs (b)(1) based.
through (4) of this section for each dis- (d) Systems must calculate the total
infection segment. Systems must mon- inactivation ratio for Giardia lamblia as
itor the parameters necessary to deter- specified in paragraphs (d)(1) through
mine the total inactivation ratio, using (3) of this section.
analytical methods in § 141.74(a). (1) Systems using only one point of
(1) For systems using a disinfectant disinfectant application may deter-
other than UV, the temperature of the mine the total inactivation ratio for
disinfected water must be measured at the disinfection segment based on ei-
each residual disinfectant concentra- ther of the methods in paragraph
tion sampling point during peak hourly (d)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section.
flow or at an alternative location ap- (i) Determine one inactivation ratio
proved by the State. (CTcalc/CT99.9) before or at the first
customer during peak hourly flow.
(2) For systems using chlorine, the
(ii) Determine successive CTcalc/
pH of the disinfected water must be
CT99.9 values, representing sequential
measured at each chlorine residual dis-
inactivation ratios, between the point
infectant concentration sampling point
of disinfectant application and a point
during peak hourly flow or at an alter-
before or at the first customer during
native location approved by the State. peak hourly flow. The system must cal-
(3) The disinfectant contact time(s) culate the total inactivation ratio by
(t) must be determined during peak determining (CTcalc/CT99.9) for each se-
hourly flow. quence and then adding the (CTcalc/
(4) The residual disinfectant con- CT99.9) values together to determine (S
centration(s) (C) of the water before or (CTcalc/CT99.9)).
at the first customer and prior to each (2) Systems using more than one
additional point of disinfectant appli- point of disinfectant application before
cation must be measured during peak the first customer must determine the
hourly flow. CT value of each disinfection segment
(c) In lieu of conducting new moni- immediately prior to the next point of
toring under paragraph (b) of this sec- disinfectant application, or for the
tion, systems may elect to meet the re- final segment, before or at the first
quirements of paragraphs (c)(1) or (2) of customer, during peak hourly flow. The
this section. (CTcalc/CT99.9) value of each segment
(1) Systems that have at least one and (S (CTcalc/CT99.9)) must be cal-
year of existing data that are substan- culated using the method in paragraph
tially equivalent to data collected (d)(1)(ii) of this section.
under the provisions of paragraph (b) of (3) The system must determine the
this section may use these data to de- total logs of inactivation by multi-
velop disinfection profiles as specified plying the value calculated in para-
in this section if the system has nei- graph (d)(1) or (d)(2) of this section by
ther made a significant change to its 3.0.
treatment practice nor changed (4) Systems must calculate the log of
sources since the data were collected. inactivation for viruses using a pro-
Systems may develop disinfection protocol approved by the State.
files using up to three years of existing (e) Systems must use the procedures
data. specified in paragraphs (e)(1) and (2) of
608
this section to calculate a disinfection centration is equal to the arithmetic

benchmark. mean of all sample concentrations.
(1) For each year of profiling data (2) For systems that collect a total of
collected and calculated under para- at least 24 samples, but not more than
graphs (a) through (d) of this section, 47 samples, the bin concentration is
systems must determine the lowest equal to the highest arithmetic mean
mean monthly level of both Giardia of all sample concentrations in any 12
lamblia and virus inactivation. Systems consecutive months during which
must determine the mean Giardia Cryptosporidium samples were collected.
lamblia and virus inactivation for each
(3) For systems that serve fewer than
calendar month for each year of
profiling data by dividing the sum of 10,000 people and monitor for
daily or weekly Giardia lamblia and Cryptosporidium for only one year (i.e.,
virus log inactivation by the number of collect 24 samples in 12 months), the
values calculated for that month. bin concentration is equal to the arith-
(2) The disinfection benchmark is the metic mean of all sample concentra-
lowest monthly mean value (for sys- tions.
tems with one year of profiling data) or (4) For systems with plants operating
the mean of the lowest monthly mean only part of the year that monitor
values (for systems with more than one fewer than 12 months per year under
year of profiling data) of Giardia § 141.701(e), the bin concentration is
lamblia and virus log inactivation in equal to the highest arithmetic mean
each year of profiling data. of all sample concentrations during
any year of Cryptosporidium moni-
TREATMENT TECHNIQUE REQUIREMENTS toring.
§ 141.710 Bin classification for filtered (5) If the monthly Cryptosporidium
systems. sampling frequency varies, systems
must first calculate a monthly average
(a) Following completion of the ini-
tial round of source water monitoring for each month of monitoring. Systems
required under § 141.701(a), filtered sys- must then use these monthly average
tems must calculate an initial concentrations, rather than individual
Cryptosporidium bin concentration for sample concentrations, in the applica-
each plant for which monitoring was ble calculation for bin classification in
required. Calculation of the bin con- paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this
centration must use the section.
Cryptosporidium results reported under (c) Filtered systems must determine
§ 141.701(a) and must follow the proce- their initial bin classification from the
dures in paragraphs (b)(1) through (5) of following table and using the
this section. Cryptosporidium bin concentration cal-
(b)(1) For systems that collect a total culated under paragraphs (a)–(b) of this
of at least 48 samples, the bin con- section:
BIN CLASSIFICATION TABLE FOR FILTERED SYSTEMS
With a Cryptosporidium bin concentration of The bin classification is
For systems that are: . . .1 . . .
. . . required to monitor for Cryptosporidium under Cryptosporidium <0.075 oocyst/L ................... Bin 1.
§ 141.701.
0.075 oocysts/L ≤Cryptosporidium <1.0 Bin 2.
oocysts/L.
1.0 oocysts/L ≤Cryptosporidium <3.0 Bin 3.
oocysts/L.
Cryptosporidium ≥3.0 oocysts/L ................. Bin 4.
. . . serving fewer than 10,000 people and NOT NA ................................................................... Bin 1.
required to monitor for Cryptosporidium under
§ 141.701(a)(4).
1 Based on calculations in paragraph (a) or (d) of this section, as applicable.
(d) Following completion of the sec- required under § 141.701(b), filtered sys-
ond round of source water monitoring tems must recalculate their
609
§ 141.711 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
Cryptosporidium bin concentration round of source water monitoring

using the Cryptosporidium results re- based on the schedule in § 141.701(c).
ported under § 141.701(b) and following (3) The bin classification report to
the procedures in paragraphs (b)(1) the State must include a summary of
through (4) of this section. Systems source water monitoring data and the
must then redetermine their bin classi- calculation procedure used to deter-
fication using this bin concentration mine bin classification.
and the table in paragraph (c) of this
(f) Failure to comply with the condi-
section.
tions of paragraph (e) of this section is
(e)(1) Filtered systems must report
their initial bin classification under a violation of the treatment technique
paragraph (c) of this section to the requirement.
State for approval no later than 6
§ 141.711 Filtered system additional
months after the system is required to
Cryptosporidium treatment require-
complete initial source water moni- ments.
toring based on the schedule in
§ 141.701(c). (a) Filtered systems must provide the
(2) Systems must report their bin level of additional treatment for
classification under paragraph (d) of Cryptosporidium specified in this para-
this section to the State for approval graph based on their bin classification
no later than 6 months after the sys- as determined under § 141.710 and ac-
tem is required to complete the second cording to the schedule in § 141.713.
And the system uses the following filtration treatment in full compliance with subparts H, P, and T of this
part (as applicable), then the additional Cryptosporidium treatment requirements are . . .
If the system bin
classification is Conventional filtration
. . . Slow sand or diatoma- Alternative filtration tech-
treatment Direct filtration ceous earth filtration nologies
(including softening)
Bin 1 ................... No additional treatment .. No additional treatment .. No additional treatment .. No additional treatment.
Bin 2 ................... 1-log treatment ............... 1.5-log treatment ............ 1-log treatment ............... (1)
Bin 3 ................... 2-log treatment ............... 2.5-log treatment ............ 2-log treatment ............... (2)
Bin 4 ................... 2.5-log treatment ............ 3-log treatment ............... 2.5-log treatment ............ (3)
1 As determined by the State such that the total Cryptosporidium removal and inactivation is at least 4.0-log.
(b)(1) Filtered systems must use one (d) If the State determines during a
or more of the treatment and manage- sanitary survey or an equivalent
ment options listed in § 141.715, termed source water assessment that after a
the microbial toolbox, to comply with system completed the monitoring con-
the additional Cryptosporidium treat- ducted under § 141.701(a) or § 141.701(b),
ment required in paragraph (a) of this significant changes occurred in the sys-
section. tem’s watershed that could lead to in-
(2) Systems classified in Bin 3 and creased contamination of the source
Bin 4 must achieve at least 1-log of the water by Cryptosporidium, the system
additional Cryptosporidium treatment must take actions specified by the
required under paragraph (a) of this State to address the contamination.
section using either one or a combina- These actions may include additional
tion of the following: bag filters, bank source water monitoring and/or imple-
filtration, cartridge filters, chlorine di- menting microbial toolbox options list-
oxide, membranes, ozone, or UV, as de- ed in § 141.715.
scribed in §§ 141.716 through 141.720.
(c) Failure by a system in any month § 141.712 Unfiltered system
to achieve treatment credit by meeting Cryptosporidium treatment require-
criteria in §§ 141.716 through 141.720 for ments.
microbial toolbox options that is at (a) Determination of mean
least equal to the level of treatment re- Cryptosporidium level. (1) Following
quired in paragraph (a) of this section completion of the initial source water
is a violation of the treatment tech- monitoring required under § 141.701(a),

nique requirement. unfiltered systems must calculate the
610
arithmetic mean of all Cryptosporidium described in § 141.720 to meet the

sample concentrations reported under Cryptosporidium inactivation require-
§ 141.701(a). Systems must report this ments of this section.
value to the State for approval no later (1) Systems that use chlorine dioxide
than 6 months after the month the sys- or ozone and fail to achieve the
tem is required to complete initial Cryptosporidium inactivation required
source water monitoring based on the in paragraph (b) of this section on more
schedule in § 141.701(c). than one day in the calendar month are
(2) Following completion of the sec- in violation of the treatment technique
ond round of source water monitoring requirement.
required under § 141.701(b), unfiltered (2) Systems that use UV light and
systems must calculate the arithmetic
fail to achieve the Cryptosporidium in-
mean of all Cryptosporidium sample
activation required in paragraph (b) of
concentrations reported under
this section by meeting the criteria in
§ 141.701(b). Systems must report this
value to the State for approval no later § 141.720(d)(3)(ii) are in violation of the
than 6 months after the month the sys- treatment technique requirement.
tem is required to complete the second (d) Use of two disinfectants. Unfiltered
round of source water monitoring systems must meet the combined
based on the schedule in § 141.701(c). Cryptosporidium inactivation require-
(3) If the monthly Cryptosporidium ments of this section and Giardia
sampling frequency varies, systems lamblia and virus inactivation require-
must first calculate a monthly average ments of § 141.72(a) using a minimum of
for each month of monitoring. Systems two disinfectants, and each of two dis-
must then use these monthly average infectants must separately achieve the
concentrations, rather than individual total inactivation required for either
sample concentrations, in the calcula- Cryptosporidium, Giardia lamblia, or vi-
tion of the mean Cryptosporidium level ruses.
in paragraphs (a)(1) or (2) of this sec-
tion. § 141.713 Schedule for compliance with
(4) The report to the State of the Cryptosporidium treatment require-
mean Cryptosporidium levels calculated ments.
under paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this (a) Following initial bin classifica-
section must include a summary of the tion under § 141.710(c), filtered systems
source water monitoring data used for must provide the level of treatment for
the calculation. Cryptosporidium required under § 141.711
(5) Failure to comply with the condi- according to the schedule in paragraph
tions of paragraph (a) of this section is (c) of this section.
a violation of the treatment technique (b) Following initial determination
requirement. of the mean Cryptosporidium level
(b) Cryptosporidium inactivation re- under § 141.712(a)(1), unfiltered systems
quirements. Unfiltered systems must must provide the level of treatment for
provide the level of inactivation for Cryptosporidium required under § 141.712
Cryptosporidium specified in this para-
according to the schedule in paragraph
graph, based on their mean
(c) of this section.
Cryptosporidium levels as determined
under paragraph (a) of this section and (c) Cryptosporidium treatment compli-
according to the schedule in § 141.713. ance dates.
(1) Unfiltered systems with a mean
CRYPTOSPORIDIUM TREATMENT COMPLIANCE
Cryptosporidium level of 0.01 oocysts/L
DATES TABLE
or less must provide at least 2-log
Cryptosporidium inactivation. Must comply with
(2) Unfiltered systems with a mean Cryptosporidium treatment re-
Systems that serve . . . quirements no later than
Cryptosporidium level of greater than . . .a
0.01 oocysts/L must provide at least 3-
log Cryptosporidium inactivation. (1) At least 100,000 people ... (i) April 1, 2012.
(2) From 50,000 to 99,999 (i) October 1, 2012.
(c) Inactivation treatment technology
people.
requirements. Unfiltered systems must (3) From 10,000 to 49,999 (i) October 1, 2013.
use chlorine dioxide, ozone, or UV as people.
611
§ 141.714 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
CRYPTOSPORIDIUM TREATMENT COMPLIANCE section for each uncovered finished

DATES TABLE—Continued water storage facility or be in compli-
ance with a State-approved schedule to
Must comply with
Cryptosporidium treatment re- meet these conditions no later than
Systems that serve . . . quirements no later than April 1, 2009.
. . .a
(1) Systems must cover any uncov-
(4) Fewer than 10,000 people (i) October 1, 2014. ered finished water storage facility.
a States may allow up to an additional two years for com- (2) Systems must treat the discharge
plying with the treatment requirement for systems making cap-
ital improvements. from the uncovered finished water stor-
age facility to the distribution system
(d) If the bin classification for a fil- to achieve inactivation and/or removal
tered system changes following the sec- of at least 4-log virus, 3-log Giardia
ond round of source water monitoring, lamblia, and 2-log Cryptosporidium using
as determined under § 141.710(d), the a protocol approved by the State.
system must provide the level of treat-
(d) Failure to comply with the re-
ment for Cryptosporidium required
quirements of this section is a viola-
under § 141.711 on a schedule the State
tion of the treatment technique re-
approves.
quirement.
(e) If the mean Cryptosporidium level
for an unfiltered system changes fol- REQUIREMENTS FOR MICROBIAL TOOLBOX
lowing the second round of monitoring, COMPONENTS
as determined under § 141.712(a)(2), and
if the system must provide a different § 141.715 Microbial toolbox options for
level of Cryptosporidium treatment meeting Cryptosporidium treatment
under § 141.712 due to this change, the requirements.
system must meet this treatment re-
quirement on a schedule the State ap- (a)(1) Systems receive the treatment
proves. credits listed in the table in paragraph
(b) of this section by meeting the con-
§ 141.714 Requirements for uncovered ditions for microbial toolbox options
finished water storage facilities. described in §§ 141.716 through 141.720.
(a) Systems using uncovered finished Systems apply these treatment credits
water storage facilities must comply to meet the treatment requirements in
with the conditions of this section. § 141.711 or § 141.712, as applicable.
(b) Systems must notify the State of (2) Unfiltered systems are eligible for
the use of each uncovered finished treatment credits for the microbial
water storage facility no later than toolbox options described in § 141.720
April 1, 2008. only.
(c) Systems must meet the condi- (b) The following table summarizes
tions of paragraph (c)(1) or (2) of this options in the microbial toolbox:
MICROBIAL TOOLBOX SUMMARY TABLE: OPTIONS, TREATMENT CREDITS AND CRITERIA
Toolbox Option Cryptosporidium treatment credit with design and implementation criteria
Source Protection and Management Toolbox Options
(1) Watershed control program ................... 0.5-log credit for State-approved program comprising required elements, annual
program status report to State, and regular watershed survey. Unfiltered systems
are not eligible for credit. Specific criteria are in § 141.716(a).
(2) Alternative source/intake management No prescribed credit. Systems may conduct simultaneous monitoring for treatment
bin classification at alternative intake locations or under alternative intake man-
agement strategies. Specific criteria are in § 141.716(b).
Pre Filtration Toolbox Options
(3) Presedimentation basin with coagula- 0.5-log credit during any month that presedimentation basins achieve a monthly
tion. mean reduction of 0.5-log or greater in turbidity or alternative State-approved
performance criteria. To be eligible, basins must be operated continuously with
coagulant addition and all plant flow must pass through basins. Specific criteria
are in § 141.717(a).
(4) Two-stage lime softening ...................... 0.5-log credit for two-stage softening where chemical addition and hardness pre-
cipitation occur in both stages. All plant flow must pass through both stages. Sin-
gle-stage softening is credited as equivalent to conventional treatment. Specific
criteria are in § 141.717(b).
612
MICROBIAL TOOLBOX SUMMARY TABLE: OPTIONS, TREATMENT CREDITS AND CRITERIA—Continued

Toolbox Option Cryptosporidium treatment credit with design and implementation criteria
(5) Bank filtration ......................................... 0.5-log credit for 25-foot setback; 1.0-log credit for 50-foot setback; aquifer must be
unconsolidated sand containing at least 10 percent fines; average turbidity in
wells must be less than 1 NTU. Systems using wells followed by filtration when
conducting source water monitoring must sample the well to determine bin clas-
sification and are not eligible for additional credit. Specific criteria are in
§ 141.717(c).
Treatment Performance Toolbox Options
(6) Combined filter performance ................. 0.5-log credit for combined filter effluent turbidity less than or equal to 0.15 NTU in
at least 95 percent of measurements each month. Specific criteria are in
§ 141.718(a).
(7) Individual filter performance .................. 0.5-log credit (in addition to 0.5-log combined filter performance credit) if individual
filter effluent turbidity is less than or equal to 0.15 NTU in at least 95 percent of
samples each month in each filter and is never greater than 0.3 NTU in two con-
secutive measurements in any filter. Specific criteria are in § 141.718(b).
(8) Demonstration of performance .............. Credit awarded to unit process or treatment train based on a demonstration to the
State with a State- approved protocol. Specific criteria are in § 141.718(c).
Additional Filtration Toolbox Options
(9) Bag or cartridge filters (individual filters) Up to 2-log credit based on the removal efficiency demonstrated during challenge
testing with a 1.0-log factor of safety. Specific criteria are in § 141.719(a).
(10) Bag or cartridge filters (in series) ........ Up to 2.5-log credit based on the removal efficiency demonstrated during challenge
testing with a 0.5-log factor of safety. Specific criteria are in § 141.719(a).
(11) Membrane filtration .............................. Log credit equivalent to removal efficiency demonstrated in challenge test for de-
vice if supported by direct integrity testing. Specific criteria are in § 141.719(b).
(12) Second stage filtration ......................... 0.5-log credit for second separate granular media filtration stage if treatment train
includes coagulation prior to first filter. Specific criteria are in § 141.719(c)
(13) Slow sand filters .................................. 2.5-log credit as a secondary filtration step; 3.0-log credit as a primary filtration
process. No prior chlorination for either option. Specific criteria are in
§ 141.719(d).
Inactivation Toolbox Options
(14) Chlorine dioxide ................................... Log credit based on measured CT in relation to CT table. Specific criteria in
§ 141.720(b)
(15) Ozone .................................................. Log credit based on measured CT in relation to CT table. Specific criteria in
§ 141.720(b).
(16) UV ........................................................ Log credit based on validated UV dose in relation to UV dose table; reactor valida-
tion testing required to establish UV dose and associated operating conditions.
Specific criteria in § 141.720(d).
§ 141.716 Source toolbox components. trol plan must include the elements in
paragraphs (a)(2)(i) through (iv) of this
(a) Watershed control program. Sys- section.
tems receive 0.5-log Cryptosporidium (i) Identification of an ‘‘area of influ-
treatment credit for implementing a ence’’ outside of which the likelihood
watershed control program that meets of Cryptosporidium or fecal contamina-
the requirements of this section. tion affecting the treatment plant in-
(1) Systems that intend to apply for take is not significant. This is the area
the watershed control program credit to be evaluated in future watershed
must notify the State of this intent no surveys under paragraph (a)(5)(ii) of
later than two years prior to the treat- this section.
ment compliance date applicable to the (ii) Identification of both potential
system in § 141.713. and actual sources of Cryptosporidium
(2) Systems must submit to the State contamination and an assessment of
a proposed watershed control plan no the relative impact of these sources on
later than one year before the applica- the system’s source water quality.
ble treatment compliance date in (iii) An analysis of the effectiveness
§ 141.713. The State must approve the and feasibility of control measures
watershed control plan for the system that could reduce Cryptosporidium load-
to receive watershed control program ing from sources of contamination to

treatment credit. The watershed con- the system’s source water.
613
§ 141.716 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
(iv) A statement of goals and specific tions the system will take to mitigate
actions the system will undertake to this effect.
reduce source water Cryptosporidium (ii) Undergo a watershed sanitary
levels. The plan must explain how the survey every three years for commu-
actions are expected to contribute to nity water systems and every five
specific goals, identify watershed part- years for noncommunity water systems
ners and their roles, identify resource and submit the survey report to the
requirements and commitments, and State. The survey must be conducted
include a schedule for plan implemen- according to State guidelines and by
tation with deadlines for completing persons the State approves.
specific actions identified in the plan. (A) The watershed sanitary survey
(3) Systems with existing watershed must meet the following criteria: en-
control programs (i.e., programs in compass the region identified in the
place on January 5, 2006) are eligible to State-approved watershed control plan
seek this credit. Their watershed con- as the area of influence; assess the im-
trol plans must meet the criteria in plementation of actions to reduce
paragraph (a)(2) of this section and source water Cryptosporidium levels;
must specify ongoing and future ac- and identify any significant new
tions that will reduce source water sources of Cryptosporidium.
Cryptosporidium levels. (B) If the State determines that sig-
(4) If the State does not respond to a
nificant changes may have occurred in
system regarding approval of a water-
the watershed since the previous wa-
shed control plan submitted under this
tershed sanitary survey, systems must
section and the system meets the other
undergo another watershed sanitary
requirements of this section, the wa-
survey by a date the State requires,
tershed control program will be consid-
which may be earlier than the regular
ered approved and 0.5 log
date in paragraph (a)(5)(ii) of this sec-
Cryptosporidium treatment credit will
tion.
be awarded unless and until the State
subsequently withdraws such approval. (iii) The system must make the wa-
(5) Systems must complete the ac- tershed control plan, annual status re-
tions in paragraphs (a)(5)(i) through ports, and watershed sanitary survey
(iii) of this section to maintain the 0.5- reports available to the public upon re-
log credit. quest. These documents must be in a
(i) Submit an annual watershed con- plain language style and include cri-
trol program status report to the teria by which to evaluate the success
State. The annual watershed control of the program in achieving plan goals.
program status report must describe The State may approve systems to
the system’s implementation of the ap- withhold from the public portions of
proved plan and assess the adequacy of the annual status report, watershed
the plan to meet its goals. It must ex- control plan, and watershed sanitary
plain how the system is addressing any survey based on water supply security
shortcomings in plan implementation, considerations.
including those previously identified (6) If the State determines that a sys-
by the State or as the result of the wa- tem is not carrying out the approved
tershed survey conducted under para- watershed control plan, the State may
graph (a)(5)(ii) of this section. It must withdraw the watershed control pro-
also describe any significant changes gram treatment credit.
that have occurred in the watershed (b) Alternative source. (1) A system
since the last watershed sanitary sur- may conduct source water monitoring
vey. If a system determines during im- that reflects a different intake location
plementation that making a signifi- (either in the same source or for an al-
cant change to its approved watershed ternate source) or a different procedure
control program is necessary, the sys- for the timing or level of withdrawal
tem must notify the State prior to from the source (alternative source
making any such changes. If any monitoring). If the State approves, a
change is likely to reduce the level of system may determine its bin classi-
source water protection, the system fication under § 141.710 based on the al-
must also list in its notification the ac- ternative source monitoring results.
614
(2) If systems conduct alternative (b) Two-stage lime softening. Systems

source monitoring under paragraph receive an additional 0.5-log
(b)(1) of this section, systems must also Cryptosporidium treatment credit for a
monitor their current plant intake two-stage lime softening plant if chem-
concurrently as described in § 141.701. ical addition and hardness precipita-
(3) Alternative source monitoring tion occur in two separate and sequen-
under paragraph (b)(1) of this section tial softening stages prior to filtration.
must meet the requirements for source Both softening stages must treat the
monitoring to determine bin classifica- entire plant flow taken from a surface
tion, as described in §§ 141.701 through water or GWUDI source.
141.706. Systems must report the alter- (c) Bank filtration. Systems receive
native source monitoring results to the Cryptosporidium treatment credit for
State, along with supporting informa- bank filtration that serves as
tion documenting the operating condi- pretreatment to a filtration plant by
tions under which the samples were meeting the criteria in this paragraph.
collected. Systems using bank filtration when
(4) If a system determines its bin they begin source water monitoring
classification under § 141.710 using al- under § 141.701(a) must collect samples
ternative source monitoring results as described in § 141.703(d) and are not
that reflect a different intake location eligible for this credit.
or a different procedure for managing (1) Wells with a ground water flow
the timing or level of withdrawal from path of at least 25 feet receive 0.5-log
the source, the system must relocate treatment credit; wells with a ground
the intake or permanently adopt the water flow path of at least 50 feet re-
withdrawal procedure, as applicable, no ceive 1.0-log treatment credit. The
later than the applicable treatment ground water flow path must be deter-
compliance date in § 141.713. mined as specified in paragraph (c)(4)
of this section.
§ 141.717 Pre-filtration treatment tool- (2) Only wells in granular aquifers
box components. are eligible for treatment credit.
(a) Presedimentation. Systems receive Granular aquifers are those comprised
0.5-log Cryptosporidium treatment cred- of sand, clay, silt, rock fragments, peb-
it for a presedimentation basin during bles or larger particles, and minor ce-
any month the process meets the cri- ment. A system must characterize the
teria in this paragraph. aquifer at the well site to determine
(1) The presedimentation basin must aquifer properties. Systems must ex-
be in continuous operation and must tract a core from the aquifer and dem-
treat the entire plant flow taken from onstrate that in at least 90 percent of
a surface water or GWUDI source. the core length, grains less than 1.0
(2) The system must continuously mm in diameter constitute at least 10
add a coagulant to the percent of the core material.
presedimentation basin. (3) Only horizontal and vertical wells
(3) The presedimentation basin must are eligible for treatment credit.
achieve the performance criteria in (4) For vertical wells, the ground
paragraph (3)(i) or (ii) of this section. water flow path is the measured dis-
(i) Demonstrates at least 0.5-log tance from the edge of the surface
mean reduction of influent turbidity. water body under high flow conditions
This reduction must be determined (determined by the 100 year floodplain
using daily turbidity measurements in elevation boundary or by the floodway,
the presedimentation process influent as defined in Federal Emergency Man-
and effluent and must be calculated as agement Agency flood hazard maps) to
follows: log10(monthly mean of daily the well screen. For horizontal wells,
influent turbidity)¥log10(monthly the ground water flow path is the
mean of daily effluent turbidity). measured distance from the bed of the
(ii) Complies with State-approved river under normal flow conditions to
performance criteria that demonstrate the closest horizontal well lateral
at least 0.5-log mean removal of mi- screen.
cron-sized particulate material (5) Systems must monitor each well-

through the presedimentation process. head for turbidity at least once every
615
§ 141.718 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
four hours while the bank filtration treatment or direct filtration treat-
process is in operation. If monthly av- ment receive 0.5-log Cryptosporidium
erage turbidity levels, based on daily treatment credit, which can be in addi-
maximum values in the well, exceed 1 tion to the 0.5-log credit under para-
NTU, the system must report this re- graph (a) of this section, during any
sult to the State and conduct an as- month the system meets the criteria in
sessment within 30 days to determine this paragraph. Compliance with these
the cause of the high turbidity levels in criteria must be based on individual
the well. If the State determines that filter turbidity monitoring as described
microbial removal has been com- in § 141.174 or § 141.560, as applicable.
promised, the State may revoke treat- (1) The filtered water turbidity for
ment credit until the system imple- each individual filter must be less than
ments corrective actions approved by or equal to 0.15 NTU in at least 95 per-
the State to remediate the problem. cent of the measurements recorded
(6) Springs and infiltration galleries each month.
are not eligible for treatment credit (2) No individual filter may have a
under this section, but are eligible for measured turbidity greater than 0.3
credit under § 141.718(c). NTU in two consecutive measurements
(7) Bank filtration demonstration of taken 15 minutes apart.
performance. The State may approve (3) Any system that has received
Cryptosporidium treatment credit for treatment credit for individual filter
bank filtration based on a demonstra- performance and fails to meet the re-
tion of performance study that meets quirements of paragraph (b)(1) or (2) of
the criteria in this paragraph. This this section during any month does not
treatment credit may be greater than receive a treatment technique viola-
1.0-log and may be awarded to bank fil- tion under § 141.711(c) if the State de-
tration that does not meet the criteria termines the following:
in paragraphs (c)(1)–(5) of this section. (i) The failure was due to unusual
(i) The study must follow a State-ap- and short-term circumstances that
proved protocol and must involve the could not reasonably be prevented
collection of data on the removal of through optimizing treatment plant
Cryptosporidium or a surrogate for design, operation, and maintenance.
Cryptosporidium and related (ii) The system has experienced no
hydrogeologic and water quality pa- more than two such failures in any cal-
rameters during the full range of oper- endar year.
ating conditions. (c) Demonstration of performance. The
(ii) The study must include sampling State may approve Cryptosporidium
both from the production well(s) and treatment credit for drinking water
from monitoring wells that are treatment processes based on a dem-
screened and located along the shortest onstration of performance study that
flow path between the surface water meets the criteria in this paragraph.
source and the production well(s). This treatment credit may be greater
than or less than the prescribed treat-
§ 141.718 Treatment performance tool- ment credits in § 141.711 or §§ 141.717
box components. through 141.720 and may be awarded to
(a) Combined filter performance. Sys- treatment processes that do not meet
tems using conventional filtration the criteria for the prescribed credits.
treatment or direct filtration treat- (1) Systems cannot receive the pre-
ment receive an additional 0.5-log scribed treatment credit for any tool-
Cryptosporidium treatment credit dur- box box option in §§ 141.717 through
ing any month the system meets the 141.720 if that toolbox option is in-
criteria in this paragraph. Combined cluded in a demonstration of perform-
filter effluent (CFE) turbidity must be ance study for which treatment credit
less than or equal to 0.15 NTU in at is awarded under this paragraph.
least 95 percent of the measurements. (2) The demonstration of performance
Turbidity must be measured as de- study must follow a State-approved
scribed in § 141.74(a) and (c). protocol and must demonstrate the
(b) Individual filter performance. Sys- level of Cryptosporidium reduction the

tems using conventional filtration treatment process will achieve under
616
the full range of expected operating (3) Challenge testing must be con-
conditions for the system. ducted using Cryptosporidium or a sur-
(3) Approval by the State must be in rogate that is removed no more effi-
writing and may include monitoring ciently than Cryptosporidium. The
and treatment performance criteria microorganism or surrogate used dur-
that the system must demonstrate and ing challenge testing is referred to as
report on an ongoing basis to remain the challenge particulate. The con-
eligible for the treatment credit. The centration of the challenge particulate
State may designate such criteria must be determined using a method ca-
where necessary to verify that the con- pable of discreetly quantifying the spe-
ditions under which the demonstration cific microorganism or surrogate used
of performance credit was approved are in the test; gross measurements such
maintained during routine operation. as turbidity may not be used.
(4) The maximum feed water con-
§ 141.719 Additional filtration toolbox centration that can be used during a
components. challenge test must be based on the de-
(a) Bag and cartridge filters. Systems tection limit of the challenge particu-
receive Cryptosporidium treatment late in the filtrate (i.e., filtrate detec-
credit of up to 2.0-log for individual bag tion limit) and must be calculated
or cartridge filters and up to 2.5-log for using the following equation:
bag or cartridge filters operated in se- Maximum Feed Concentration = 1 × 10 4
ries by meeting the criteria in para- × (Filtrate Detection Limit)
graphs (a)(1) through (10) of this sec-
tion. To be eligible for this credit, sys- (5) Challenge testing must be con-
tems must report the results of chal- ducted at the maximum design flow
lenge testing that meets the require- rate for the filter as specified by the
ments of paragraphs (a)(2) through (9) manufacturer.
of this section to the State. The filters (6) Each filter evaluated must be
must treat the entire plant flow taken tested for a duration sufficient to reach
from a subpart H source. 100 percent of the terminal pressure
(1) The Cryptosporidium treatment drop, which establishes the maximum
credit awarded to bag or cartridge fil- pressure drop under which the filter
ters must be based on the removal effi- may be used to comply with the re-
ciency demonstrated during challenge quirements of this subpart.
testing that is conducted according to (7) Removal efficiency of a filter
the criteria in paragraphs (a)(2) must be determined from the results of
through (a)(9) of this section. A factor the challenge test and expressed in
of safety equal to 1-log for individual terms of log removal values using the
bag or cartridge filters and 0.5-log for following equation:
bag or cartridge filters in series must LRV = LOG10(Cf)¥LOG10(Cp)
be applied to challenge testing results
Where:
to determine removal credit. Systems
LRV = log removal value demonstrated dur-
may use results from challenge testing
ing challenge testing; Cf = the feed con-
conducted prior to January 5, 2006 if centration measured during the challenge
the prior testing was consistent with test; and Cp = the filtrate concentration
the criteria specified in paragraphs measured during the challenge test. In ap-
(a)(2) through (9) of this section. plying this equation, the same units must
(2) Challenge testing must be per- be used for the feed and filtrate concentra-
formed on full-scale bag or cartridge tions. If the challenge particulate is not
filters, and the associated filter hous- detected in the filtrate, then the term Cp
must be set equal to the detection limit.
ing or pressure vessel, that are iden-
tical in material and construction to (8) Each filter tested must be chal-
the filters and housings the system will lenged with the challenge particulate
use for removal of Cryptosporidium. Bag during three periods over the filtration
or cartridge filters must be challenge cycle: within two hours of start-up of a
tested in the same configuration that new filter; when the pressure drop is
the system will use, either as indi- between 45 and 55 percent of the ter-
vidual filters or as a series configura- minal pressure drop; and at the end of
tion of filters. the cycle after the pressure drop has
617
§ 141.719 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
reached 100 percent of the terminal challenge testing conducted prior to

pressure drop. An LRV must be cal- January 5, 2006 if the prior testing was
culated for each of these challenge pe- consistent with the criteria in para-
riods for each filter tested. The LRV graphs (b)(2)(i) through (vii) of this sec-
for the filter (LRVfilter) must be as- tion.
signed the value of the minimum LRV (i) Challenge testing must be con-
observed during the three challenge pe- ducted on either a full-scale membrane
riods for that filter. module, identical in material and con-
(9) If fewer than 20 filters are tested, struction to the membrane modules
the overall removal efficiency for the used in the system’s treatment facil-
filter product line must be set equal to ity, or a smaller-scale membrane mod-
the lowest LRVfilter among the filters ule, identical in material and similar
tested. If 20 or more filters are tested, in construction to the full-scale mod-
the overall removal efficiency for the ule. A module is defined as the smallest
filter product line must be set equal to component of a membrane unit in
the 10th percentile of the set of LRVfilter which a specific membrane surface
values for the various filters tested. area is housed in a device with a fil-
The percentile is defined by (i/(n+1)) trate outlet structure.
where i is the rank of n individual data (ii) Challenge testing must be con-
points ordered lowest to highest. If ducted using Cryptosporidium oocysts or
necessary, the 10th percentile may be a surrogate that is removed no more ef-
calculated using linear interpolation. ficiently than Cryptosporidium oocysts.
(10) If a previously tested filter is The organism or surrogate used during
modified in a manner that could challenge testing is referred to as the
change the removal efficiency of the challenge particulate. The concentra-
filter product line, challenge testing to
tion of the challenge particulate, in
demonstrate the removal efficiency of
both the feed and filtrate water, must
the modified filter must be conducted
be determined using a method capable
and submitted to the State.
of discretely quantifying the specific
(b) Membrane filtration. (1) Systems
challenge particulate used in the test;
receive Cryptosporidium treatment
gross measurements such as turbidity
credit for membrane filtration that
may not be used.
meets the criteria of this paragraph.
Membrane cartridge filters that meet (iii) The maximum feed water con-
the definition of membrane filtration centration that can be used during a
in § 141.2 are eligible for this credit. The challenge test is based on the detection
level of treatment credit a system re- limit of the challenge particulate in
ceives is equal to the lower of the val- the filtrate and must be determined ac-
ues determined under paragraph cording to the following equation:
(b)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section. Maximum Feed Concentration = 3.16 ×
(i) The removal efficiency dem- 106 × (Filtrate Detection Limit)
onstrated during challenge testing con-
ducted under the conditions in para- (iv) Challenge testing must be con-
graph (b)(2) of this section. ducted under representative hydraulic
(ii) The maximum removal efficiency conditions at the maximum design flux
that can be verified through direct in- and maximum design process recovery
tegrity testing used with the mem- specified by the manufacturer for the
brane filtration process under the con- membrane module. Flux is defined as
ditions in paragraph (b)(3) of this sec- the throughput of a pressure driven
tion. membrane process expressed as flow
(2) Challenge testing. The membrane per unit of membrane area. Recovery is
used by the system must undergo chal- defined as the volumetric percent of
lenge testing to evaluate removal effi- feed water that is converted to filtrate
ciency, and the system must report the over the course of an operating cycle
results of challenge testing to the uninterrupted by events such as chem-
State. Challenge testing must be con- ical cleaning or a solids removal proc-
ducted according to the criteria in ess (i.e., backwashing).
paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (vii) of this (v) Removal efficiency of a mem-

section. Systems may use data from brane module must be calculated from
618
the challenge test results and ex- must be conducted and submitted to
pressed as a log removal value accord- the State.
ing to the following equation: (3) Direct integrity testing. Systems
LRV = LOG10(Cf) ¥ LOG10(Cp) must conduct direct integrity testing
in a manner that demonstrates a re-
Where: moval efficiency equal to or greater
LRV = log removal value demonstrated dur- than the removal credit awarded to the
ing the challenge test; Cf = the feed con- membrane filtration process and meets
centration measured during the challenge
test; and Cp = the filtrate concentration
the requirements described in para-
measured during the challenge test. Equiv- graphs (b)(3)(i) through (vi) of this sec-
alent units must be used for the feed and tion. A direct integrity test is defined
filtrate concentrations. If the challenge as a physical test applied to a mem-
particulate is not detected in the filtrate, brane unit in order to identify and iso-
the term Cp is set equal to the detection late integrity breaches (i.e., one or
limit for the purpose of calculating the more leaks that could result in con-
LRV. An LRV must be calculated for each
tamination of the filtrate).
membrane module evaluated during the
challenge test. (i) The direct integrity test must be
independently applied to each mem-
(vi) The removal efficiency of a membrane unit in service. A membrane unit
brane filtration process demonstrated is defined as a group of membrane mod-
during challenge testing must be ex- ules that share common valving that
pressed as a log removal value allows the unit to be isolated from the
(LRVC-Test). If fewer than 20 modules are rest of the system for the purpose of in-
tested, then LRVC-Test is equal to the tegrity testing or other maintenance.
lowest of the representative LRVs (ii) The direct integrity method must
among the modules tested. If 20 or have a resolution of 3 micrometers or
more modules are tested, then LRVC-Test less, where resolution is defined as the
is equal to the 10th percentile of the size of the smallest integrity breach
representative LRVs among the mod- that contributes to a response from the
ules tested. The percentile is defined direct integrity test.
by (i/(n+1)) where i is the rank of n in-
(iii) The direct integrity test must
dividual data points ordered lowest to
have a sensitivity sufficient to verify
highest. If necessary, the 10th per-
the log treatment credit awarded to
centile may be calculated using linear
the membrane filtration process by the
interpolation.
State, where sensitivity is defined as
(vii) The challenge test must estab-
the maximum log removal value that
lish a quality control release value
can be reliably verified by a direct in-
(QCRV) for a non-destructive perform-
tegrity test. Sensitivity must be deter-
ance test that demonstrates the
mined using the approach in either
Cryptosporidium removal capability of
paragraph (b)(3)(iii)(A) or (B) of this
the membrane filtration module. This
section as applicable to the type of di-
performance test must be applied to
rect integrity test the system uses.
each production membrane module
used by the system that was not di- (A) For direct integrity tests that
rectly challenge tested in order to use an applied pressure or vacuum, the
verify Cryptosporidium removal capa- direct integrity test sensitivity must
bility. Production modules that do not be calculated according to the fol-
meet the established QCRV are not eli- lowing equation:
gible for the treatment credit dem- LRVDIT = LOG10 (Qp /(VCF × Qbreach))
onstrated during the challenge test.
(viii) If a previously tested mem- Where:
brane is modified in a manner that LRVDIT = the sensitivity of the direct integ-
could change the removal efficiency of rity test; Qp = total design filtrate flow
the membrane or the applicability of from the membrane unit; Qbreach = flow of
water from an integrity breach associated
the non-destructive performance test
with the smallest integrity test response
and associated QCRV, additional chal- that can be reliably measured, and VCF =
lenge testing to demonstrate the re-
volumetric concentration factor. The volu-

moval efficiency of, and determine a metric concentration factor is the ratio of
new QCRV for, the modified membrane the suspended solids concentration on the
619
§ 141.719 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
high pressure side of the membrane rel- monitoring results triggering direct in-
ative to that in the feed water. tegrity testing and the corrective ac-
(B) For direct integrity tests that use tion that was taken in each case.
a particulate or molecular marker, the (i) Unless the State approves an al-
direct integrity test sensitivity must ternative parameter, continuous indi-
be calculated according to the fol- rect integrity monitoring must include
lowing equation: continuous filtrate turbidity moni-
toring.
LRVDIT = LOG10(Cf)¥LOG10(Cp) (ii) Continuous monitoring must be
Where: conducted at a frequency of no less
LRVDIT = the sensitivity of the direct integ- than once every 15 minutes.
rity test; Cf = the typical feed concentra- (iii) Continuous monitoring must be
tion of the marker used in the test; and Cp separately conducted on each mem-
= the filtrate concentration of the marker brane unit.
from an integral membrane unit. (iv) If indirect integrity monitoring
(iv) Systems must establish a control includes turbidity and if the filtrate
limit within the sensitivity limits of turbidity readings are above 0.15 NTU
the direct integrity test that is indic- for a period greater than 15 minutes
ative of an integral membrane unit ca- (i.e., two consecutive 15-minute read-
pable of meeting the removal credit ings above 0.15 NTU), direct integrity
awarded by the State. testing must immediately be per-
(v) If the result of a direct integrity formed on the associated membrane
test exceeds the control limit estab- unit as specified in paragraphs (b)(3)(i)
lished under paragraph (b)(3)(iv) of this through (v) of this section.
section, the system must remove the (v) If indirect integrity monitoring
membrane unit from service. Systems includes a State-approved alternative
must conduct a direct integrity test to parameter and if the alternative pa-
verify any repairs, and may return the rameter exceeds a State-approved con-
membrane unit to service only if the trol limit for a period greater than 15
direct integrity test is within the es- minutes, direct integrity testing must
tablished control limit. immediately be performed on the asso-
(vi) Systems must conduct direct in- ciated membrane units as specified in
tegrity testing on each membrane unit paragraphs (b)(3)(i) through (v) of this
at a frequency of not less than once section.
each day that the membrane unit is in (c) Second stage filtration. Systems re-
operation. The State may approve less ceive 0.5-log Cryptosporidium treatment
frequent testing, based on dem- credit for a separate second stage of fil-
onstrated process reliability, the use of tration that consists of sand, dual
multiple barriers effective for media, GAC, or other fine grain media
Cryptosporidium, or reliable process following granular media filtration if
safeguards. the State approves. To be eligible for
(4) Indirect integrity monitoring. Sys- this credit, the first stage of filtration
tems must conduct continuous indirect must be preceded by a coagulation step
integrity monitoring on each mem- and both filtration stages must treat
brane unit according to the criteria in the entire plant flow taken from a sur-
paragraphs (b)(4)(i) through (v) of this face water or GWUDI source. A cap,
section. Indirect integrity monitoring such as GAC, on a single stage of filtra-
is defined as monitoring some aspect of tion is not eligible for this credit. The
filtrate water quality that is indicative State must approve the treatment
of the removal of particulate matter. A credit based on an assessment of the
system that implements continuous di- design characteristics of the filtration
rect integrity testing of membrane process.
units in accordance with the criteria in (d) Slow sand filtration (as secondary
paragraphs (b)(3)(i) through (v) of this filter). Systems are eligible to receive
section is not subject to the require- 2.5-log Cryptosporidium treatment cred-
ments for continuous indirect integrity it for a slow sand filtration process
monitoring. Systems must submit a that follows a separate stage of filtra-
monthly report to the State summa- tion if both filtration stages treat en-
rizing all continuous indirect integrity tire plant flow taken from a surface
620
water or GWUDI source and no dis- must calculate CT at least once each
infectant residual is present in the in- day, with both C and T measured dur-
fluent water to the slow sand filtration ing peak hourly flow as specified in
process. The State must approve the §§ 141.74(a) through (b).
treatment credit based on an assess- (2) Systems with several disinfection
ment of the design characteristics of segments in sequence may calculate
the filtration process. This paragraph CT for each segment, where a disinfec-
does not apply to treatment credit tion segment is defined as a treatment
awarded to slow sand filtration used as unit process with a measurable dis-
a primary filtration process. infectant residual level and a liquid
[71 FR 769, Jan. 5, 2006; 71 FR 6136, Feb. 6, volume. Under this approach, systems
2006] must add the Cryptosporidium CT values
in each segment to determine the total
§ 141.720 Inactivation toolbox compo- CT for the treatment plant.
nents. (b) CT values for chlorine dioxide and
(a) Calculation of CT values. (1) CT is ozone. (1) Systems receive the
the product of the disinfectant contact Cryptosporidium treatment credit listed
time (T, in minutes) and disinfectant in this table by meeting the cor-
concentration (C, in milligrams per responding chlorine dioxide CT value
liter). Systems with treatment credit for the applicable water temperature,
for chlorine dioxide or ozone under as described in paragraph (a) of this
paragraph (b) or (c) of this section section.
CT VALUES (MG·MIN/L) FOR Cryptosporidium INACTIVATION BY CHLORINE DIOXIDE 1
Water Temperature, °C
Log credit
<=0.5 1 2 3 5 7 10 15 20 25 30
(i) 0.25 ......................................... 159 153 140 128 107 90 69 45 29 19 12

(ii) 0.5 .......................................... 319 305 279 256 214 180 138 89 58 38 24
(iii) 1.0 ......................................... 637 610 558 511 429 360 277 179 116 75 49
(iv) 1.5 ......................................... 956 915 838 767 643 539 415 268 174 113 73
(v) 2.0 ......................................... 1275 1220 1117 1023 858 719 553 357 232 150 98
(vi) 2.5 ......................................... 1594 1525 1396 1278 1072 899 691 447 289 188 122
(vii) 3.0 ........................................ 1912 1830 1675 1534 1286 1079 830 536 347 226 147
1 Systems may use this equation to determine log credit between the indicated values: Log credit = (0.001506 ×
(1.09116)Temp) × CT.
(2) Systems receive the responding ozone CT values for the ap-
Cryptosporidium treatment credit listed plicable water temperature, as de-
in this table by meeting the cor- scribed in paragraph (a) of this section.
CT VALUES (MG·MIN/L) FOR Cryptosporidium INACTIVATION BY OZONE 1
Water Temperature, °C
Log credit
<=0.5 1 2 3 5 7 10 15 20 25 30
(i) 0.25 ......................................... 6.0 5.8 5.2 4.8 4.0 3.3 2.5 1.6 1.0 0.6 0.39
(ii) 0.5 .......................................... 12 12 10 9.5 7.9 6.5 4.9 3.1 2.0 1.2 0.78
(iii) 1.0 ......................................... 24 23 21 19 16 13 9.9 6.2 3.9 2.5 1.6
(iv) 1.5 ......................................... 36 35 31 29 24 20 15 9.3 5.9 3.7 2.4
(v) 2.0 ......................................... 48 46 42 38 32 26 20 12 7.8 4.9 3.1
(vi) 2.5 ......................................... 60 58 52 48 40 33 25 16 9.8 6.2 3.9
(vii) 3.0 ........................................ 72 69 63 57 47 39 30 19 12 7.4 4.7
1 Systems may use this equation to determine log credit between the indicated values: Log credit = (0.0397 × (1.09757)Temp) ×
CT.
(c) Site-specific study. The State may cific basis. The State must base this
approve alternative chlorine dioxide or approval on a site-specific study a sys-
ozone CT values to those listed in para- tem conducts that follows a State-ap-
graph (b) of this section on a site-spe- proved protocol.
621
§ 141.721 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
(d) Ultraviolet light. Systems receive at a wavelength of 254 nm as produced

Cryptosporidium, Giardia lamblia, and by a low pressure mercury vapor lamp.
virus treatment credits for ultraviolet To receive treatment credit for other
(UV) light reactors by achieving the lamp types, systems must demonstrate
corresponding UV dose values shown in an equivalent germicidal dose through
paragraph (d)(1) of this section. Sys- reactor validation testing, as described
tems must validate and monitor UV re- in paragraph (d)(2) of this section. The
actors as described in paragraphs (d)(2) UV dose values in this table are appli-
and (3) of this section to demonstrate cable only to post-filter applications of
that they are achieving a particular UV in filtered systems and to
UV dose value for treatment credit.
unfiltered systems.
(1) UV dose table. The treatment cred-
its listed in this table are for UV light
UV DOSE TABLE FOR Cryptosporidium, Giardia lamblia, AND VIRUS INACTIVATION CREDIT
Cryptosporidium Giardia lamblia Virus
Log credit UV dose (mJ/cm2) UV dose (mJ/cm2) UV dose (mJ/cm2)
(i) 0.5 ............................................................................................... 1.6 1.5 39

(ii) 1.0 .............................................................................................. 2.5 2.1 58
(iii) 1.5 .............................................................................................. 3.9 3.0 79
(iv) 2.0 ............................................................................................. 5.8 5.2 100
(v) 2.5 .............................................................................................. 8.5 7.7 121
(vi) 3.0 ............................................................................................. 12 11 143
(vii) 3.5 ............................................................................................. 15 15 163
(viii) 4.0 ............................................................................................ 22 22 186
(2) Reactor validation testing. Systems (3) Reactor monitoring. (i) Systems
must use UV reactors that have under- must monitor their UV reactors to de-
gone validation testing to determine termine if the reactors are operating
the operating conditions under which within validated conditions, as deter-
the reactor delivers the UV dose re- mined under paragraph (d)(2) of this
quired in paragraph (d)(1) of this sec- section. This monitoring must include
tion (i.e., validated operating condi- UV intensity as measured by a UV sen-
tions). These operating conditions sor, flow rate, lamp status, and other
must include flow rate, UV intensity as parameters the State designates based
measured by a UV sensor, and UV lamp on UV reactor operation. Systems
status. must verify the calibration of UV sen-
(i) When determining validated oper- sors and must recalibrate sensors in ac-
ating conditions, systems must accordance with a protocol the State ap-
count for the following factors: UV ab- proves.
sorbance of the water; lamp fouling and (ii) To receive treatment credit for
aging; measurement uncertainty of on- UV light, systems must treat at least
line sensors; UV dose distributions 95 percent of the water delivered to the
arising from the velocity profiles public during each month by UV reac-
through the reactor; failure of UV tors operating within validated condi-
lamps or other critical system compo- tions for the required UV dose, as de-
nents; and inlet and outlet piping or scribed in paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of
channel configurations of the UV reac- this section. Systems must dem-
tor. onstrate compliance with this condi-
(ii) Validation testing must include tion by the monitoring required under
the following: Full scale testing of a re- paragraph (d)(3)(i) of this section.
actor that conforms uniformly to the
UV reactors used by the system and in- REPORTING AND RECORDKEEPING
activation of a test microorganism REQUIREMENTS
whose dose response characteristics
have been quantified with a low pres- § 141.721 Reporting requirements.
sure mercury vapor lamp. (a) Systems must report sampling
(iii) The State may approve an alter- schedules under § 141.702 and source
native approach to validation testing. water monitoring results under § 141.706
622
unless they notify the State that they (e) Systems must report disinfection
will not conduct source water moni- profiles and benchmarks to the State
toring due to meeting the criteria of as described in §§ 141.708 through 141.709
§ 141.701(d). prior to making a significant change in
(b) Systems must report the use of disinfection practice.
uncovered finished water storage facili- (f) Systems must report to the State
ties to the State as described in in accordance with the following table
§ 141.714. for any microbial toolbox options used
(c) Filtered systems must report to comply with treatment require-
their Cryptosporidium bin classification ments under § 141.711 or § 141.712. Alter-
as described in § 141.710. natively, the State may approve a sys-
(d) Unfiltered systems must report tem to certify operation within re-
their mean source water quired parameters for treatment credit
Cryptosporidium level as described in rather than reporting monthly oper-
§ 141.712. ational data for toolbox options.
MICROBIAL TOOLBOX REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
Systems must submit the following infor-
Toolbox option On the following schedule
mation
(1) Watershed control program (i) Notice of intention to develop a new or No later than two years before the applica-
(WCP). continue an existing watershed control ble treatment compliance date in
program. § 141.713
(ii) Watershed control plan .......................... No later than one year before the applica-
ble treatment compliance date in
§ 141.713.
(iii) Annual watershed control program sta- Every 12 months, beginning one year after
tus report. the applicable treatment compliance
date in § 141.713.
(iv) Watershed sanitary survey report ........ For community water systems, every three
years beginning three years after the ap-
plicable treatment compliance date in
§ 141.713. For noncommunity water sys-
tems, every five years beginning five
years after the applicable treatment
compliance date in § 141.713.
(2) Alternative source/intake manage- Verification that system has relocated the No later than the applicable treatment
ment. intake or adopted the intake withdrawal compliance date in § 141.713.
procedure reflected in monitoring results.
(3) Presedimentation .......................... Monthly verification of the following: (i) Monthly reporting within 10 days following
Continuous basin operation (ii) Treat- the month in which the monitoring was
ment of 100% of the flow (iii) Continuous conducted, beginning on the applicable
addition of a coagulant (iv) At least 0.5- treatment compliance date in § 141.713.
log mean reduction of influent turbidity or
compliance with alternative State-ap-
proved performance criteria.
(4) Two-stage lime softening .............. Monthly verification of the following: (i) Monthly reporting within 10 days following
Chemical addition and hardness precipi- the month in which the monitoring was
tation occurred in two separate and se- conducted, beginning on the applicable
quential softening stages prior to filtra- treatment compliance date in § 141.713.
tion (ii) Both stages treated 100% of the
plant flow.
(5) Bank filtration ................................ (i) Initial demonstration of the following: (A) No later than the applicable treatment
Unconsolidated, predominantly sandy compliance date in § 141.713.
aquifer (B) Setback distance of at least
25 ft. (0.5-log credit) or 50 ft. (1.0-log
credit).
(ii) If monthly average of daily max turbidity Report within 30 days following the month
is greater than 1 NTU then system must in which the monitoring was conducted,
report result and submit an assessment beginning on the applicable treatment
of the cause.. compliance date in § 141.713.
(6) Combined filter performance ........ Monthly verification of combined filter efflu- Monthly reporting within 10 days following
ent (CFE) turbidity levels less than or the month in which the monitoring was
equal to 0.15 NTU in at least 95 percent conducted, beginning on the applicable
of the 4 hour CFE measurements taken treatment compliance date in § 141.713.
each month.
623
§ 141.722 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
MICROBIAL TOOLBOX REPORTING REQUIREMENTS—Continued

Systems must submit the following infor-
Toolbox option On the following schedule
mation
(7) Individual filter performance ......... Monthly verification of the following: (i) In- Monthly reporting within 10 days following
dividual filter effluent (IFE ) turbidity lev- the month in which the monitoring was
els less than or equal to 0.15 NTU in at conducted, beginning on the applicable
least 95 percent of samples each month treatment compliance date in § 141.713.]
in each filter (ii) No individual filter great-
er than 0.3 NTU in two consecutive
readings 15 minutes apart.
(8) Demonstration of performance ..... (i) Results from testing following a State No later than the applicable treatment
approved protocol. compliance date in § 141.713.
(ii) As required by the State, monthly Within 10 days following the month in
verification of operation within conditions which monitoring was conducted, begin-
of State approval for demonstration of ning on the applicable treatment compli-
performance credit. ance date in § 141.713.
(9) Bag filters and cartridge filters ...... (i) Demonstration that the following criteria No later than the applicable treatment
are met: (A) Process meets the defini- compliance date in § 141.713.
tion of bag or cartridge filtration; (B) Re-
moval efficiency established through
challenge testing that meets criteria in
this subpart.
(ii) Monthly verification that 100% of plant Within 10 days following the month in
flow was filtered. which monitoring was conducted, begin-
ning on the applicable treatment compli-
ance date in § 141.713.
(10) Membrane filtration ..................... (i) Results of verification testing dem- No later than the applicable treatment
onstrating the following: (A) Removal ef- compliance date in § 141.713.
ficiency established through challenge
testing that meets criteria in this subpart;
(B) Integrity test method and param-
eters, including resolution, sensitivity,
test frequency, control limits, and associ-
ated baseline.
(ii) Monthly report summarizing the fol- Within 10 days following the month in
lowing: (A) All direct integrity tests above which monitoring was conducted, begin-
the control limit; (B) If applicable, any ning on the applicable treatment compli-
turbidity or alternative state-approved in- ance date in § 141.713.
direct integrity monitoring results trig-
gering direct integrity testing and the
corrective action that was taken.
(11) Second stage filtration ................ Monthly verification that 100% of flow was Within 10 days following the month in
filtered through both stages and that first which monitoring was conducted, begin-
stage was preceded by coagulation step. ning on the applicable treatment compli-
(12) Slow sand filtration (as sec- Monthly verification that both a slow sand Within 10 days following the month in
ondary filter). filter and a preceding separate stage of which monitoring was conducted, begin-
filtration treated 100% of flow from sub- ning on the applicable treatment compli-
part H sources.. ance date in § 141.713.
(13) Chlorine dioxide .......................... Summary of CT values for each day as Within 10 days following the month in
described in § 141.720.. which monitoring was conducted, begin-
(14) Ozone ......................................... Summary of CT values for each day as Within 10 days following the month in
described in § 141.720.. which monitoring was conducted, begin-
(15) UV ............................................... (i) Validation test results demonstrating op- No later than the applicable treatment
erating conditions that achieve required compliance date in § 141.713.
UV dose. Within 10 days following the month in
(ii) Monthly report summarizing the per- which monitoring was conducted, begin-
centage of water entering the distribution ning on the applicable treatment compli-
system that was not treated by UV reac- ance date in § 141.713.
tors operating within validated conditions
for the required dose as specified in
141.720(d)..
§ 141.722 Recordkeeping requirements. toring under § 141.701(a) and the second

round of source water monitoring

(a) Systems must keep results from
under § 141.701(b) until 3 years after bin
the initial round of source water moni-
624
classification under § 141.710 for filtered Subpart X—Aircraft Drinking Water

systems or determination of the mean Rule
Cryptosporidium level under § 141.710 for
unfiltered systems for the particular
round of monitoring. SOURCE: 74 FR 53618, Oct. 19, 2009, unless
otherwise noted.
(b) Systems must keep any notifica-
tion to the State that they will not § 141.800 Applicability and compliance
conduct source water monitoring due date.
to meeting the criteria of § 141.701(d)
for 3 years. (a) Applicability. The requirements of
(c) Systems must keep the results of this subpart constitute the National
treatment monitoring associated with Primary Drinking Water Regulations
microbial toolbox options under for aircraft that are public water sys-
§§ 141.716 through 141.720 and with un- tems and that board only finished
covered finished water reservoirs under water for human consumption. Aircraft
§ 141.714, as applicable, for 3 years. public water systems are considered
transient non-community water sys-
REQUIREMENTS FOR SANITARY SURVEYS tems (TNCWS). To the extent there is a
PERFORMED BY EPA conflict between the requirements in
this subpart and the regulatory re-
§ 141.723 Requirements to respond to quirements established elsewhere in
significant deficiencies identified in this part, this subpart governs.
sanitary surveys performed by EPA.
(b) Compliance date. Aircraft public
(a) A sanitary survey is an onsite re- water systems must comply, unless
view of the water source (identifying otherwise noted, with the requirements
sources of contamination by using re- of this subpart beginning October 19,
sults of source water assessments 2011. Until this compliance date, air
where available), facilities, equipment, carriers remain subject to existing na-
operation, maintenance, and moni- tional primary drinking water regula-
toring compliance of a PWS to evalu- tions.
ate the adequacy of the PWS, its
sources and operations, and the dis- § 141.801 Definitions.
tribution of safe drinking water.
As used in this subpart, the term:
(b) For the purposes of this section, a
significant deficiency includes a defect Administrator means the Adminis-
in design, operation, or maintenance, trator of the United States Environ-
or a failure or malfunction of the mental Protection Agency or his/her
sources, treatment, storage, or dis- authorized representative.
tribution system that EPA determines Air carrier means a person who under-
to be causing, or has the potential for takes directly by lease, or other ar-
causing the introduction of contamina- rangement, to engage in air transpor-
tion into the water delivered to con- tation. The air carrier is responsible
sumers. for ensuring all of the aircraft it owns
(c) For sanitary surveys performed or operates that are public water sys-
by EPA, systems must respond in writ- tems comply with all provisions of this
ing to significant deficiencies identi- subpart.
fied in sanitary survey reports no later Aircraft means a device that is used
than 45 days after receipt of the report, or intended to be used for flight in the
indicating how and on what schedule air.
the system will address significant de- Aircraft water system means an air-
ficiencies noted in the survey. craft that qualifies as a public water
(d) Systems must correct significant system under the Safe Drinking Water
deficiencies identified in sanitary sur- Act and the national primary drinking
vey reports according to the schedule water regulations. The components of
approved by EPA, or if there is no ap- an aircraft water system include the
proved schedule, according to the water service panel, the filler neck of
schedule reported under paragraph (c) the aircraft finished water storage
of this section if such deficiencies are tank, and all finished water storage
within the control of the system. tanks, piping, treatment equipment,
625
§ 141.802 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
and plumbing fixtures within the air- (3) Frequency and number of routine
craft that supply water for human con- coliform samples to be collected as
sumption to passengers or crew. specified in § 141.803(b)(3).
Aircraft water system operations and (4) Frequency of routine disinfection
maintenance plan means the schedules and flushing as specified in the oper-
and procedures for operating, moni- ations and maintenance plan under
toring, and maintaining an aircraft § 141.804.
water system that is included in an air- (5) Procedures for communicating
craft operation and maintenance pro- sample results promptly so that any
gram accepted by the Federal Aviation required actions, including repeat and
Administration. (14 CFR part 43, 14 follow-up sampling, corrective action,
CFR part 91, 14 CFR part 121) and notification of passengers and
Finished water means water that is crew, will be conducted in a timely
introduced into the distribution sys- manner.
tem of a public water system and is in- (b) Each air carrier must develop a
tended for distribution and consump- coliform sampling plan for each air-
tion without further treatment, except craft with a water system meeting the
as treatment necessary to maintain definition of a public water system by
water quality in the distribution sys- April 19, 2011.
tem (e.g., supplemental disinfection, (c) The coliform sampling plan must
addition of corrosion control chemi- be included in the Aircraft Water Sys-
cals). (40 CFR 141.2) tem Operations and Maintenance Plan
Human consumption means drinking, required in § 141.804. Any subsequent
bathing, showering, hand washing, changes to the coliform sampling plan
teeth brushing, food preparation, dish- must also be included in the Aircraft
washing, and maintaining oral hygiene. Water System Operations and Mainte-
nance Plan required in § 141.804.
Self inspection means an onsite review
of the aircraft water system, including § 141.803 Coliform sampling.
the water service panel, the filler neck
of the aircraft finished water storage (a) Analytical methodology. Air car-
tank; all finished water storage tanks, riers must follow the sampling and
piping, treatment equipment, and analysis requirements under this sec-
plumbing fixtures; and a review of the tion.
aircraft operations, maintenance, mon- (1) The standard sample volume re-
itoring, and recordkeeping for the pur- quired for total coliform analysis, re-
pose of evaluating the adequacy of such gardless of analytical method used, is
water system components and prac- 100 mL.
tices for providing safe drinking water (2) Air carriers need determine only
to passengers and crew. the presence or absence of total coli-
forms and/or E. coli; a determination of
Watering point means the water sup-
density of these organisms is not re-
ply, methods, and facilities used for the
quired.
delivery of finished water to the air-
(3) Air carriers must conduct anal-
craft. These facilities may include
yses for total coliform and E. coli in ac-
water trucks, carts, cabinets, and
cordance with the analytical methods
hoses.
approved in § 141.21(f)(3) and 141.21(f)(6).
§ 141.802 Coliform sampling plan. (4) The time from sample collection
to initiation of analysis may not ex-
(a) Each air carrier under this sub- ceed 30 hours. Systems are encouraged
part must develop a coliform sampling but not required to hold samples below
plan covering each aircraft water sys- 10 °C during transit.
tem owned or operated by the air car- (5) The invalidation of a total coli-
rier that identifies the following: form sample result can be made only
(1) Coliform sample collection proce- by the Administrator in accordance
dures that are consistent with the re- with § 141.21(c)(1)(i), (ii), or (iii) or by
quirements of § 141.803(a) and (b). the certified laboratory in accordance
(2) Sample tap location(s) representa- with § 141.21(c)(2).
tive of the aircraft water system as (6) Certified laboratories. For the pur-
specified in § 141.803(b)(2) and (b)(4). pose of determining compliance with
626
this subpart, samples may be consid- the frequency specified in the sampling
ered only if they have been analyzed by plan in § 141.802 for aircraft with a re-
a laboratory certified by a State or movable or portable tank that is
EPA. For the purposes of this para- drained every day of passenger service,
graph, ‘‘State’’ refers to a State or and the aircraft has only one tap. Air-
Tribe that has received primacy for craft meeting the requirements of this
public water systems (other than air- paragraph do not have to comply with
craft water systems) under section 1413 paragraph (b)(4) of this section.
of SDWA. (3) Air carriers must perform routine
(b) Routine monitoring. For each air-
monitoring for total coliform at a fre-
craft water system, the sampling fre-
quency corresponding to the frequency
quency must be determined by the dis-
infection and flushing frequency rec- of routine disinfection and flushing as
ommended by the aircraft water sys- specified in the Table b–1 (Routine Dis-
tem manufacturer, when available, and infection and Flushing and Routine
as identified in the operations and Sample Frequencies). Air carriers must
maintenance plan in § 141.804. follow the disinfection and flushing fre-
(1) Except as provided in paragraph quency recommended by the aircraft
(b)(2) of this section, the air carrier water system manufacturer, when
must collect two 100 mL total coliform available. Where the aircraft water sys-
routine samples at the frequency speci- tem manufacturer does not specify a
fied in the sampling plan in § 141.802 recommended routine disinfection and
and in accordance with paragraph (b)(3) flushing frequency, the air carrier
of this section; must choose a frequency from Table b–
(2) The air carrier may collect one 100 1 (Routine Disinfection and Flushing
mL total coliform routine sample at and Routine Sample Frequencies):
TABLE B–1—ROUTINE DISINFECTION AND FLUSHING AND ROUTINE SAMPLE FREQUENCIES
Minimum routine disinfection & flushing per Minimum frequency of routine samples per
aircraft aircraft
At least 4 times per year = At least once within every three- At least 1 time per year = At least once within every twelve-
month period (quarterly). month period (annually).
At least 3 times per year = At least once within every four- At least 2 times per year = At least once within every six-
month period. month period (semi-annually).
At least 2 times per year = At least once within every six- At least 4 times per year = At least once within every three-
month period (semi-annually). month period (quarterly).
At least 1 time per year or less = At least once within every At least 12 times per year = At least once every month (month-
twelve-month period (annually) or less. ly).
(4) One sample must be taken from a If all routine sample results are total
lavatory and one from a galley; each coliform-negative, then the air carrier
sample must be analyzed for total coli- must maintain the routine monitoring
form. If only one water tap is located frequency for total coliform as speci-
in the aircraft water system due to air- fied in the sampling plan in § 141.802.
craft model type and construction, (2) Positive routine E. coli sample re-
then a single tap may be used to col- sults. If any routine sample is E. coli-
lect two separate 100 mL samples. positive, the air carrier must perform
(5) If any routine, repeat, or follow- all of the following:
up coliform sample is total coliform- (i) Restrict public access. Restrict pub-
positive, the air carrier must analyze
lic access to the aircraft water system
that total coliform-positive culture
in accordance with paragraph (d) of
medium to determine if E. coli is
present. this section as expeditiously as pos-
(6) Routine total coliform samples sible, but in no case later than 24 hours
must not be collected within 72 hours after the laboratory notifies the air
after completing routine disinfection carrier of the E. coli-positive result or
and flushing procedures. discovery of the applicable failure as
(c) Routine coliform sample results—(1) specified in paragraphs (g) and (h) of
Negative routine coliform sample results.
627
§ 141.803 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
this section. All public access restric- (ii) Restrict public access. In accord-
tions, including applicable public noti- ance with paragraph (d) of this section,
fication requirements, must remain in- restrict public access to the aircraft
place until the aircraft water system water system as expeditiously as pos-
has been disinfected and flushed and a sible, but in no case later than 72 hours
complete set of follow-up samples is after the laboratory notifies the air
total coliform-negative; and carrier of the total coliform-positive
(ii) Disinfect and flush. Conduct dis- and E. coli-negative result or discovery
infection and flushing in accordance of the applicable failure as specified in
with § 141.804(b)(2). If the aircraft water paragraphs (f), (g), and, (i) of this sec-
system cannot be physically discon- tion. All public access restrictions, in-
nected or shut-off, or the flow of water cluding applicable public notification
otherwise prevented through the tap(s), requirements, must remain in-place
then the air carrier must disinfect and until the aircraft water system has
flush the system no later than 72 hours been disinfected and flushed, and a
after the laboratory notifies the air complete set of follow-up samples has
carrier of the E. coli-positive result or been collected. The air carrier must
discovery of the applicable failure as conduct disinfection and flushing in ac-
specified in paragraphs (g) and (h) of cordance with § 141.804(b)(2). After dis-
this section; and infection and flushing is completed,
(iii) Follow-up sampling. Collect fol- the air carrier must collect follow-up
low-up samples in accordance with samples in accordance with paragraph
(e) of this section prior to providing
paragraph (e) of this section. A com-
water for human consumption from the
plete set of follow-up sample results
aircraft water system. A complete set
must be total coliform-negative before
of follow-up sample results must be
the air carrier provides water for
total coliform-negative before the air
human consumption from the aircraft
carrier returns to the routine moni-
water system and returns to the rou-
toring frequency as specified in the
tine monitoring frequency as specified
sampling plan required by § 141.802; or
in the sampling plan required by
(iii) Repeat sampling. Collect three 100
§ 141.802.
mL repeat samples no later than 24
(3) Positive routine total coliform sample hours after the laboratory notifies the
results. If any routine sample is total air carrier of the routine total coli-
coliform-positive and E. coli-negative, form-positive and E. coli-negative re-
then the air carrier must perform at sult. Repeat samples must be collected
least one of the following three correc- and analyzed from three taps within
tive actions and continue through with the aircraft as follows: The tap which
that action until a complete set of fol- resulted in the total coliform-positive
low-up or repeat samples is total coli- sample, one other lavatory tap, and
form-negative: one other galley tap. If fewer than
(i) Disinfect and flush. In accordance three taps exist, then a total of three
with § 141.804(b)(2), conduct disinfection 100 mL samples must be collected and
and flushing of the system no later analyzed from the available taps with-
than 72 hours after the laboratory noti- in the aircraft water system.
fies the air carrier of the total coli- (A) If all repeat samples are total
form-positive and E. coli-negative re- coliform-negative, then the air carrier
sult. After disinfection and flushing is must maintain the routine monitoring
completed, the air carrier must collect frequency for total coliform as speci-
follow-up samples in accordance with fied in the sampling plan in § 141.802.
paragraph (e) of this section prior to (B) If any repeat sample is E. coli-
providing water for human consump- positive, the air carrier must perform
tion from the aircraft water system. A all the corrective actions as specified
complete set of follow-up sample re- in paragraphs (c)(2)(i), (c)(2)(ii), and
sults must be total coliform-negative (c)(2)(iii) of this section.
before the air carrier returns to the (C) If any repeat sample is total coli-
routine monitoring frequency as speci- form-positive and E. coli-negative, then
fied in the sampling plan required by the air carrier must perform the cor-
§ 141.802; or rective actions specified in paragraphs
628
(c)(3)(i) or (c)(3)(ii) of this section, and the air carrier must restrict public ac-
continue through with that action cess to the aircraft water system in ac-
until a complete set of follow-up sam- cordance with paragraph (d) of this sec-
ples is total coliform-negative. tion as expeditiously as possible, but in
(d) Restriction of public access. Restric- no case later than 72 hours after the
tion of public access to the aircraft laboratory notifies the air carrier of
water system includes, but need not be the total coliform-positive and E. coli-
limited to, the following: negative result. All public access re-
(1) Physically disconnecting or shut- strictions, including applicable public
ting off the aircraft water system, notification requirements, must re-
where feasible, or otherwise preventing main in-place until the aircraft water
the flow of water through the tap(s); system has been disinfected and
(2) Providing public notification to flushed in accordance with
passengers and crew in accordance with § 141.804(b)(2) and a complete set of fol-
§ 141.805. low-up samples is total coliform-nega-
(3) Providing alternatives to water tive. The air carrier must collect fol-
from the aircraft water system, such as low-up samples in accordance with
bottled water for drinking and coffee or paragraph (e) of this section. A com-
tea preparation; antiseptic hand gels or plete set of follow-up sample results
wipes in accordance with 21 CFR part must be total coliform-negative before
333—‘‘Topical Anti-microbial Drug the air carrier provides water for
Products for Over-the-Counter Human human consumption from the aircraft
Use’’ in the galleys and lavatories; and water system and returns to the rou-
other feasible measures that reduce or tine monitoring frequency for coliform
eliminate the need to use the aircraft as specified in § 141.802.
water system during the limited period (f) Failure to perform required routine
before public use of the aircraft water disinfection and flushing or failure to col-
system is unrestricted. lect required routine samples. If the air
(e) Post disinfection and flushing fol- carrier fails to perform routine dis-
low-up sampling. Following corrective infection and flushing or fails to col-
action disinfection and flushing, air lect and analyze the required number
carriers must comply with post dis- of routine coliform samples, the air
infection and flushing follow-up sam- carrier must perform all the corrective
pling procedures that, at a minimum, actions as specified in paragraph
consist of the following: (c)(3)(ii) of this section.
(1) For each aircraft water system, (g) Failure to collect repeat or follow-up
the air carrier must collect a complete samples. If the air carrier fails to col-
set of total coliform follow-up samples lect and analyze the required follow-up
consisting of two 100 mL total coliform samples as a result of an E. coli-posi-
samples at the same routine sample lo- tive result, then the air carrier must
cations as identified in paragraphs perform all the corrective actions as
(b)(2) and (b)(4) of this section. specified in paragraphs (c)(2)(i),
(2) Follow-up samples must be col- (c)(2)(ii), and (c)(2)(iii) of this section.
lected prior to providing water to the If the air carrier fails to collect and
public for human consumption from analyze the required repeat samples or
the aircraft water system. follow-up samples as a result of a total
(3) If a complete set of follow-up sam- coliform-positive and E. coli-negative
ples is total coliform-negative, the air result, then the air carrier must per-
carrier must return to the routine form all the corrective actions as spec-
monitoring frequency for total coli- ified in paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this sec-
form as specified in the sampling plan tion.
required by § 141.802. (h) Failure to board water from a safe
(4) If any follow-up sample is E. coli- watering point (E. coli-positive). For the
positive, the air carrier must perform aircraft water system, the air carrier
all the corrective actions as specified must perform all the corrective actions
in paragraphs (c)(2)(i), (c)(2)(ii), and specified in paragraphs (c)(2)(i),
(c)(2)(iii) of this section. (c)(2)(ii), and (c)(2)(iii) of this section
(5) If any follow-up sample is total when it becomes aware of an E. coli-

coliform-positive and E. coli-negative positive event resulting from:
629
§ 141.804 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
(1) Boarding water from a watering water system in accordance with, or is

point not in accordance with FDA reg- consistent with, the water system
ulations (21 CFR part 1240 subpart E), manufacturer’s recommendations. The
or air carrier may conduct disinfection
(2) Boarding water that does not and flushing more frequently, but not
meet NPDWRs applicable to transient less frequently, than the manufacturer
non-community water systems (§§ 141.62 recommends.
and 141.63, as applied to TNCWS), (ii) The operations and maintenance
(3) Boarding water that is otherwise plan must identify the disinfection fre-
determined to be unsafe due to non- quency, type of disinfecting agent, dis-
compliance with the procedures speci- infectant concentration to be used, and
fied in § 141.804(b)(6). the disinfectant contact time, and
(i) Failure to board water from a safe flushing volume or flushing time.
watering point (non-E. coli-positive). For (iii) In cases where a recommended
the aircraft water system, the air car- routine disinfection and flushing fre-
rier must perform all the corrective ac- quency is not specified by the aircraft
tions specified in paragraphs (c)(3)(ii) water system manufacturer, the air
of this section when it becomes aware carrier must choose a disinfection and
of a non-E. coli-positive event resulting flushing, and corresponding monitoring
from: frequency specified in § 141.803(b)(3).
(1) Boarding water from a watering (3) Follow-up sampling. The plan must
point not in accordance with FDA reg- include the procedures for follow-up
ulations (21 CFR part 1240, subpart E), sampling in accordance with
(2) Boarding water that does not § 141.803(e).
meet NPDWRs applicable to transient (4) Training requirements. Training for
non-community water systems (§§ 141.62 all personnel involved with the aircraft
and 141.63, as applied to TNCWS), or water system operation and mainte-
(3) Boarding water that is otherwise nance provisions of this regulation
determined to be unsafe due to non- must include, but is not limited to the
compliance with the procedures speci- following:
fied in § 141.804(b)(6). (i) Boarding water procedures;
(ii) Sample collection procedures;
§ 141.804 Aircraft water system oper- (iii) Disinfection and flushing proce-
ations and maintenance plan. dures;
(a) Each air carrier must develop and (iv) Public health and safety reasons
implement an aircraft water system for the requirements of this subpart.
operations and maintenance plan for (5) Procedures for conducting self-in-
each aircraft water system that it spections of the aircraft water system.
owns or operates. This plan must be in- Procedures must include, but are not
cluded in a Federal Aviation Adminis- limited to, inspection of storage tank,
tration (FAA)-accepted air carrier op- distribution system, supplemental
erations and maintenance program (14 treatment, fixtures, valves, and back-
CFR part 43, 14 CFR part 91, 14 CFR flow prevention devices.
part 121). (6) Procedures for boarding water. The
(b) Each aircraft water system oper- plan must include the following re-
ations and maintenance plan must in- quirements and procedures for board-
clude the following: ing water:
(1) Watering point selection require- (i) Within the United States, the air
ment. All watering points must be se- carrier must board water from water-
lected in accordance with Food and ing points in accordance with Food and
Drug Administration (FDA) regula- Drug Administration (FDA) regula-
tions (21 CFR part 1240, subpart E). tions (21 CFR part 1240, subpart E).
(2) Procedures for disinfection and (ii) A description of how the water
flushing. The plan must include the fol- will be transferred from the watering
lowing requirements for procedures for point to the aircraft in a manner that
disinfection and flushing of aircraft ensures it will not become contami-
water system. nated during the transfer.
(i) The air carrier must conduct dis- (iii) A description of how the carrier
infection and flushing of the aircraft will ensure that water boarded outside
630
the United States is safe for human (4) Failure to collect the required re-
consumption. peat samples or failure to collect the
(iv) A description of emergency pro- required follow-up samples in response
cedures that meet the requirements in to a sample result that is total coli-
§ 141.803(h) and (i) that must be used in form-positive and E. coli-negative in
the event that the air carrier becomes accordance with § 141.803(g);
aware that water was boarded to oper- (5) In accordance with § 141.803(h), the
ate essential systems, such as toilets, air carrier becomes aware of an E. coli-
but was boarded from a watering point positive event resulting from water
not in accordance with FDA regula- that has been boarded from a watering
tions, does not meet NPDWRs applica- point not in accordance with FDA reg-
ble to transient non-community water ulations (21 CFR part 1240, subpart E),
systems (§§ 141.62 and 141.63, as applied or that does not meet NPDWRs appli-
to TNCWSs), or is otherwise unsafe. cable to transient non-community
(7) Coliform sampling plan. The air water systems, or that is otherwise de-
carrier must include the coliform sam- termined to be unsafe due to non-com-
pling plan prepared in accordance with pliance with the procedures specified in
§ 141.802. § 141.804(b)(6);
(8) Aircraft water system disconnect/ (6) In accordance with § 141.803(i), the
shut-off, or prevent flow of water through air carrier becomes aware of a non-E.
the tap(s) statement. An explanation of coli-positive event resulting from water
whether the aircraft water system can that has been boarded from a watering
be physically disconnected/shut-off, or point not in accordance with FDA reg-
the flow of water otherwise prevented ulations (21 CFR part 1240, subpart E),
through the tap(s) to the crew and pas- or that does not meet NPDWRs appli-
sengers. cable to transient non-community
(c) For existing aircraft, the air car- water systems, or that is otherwise de-
rier must develop the water system op- termined to be unsafe due to non-com-
erations and maintenance plan re- pliance with the procedures specified in
quired by this section by April 19, 2011; § 141.804(b)(6).
(d) For new aircraft, the air carrier (7) The Administrator, the carrier, or
must develop the operations and main- the crew otherwise determines that no-
tenance plan required in this section tification is necessary to protect public
within the first calendar quarter of ini- health.
tial operation of the aircraft. (b) Public notification: (1) Must be dis-
(e) Any changes to the aircraft water played in a conspicuous way when
system operations and maintenance printed or posted;
plan must be included in the FAA-ac- (2) Must not contain overly technical
cepted air carrier operations and main- language or very small print;
tenance program. (3) Must not be formatted in a way
that defeats the purpose of the notice;
§ 141.805 Notification to passengers (4) Must not contain language that
and crew. nullifies the purpose of the notice;
(a) Air carriers must give public no- (5) Must contain information in the
tice for each aircraft in all of the fol- appropriate language(s) regarding the
lowing situations: importance of the notice, reflecting a
(1) Public access to the aircraft water good faith effort to reach the non-
system is restricted in response to a English speaking population served, in-
routine, repeat or follow-up total coli- cluding, where applicable, an easily
form-positive or E. coli-positive sample recognized symbol for non-potable
result in accordance with § 141.803(d); water.
(2) Failure to perform required rou- (c) Public notification for paragraph
tine disinfection and flushing or failure (a)(1) of this section must meet the re-
to collect required routine samples in quirements of paragraph (b) of this sec-
accordance with § 141.803(f); tion in addition to the following:
(3) Failure to collect the required fol- (1) Public notification must include a
low-up samples in response to a sample prominently displayed, clear statement
result that is E. coli-positive in accord- in each lavatory indicating that the

ance with § 141.803(g); water is non-potable and should not be
631
§ 141.805 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
used for drinking, food or beverage (i) A clear statement that the water
preparation, hand washing, teeth is non-potable and should not be used
brushing, or any other consumptive for drinking, food or beverage prepara-
use; and tion, hand washing, teeth brushing, or
(2) A prominent notice in the galley any other consumptive use;
directed at the crew which includes: (ii) A clear statement that it is not
(i) A clear statement that the water known whether the water is contami-
is non-potable and should not be used nated because there was a failure to
for drinking, food or beverage prepara- perform required routine disinfection
tion, hand washing, teeth brushing, or and flushing; or a failure to perform re-
any other consumptive use; quired monitoring; or water was
(ii) A description of the violation or boarded from a watering point not in
situation triggering the notice, includ- accordance with FDA regulations, or
ing the contaminant(s) of concern; that does not meet NPDWRs applicable
(iii) When the violation or situation to transient noncommunity water sys-
occurred; tems, or that is otherwise determined
(iv) Any potential adverse health ef- to be unsafe due to noncompliance with
fects from the violation or situation, as the procedures specified in
appropriate, under paragraph (g) of this § 141.804(b)(6);
section; (iii) When and where the unsafe
(v) The population at risk, including water was boarded or when the specific
sensitive subpopulations particularly monitoring or disinfection and flushing
vulnerable if exposed to the contami- requirement was not met;
nant in the drinking water; (iv) Any potential adverse health ef-
(vi) What the air carrier is doing to fects from exposure to waterborne
correct the violation or situation; and pathogens that might be in the water,
(vii) When the air carrier expects to as appropriate, under paragraph (g) of
return the system to unrestricted pub- this section;
lic access. (v) The population at risk, including
(3) If passenger access to the water sensitive subpopulations particularly
system is physically prevented through vulnerable if exposed to the contami-
disconnecting or shutting off the nant in the drinking water; and
water, or the flow of water prevented (vi) A statement indicating when the
through the tap(s), or if water is sup- system will be disinfected and flushed
plied only to lavatory toilets, and not and returned to unrestricted public ac-
to any lavatory or galley taps, then cess.
only the notice specified in paragraph (3) If passenger access to the water
(c)(2) of this section is required. system is physically prevented through
(4) Air carriers must initiate public disconnecting or shutting off the
notification when restriction of public water, or the flow of water prevented
access is initiated in accordance with through the tap(s), or if water is sup-
§ 141.803(d) and must continue until the plied only to lavatory toilets, and not
aircraft water system is returned to to any lavatory or galley taps, then
unrestricted public access. only the notice specified in paragraph
(d) Public notification for paragraphs (d)(2) of this section is required.
(a)(2), (a)(4), and (a)(6) of this section (4) Air carriers must initiate public
must meet the requirements of para- notification when restriction of public
graph (b) of this section in addition to access is initiated in accordance with
the following: § 141.803(d) and must continue until the
(1) Public notification must include a aircraft water system is returned to
prominently displayed, clear statement unrestricted public access.
in each lavatory indicating that the (e) Public notification for paragraphs
water is non-potable and should not be (a)(3) and (a)(5) of this section must
used for drinking, food or beverage meet the requirements of paragraph (b)
preparation, hand washing, teeth of this section in addition to the fol-
brushing, or any other consumptive lowing:
use; and (1) Public notification must include a
(2) A prominent notice in the galley prominently displayed, clear statement

directed at the crew which includes: in each lavatory indicating that the
632
water is non-potable and should not be (f) Public notification for paragraph
used for drinking, food or beverage (a)(7) of this section must meet the re-
preparation, hand washing, teeth quirements of paragraph (b) of this sec-
brushing, or any other consumptive tion in addition to the following:
use; and (1) Notification must be in a form
(2) A prominent notice in the galley and manner reasonably calculated to
directed at the crew which includes: reach all passengers and crew while on
(i) A clear statement that the water board the aircraft by using one or more
is non-potable and should not be used of the following forms of delivery:
for drinking, food or beverage prepara- (i) Broadcast over public announce-
tion, hand washing, teeth brushing, or ment system on aircraft;
any other consumptive use; (ii) Posting of the notice in con-
(ii) A clear statement that the water spicuous locations throughout the area
is contaminated and there was a failure served by the water system. These lo-
to conduct required monitoring; or a cations would normally be the galleys
clear statement that water is contami- and in the lavatories of each aircraft
nated because water was boarded from requiring posting;
a watering point not in accordance (iii) Hand delivery of the notice to
with FDA regulations, or that does not passengers and crew;
meet NPDWRs applicable to transient (iv) Another delivery method ap-
noncommunity water systems, or that proved in writing by the Adminis-
is otherwise determined to be unsafe trator.
due to noncompliance with the proce- (2) Air carriers must initiate public
dures specified in § 141.804(b)(6); notification within 24 hours of being
(iii) A description of the contami- informed by EPA to perform notifica-
nant(s) of concern; tion and must continue notification for
(iv) When and where the unsafe water the duration determined by EPA.
was boarded or when the specific moni- (g) In each public notice to the crew,
toring requirement was not met; air carriers must use the following
(v) Any potential adverse health ef- standard health effects language that
fects from the situation, as appro- corresponds to the situations in para-
priate, under paragraph (g) of this sec- graphs (a)(1) through (a)(6) of this sec-
tion; tion.
(1) Health effects language to be used
(vi) The population at risk, including
when public notice is initiated due to
sensitive subpopulations particularly
the detection of total coliforms only
vulnerable if exposed to the contami-
(not E. coli) in accordance with para-
nant in the drinking water;
graph (a)(1) of this section:
(vii) A statement indicating what the
air carrier is doing to correct the situa- Coliform are bacteria that are naturally
tion; and present in the environment and are used as
(viii) When the air carrier expects to an indicator that other, potentially harmful,
bacteria may be present. Coliforms were
return the system to unrestricted pub- found in [INSERT NUMBER OF SAMPLES
lic access. DETECTED] samples collected and this is a
(3) If passenger access to the water warning of potential problems. If human
system is physically prevented through pathogens are present, they can cause short-
disconnecting or shutting off the term health effects, such as diarrhea,
water, or the flow of water prevented cramps, nausea, headaches, or other symp-
through the tap(s), or if water is sup- toms. They may pose a special health risk
for infants, young children, some of the el-
plied only to lavatory toilets, and not
derly, and people with severely compromised
to any lavatory or galley taps, then immune systems.
only the notice specified in paragraph
(e)(2) of this section is required. (2) Health effects language to be used
(4) Air carriers must initiate public when public notice is initiated due to
notification when restriction of public any E. coli-positive routine, repeat, or
access is initiated in accordance with follow-up sample in accordance with
§ 141.803(d) and must continue public paragraph (a)(1) of this section:
notification until a complete set of re-
E. coli are bacteria whose presence indi-

quired follow-up samples are total coli- cates that the water may be contaminated
form-negative. with human or animal wastes. Microbes in
633
§ 141.806 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
these wastes can cause short-term health ef- to be unsafe due to non-compliance
fects, such as diarrhea, cramps, nausea, with the procedures specified in
headaches, or other symptoms. They may § 141.804(b)(6):
pose a special health risk for infants, young
children, some of the elderly, and people Because required follow-up monitoring and
with severely compromised immune systems. analysis was not conducted after the aircraft
water system tested positive for E. coli, we
(3) Health effects language to be used cannot be sure of the quality of the drinking
when public notice is initiated due to a water at this time. E. coli are bacteria whose
failure to conduct routine monitoring presence indicates that the water may be
or routine disinfection and flushing in contaminated with human or animal wastes.
accordance with paragraph (a)(2) of Microbes in these wastes can cause short-
this section; or when there is a failure term health effects, such as diarrhea,
cramps, nausea, headaches, or other symp-
to conduct repeat or follow-up sam- toms. They may pose a special health risk
pling in accordance with paragraph for infants, young children, some of the el-
(a)(4) of this section; or in accordance derly, and people with severely compromised
with paragraph (a)(6) of this section, immune systems.
when the air carrier becomes aware of OR
a non-E. coli-positive event that is the Water was boarded that is contaminated
result of water that was boarded from with E. coli because [WATER WAS
a watering point not in accordance BOARDED FROM A WATERING POINT NOT
with FDA regulations (21 CFR part IN ACCORDANCE WITH FDA REGULA-
1240, subpart E), or that does not meet TIONS (21 CR 1240 SUBPART E)], or [OTHER
NPDWRs applicable to transient non- APPROPRIATE EXPLANATION]. E. coli are
bacteria whose presence indicates that the
community water systems, or that is
water may be contaminated with human or
otherwise determined to be unsafe due animal wastes. Microbes in these wastes can
to non-compliance with the procedures cause short-term health effects, such as diar-
specified in § 141.804(b)(6): rhea, cramps, nausea, headaches, or other
symptoms. They may pose a special health
Because [REQUIRED MONITORING AND
risk for infants, young children, some of the
ANALYSIS WAS NOT CONDUCTED], [RE-
elderly, and people with severely com-
QUIRED DISINFECTION AND FLUSHING
WAS NOT CONDUCTED] [WATER WAS
BOARDED FROM A WATERING POINT NOT
IN ACCORDANCE WITH FDA REGULA- § 141.806 Reporting requirements.
TIONS (21 CR 1240 SUBPART E)], or [OTHER
(a) The air carrier must comply with
APPROPRIATE EXPLANATION], we cannot
be sure of the quality of the drinking water the following requirements regarding
at this time. However, drinking water con- reporting of the development of the
taminated with human pathogens can cause coliform sampling plan, the operations
short-term health effects, such as diarrhea, and maintenance plan, and the dis-
cramps, nausea, headaches, or other symp- infection and flushing and coliform
toms. They may pose a special health risk sampling frequencies.
for infants, young children, some of the el- (1) The air carrier must report to the
derly, and people with severely compromised Administrator that it has developed
immune systems.
the coliform sampling plan required by
(4) Health effects language to be used § 141.802, which covers each existing air-
when public notice is initiated due to a craft water system, as well as report
failure to conduct required follow-up the frequency for routine coliform
monitoring in response to a sample resampling identified in the coliform
sult that is E. coli-positive in accord- sampling plan by April 19, 2011. The air
ance with paragraph (a)(3) of this sec- carrier must report to the Adminis-
tion; or in accordance with paragraph trator that it has developed its oper-
(a)(5) of this section, when the air car- ations and maintenance plan required
rier becomes aware of an E. coli-posi- by § 141.804 and report the frequency for
tive event that is the result of water routine disinfection and flushing by
that was boarded from a watering point April 19, 2011;
not in accordance with FDA regula- (2) For each new aircraft meeting the
tions (21 CFR part 1240, subpart E), or definition of an aircraft water system,
that does not meet NPDWRs applicable which becomes operational after publi-
to transient non-community water sys- cation of this subpart, the air carrier
tems, or that is otherwise determined must report to the Administrator that
634
it has developed the coliform sampling in the coliform sampling plan required
plan required by § 141.802, as well as re- under § 141.802. Routine disinfection
port the frequency for routine coliform and flushing events must be reported
sampling identified in the coliform no later than 10 calendar days fol-
sampling plan, within the first cal- lowing the disinfection and flushing pe-
endar quarter of initial operation of riod in which the disinfection and
the aircraft. The air carrier must re- flushing occurred. The disinfection and
port to the Administrator that it has flushing period is based on the fre-
developed the aircraft water system op- quency identified in the operations and
erations and maintenance plan re- maintenance plan required under
quired by § 141.804, and report the fre- § 141.804.
quency for routine disinfection and (4) All events requiring notification
flushing within the first calendar quar- to passengers or crew, or non-routine
ter of initial operation of the aircraft. disinfection and flushing, or non-rou-
(b) The air carrier must report the tine sampling, within 10 days of the
following information to the Adminis- event (e.g., notification of positive
trator: sample result by laboratory), including
(1) A complete inventory of aircraft information on whether required noti-
that are public water systems by April fication was provided to passengers or
19, 2011. Inventory information in- crew or both.
cludes, at a minimum, the following: (5) Failure to comply with the moni-
(i) The unique aircraft identifier toring or disinfection and flushing re-
number; quirements of this subpart within 10
(ii) The status (active or inactive) of calendar days of discovery of the fail-
any aircraft as an aircraft water sys- ure.
tem as defined in § 141.801; (6) Changes in disinfection and flush-
(iii) The type and location of any ing and coliform sampling frequencies
supplemental treatment equipment in- no later than 10 days following the cal-
stalled on the water system; and endar month in which the change oc-
(iv) Whether the aircraft water sys- curred. Changes to an aircraft’s routine
tem can be physically disconnected or coliform sampling frequency and rou-
shut-off, or the flow of water prevented tine disinfection and flushing fre-
through the tap(s). quency must be included in the aircraft
(2) Changes in aircraft inventory no water system operation and mainte-
later than 10 days following the cal- nance plan that is included in the air
endar month in which the change oc- carrier operations and maintenance
curred. Changes in inventory informa- program accepted by FAA in accord-
tion include, at a minimum, the fol- ance with § 141.804.
lowing: (c) The air carrier must provide evi-
(i) Change in the unique identifier dence of a self-inspection to the Ad-
number for any new aircraft, or any ministrator within 90 days of comple-
aircraft removed from the carrier’s tion of the self-inspection required
fleet; under § 141.808(b), including reporting
(ii) Change in status (active or inac- whether all deficiencies were addressed
tive) of any aircraft as an aircraft in accordance with § 141.808(c). The air
water system as defined in § 141.801; and carrier must also report to the Admin-
(iii) Change to the type and location istrator within 90 days that any defi-
of any supplemental treatment equip- ciency identified during a compliance
ment added to or removed from the audit conducted in accordance with
water system. § 141.808(a) has been addressed. If any
(iv) Change to whether the aircraft deficiency has not been addressed with-
water system can be physically discon- in 90 days of identification of the defi-
nected or shut-off, or the flow of water ciency, the report must also include a
prevented through the tap(s). description of the deficiency, an expla-
(3) All sampling results no later than nation as to why it has not yet been
10 calendar days following the moni- addressed, and a schedule for address-
toring period in which the sampling oc- ing it as expeditiously as possible.
curred. The monitoring period is based (d) All information required to be re-
on the monitoring frequency identified ported to the Administrator under this
635
§ 141.807 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–11 Edition)
subpart must be in an electronic for- § 141.808 Audits and inspections.

mat established or approved by the Ad-
(a) The Administrator may conduct
ministrator. If an air carrier is unable
routine compliance audits as deemed
to report electronically, the air carrier
necessary in providing regulatory over-
may use an alternative approach that
sight to ensure proper implementation
the Administrator approves.
of the requirements in this subpart.
§ 141.807 Recordkeeping requirements. Compliance audits may include, but
are not limited to:
(a) The air carrier must keep records (1) Bacteriological sampling of air-
of bacteriological analyses for at least craft water system;
5 years and must include the following
(2) Reviews and audits of records as
information:
they pertain to water system oper-
(1) The date, time, and place of sam-
ations and maintenance such as log en-
pling, and the name of the person who
tries, disinfection and flushing proce-
collected the sample;
dures, and sampling results; and
(2) Identification of the sample as a
(3) Observation of procedures involv-
routine, repeat, follow-up, or other spe-
ing the handling of finished water, wa-
cial purpose sample;
tering point selection, boarding of
(3) Date of the analysis; water, operation, disinfection and
(4) Laboratory and person responsible flushing, and general maintenance and
for performing the analysis; self-inspections of aircraft water sys-
(5) The analytical technique/method tem.
used; and (b) Air carriers or their representa-
(6) The results of the analysis. tives must perform a self-inspection of
(b) The air carrier must keep records all water system components for each
of any disinfection and flushing for at aircraft water system no less fre-
least 5 years and must include the fol- quently than once every 5 years.
lowing information: (c) The air carrier must address any
(1) The date and time of the disinfec- deficiency identified during compliance
tion and flushing; and audits or routine self-inspections with-
(2) The type of disinfection and flush- in 90 days of identification of the defi-
ing (i.e., routine or corrective action). ciency, or where such deficiency is
(c) The air carrier must keep records identified during extended or heavy
of a self-inspection for at least 10 years maintenance, before the aircraft is put
and must include the following infor- back into service. This includes any de-
mation: ficiency in the water system’s design,
(1) The completion date of the self-in- construction, operation, maintenance,
spection; and or administration, as well as any fail-
(2) Copies of any written reports, ure or malfunction of any system com-
summaries, or communications related ponent that has the potential to cause
to the self-inspection. an unacceptable risk to health or that
(d) The air carrier must maintain could affect the reliable delivery of
sampling plans and make such plans safe drinking water.
available for review by the Adminis-
trator upon request, including during § 141.809 Supplemental treatment.
compliance audits. (a) Any supplemental drinking water
(e) The air carrier must maintain air- treatment units installed onboard ex-
craft water system operations and isting or new aircraft must be accept-
maintenance plans in accordance with able to FAA and FDA; and must be in-
FAA requirements, and make such stalled, operated, and maintained in
plans available for review by the Ad- accordance with the manufacturer’s
ministrator upon request, including plans and specifications and FAA re-
during compliance audits. quirements.
(f) The air carrier must keep copies (b) Water supplemental treatment
of public notices to passengers and and production equipment must
crew issued as required by this subpart produce water that meets the stand-
for at least 3 years after issuance. ards prescribed in this part.
636
Environmental Protection Agency Pt. 142
§ 141.810 Violations. Subpart C—Review of State-Issued

Variances and Exemptions
An air carrier is in violation of this
subpart when, for any aircraft water 142.20 State-issued variances and exemp-
system it owns or operates, any of the tions under Section 1415(a) and Section
following occur: 1416 of the Act.
(a) It fails to perform any of the re- 142.21 State consideration of a variance or
exemption request.
quirements in accordance with § 141.803
142.22 Review of State variances, exemp-
or § 141.804. tions and schedules.
(b) It has an E. coli-positive sample in 142.23 Notice to State.
any monitoring period (routine and re- 142.24 Administrator’s rescission.
peat samples are used in this deter-
mination). Subpart D—Federal Enforcement
(c) It fails to provide notification to 142.30 Failure by State to assure enforce-
passengers and crew in accordance with ment.
§ 141.805. 142.31 [Reserved]
(d) It fails to comply with the report- 142.32 Petition for public hearing.
ing and recordkeeping requirements of 142.33 Public hearing.
this subpart. 142.34 Entry and inspection of public water
(e) It fails to conduct a self-inspec- systems.
tion or address a deficiency in accord-
Subpart E—Variances Issued by the Ad-
ance with § 141.808.
ministrator Under Section 1415(a) of
(f) It fails to develop a coliform sam-
the Act
pling plan in accordance with § 141.802,
or fails to have and follow an oper- 142.40 Requirements for a variance.
ations and maintenance plan, which is 142.41 Variance request.
included in a FAA accepted program in 142.42 Consideration of a variance request.
accordance with § 141.804. 142.43 Disposition of a variance request.
142.44 Public hearings on variances and
schedules.
PART 142—NATIONAL PRIMARY 142.45 Action after hearing.
DRINKING WATER REGULATIONS 142.46 Alternative treatment techniques.
IMPLEMENTATION
Subpart F—Exemptions Issued by the
Subpart A—General Provisions Administrator
Sec. 142.50 Requirements for an exemption.

142.51 Exemption request.
142.1 Applicability.
142.52 Consideration of an exemption re-
142.2 Definitions.
quest.
142.3 Scope.
142.53 Disposition of an exemption request.
142.4 State and local authority. 142.54 Public hearings on exemption sched-
ules.
Subpart B—Primary Enforcement 142.55 Final schedule.
Responsibility 142.56 Extension of date for compliance.
142.57 Bottled water, point-of-use, and
142.10 Requirements for a determination of
point-of-entry devices.
primary enforcement responsibility.
142.11 Initial determination of primary en-
Subpart G—Identification of Best Tech-
forcement responsibility.
142.12 Revision of State programs.
nology, Treatment Techniques or Other
142.13 Public hearing. Means Generally Available
142.14 Records kept by States. 142.60 Variances from the maximum con-
142.15 Reports by States. taminant level for total
142.16 Special primacy requirements. trihalomethanes.
142.17 Review of State programs and proce- 142.61 Variances from the maximum con-
dures for withdrawal of approved pri- taminant level for fluoride.
macy programs. 142.62 Variances and exemptions from the
142.18 EPA review of State monitoring de- maximum contaminant levels for organic
terminations. and inorganic chemicals.
142.19 EPA review of State implementation 142.63 Variances and exemptions from the
of national primary drinking water regu- maximum contaminant level for total
lations for lead and copper. coliforms.
637

Epa 608-610

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Epa 608-610

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Environmental Protection Agency Pt.

§ 140.5 Analytical procedures. 141.35 Reporting for unregulated contami-

141.33 Record maintenance. Subpart I—Control of Lead and Copper

More People for ground water systems.

141.544 What if my system uses 141.627 Requirements for remaining on re-

Subpart W—Enhanced Treatment for Subpart X—Aircraft Drinking Water Rule

REPORTING AND RECORDKEEPING

141.721 Reporting requirements.

Action level, is the concentration of Compliance cycle means the nine-year

round residents or regularly serves at chemical, biological, or radiological

Conventional filtration treatment membrance (septum), and (2) while the

ulate removal in which (1) a precoat inactivates pathogenic organisms in

cake of diatomaceous earth filter water by chemical oxidants or equiva-

Disinfection profile is a summary of Filtration means a process for remov-

performance while another filter is termination of direct influence may be

water quality and/or documentation of Man-made beta particle and photon

particular monitoring location during events, source water contamination, or

least twenty-five individuals daily at at the point of entry by the provider, a

no further treatment to reduce micro- technique requirements of subpart H of

quirements under § 141.209, including (3) Interfere with microbiological de-

(b) Five turbidity units based on an If a community water system serving

3,960,001 or more ................................................. 480

recommends such a decision, and make from a domestic or other non-distribu-

brane Filter Technique). If a labora- (e) Fecal coliforms/Escherichia coli (E.

sample is total coliform-positive, the is fecal coliform-positive or E. coli-posi-

(4) [Reserved] (6) Public water systems must con-

fecal coliforms; a determination of graph 3) of Standard Methods (18th edi-

note 14 to the table at paragraph (f)(3) and Records Administration (NARA).

frequency shall be permitted only in ance with the maximum contaminant

Antimony ............................. 0.006 ........ Atomic Absorption; Furnace ............................................................... 0.003

.................. UV, Distillation, Spectrophotometric 9 ................................................ 0.0005

DETECTION LIMITS FOR INORGANIC CONTAMINANTS—Continued

monitor quarterly beginning January tem is reliably and consistently less

07:41 Sep 01, 2011

07:41 Sep 01, 2011

07:41 Sep 01, 2011

07:41 Sep 01, 2011

acid, single reagent.

07:41 Sep 01, 2011

07:41 Sep 01, 2011

or their equivalent as determined by tion (1998) of Standard Methods for the

any of these publications may be used. Electron Capture Detection,’’ Revision

1. Benzene .............................................. 502.2, 524.2.

28. Carbofuran ........................................ 531.1, 531.2 ............................................ 6610.

31. Di(2-ethylhexyl)adipate ...................... 506, 525.2.

(2) [Reserved] (2) Surface water systems (or com-

treatment plant, or within the dis-

waiver is granted. waiver shall sample at the frequency

(11) If a contaminant listed in fied in paragraph (f)(15) of this section

secutive quarterly samples which show (iv) Compositing samples prior to GC

calculate the annual average. of 0.0005 mg/l, according to the proce-

water system takes a minimum of two taminants listed in § 141.61(c), then a

Atrazine ............................................................ .0001

Detection Contaminant Acceptance limits (percent)

07:41 Sep 01, 2011

Uranium 12 ....................... Radiochemical ..... 908.0 .......... ............ ............... 7500–U B,

07:41 Sep 01, 2011

07:41 Sep 01, 2011

system’s entry point(s) in accordance cable to a particular water system. In

monitoring shall be conducted pursu- of the U.S. Environmental Protection

APPENDIX A TO SUBPART C OF PART 141—ALTERNATIVE TESTING METHODS

ALTERNATIVE TESTING METHODS FOR CONTAMINANTS LISTED AT 40 CFR 141.21(f)(3)

Total Coliforms ......................... Total Coliform Fermenta- 9221 A, B